Observations on the 2024 Election

by Mark Lerner

December 1, 2024

[I want to share this article with you from my friend Mark Lerner and his Constitutional Alliance. I’ve worked with them for years as they have led the fight to stop the creation of a total surveillance society over our personal lives. The Alliance is also a big supporter of APC’s fight to build Freedom Pods and organize at the local level to stop massive government overreach. They have a vital voice in dealing with many leaders in the new Trump Administration. Please read and post. I hope you’ll consider supporting the Constitutional Alliance.

Tom DeWeese
President
American Policy Center]

I will be referring to President Elect Trump as President Trump because the public and media must look forward, not debate the past and what could have been. Those that do not accept President Trump has a mandate are being intellectually dishonest. President Trump won all swing states, and the Republicans also took back the Senate and held the House. This document will address the surveillance state.

President Trump and Ms. Susie Wiles, President Trump’s campaign manager and now Chief of Staff ran an efficient campaign. Anyone who does not acknowledge the effectiveness of President Trump’s campaign is looking through a partisan lens. President Trump earned the victory; it was not given to him.

Nobody can accuse the Constitutional Alliance of being a partisan organization. We call balls and strikes regardless of which way the wind is blowing.

We asked President Trump’s campaign to address the issue of placing a moratorium on the use of Facial Recognition Technology, in addition to other issues President Trump campaigned on. The Democrats could have also agreed to a moratorium on the use of Facial Recognition Technology. As it is, the Constitutional Alliance will continue to ask for a moratorium on the use of Facial Recognition Technology absent a court approved warrant. It should not be the goal of Republicans or Democrats to further the surveillance state.

We know there are people very worried about what a second President Trump administration will do. We encourage people to give President Trump the same amount of time previous Presidents had to put forth their priorities. We recognize there will be differences on cultural issues/social issues with people who did not vote for President Trump. That said, on economic issues President Trump should have the support of all people. Anyone who roots for President Trump’s economic policies to fail is not just rooting against President Trump, but also our country, and the people who cannot pay their bills through no fault of their own.

Two major companies have already announced they will be moving their manufacturing from overseas to the United States to avoid tariffs. This will create jobs in the U.S. and help our economy.

The Democrats failed miserably to protect and secure our borders – full stop. There are over 1.3 million people who have already had their asylum cases heard and their claims rejected by the courts, yet these people remain in the United States. There are also gang members, drug cartel members, and other violent people who entered our country illegally and must be deported. President Trump and Republicans not only have the mandate to remove these people, but they also have the responsibility.

I wrote long ago about how much illegal immigration was costing our country in areas such as education, health care, housing, and welfare benefits. Are there benefits that people in our country unlawfully contribute? That was a question for voters. The issue of securing our borders is more than just a cost/economic issue, but more importantly a national security issue. Already Iranians and others have been charged with attempting to assassinate President Trump. Many people who are unlawfully in the U.S. have been paying taxes. We should not paint all people with a broad stroke.

As a point of fact, we still are not making sure people are who they say they are, and in too many cases failing to verify citizenship. Biometrics DO NOT identify people. Biometrics can authenticate if two people are the same person, but that is all biometrics can do.

Breeder documents such as birth certificates and other acceptable documents are what the law requires be verified, so we do know if people are who they say they are. Each time we wrote about immigration we said elections have consequences. The current status quo regarding immigration has not worked for forty years. Some people will not like the way President Trump’s administration will deal with deporting people. Immigration is not part of the Constitutional Alliance’s Mission Statement.

V.P. Harris’ supporters went from saying there are eleven million people undocumented people in our country to now saying there are twenty million people undocumented people in our country. Those that wonder why Democrats lost credibility with their own base, it is this type of changing of facts that is the reason. We are simply stating how V.P. Harris and her surrogates have changed their story from before the election to today because they lost so badly.

One point we want to make about immigration. We do hope that President Trump is briefed on UVisa applicants. These applicants are not citizens but were the victims of violent crimes in our country. We can all agree we do not want those that commit violent crimes allowed to run free. If undocumented people were victims of violent crimes, and have not committed any felonies themselves, they should be given a pathway to citizenship which is specifically what a UVisa does. It can take years before people who commit violent crimes are caught and prosecuted, and then for appeals to be exhausted. If the people who are the victims of violent crimes are deported, we will have left violent criminals on the street to rob, injure, and/or kill our own family members. The UVisa program law must be left intact.

In conclusion, the Constitutional Alliance has taken the position for almost two decades, there must be an exemption from mandatory biometric enrollment for those who choose not to be in a global system that will at some point be able to identify people and control the ability of people to buy, sell, travel, and work. Such a system is nearly complete. The international standards and telecommunication network for the sharing of biometrics globally already exist. We have been in contact with many Christians and Jewish people who oppose such a global system. Only the Constitutional Alliance addressed this system of control almost twenty years ago. We will never stop pushing for an exemption, religious or not.

[Bio and picture NOT Available]

Contact Mark Lerner

E-Mail Tom DeWeese: contact@americanpolicy.org

America Received A Second Chance

By Wylie Marshall

November 17, 2024

What does the second term as president for Mr. Donald Trump mean for our nation? This nation has been given a second chance to turn to God. How many chances do you think we will get? Just a little history about our nation.

When Jacob, who was renamed Israel, passed the birthright promises that God had made to Abraham, to Joseph’s two sons, Ephraim and Manasseh, Israel was very clear what each son would become. He said that Ephraim would become a multitude of nations, and Manasseh would become a great nation. Ephraim became the British Commonwealth, the only nation to fulfill that promise. Manasseh became a great nation and was placed second to his younger brother Ephraim. A Multitude of nations is very easy to identify because the British Commonwealth spread all over the world into Africa, the most identifiable being South African, Australia also a British nation, New Zealand, Hong Kong, India, and the list goes on. The sun never set on a British possession. Because Manasseh came second, it is clear that the greatest nation to come into being after the British Commonwealth was our own United States of America. These are the only two nations in the world to fit Israel’s prophesy.

These nations did not become great and powerful on their own. They became great and powerful because of a promise God made to Abraham, which was passed on to Isaac, passed on to Jacob, who became Israel and passed on to Ephraim and Manasseh. You can read all about these promises in Genesis 48. One more identifying sign that God gave to these two nations so that they could be identified in the later days was the sign of controlling the gates of their enemies. What is a gate? It is a passageway for trade or moving ships from one place to another. The most famous being the Strait of Gibraltar, and then the Suez Canal, the Panama Canal, just to name a few that these two nations controlled. You can read about that in Genesis 22: 16-17. These two nations no longer control these gates and are no longer great because they never turned to God.

What did God promise the Israelites, who we are? In Deuteronomy 28:1, God said that if we diligently obey the voice of the LORD your God, to observe carefully all His commandments which He commanded, that the LORD your God will set you high above all nations of the earth. This promise has never been kept. We failed to obey His voice and keep His commandments. We became a great nation because of the promises to Abraham. We have never been set high above all the other nations of the earth.

If you read all of Deuteronomy 28, you will see what could have been and what is reality at this present time. When you get to verse 43, you will be very close to where we are right now. We are on the brink of that very verse happening to us. Everyone who voted for Donald Trump could see this happening very soon.

Why are we playing with this fire? Why do we not turn to God? God has also promised that if we will turn to Him, He will fight our battles for us. James 4:7. What are those battles that we can not fight? Ephesians 6:12.

We have been given another chance to turn to God. But what does turning to God mean? Deuteronomy 28:1 tells you what it means to turn to God. So simple. What are those commandments that God commanded? Exodus 20:1-17. Are we going to trash this gift of a God-fearing President again? Will we let four more years go by and return to what we just got rid of? It is totally up to you.

If the deep state is not eradicated in the next four years, then I firmly believe they will have devised a way to gain control again. Can you see another chance happening?

In conclusion, we did not become this nation because we were so good and strong. We became this nation because of a promise to Abraham called birthright promises. We have never been blessed as a nation high above all other nations. We failed to become that nation because we would not keep God’s commandments. We have never turned to God; we have always turned away from God. But God loves His people and is still waiting for us to come to repentance. 2 Peter 3:9. How long will God wait until His wrath comes?

I have a prayer I pray, taken from the Book of Job. Job 14:12-15. Yes, God’s wrath is going to come. What do you think God will say to us when we come before His throne, His judgment seat?

Mat 7:23 And then I will confess to them, ‘I never knew you. Depart from Me, you who work lawlessness.

[Bio: W. Marshall has a bachelor’s degree from Lamar University and worked as a project cost estimator for a large Chemical Company for 30 years. He has been retired for the past 17 years, and for the past 39 years, he has loved studying the word of God. God’s love for all of mankind is without prejudice, and as Jesus told Satan, man must live by every word that proceeds out of the mouth of God. Matthew 4:4. We must Obey His voice!]

E-Mail Wylie Marshall: sirwylecoyote@yahoo.com

“They” Will Do Anything to Keep Trump From Another Presidency

By AM Byrd

October 19, 2024

Recently, during an online conversation a close relative sent me some interesting data on the subject of the failed ‘assassination attempts’ and/or suspicious behaviors by now publicly identified persons. She commented to me, “This is very strange.” I am confident she meant it to be a rhetorical understatement, knowing her rather well as a connoisseur of wry presentments, I replied to her, “Strange indeed…but also entirely predictable.” I went on…

Consider: The Powers That Be (the WEF crowd, the Gates regime, the World Bank member entities, the Marxist system adherents in THIS country, all the financial affiliated NGO’s including all the int’l military operations that have been established with no national boundaries, etc ad naseum) are in a cold war posture against Freedom and individual choice. Social control is not part of their concept of individual freedom and thought (speech); we’ve seen this over and over throughout the millennia of human history. The lust for power is an overwhelming aphrodisiac to human beings who are void of moral foundations.

Those specific factions didn’t think the American public would elect Trump in 2016. We The People taught Them a lesson and “They” vowed right then and there to never EVER let it happen again, no matter the cost or method.

I recall the Las Vegas shooter who took out 58 people and injured 500 more from his luxury perch in a Mandalay Bay hotel/casino high roller suite, high above the Route 91 Harvest Music Festival below. After the slaughter of innocents, the police ascertained his location, withing over an hour to burst into the room and “found him dead by apparent suicide”. Plausible deniability? We have never discovered any motive, except for the nebulous opinion of some individual who remains nameless. Strange indeed.

“New details about 2017 Las Vegas mass shooter revealed in hundreds of FBI documents | CNN” ….this a very thin premise: ‘he was angry at the casino’s treatment of gamblers’. Horseshit. COMPLETE HORSESHIT. Dozens of high powered firearms and rifles were in that room, thousands and thousands of rounds of ammunition…and he was just “angry” at the casino because of poor treatment of gamblers? I HIGHLY doubt it.

But to get back to the issue; 1st we have a young kid, Thomas Crooks of PA, who I think was groomed covertly, either by/with the involvement of his psych counselor parents (which is story in itself, who immediately retained a high powered atty) or by some other method of attachment, to do the act. The intel org’s always do their work through cutouts at arms length…sometimes at distant arm’s length. Why did the kid have 4-6 overseas encrypted attachments and/or accounts? This has never been explained (and it never will be either).

The 2nd shooter Ryan Routh, was a loose lipped deranged wanna-be who was also most probably utilized by the black ops entities to participate in visa scam operations, but with the undisclosed goal of getting nefarious individuals into this nation through whatever means necessary to further destabilize our citizen populations or perhaps other more deadly goals; the flooding torrents of human beings from adversarial nations into our country through the COMPLETELY porous and manifestly invisible border BY DESIGN. The media blackout on him speaks volumes. He is undoubtedly being run by intel. Dark Matter intel enjoys using destabilized human beings as they can be extremely easy to positively declare as utter whack jobs. More plausible deniability.

Now we have this 3rd person, “Vem Miller” who claims to be a loyal Trump supporter…but his background is again not only highly suspicious, but it is what they AREN’T saying that is the key. It is my opinion ONLY, after consuming what information there is on the man and watching a brief interview of Mike Benz (someone who KNOWS how detailed nefarious black ops can be) that the 3rd operator is UNDOUBTEDLY part of the surreptitious operations crowd who immediately declared he is a fervent “Trump supporter” (and I don’t believe that for a millisecond). Anyway, I could go on and on with this…

Mike Benz on War Room, Trump’s Would-Be Assassin Was Running Special Visa Scam Recruiting Afghan Special Forces (VIDEO) | The Gateway Pundit | by David Greyson

I agree with Benz…the entire operation behind “Everything Trump” since Jan 2017 has been a scorched earth approach by The Powers That Be…and it most definitely didn’t start with Trump. Indeed, it started almost 180 years ago with the anticipatory fervor our gov’t felt toward the new way of governing that Marx and others like Gramsci and the Frankfurt School alumni enticed them with, through the acquisition of POWER. Our gov’t was mesmerized by Trotsky, Lenin and Stalin. Our gov’t even invited Trotsky to come here to teach them the ways of control of the masses. How bloody quaint.

The Global Cabal of Wickedness cannot let the American Public know their true intentions for this nation: the end of freedom as we have known it for 250+ years. They are 1 “election” away from complete annihilation of our Constitution, our Bill of Rights and the exquisite social experiment our founders began when we won the War of Independence.

It started when they “unzipped their pants” on Oct 30, 2008, and the Marxist Socialist, cum Communist groomed Manchurian Candidate told us EXACTLY what They were going to do. Mr. Soetoro, aka Obama, thought we were to stupid and complacent to notice what he meant…some of us aren’t that stupid.

“We are five days away from fundamentally transforming the United States of America.” — Barack Obama, October 30, 2008

And let’s not forget what his partner told us, prior to his pronouncement, which in my opinion, was even more expository of what The Enemy Hive Mind is unwaveringly, zealously committed to doing:

“We are going to have to change our conversation; we’re going to have to change our traditions, our history; we’re going to have to move into a different place as a nation.” — Michelle Obama, May 14, 2008

Notice how many statues of our beloved and revered historical figures have been defaced and destroyed, with nary a whimper by our national leaders? Whose side are they on, anyhow?

The Enemy has all but accomplished his vile, unholy goals through the human workers he controls full on. Through the animating eroticism of wealth, power and control, the Machiavellian Machinery dedicated themselves to the destruction of our country and our Constitutional protections. They used anyone and everyone who would buy into Their scheme of ultimate Control, obviously with the promise of status and riches. Man is a sucker for promotional temptations.

The “Imperial They” installed and used Joe Biden, who lusted after the presidency for decades. His descent into dementia was well known to be taking place when the hideous hoax and hyperbole of Covid was put into the final year of Trump’s presidency. THAT was purposeful. THAT was the beginning of the internal coup.

Biden’s further deterioration was a minor set back for them, but as “insurance” they knew to install their newest Manchurian in the Veep slot, anticipating the demise or otherwise incapacitation of the figurehead (Biden). Biden didn’t pick her, Jill hates her, but Maestro “O’Bama” and his Daddy Warbucks (Soros) and perhaps Schwab himself, demanded she be placed there. She has been groomed by the best Marxists available since her ascent into ‘politics’, via the tutelage and bedroom of Willie Brown. The Communists in this country put her on the path to power long ago, because she is a political/social prostitute and will do whatever is necessary to fill that void of human soul that is gaudily apparent in her. . . and by the way, she is NOT that smart; I gag at the presentation of her word salads. Pass the arsenic, please.

The Imperials. They will not stop until they destroy Trump, AND OUR COUNTRY, because President Donald J Trump IS the wall between our nation’s foundational premises (freedom) and the unmitigated, unholy tyranny of their global aspirations. We are looking our national demise in the face. “They” will do anything to keep DJT from another presidency. Be prepared people.

IMHO

E-Mail Alice Byrd: alliebyrd77@1791.com

[BIO: A.M. Byrd is the granddaughter of Italian and Dutch immigrants who came to love and revere this nation and its opportunities. She is the daughter of an USAF Lt Col (now deceased) and the mother of an honorably retired Army SSgt, 2 men who served this country with distinction. Coming of age in the 60’s, contributed by living in the nest of the anti-war fervor of the San Francisco Bay Area, Berkeley in particular, she is a first-hand witness to the ravages of the Viet Nam war on her classmates and racial upheavals born in Oakland, Ca. with the Black Panthers.

Having worked in both the professional world and the medical field, she has come to see the vast unbalances between classes of people and the political pressures applied within those fields. A student of history with a particular interest in psychology, the events of the past 6 decades have left an indelible impression on her sense of honor and virtue. The darkness of such events has only strengthened her faith in God, that all things work together for the eventual supremacy of His will for this world. The Good wins.]

Welcome To Your Worst Nightmare: Transparency

By AM Byrd

August 5, 2024

The Unified Political Class shouts from the rooftops that “THEY” are going to be the most transparent party and leaders in the history of the USA. It’s like a church choir that is in perfect tune, even though different singers are singing different aspects of the melody…they sing ONE SONG in harmony. Henceforth, I will only refer to them as the “Imperial They”. The Corporate Cathedral of Conquest.

I woke up to find out the nightmare had become reality. The Progressives, Socialists and Marxists that have purposefully infected and now permeate throughout The US guv’mint, and I include the highly mischievous RINO’s who collaborate seamlessly with them. They have preached and PREACHED about how “They” are going to make their behaviors and policies transparent! It is my firm conviction that “They” have finally achieved their lofty goal.

“They” have shown, with overwhelmingly AMPLE evidence, that “They” are willfully, heinously, deplorably, diabolically and TRANSPARENTLY…DECEPTIVE!! No Lie is too great, no deception too ambitious. The public will eat it up while they swill their Kool-Aid. The Imperial “They” are stunningly prevaricating liars and their target victims have been the American Public for well over 100 years. They have achieved their objectives! Most of the American Public now think the moon is made out of Limberger Cheese, and it stinks like nothing else in the universe.

Their stunning distortions are positively breathtaking! The Imperial “They” actually want us to believe that the world around us, the things that we see and hear with our own senses are not only erroneous but are an absolute hallucination! Black is no longer black (unless it is politically expedient); White is no longer white (unless it serves the political purpose of labeling individuals as white supremacists) …It is a psychological abomination!

People are whatever “They” want them to be! I wanted the world to be REAL…Apparently, I lose that wish. Men are not men; women are not women; they are gender fluid non-binary entities who can choose to be anything they want to be, whenever they want to be it!! Human Chameleons! Or should I say Chimeras? Oh, and men CAN become pregnant! All you have to believe is that it can BE and your fairy godmother is standing right behind you!! (Where did I put my magic wand?) Soon, they will not even be 100% human beings. They will be transhuman, implanted with AI and live forever! The world has lost it moral docking and our ship of humanity is finally lost at sea.

Probably the most famous lie ever told: ” And the serpent said unto the woman, Ye shall not surely die: For God doth know that in the day ye eat thereof, then your eyes shall be opened, and ye shall be as gods, knowing good and evil.” Gen 3:4-5
THIS is how the Global Corporate Command sees the average person. We are something to destroy through gullibility and temptation. Humans, beyond “Their” proscribed numerical limit, are a blight upon the earth who demand being fed and clothed and sheltered…and there are simply too many humans (cue the Covid Shot advertisement)!! George Bernard Shaw infamously reported to the world, ” If you can’t justify your existence, if you’re not pulling your weight … then clearly, we cannot use the organizations of society for the purpose of keeping you alive, because your life does not benefit us and it can’t be of very much use to you”. He went on to remark rhetorically in 1948, “The ungovernables, the ferocious, the conscienceless, the idiots, the self-centered myops and morons, what of them? Do not punish them. Kill, kill, kill, kill, kill them”. Capital Punishment by George Bernard Shaw (theatlantic.com) Shaw was religiously enamored of Socialism. Capitalism HAD to be destroyed. Due to the “dwindling natural resources” the Global Elite must protect to ensure THEIR continuity, the vast multitude of humans must be eliminated.

Why?…because the Elites must survive to become the superior DNA of the future. Hitler was right after all! Only the Elites have a right to the earth’s resources and the rest must perish to preserve the Pure Human…Is there ANYTHING more demonic than sanctioning mass human elimination from the earth in the belief The Imperial “They” are superior?

Let me start with the ultimate fantasy that Kamala Harris is now the presumptive nominee for president of the USA. I would like to know: who voted for this cackling wretch wrapped up in a meat suit? WHO?? NOBODY!! That’s who! No one voted for her, not even in the primary race in 2020, in her home state (mostly because she couldn’t even get to the primary, as she dropped out with NO SUPPORT). In her political reprieve, she was positioned by the WEF’s golden boy (or should I refer to him as The Prince?) the unconstitutional Wizard of Oz, Barry Soetoro, alias Barack Hussein Obama, to do exactly what “They” want her to do and they did it way back in 2020. She has displayed the most dangerous of traits: the unadulterated display of unconditional raw ambition, complete moral vacancy, duplicitous denial of Joe’s true psychological condition for over 3.5 years and the Devil can take the hindmost. I mean, how…IN GOD’S NAME…do you save ‘democracy’ by DESTROYING IT?

I’ll tell you how: When you hate something, you tear it down and “build back better’. Seriously, by the way, who came up with that odious drivel, that anemic, pathetic bumper sticker, “Build Back Better?? Let me tell you where: It was originally intoned in 2005 by the World Bank’s Preliminary Stocktake of the damage and destruction from the December 2004 tsunami to Aceh and Nias. Note; THE WORLD BANK!!! It was former United States President, Bill Clinton, in his role as United Nations Special Envoy for Tsunami Recovery when he addressed the United Nations in July 2005. Of course, the Clinton’s are well known for their sterling efforts at helping disaster victims. Ask anyone in Haiti!

We always talk about “The Powers That Be”. Well, “They” just produced an in-your-face, broad daylight, rapaciously reported on, palace coup and Joseph Robinette Biden was the sacrificial lamb led to the Alter of Higher Purposes. I believe this has been in the works since they pushed Bernie out of the way and stuck us with SloJoe. “The Imperial They” decided they had waited long enough to turn the USA into the North American Union of their NWO WET DREAM, more than 5 decades ago. Coincidentally, they put Cackling Harris in the Veep slot and SloJoe swallowed his medicine.

Not only that, but Mr. Soetoro, alias “O’bama”, stuck his neophyte protégé, the West Coast socialist scum-sucker, who got to the top by laying on her back, the slimy Oakland slug who got away with what Rachal Dolezal could only dream of, and Kamala did it the same way. The Powers That Be, in America, in other words BHO, called her a black woman, when they KNEW she was nothing of the sort. It certainly worked for Barry! Her father is from Jamaca, and her mother is from India. Are Jamaican’s considered black? If so, then she is only HALF black. I asked that in my previous column. When only one parent is black (if Jamaican’s are considered black) then what about the other half? Is Mom just chopped liver now? Sorry Mom, but you don’t fit the narrative of a politically preferable ethnic identity. Half Indian doesn’t get The Cackler far enough???? I just want to vomit!

There is nothing more reprehensible to me than someone who hangs their importance on one side of their genetic stew and throws the other half like scraps to the dogs. As far as I’m concerned, Kamala Harris is a contemptable, villainous worm. Having said that, she is but the public face of the 4th BHO term; and it is said that America doesn’t permit kings and THE PEOPLE decide the fate of the country by their vote. BULLSHIT. That is the greatest subterfuge and fantasy of all. We are given and allowed NOTHING. We The People are manipulated, maneuvered and purposefully DECEIVED into the position of a rape victim, and the Global Masters are all unzipping their pants.

When a person previews a possible scenario being presented to them, that seems clear to anyone with brain synapses that actually work, they use the old term, “I told you so!…I told you this was going to happen!!”, Well, this is one of those moments and I take no joy in repeating it. If this is allowed to stand, what has happened is we have now realized we are in a TRULY post constitutional environment The most tragic of that news is that it is not a new occurrence. It begun developing 115 years ago and actually materialized 103 years ago…the Power Elites just didn’t want you to know about it until all the pieces were in position on the chessboard and the American People’s Rights were checkmated by all “Their” Chessman. We have nowhere to move to. We have been cornered in our own nation.

Justice and law mean nothing to empire builders. This is The Establishment, comprised of a complete cacophony of ravenous, morally vacant, insatiable at-all-cost Destroyers. The London’s New School of premier gov’t by intrigue and dictum. The move against Joe Biden was stark and clear. It has been a highly choreographed palace coup, with the realization of their most coveted objective only a few short months in the future: A single world government.

With Mr. “O’Bama” and his surgically engineered maneuvers in the strategic removal of Biden and elevating one of the most disgusting caricatures I have ever seen born through the womb of political intrigue: Kamala Harris. It is woefully apparent that her crash courses in “O’Bama’s” School of the Cult of Personality and Conversational Hypnosis have been well understood. Watch her body and hand movements and the cadence of her ethic speech modulations. One of my favorite regurgitations, proof of the success of her BHO tutelage, that she has “miraculously” championed is like an eerie echo of Oct 30, 2008: Harris’ well-worn buzz phrase, “What can be, unburdened by what has been”; Couple this with another heavily nuanced (and foolish) badinage about falling out of a Coconut Tree, and you end up with double speak even Aldous Huxley and George Orwell would be jealous of. Her newest ad is out. It is the most shameless pandering to the Black Community ever. SICKENING!

Reign by popular meme. The fallacious facade of a representative government? The Front Group, the Schwab-“O’Bama” & CGI power structure sponsored by the International Money Changers, Global Corporate Media and Industrial Robber Barons, just came out of the closet and openly told you “They” had taken over your government. Every facet of the structure is in place and each region of the Global Conspiracy MUST have a “director” at the top. NO DEVIATION from that concept is permitted. What we have seen in the past 2-3 weeks is the effort to remove a presidential candidate by a carefully crafted and drafted, professionally designed assassination attempt at the highest levels of internal and international intrigue… a cataclysmic big gulp by the deadly Prince of Darkness. I praise Almighty God for His mercy in the survival of President Donald J Trump.

Those minions spiritually indwelt by the Forces of Evil have taken over the planet. Get ready to enjoy your breakfast of mealworms and your hovel of mud and straw; You’ll have nothing and be happy!………….or else.

E-Mail Alice Byrd: alliebyrd77@1791.com

What’s Next?

by Alice M. Byrd

July 16, 2024

“When a clown takes over in a castle, he doesn’t become king, the palace becomes a circus.” —Turkish proverb

“The Party told you to reject the evidence of your eyes and ears. It was their final, most essential command.” —George Orwell, 1984

Inquiring minds want to know:

Are we in the middle of a really bad episode of a hybrid (and nauseating) made for TV series called, “When Dynasty meets the Desperate Housewives Club”? I mean, Ms. Kamala Harris vs Dr. Jill Biden? Really? Or possibly The Wolves of Wall Street vs the Marxist Wing of the US Congress? Or is it more likely just a gargantuan head fake against the US People? My friends, we are being played big time!

I think we’re being given the bread and circuses version of the latest ploy of the NWO, to distract us with the glittery, shiny object of an abysmally failed Biden performance of the most RIDICULOUS debate I have ever had the great misfortune to suffer through, while the more venomous snake slithers into the room and opens its mouth to devour, once and for all, the Republic of the United States. Enter Barry Soetoro alias Barack Hussein Obama (front man for the Trilaterals?). After Shrillary failed to ignite a modicum of enthusiasm with the American public in 2016, what was his next choice?

After all he actually TOLD us exactly what he was going to do! As The Great and Mighty OZ, he was going to transform the US into….WHAT? He used the plural pronoun “WE”, but I do not recall getting any fakebook messages or robo-calls from his royal hind’ass asking me if I agreed to his plans! Was he in possession of the Final Solution/Grand Design birthed specifically for those oligarchs at the very top of the food chain, languishing confidently that their underground bunkers are going to protect them from the next nuclear exchange? Ravenous, insatiable land sharks.

To me, it feels like the last desperate act of a tyrannical, utterly malicious pagan who has been convinced by his groomers and handlers that HE is the greatest thing to ever occur to humankind since Adam met Eve. The petulant, pretentious, smirking smugness of Mr. “O’Bama” is beyond my ability to absorb psychologically. We are being consumed by the fictional narrative of the need for Mr. Biden to step aside, while…WHO KNOWS?

I have had a very unsettling thought this morning…WHAT IF Mr. “O’Bama” has decided that they can’t throw the entire ticket out and MAYBE should have Stutterin’ Joe stumble off the stage and elevate Ms. Kamala Harris into the cat bird seat?? Frankly, I do not think they want to elevate The Cackler in Waiting, and that is a big problem for The Power Brokers behind the Throne….I think they want to erase our former president from the scene altogether. They have done everything they could to destroy President Trump short of murder…and even THAT may be on the table.

I know, you think I have lost my marbles; but consider this: The Dems are in very deep trouble with the Black community and the legal Hispanics, the independents who are Never Trumpers, and those on the welfare rolls. Mrs. Harris is not “black”, even though she can get on the phone and read her script, while BET is pandering to the masses and toss around a few street-savvy phraseologies like, ‘yah girl, yuh’ know I’m out here in these streets…”, “an’ they ain’ like us’.” (oh, please, someone gag me with a fork!) Behind the scenes, Jill has a raging hatred for Kamala. Why? Because Kamala was ruthless against Jill’s Ol’Joe in the 2020 campaign when she came out with the whole Big Yellow Bus routine. Never make fun of Jill’s breadwinner!!!

Getting back to the point, what the hell does Kamala’s sudden street lingo mean; ‘they ain’ like us’? Does she have a different skeletal structure than the white folk of the US? “US”? I mean, if that means she has the pelvic capacity of a donkey, then OK. Otherwise, I find that not only insulting, but brazenly offensive as a human woman.

Kamala Harris is the genetic, biological result of an East Indian mother’s and a Jamaican father’s reproductive rights. Are Jamaican’s and East Indian people now considered a segment of the black community? If they are, then I stand corrected. If not, it only makes Ms. Harris a Mulato, not a full-blooded black woman; although the larger community may prefer to identify as only black, which I don’t have an issue with (anyone can identify as a can of worms, if they want to…it’s their delusion, let them enjoy it), I find it disingenuous to only claim half your ethnic background, as if the other half doesn’t count. Does it earn brownie points if I only identify as Sicilian…at least with the La Cosa Nostra? What if I decided that I only wanted to identify as German/Dutch? Does that make me a tulip growing Nazi? Is THAT less dangerous to the public?

Mr. “O’Bama” offends me when he identifies as a “black man”, when he is, in REALITY, a mix of white and black blood…is he ashamed of his white blood? His White grandparents surely gave him alot of advantages as white folks who paid for his grooming (in more ways than one) with a Communist Party Member (Frank Marshall Davis).

Here’s my point: IF, BHO (and those who authorize his mischief and benefactors at the Trilateral Commission and the WEF) decided to throw Biden to the wolves (which I think has already happened) they would endear MANY Blacks and Hispanics to their ticket, IF they elevated Kamala and donated Newsome’s many talents at destroying entire societies as their VP candidate. Trump would become an immediate disadvantage to certain segments of the voting public. Since they are in such a horrible political pickle with both the headliners (Biden and Harris) the unthinkable might be their next wickedness: assassination.

Kamala is VICIOUS and can deliver some pretty repeatable phrases (though sometimes she delivers those phrases with crap caked up to her knees) and is fairly adept when it comes to pulling highly debatable or otherwise completely fictitious data out of thin air. But who cares! If it causes the Marxist Media and those who are merely radical progressives, to launch a sparkling campaign ad to defend her (she’s a woman, “black” and the current VP) then the more caked crap the better! Put her up against Trump in a debate? OH MY GOD! She’d have more sympathizers and supporters than jock straps in the NFL!!

I just have a feeling that something mercenary is not only in the works but has been for a long time. “O’Bama” knew going in this would not turn out well for Joe. The absolute science fiction that the Biden’s and the “O’bama’s” are chummy, is an egregious, laughable fantasy. Michelle and Jill have a hatred the color of blood between them and no amount of hand holding and “grinning” between them will ever change that fact. Biden is held in more contempt by Mr. Obama, than the past 100 years of Congressional activity has earned from the American People. I watched as “O’Bama” ushered Joe off the stage the other evening, and wondered, how much personal restraint did it take for “O’Bama” to keep from getting Joe to the backstage curtain before he slammed Ol’ Joe face first into the floor? MORON!

So quit with the theatrical suspense, already! They didn’t just let Joe go out there (OOPS) in the debate without the consummate knowledge that he couldn’t pull it off. THEY MADE/LET HIM DO IT BECAUSE IT WOULD SERVE THEIR PURPOSE to remove and replace him without blame. Think of it! Feeling sorry for Ol’ Joe and WELCOMING a change! A perfect screenplay!! The Oscar goes to Steven Spielberg and George Lucas! (Oh, and BHO as producer)

How the hell else could they have done it without exposing him as the faltering, suffering dementia patient that he truly is?! …and I don’t say that with any degree of animosity. I feel genuine concern and sympathy for the man as a human being; that being said, as a politician he is definitely in the Big Boys Club of the most despicable, greedy, narcissistic money grubbers of all time! Although…. he is going to have to travel light years to match his Velociraptor wife who clings to her maritally imbued power and Givenchy pearls like it was the stern rail of the Titanic on its way to Davy Jones’ locker. She’s an unabashed, systematic predator for the highbrow connection’s sociability affords her; she’s nothing on her own! It was Joe who plugged her into that world. As a Jr. in College (age approx. 24 at the time she met Meal Ticket Joe) she could see that there was MUCH opportunity in the deal. All she had to do was…..well, you get it.

I find her beyond reprehensible…I find her execrable, repulsive and vulgar. She REALLY enjoys being a de facto president, a la Edith Wilson; or at the very least co-president with Valeri Jarrett & Mr. “O’Bama”. Frankly, she should be charged with elder abuse for putting her husband out there for the abject criticism and commiserating liberal observation of his diminished capacity she had to know it would garner. It is simply unconscionable for a wife to open her husband up for such brutal critique.

But I digress.

I know that writers aren’t supposed to operate from feelings, but I can’t help it. I had total knee replacement surgery 2 ½ months ago, and am BACK at work full time even now. I’ve had lots of time to watch ALOT of information, read my backside off, take in a lot of opinion and observation and I know how to read between the lines. I cannot take all the credit for those abilities…members of my family were and are VERY smart people; they challenged me to always THINK about what isn’t said, along with what IS said. Watch the actions and results, not the narrative or propaganda. IF the words do not match the activity (or the results of activity), there is something rotten in the State of Insanity. My cousin has been a primary motivator for me to question what is really going on. She has always been a remarkable, towering fountain of information, thought and experience. She’s a treasure.

My feeling is, this is going EXACTLY the way the TC/NWO/WEF/UN/CFR/CIA planned it…or at THE VERY LEAST it was a viable, ready-to-go Plan B, if Joe’s capacity declined faster than they had anticipated.

AND IT HAS.

E-Mail Alice Byrd: alliebyrd77@1791.com

[BIO: A.M. Byrd is the granddaughter of Italian and Dutch immigrants who came to love and revere this nation and its opportunities. She is the daughter of an USAF Lt Col (now deceased) and the mother of an honorably retired Army Sgt, 2 men who served this country with distinction. Coming of age in the 60’s, contributed by living in the nest of the anti-war fervor of the San Francisco Bay Area, Berkeley in particular, she is a first-hand witness to the ravages of the Viet Nam war on her classmates and racial upheavals born in Oakland, Ca. with the Black Panthers.

Left Wing Lunacy on Full Display on College Campuses

By Alice M Byrd

May 8, 2024

The “news feeds” have been feverishly working overtime to bring us the latest in the college campus follies. Or should I say, horrors? It has become crystal clear that the Marxist wing of the Democrat party (and even some on the right side of the aisle) has completely overshadowed the moderates (?) in our national house. At this point, save for an extremely FEW members, the entire congress should be removed from their seats, and a new generation of patriots installed. But where are they going to come from? For that answer, I have no idea. People are basically fed up with politics. I understand that sentiment.

It makes me cry to see the statue of our first president so disgraced by the keffiyeh wrapped around his head and face, and the Palestinian flag draped across his shoulder…The insult is very deep and will be felt for a long time. The profanity of it is staggering; the emotional impact, an excruciating punch in the gut. It evokes a more sinister urge to pack up the 4X4 and head for the nearest nest of domestic terrorists (YES, I SAID IT) currently sporting their green Hamas headbands and black masks, proudly draping themselves with the ultimate sign of oppression, a black and white keffiyeh (because that is the sign of Palestinian solidarity)…and have an extremely serious ‘Come to Jesus’ moment with them. To be sure, a growing number of the “silent majority” are bloody FED UP with the charade playing out in our beloved nation.

I’ve heard it said, when ‘someone tells you who they are, you should believe them’. I do not agree. The Enemy NEVER shows you his true face. The Enemy we face is not flesh and blood. The Enemy only uses that facade of a human face to produce his unholy results.

We have been audibly and visually assaulted daily by the relentless loops of “protesters” and their narcissistic demands for catered vegan meals, gluten free energy bars, ultra bright flashlights, laser pointers (why? Are they holding class outside?) and other basic necessities in their estimation…and they want the suspension of college finals to the point of ‘just deliver the sheepskins to our addresses”; WHY? because those pink pantied pussy-catz are too traumatized to take their final exams!!! They demand the US taxpayer to pay their student loans (which is New-Speak for ‘have yo mama pay fo-ma skoolin’) and let them cover the planet with spray painted slogans. YEAH! That’ll change the world into a beautiful place.

Personally, I have cut way back on watching cable TV, especially news. I never, EVER watch CNN, CNBC, MSLSD, NBC, ABC, or CBS, because it is non-stop degradation of my country’s traditional conservative constitutional values. Besides, my Dr. advised me to either find a way to lower my blood pressure or take medication. Since I am not a fan of supporting the Pharma industry, I had to cut back on TV. I came to the point several years ago of only being able to barely stomach Fox News and then only certain times and programs of the day. Fox and Friends in the morning while getting ready for work and Tucker in the evenings (if I wasn’t scheduled to work late). Hannity gives me severe heartburn, so I gave up watching him when Bill O’Reilly retired (at the point of someone’s disclosure gun). When Tucker was sacked, I began watching Jesse Watters, who seems pretty feisty w/out pissing off the Palace Guards so far.

So when the campus unrest began to reach a crescendo, it became abundantly clear the curtain had been ripped wide open and the Marxists were gonna shove their pile of steaming hot horse dung straight down our throats. Whether we liked it or not. Being force fed fresh off the ground steaming hot horse crap is not in my diet plan, so I immediately bristled quite noticeably. This, I believe is going to lead to a very unfortunate place…and we had better decide how we are going to respond, because the day is coming when each of us are going to have to make a choice.

Good and Evil cannot exist within the same plain and not have fatal conflict. Good urges peace and cohabitation in a just environment; Evil is animated solely by hate, jealousy and rage. Righteousness inspires growth while evil foments only utter destruction. There is no other side.

I recently had knee replacement surgery, so I am captive in my own home with a very active young dog. She loves ice cream almost as much as my grandpa did. So, I have a lot of time to stay up on things. When I turned on the TV, Friday the 3^rd, Fox had this quote on the screen:

“It’s clear that in order for this crisis to develop further, student occupation should take buildings whenever possible. We can wield the most power by occupying the spaces where classes are held and administrators have offices…be prepared to escalate your actions in order to continue making it more expensive – whether materially, financially or socially – to remain compliant (rather) than to divest their endowments from Israel”.

Who is organizing, promoting and funding these social upheavals? Being witness to the utter lunacy of some of the interviewees that Faux News has brought the viewing public, I found some fundamentally unsettling information. Some of the signs broadcast an interesting piece of information, having at the bottom of the obviously well-designed placards carried by these lazy, pampered, ENTITLED little snots, was this brief notation at the bottom of the sign: “@ The RevComs”. So, I wanted to know who or what precisely The RevComs were. They are not new-comers.

The Revolutionary Communist Party, USA was established in 1975 by Bob Avakian. Their idea of a fun party is to organize for a revolution to overthrow the system of capitalism and replace it with a socialist state. Doesn’t that sound FUN?? How is it that the United States Congress and the Justice Dept allows a fundamentally adverse form of government to reside within this nation, one with the INTENT of overthrowing our REPUBLICAN form of gov’t? HOW??? I really want to know! Anyhow, the RevComs are not alone in their objectives.

The vulgar display of social intimidation and revolution we have been forced to be witness to lately is the ongoing and growing result of a lengthy, extremely well-funded, and rigorously detailed organized treason against this nation. It is led by soulless dark lords devoted to the black art of human destruction…and there are several of these entities working tirelessly to accomplish their goals.

The quote I referred to earlier is from CrimethInc.com, a rabidly radical organization and hub for all instruction on revolution, for the likes of Antifa activists, anarchists, heavily radicalized leftists, BLM, etc. Yet the involvement of more familiar NGOs is even more revealing. Soros money is sloshing around in the sewer of never-ending support for the demise of the “colonial capitalist society”. There’s the Gates Foundation founder, Bill, who believes the world’s population should be shrunk to about 500 million for ‘sustainable resource’ guarantees. Then there’s the Tides Foundation, the Rockefeller Foundation, the Ford Foundation, and the list could go on with illuminated masters of the universe names. Then we have the ideological logistics people like the American Muslims for Palestine (AMP) and the National Students for Justice in Palestine (SJP or NSJP) running some of the shows. There are 200 chapters of SJP in the US and an overarching Pro-Palestinian “coalition” of 120 OTHER groups as well.

The SJP is a project of the Westchester Peoples Action Committee (WESPAC). WESPAC also supports BDS, (Boycott, Divestment and Sanction), the Green New Deal, BLM and other far left radical organizations. AMP has been described as the leading organization providing anti-Zionist training. These vast, multi-layered, infinitely intertwined and interwoven destroyers of conventional freedoms, fund and provide boots on the ground agitators whenever and wherever unrest and diversion/division is/are necessary to distract attention from the collapsing US economy, the utter failure of foreign policy, the tragically eroded confidence of our allies across the planet and our rapid descent into the mire of social disintegration. Doesn’t it seem like the entire point of this exercise in madness is the ability of the domestic terrorists to BREAK the law knowingly with impunity, but merciless, unwavering persecution for those wanting to SAVE our country from the deviant promoters of immoral conquest.

Perhaps a brief note on REAL history would be instructive here.

Judea and Samaria were the recognized distinctions of land in ‘Israel’ until Emperor Hadrian became annoyed with the Jews’ relentless rebellion against his dictatorship of the country; He decided to punish them by exile, forbidding them the exercise of their faith and by building a pagan city called “Aelia Capitolina” on top of the ruins of Jerusalem. He then renamed Judea to “Palestine”, the Greek word for Philistines, which was another humiliation aimed toward the Judeans. This was his decree to obliterate any connection between the Jewish people and their sacred, promised, holy land. Hadrian reigned until 136AD…it then only took the Jewish people 1812 years to regain their homeland…and they have been under attack ever since getting their homeland back.

The Israelite people have been a nation since God told Abraham to sacrifice Issac, over 4000 years ago. Mohammad was born in 570 AD and hallucinated himself a militaristic political movement that he then dressed up as a religion in around 610 AD. I think the Israelite people deserve some higher consideration. It remains, they, the Hebrew, Jewish people were given the land of Judea and beyond LONG BEFORE “Palestine” was pronounced by a heretical madman, Emperor Hadrian.

Getting back to my rant…Posted on a lamp post near the NYU campus grounds was this gem of welcome’ness and brotherly love:

“TO FRIENDS: Those who call for peace are chasing a mirage; As for the resistance, strike them everywhere. What kind of life is this that we live in peace with those who abuse our blood, and the blood of our children, our men and our sisters?

TO ENEMIES: The time of calm you sing of will not return; Every day we increase in strength and you increase in weakness. Our war with you is long and your losses many. This is something you are not use to. You will not find a truce with us……………….The Lions Den”

There is a common theme running through all totalitarian pursuits: a slow progression of ideological subversion, psychological warfare and the resulting surrender of exhausted souls, beaten down by the struggle against such unrelenting and pervasive evil. Remember this; EVIL NEVER STOPS until there is nothing left. This process has been at work in our country for well over 100 years. It demands the alteration of the perception of reality. William Casey, CIA Dir in the 80’s, said “We will know our disinformation program is complete when everything the American public believes is false”. This was said in the West Wing in Feb 1981, and recorded by White House policy analyst Barbara Honegger. It was made public by Sarah McClendon through radio host Mae Brussel. Isn’t that comforting, my fellow Americans? To know we are so treasured that the Powerful have worked long decades to make sure we are completely dis-informed about everything they do and all of their goals for “us”.

The emotional exhaustion of the American People is the objective of the Marxists, Socialists, Communists and now the Islamist’s working with them. It’s the powerful against the rest of humanity who aren’t worth a tinker’s damn to them; we’re a commodity for their exploitation. Their ideologies dovetail seamlessly in their ultimate objective; the complete and total elimination of God and His People and Christ and His Church. They are a hive mind of endless replications of destruction and rage toward anyone who does not bow down to their Supremacy, who doesn’t ‘surrender’ or peacefully submit, which is the definition and meaning of the word “Islam”. Their actions belie their “religion”.

Well, I don’t surrender and I will NEVER “peacefully” submit to a barbaric cult of diabolical heathens unfamiliar with the Grace purchased in blood on a cross. It is abundantly obvious Mr. Biden is nothing more than a pitiful pawn in this chess game being played by the likes of adiamorphic antagonists to our Constitutional foundations. It is more than apparent that Ms. Harris is NOTHING more than a token gender sacrifice on the altar of political correctness. The poor woman can’t think her way out of the bathroom, and I wouldn’t trust her with my daughter’s lemonade stand either.

It is my firm conviction that the “Biden/Harris” ticket was the Marxist bony middle finger of Ayatollah Obama to conservative America, a demonstrable pagan given to self-worship (among other self-gratifying activities); a “human” devoid of conscience tasked by his Globalist funders and promoters to pick up where he left off, that Killery was assigned to finish but failed to garner enough support to mount a horse in her presidential bid. Now The Profane and Uncultured O’Bama must get his proxy in line and finish the job. Unfortunately, since Biden can’t stay awake or coherent long enough to finish his oatmeal, I wonder how this is going to be accomplished.

The Global Power Structure is pulling out ALL the stops and heading our nation at warp speed to the never-never land of Oblivion. If We The People do not stand and defend our country, no one will have to worry about Israel and Gaza…There won’t be a free world left to defend.

By the way, Tony Fraud’ci left a message for the protesters: It’s ok to remove your masks now. The complete deterioration of your brains has obviously been accomplished.

E-Mail Alice Byrd: alliebyrd77@1791.com

States Embrace Climate Action Plans Under the United Nations 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development

by Dan Titus

April 30, 2024

On September 20, 2023, the Biden administration met at the Sustainable Development Summit in New York with the goal of recommitting to the [United Nations] 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development and the Sustainable Development Goals—SDGs. A White House fact sheet stated, “The United States is committed to the full implementation of 2030 Agenda and the SDGs, at home and abroad… At their core, the SDGs seek to:

♦ Expand economic opportunity – This means public-private partnerships, which is crony capitalism. In this scheme there are winners and losers, where profits are privatized and losses are socialized on the backs of middle-class Americans.

♦ Advance social justice – This means placating and advancing people based on their skin color. At its core it is discriminatory.

♦ Promote good governance – This skirts our elected form of government and injects unelected special interest initiatives into our lives, where no one gets to vote.

♦ Ensure no one is left behind – This means catering to protected classes and minorities in order to create “capacity building” for initiatives and redistributive wealth schemes. Under Diversity and Inclusion (DEI), these classes are awarded “equity” and “inclusion” based on their skin color.

In a Ping-Pong game of executive orders, President Obama put the federal agencies into the SDGs; President Trump got SDGs out; President Biden put them back in during the first week of his administration. Congress has done nothing to reel them in.

Biden sent an envoy to California to study what the state has done with its radical climate bills in order to put the ideas to work in the $1.2 trillion dollar Infrastructure Bill and the $720 billion dollar Inflation Reduction Act. In order to “incentivize” states, the federal government offers grants for voluntary, nonbinding, United Nations SDGs. In other words, states don’t have to do this; however, they sell out for the money.

In order to take advantage of bribe money called grants, States have inserted themselves into California-style climate action plans to reduce arbitrary greenhouse gas emissions (GHGs). People can no longer say, “It’s just happening in California.” You are California…

According to the EPA, “States submitted climate action plans under President Biden’s Inflation Reduction Act. In 2023, under the first phase of the $5 billion program, EPA made a total of $250 million in grants available to states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, 80 MSAs, four territories, and over 200 Tribes and Tribal consortia to develop ambitious climate action plans that address greenhouse gas emissions. 45 states are now covered by a climate action plan. 5 states: Florida, Iowa, Kentucky, South Dakota and Wyoming decided not to participate.”

There’s capitalism; everything else is collectivism

Sustainability is collectivism: It’s a worldview where free individuals must give up their rights and private property for the collective good; where everyone is equal—equally poor. It is antithetical to the United States Constitution; therefore, it is unconstitutional. Even though it’s voluntary, that does not stop its implementation by the government.

Sustainability can be defined as artificial scarcity under the guise of conservation. Its goal is transformation through control of society by behavior modification and social engineering. It is using less of everything: Less food, less energy, less choice, less water, less mobility and less freedom. At its core, its rationing, all contrived by unelected agencies, boards, bodies, commissions, nonprofit corporations, international non-governmental organizations (NGOs) and Indian tribes. This ‘governance’ is designed to replace our representative form of ‘government’ by turning elected public officials into to rubber stamps, installing prepackaged solutions, for problems that don’t exist.

Once climate actions plans become law or have ordinances attached to them, property owners will have a difficult time unwinding them. Ordinances are now being drafted in the city of Rancho Cucamonga, California.

Rancho Cucamonga, California: A Climate Action Plan (CAP) Case Study

CAPs are being accomplished at the state and local level. For example, the city of Rancho Cucamonga, California has added a CAP to its comprehensive General Plan Update as a “companion”. Now, the city is drafting administrative ordinances to it. See the article titled, Climate Change: Rancho Cucamonga Proposing Questionable “Mandatory” Tax & Fees on Residential and Commercial Property, which was predicated on a letter sent to the city (see link below) council contesting ordinances for the CAP.

How to push back: Steps to review and critique a CAP

1- Download the city CAP.

2- Download the letter to the city council denoting page references to the CAP for comparison.

3- Find your “EPA” State CAP and/or city/county CAP, download it and start your critique using the example above. Your city/county CAP will be at their website. Google your city/county name and the words, “Climate Action Plan”.

4- Send or deliver your CAP critique to your local state representative and demand to know how it got into the state and tell them to get rid of it because it surrenders everyone’s property rights, protected by the Constitution, to the United Nations. If you email, be sure to confirm that the recipient received the message. Type at the top of the page “please confirm receipt of this email and distribution.”

As you do your review, consider these questions:

♦ Are Climate Action Plans (CAPs) mandatory?
♦ Are Green House Reductions (GHG) mandatory?
♦ Are ordinances in CAPs mandatory?

Answers: NO, NO and NO…

[BIO: Dan Titus is affiliated with the American Coalition for Sustainable Communities (ACSC). Their mission is sustaining representative government; not governance, by collectivist-oriented unelected agencies and commissions.]

Email Dan Titus: contact@americanpolicy.org

Does Israeli PM Netanyahu Trust The Prophetic Hebrew Scriptures?

By David Bay

November 14, 2023

A student of the Hebrew Bible knows that God determines who shall rule:

“… he (God) removeth kings, and setteth up kings.” (Daniel 2:21, KJV)

Netanyahu – if he believes the Hebrew Scriptures – believes that God has set him as Prime Minister and is making him invincible.

Does Prime Minister Netanyahu see himself as similar as King David? Consider:

“And there was war again: and David went out, and fought with the Philistines, and slew them with a great slaughter; and they fled from him.” (1 Samuel 19:9, KJV)

If he is emboldened by Old Testament prophecies, the world is about to see remarkable events!

Consider the prophecies of Obadiah:

God breathed an End of the Age prophecy against the “House of Esau” in Obadiah 15-18, one of the most startling prophecies in the Bible — and one working its way forward toward fulfillment.

“But on Mount Zion [in Jerusalem] there shall be deliverance, and it shall be holy; and the house of Jacob shall possess its [own former] possessions. The house of Jacob shall be a fire, and the house of Joseph a flame , but the house of Esau shall be stubble; they shall kindle and burn them and consume them, and there shall be no survivor of the house of Esau, for the Lord has spoken it.” [Verses 17-18]

Take special note of the part of the verse “But on Mount Zion [in Jerusalem] there shall be deliverance … ,”

This prophecy is close to being fulfilled in Israel today, as the modern Palestinians are the “House of Esau”. The current Prime Minister should read the Hebrew scriptures, that God has everything under control, and that His prophetic word of 2,600 years ago will be precisely fulfilled.

Prime Minister Netanyahu can determine that he cannot fail because God is with him

If ‘Bibi” feels this way, he is not the first modern leader.

In June, 1990, I read an editorial in the Jewish Press which indicated that Israel’s patience was at an end, and that the next major war was going to result in the annihilation of Israel’s implacable enemies. A decision had been made at the highest military and civilian leadership levels of the Israeli government that a future Arab-Israeli war would be the war in which the Israeli Defense Force would annihilate the entire populations of the Arabs who hated them so putridly. These Jewish leaders were sick and tired of constantly being attacked, winning the war, but then not winning the peace.

Further, this top Israeli leadership was concerned that, in due time, the Arabs would possess Weapons of Mass Destruction which could be delivered by suicide bombers, at which point Israel was surely doomed. Therefore, top Israeli leadership in 1990 had decided to annihilate entire populations during the next Arab – Israeli war.

This current Israeli-Palestinian War shows every indication that this war is the Obadiah annihilating war!

PM Netanyahu is likely filled with the same assurance from the Holy Spirit that possessed young David as he marched toward the giant Goliath!

Recent developments further suggest that Netanyahu does, indeed, believe in the Hebrew Scriptures and in the very occult group, the Kabbala.

NEWS BREAK: “Netanyahu tweets quote of Lubavitcher Rebbe: ‘God is on this side’,” The Times of Israel, 13 June 2021

“Benjamin Netanyahu tweets a message to his rivals this morning.

“Noting that today is the Hebrew anniversary of the death of (Kabbalist) Menachem Mendel Schneerson, the Lubavitcher Rebbe, Netanyahu writes, ‘I am reminded of comments made to me by the rabbi of Lubavitch: ‘You will need to fight … A blessing and success [to you]. God will give a blessing and success.’”

Why is this belief important? Because many of Schneerson’s followers believe he is the prophesied Jewish Messiah, the messiah for whom the Pharisees and Sadducees chose instead of Jesus!

As we stated in our ground-breaking DVD, “Secret Societies Killed Jesus”, the Pharisees killed Jesus even though they knew with 100% certainty that He was the Promised Messiah. But, Jesus was not the Messiah KING for which they were awaiting; rather, He was Messiah Suffering Servant, which they did not want.

The Cabala, which these Jewish religious leaders were practicing orally, believed that God of Abraham was an equal, but opposite, God to Satan. Therefore, once they killed the Suffering Servant Messiah, they could then stage the appearance of their own man, the Messiah King.

Just as the Cabalists believed in Jesus’ day that the Jewish Messiah was brought to Earth by powerfully occult priests who were serving God of Abraham, so they believe today that the Messiah King will be brought to Earth by their own power. Jesus stated these two sources of Messianic power and their two vastly goals, when He stated,

“I am come in my Father’s name, and ye receive me not: if another shall come in his own name, him ye will receive.” (John 5:43)

After rejecting Jesus’ Messianic Office, modern day Cabalists will accept their own Messiah King — Antichrist — in his own name!

But Prime Minister Netanyahu believes in the Messianic scenario and he certainly believes that Menachem Schneerson and his teachings are to be revered!

“In 1998, a group of rabbis signed a Jewish legal ordinance (psak din) declaring Menachem Schneerson the Jewish messiah.”

Now, if Netanyahu believes in the Hebrew writings as sacred, then he believes that the Book of Obadiah is also sacred. Therefore, he will believe that the following Scripture is sacred.

Obadiah 1-2 – “The vision of Obadiah. Thus saith the Lord God concerning Edom … I have made thee small among the heathen: thou art greatly despised.” Netanyahu does believe that God has caused the House of Edom – the Palestinians – to be greatly despised in the eyes of all the other peoples in the Middle East.

This attitude has come over the nations of the Region.

Obadiah 10, 15 – “For thy violence against thy brother Jacob shame shall cover thee, and thou shalt be cut off for ever … For the day of the Lord is near upon all the heathen: as thou hast done, it shall be done unto thee: thy reward shall return upon thine own head.”

The Palestinians have turned to great violence and bloodshed to achieve their goals for 40 long years! On October 7, Palestinian/Hamas fighters launched their most bloody attack yet, and wreaked death on the elderly and the infant, even decapitating them.

Obadiah 16 – “For as ye have drunk upon my holy mountain, so shall all the heathen drink continually, yea, they shall drink, and they shall swallow down, and they shall be as though they had not been.”
Obadiah 17 – “But upon mount Zion shall be deliverance, and there shall be holiness; and the house of Jacob shall possess their (former) possessions.” Netanyahu is thus assured that Israel’s Jews (Mount Zion) will be both saved from the danger and be given their own “possessions” (Temple Mount, Jerusalem, Israel)
Obadiah 18 – “And the house of Jacob shall be a fire, and the house of Joseph a flame, and the house of Esau for stubble, and they shall kindle in them, and devour them; and there shall not be any remaining of the house of Esau; for the Lord hath spoken it.”

A weapon of fire is prophesied to come leaping out of Israel (Jacob and Joseph), completely burning the House of Esau (Palestinians) to mere stubble, a complete annihilation!

Since PM Netanyahu believes Hebrew prophecy, he would believe in Daniel:

The Prime Minister also believes he is Divinely appointed to his office:

“And at that time shall Michael stand up, the great prince which standeth for the children of thy people: and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book.”

This part of the prophecy foretells that Israel was going to pass through “a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time”! Unparalleled Disaster!!

This theme of unparalleled physical disaster reappears in the account of the Russian-led invasion – Ezekiel 38-39.

“And they that dwell in the cities of Israel shall go forth, and shall set on fire and burn the weapons … and they shall burn them with fire seven years: So that they shall take no wood out of the field, neither cut down any out of the forests; for they shall burn the weapons with fire .”

This war with the House of Esau will inflict such great destruction that Israel’s culture is bombed back into the Middle Ages, where people did depend upon wood for heating and cooking needs!

Therefore the PM and his closest advisers know what actions they must take according to Hebrew prophecies and will be filled with unflinching power.

E-Mail David Bay: dbay@cuttingedge.org

Website: https://www.cuttingedge.org/

Australia: Green, Powerless and Defenseless

by Viv Forbes, with help from friends.

October 30, 2023

As net zero strangles Australian industry, Australia is becoming green, powerless and defenceless.

History holds lessons which we ignore at our peril.

Japan was opened to trade with the US in the 1850’s. They were daunted by the naval power of Britain and the US but were determined to catch up.

In the 1930’s Japan attacked China, Mussolini attacked Ethiopia and Hitler planned how to avenge WW1 in Europe. Britain’s PM Chamberlain negotiated with Hitler and proclaimed he had achieved “Peace in our Time”.

But Churchill warned:

“Britain must arm. America must arm. We will surely do it in the end but how much greater the cost for each day’s delay.”

In November 1938, just after the signing of the Munich Pact, John Curtin (Leader of the Labor Party in the Australian Parliament), made this statement:

“. . I say that any increase in defence expenditure appears to be an entirely unjustifiable and hysterical piece of panic propaganda.” —Source: Hansard, p1095, Nov 2, 1938.

Just ten months later, in September 1939, Germany attacked Poland.

On this side of the world, the Japanese built a large navy and air force.

However the Americans, British and Dutch controlled Asian oil supplies needed for trucks, tanks, ships and planes. With Britain pre-occupied with Germany and Italy in Europe, Japan decided on a huge grab for land and resources.

In 1931 Japan occupied Manchuria and by 1937 Japanese troops were attacking Chinese soldiers outside Beijing. Japan invaded French Indochina in 1940 and a large Japanese force threatened the Philippines where US General Douglas MacArthur was based.

On Monday 8 December 1941, Australian PM Curtin was told that Japanese aircraft had attacked the large US Pacific Fleet at Pearl Harbour and US bases in the Philippines.

Three days later, two “invincible” British warships, “Repulse” and “Prince of Wales” were sunk by Japanese planes off Malaya. Soon Japanese armies were rampaging through Asia towards Australia. In December 1941 Hong Kong fell.

By Feb 1942, the British fortress of Singapore surrendered and Japanese bombs were falling on Darwin. By Sept 1942 the Japanese army had slashed their way down the Kokoda Track across Papua New Guinea. They could see the lights of Port Moresby and were looking across Torres Strait to Australia.

Further south, five Japanese submarines were snooping in the seas off Sydney harbour. Two midget submarines entered the harbour and one sub sank HMAS Kuttabul. The Japanese navy later bombarded Sydney and Newcastle.

By that time, most of Australia’s trained soldiers were fighting Rommel at Tobruk in North Africa or were in Japanese prison camps. Australian politicians discussed the infamous “Brisbane Line” – surrender of Australia north of Brisbane.

Suddenly Australia was on its own and needed to defend itself with what we had here.

Armies need manpower, weapons, ammunition, vehicles, tanks, planes, ships, fuel and lubricants.

Soldiers volunteered and others were conscripted. Australian conscripts formed part of the force that met the Japanese on the Kokoda Track in Papua New Guinea.

Britain lost so many weapons at Dunkirk that Australian factories and American sportsmen were sending guns to them.

Enfield Rifles, Bren Guns and Vickers Machine Guns were produced in large numbers at the Small Arms Factory at Lithgow in NSW supported by feeder factories in the area. Australians even designed and built the fabulous Owen Machine Gun, so loved by our young Nasho’s in the 1960’s.

Australian coking coal was used to produce steel and thermal coal provided reliable electricity and powered locomotives. However, coal production was often interrupted by bitter strikes in the early war years. But after Hitler invaded Soviet Russia in June 1941, the communists among the coal miners suddenly became more supportive of the war effort.

Motor oil was produced in limited quantities from oil shale at Glen Davis in central NSW, but petrol was in serious short supply, and had been rationed since 1940.

Petrol Ration Card

With the fall of Singapore, this fuel shortage became severe, and charcoal burners suddenly appeared to keep cars and trucks moving. The demand for charcoal was so great that firewood became scarce so it was also rationed. Kerosene was also scarce so carbide lights were recovered from junk sheds and widely used.

To conserve supplies for soldiers, rationing was also introduced for tea, clothing, butter, sugar, meat and cigarettes. Australian farmers were forbidden to kill their own animals for meat (but many of them did anyhow).

Australian school kids got cards to be used to identify enemy planes overhead and fathers with picks and shovels were told to dig air raid pits in school grounds (even then I thought that our one-room Wheatvale school with 13 pupils was probably not a top priority target for Japanese bombers.)

We saw no enemy planes at Wheatvale but a bomber from our side was forced to land in our neighbour’s wheat paddock and a big convoy of American Jeeps and trucks stopped at our farm to make their morning coffee (it was the first time we ever tasted coffee).

A critical war time shortage was copper for cartridge cases and communications – Australia had mines producing lead, zinc, silver, gold and iron, but there was a critical shortage of copper.

Fortuitously, just before the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbour, an exploration drill hole at Mount Isa had struck rich copper ore.

Mount Isa was then called on to avert a calamitous shortage of copper in Australia. With government encouragement, Mount Isa Mines made the brave decision to suspend their profitable silver/lead/zinc operations and convert all mining and treatment facilities to extracting copper.

The lead concentrator could be converted to treat copper ore, but the biggest problem was how to smelt the copper concentrates. Luckily the company had skilled engineers and metallurgists in the lead smelter. In a miracle of improvisation, scrap steel and spare parts were purchased and scavenged from old mines and smelters from Cloncurry, Mt Elliott, Mt Cuthbert and Kuridala and cobbled into a workable copper smelter. In 1943 the first Mount Isa blister copper was produced. Production continued after the war when Mount Isa returned to extracting the then more profitable silver/lead/zinc. Later, new plant was built enabling both lead and copper to be produced from this fabulous mine.

This story of the importance of self-reliance has lessons for today especially at a time when the final closure of the great Mt Isa copper mines has just been announced.

The war on carbon energy, net zero propaganda, the renewable energy targets, escalating electricity costs and the voices in Parliament calling for Emissions Trading Schemes have all unnerved our big users of carbon fuels and electricity.

Smelting and refining have become threatened industries in Australia. Already six major metal smelting/refining operations have closed in Australia this century and more are likely. The closures have affected copper, lead, zinc, steel and aluminium – the sinews of modern industry. And car manufacturing, with all its skills and tools, has gone.

Local production and refining of oil is also declining, while “lock-the-gate” picketers are trying to prevent domestic exploration and production of gas. More and more land and offshore waters are closed to exploration and mining, and heavy industry is scorned.

Australia has lost over half of its oil refining capacity and most of our liquid fuel comes from foreign refineries. At normal rates of usage, national reserves of diesel would last about three weeks and ULP about four weeks. But in the event of a panic for fuel, city food shelves and fuel supplies would be cleaned out in days, maybe hours. Commercial aircraft would be grounded in a fortnight and our Air Force soon after.

We are losing the resources, skills and machinery needed for our own security. And we fritter our declining resources on green energy white elephants like Snowy 2, green hydrogen, dream-time extension cables to transmit “green” electricity from Darwin to Singapore, hydrogen electrolyser magic in Gladstone, a Pioneer Valley pumped hydro scheme (Snowy 3?), massive new power lines to collect piddling energy everywhere and many other green dreams with net consumption of energy and metals.

Green Admirals hope to run our destroyers on recycled cooking oil and Green Generals are wasting energy designing electric bushmasters (with long extension cords?). These foolish green energy policies and the suicidal war on carbon fuels are killing real industry leaving us unskilled and defenceless – like a fat toothless walrus basking on a warm sunny beach.

And imagine the mental and physical capacity of the flabby WOKE recruits that an urgent conscription would produce today. And which toilet would they use? Hopefully a few bikie gangs would sign up? At least they know how to fight and could bring their own guns.

Here is our pictorial comment on the subject by Steve Hunter: Feel free to publish or pass around with no alterations.

Australia plans to spend heaps of money and decades of time on AUKUS nuclear submarine dreams – another Snowy 2? Imagine the chance of getting our no-nukes mobs to build a nuclear-powered submarine in Australia that works and is launched before the barbarians are again knocking at our gate. Alexander Downer describes it “A political fantasy.”

Another Asian tiger in Beijing is currently gazing south at the resources locked up in Red-Black-Green Australia. Its advance guards are already installed in academia and the media.

The next war may be very short with simultaneous attacks on US military installations from South Korea and Guam to Pine Gap. And imagine when our power, radar, internet, social media and electric engines are suddenly disabled with an EMP from a well-placed neutron bomb. And the tankers carrying our fuel supplies from Asian refineries meet a guided torpedo or an armed drone.

Our rainbow warriors with ill-chosen air and naval equipment, insufficient ammunition, rationed fuel and lubricants and half-built nuclear submarines will surrender quickly.

Wake up Australia.

E-Mail Viv Forbes: forbes@carbon-sense.com

Website: SaltBushClub.com

[BIO: Viv Forbes is old enough to remember the end of WW2, was called up for National Service training in 1958 and also spent several years as a part-time soldier in Australia’s Citizen Military Forces. He was the founding Secretary of the Australia Defence Association in 1980.]

For those who would like to read more:

1- “Mines in the Spinifex – the Story of Mount Isa Mines” by Geoffrey Blainey, Angus and Robertson, 1960

2- “The Challenge of Standing on the Shoulders of Giants” by Collin Myers, Congress of the International Mining History Association, Charters Towers, 2014.

3- Living in the Latter Days

4- Playing Green War Games.

5- Electric Bushmaster to Lock in Bendigo Jobs

6- “Hidden Hand” – how the Communist Party is reshaping the World by Clive Hamilton and Mareike Ohlberg

7- “Danger on our Doorstep” by Ex Major General and Senator Jim Molan.

Warning: Some of the above sites may contain war-related material, including images which some of today’s wimps may find confronting and disturbing.

Shock Warning: History of Police Forces in America

by Lynne M Taylor

September 15, 2023

SDG 16: “Back the Blue” Decoded

APC’s good friend, Lynne Taylor, the Common Core Diva, has written an important new article and I’m pleased to share it with you. —Tom DeWeese, President

Warning bells should be going off all around us, these days. If they aren’t already, it’s my hope that by the time you finish this article, you’ll hear them distinctly! If you’re not familiar with the history of the police forces in the US, please read this. If you’re not sure where the boundaries of police powers should be for America, read this article on how we can urge our States to go back to their Constitutional roots.

The First Bell:

Recently, my local newspaper published an article celebrating the fact that the local police department had become nationally accredited. Sounds great on the surface, right?! As in any media, articles like this are presented to help build a sense of support and protection in communities. However, as a researcher and the wife of a former correctional officer, I know, what’s said is one thing, it’s what’s NOT said that must be brought to light!

Just what does ‘nationally accredited’ mean when it comes to law enforcement? To find out I looked into the private entity which awarded this distinction to the local police. CALEA (Commission on Accreditation for Law Enforcement Agencies, Inc). That’s right, a PRIVATE entity giving a PUBLIC agency a blanket of cover for all types of benefits. Here are the 3 most troubling to ‘We the People’ and our First Amendment Rights.

Benefitting Police-Not Citizens (The Second Bell):

1) “Stronger defense against lawsuits and citizens complaints: Accredited agencies are better able to defend themselves against lawsuits and citizen complaints. Many agencies report a decline in legal actions once they become accredited.”

Well of course a decline in cases would be seen, the voice of the people in the community just got a huge ‘mute’ button!

Does this mean that ALL complaints are taken seriously or large scale dismissal? We the People know that corruption exists in ALL government services and as such are given the right to report it! Accrediting in this instance sounds very suspect.

2) “Staunch support from government officials: Accreditation provides objective evidence of an agency’s commitment to excellence in leadership, resource management and service-delivery. Thus, government officials are more confident in the agency’s ability to operate efficiently and meet community needs.”

So are we to think that because the police got a ‘thumbs up’ from a private entity we can feel more secure and protected? Since we know that public private partnerships are fascist, are we supposed to trust that the government will have our best interests become as staunchly supported? This aspect of accreditation drips of more ‘good ole boy’ networking as seen in “Robin Hood”.

3) “Increases community advocacy: Accreditation embodies the precepts of community-oriented policing. It creates a forum in which police and citizens work together to prevent and control crime. This partnership helps citizens understand the challenges confronting law enforcement and gives a clear direction about community expectations.”

Don’t you feel better knowing that a police officer who swears to uphold the U.S. Constitution as well as the Constitution of your State, just went ‘globally woke’ on your family? Wait, Lynne, I didn’t see any ‘globally woke’ language!

Third Bell: Globalism:

It’s hiding in plain sight. Written into “Voices of Culture” A 2021 Report by the Goethe Institut (Belgium), culture shifts for society are best handled when there’s ‘group effort’.

This falls directly under Sustainable Development Goals #16 (Peace, Justice and Strong Organizations), a partnership between police and the citizens is required. It’s a form of co-dependency on a United Nations level! (*Note 1: The United Nations has devoted much time and resources to color coding the Sustainable Development Goals or SDGs. Blue, is the color for SDG #16, which is “Peace, Justice & Strong Organizations”. According to marketing psychology, blue is to bring us a sense of dependability and strength and promote a state of mind of trust. Think about that next time you hear someone say “Back the Blue” or when you see the UN’s symbol. Ask yourselves “What are they really promoting?”)

CALEA uses international standards (governance and data), as well as ‘best practices’ for public safety. Supposedly, all this alignment means ‘better delivery of police services’. My question here, and probably yours, there: Why ‘international standards and practices’ at local levels? As you can see this absolutely aligns with SDG 16, but also with SDG #17 (Partnerships for the Goals).

CALEA works directly with APCO, ITU, IEEE, 3GPP and others connected to each of these entities.

APCO (Association of Public Safety Communications Officers) APCO has 60 client groups from corporations to international political and business groups aiding them. Chief among them: B20 (Business Group of 20, part of the G20) WEF (World Economic Forum) and AMA (American Medical Association)
ITU (International Telecommunication Union)
IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers)
3GPP (Third Generation Partnership Project)

Among the things all these entities share, it’s an adherence to the SGDs. ITU IS, after all, the UN’s technology arm!

Using Law Enforcement to Change Culture:

Above, I mentioned “Voices of Culture”. The Report I have is well over 100 pages, but within those pages are lots of bells AND whistles! This article, by another source, also echoes the use of police and other law enforcers to implement the SDGs via culture. The Report focused on SDGs 4, 8, 11 and 13 (education, work, sustainable cities, and climate). The one thing all 4 have in common? CULTURE! How do you BEST change culture? Shift attitudes, values and beliefs!

In education, it’s called SEL (social emotional learning), in law enforcement, it’s called ‘community services’!

For example, page 11 of the Report shared that 5 challenges face everyone in adhering to the SDGs. Digital tracking, cross-sector collaborations, non-formal learning infrastructures, access to and representation of all these, AND policy framework. Page 13 stated that ‘stakeholders’ at all levels are needed to grant access to ‘high quality education for ALL citizens. As such, communication MUST be re-shaped so that harmony can be achieved.

Part of culture shifting also includes the forced partnerships between governments and businesses (already exists) but combine both to apply coercion among citizens. See this ‘impact’ article and how it plays right into the UN’s plans.

Part of the language shift, I have found, not only in this document, but in the GMF (German Marshall Fund) Civic Information Handbook, pretty much sums it up: authorities over us will seek to control ALL communication for credibility. Think lies vs truth. Truth, in this case, becomes subjective to fit an agenda, not objective to serve We the People. Still not following me?

Re-read the law enforcement benefits of staunch government support above, or the attack on the 1st Amendment Rights for Free Speech. From a technology standpoint, free speech isn’t the only thing ‘We the People’ will lose. This article described how the collective efforts of ‘us vs them’ could very well be placed upon us sooner than we think.

Think, also about just HOW law enforcement surrounds you, as far as jobs, and you don’t know it. Think about how much of your city or town MUST change to bring about all the public policies and enforcements needed to BECOME a ‘sustainable city’, or a peaceful strong hub of a city.

Jobs Become Actions & Job Holders are Actors:

From John Douglas (former FBI legendary agent) and his book, Guide to Landing a Career in Law Enforcement (2004), here’s a list of local and state law enforcement jobs:
Examiners, experts, forensic scientists, coroner, medical examiner, sketch artists, polygraph examiners, probation or parole officers, criminal justice, patrol officers, traffic officers, detectives, correctional or detention officers, specialized units, some municipal and county officers, local police, local sheriff and deputies, state troopers, state patrols, public safety departments, and justice officers.

Federal level law enforcement jobs:
♦ US Dept of Vet Affairs Security and Law Enforcement Officers, US Dept of Agriculture’s USDA Forest Service Law Enforcement Officers and Investigators, US Dept of Defense’s Pentagon Force Protection, US Dept of Health/Human Services’ National Inst. of Health Police, US Dept of Homeland Security’s Border/Transportation, FEMA, Science & Technology, Infrastructure (includes all communications)
♦ US Dept of Interior’s National US Park Police and Park Rangers
♦ US Dept of Justice’s ATF and Explosives, Drug Enforcement, Federal Prisons, FBI/FBI Training Center, US Marshals, all Military Police forces in their various names and anything that includes international investigations and surveillance
♦ US Postal Service Inspectors
♦ US Dept of Treasury’s IRS Criminal Investigators and US Mint Police
♦ US Capitol Police
♦ US Dept of State’s Diplomatic Security

These jobs will be rebranded and offer re-skilling and become ‘actions’. Those holding the jobs, thus, are to be rebranded and re-skilled as ‘actors’. Actors, according to all the documents I’ve included here and have on hand, related; all use the scenario that local government will change from what we now know to a collective rule, where actors from government, business and citizens all rule together.

The UN’s Police Force:

When you visit the UN’s website for their police force, you’ll see a sea of blue. From the flags to the uniforms, it’s everywhere. Remember, ‘blue’ in color manipulation is to bring about a sense of trust. You should be ‘comforted’ to know that the UN Police are to bring international peace and security to every member-state, including the US. When called into action, they create FPUs (Formed Police Units) in groups of 140 each time. Read the language on the main page carefully and you’ll see the words ‘where mandated’. We also should ‘feel secure’ knowing that we are to think of the UN Police as our very own. Let’s remember that the International Court of Justice is the UN’s Court and can absolutely supersede any member-state’s law enforcement/criminal justice system. The USA’s is no exception. Why? Because the nation PAYS DUES to the Int’l Court just as it pays to belong to the many arms and legs of the UN.

According to the UN’s Office on Drugs and Crime, a police presence is mandatory.

SDG 3 will see police enforcing healthcare in prisons. SDG 4 will see police as ‘school resource officers’ as well as in prisons. SDG 5 will see police used in fighting corruption and in the criminal justice system. SDG 8 police and the rehabilitation of prisoners. SDG 10 Policing and human rights. SDG 15 police & wildlife crime. SDG 17 police and making all the SDGs a thing of reality.

However, it’s SDG 16 which sees a massive amount of law enforcement overreaches:

♦ Bribery in law enforcement agencies
♦ The role of civil society (or the participation of society) in countering corruption
♦ Corruption and sustainable development
♦ The impact of corruption on human rights
♦ Corruption in sporting events
♦ Protection of whistle-blowers
♦ Access to information and corruption
♦ Corruption in the private sector
♦ Corruption and gender
♦ Corruption and poverty
♦ Violence against children
♦ Violence and poverty
♦ Discrimination in the criminal justice system
♦ Relations between police and young people
♦ Access to health care in prisons
♦ Access to education in prisons
♦ Rehabilitation of prisoners
♦ Alternatives to imprisonment
♦ Gender and the criminal justice system
♦ Measures to prevent violence against women
♦ Access to legal aid and pretrial detention
♦ New and emerging forms of organized crime
♦ Assistance to victims and protection of witnesses of organized crime
♦ Organized crime and terrorism
♦ International cooperation in the fight against organized crime
♦ Trafficking in cultural property
♦ Wildlife and forestry crime
♦ Money-laundering and organized crime
♦ Armed conflict and small arms proliferation
♦ Armed violence and security
♦ Arms embargoes
♦ Corruption and firearms flows
♦ The role of the media in the fight against corruption
♦ Diversion of arms
♦ Civil society participation and oversight of firearms control
♦ Destruction of confiscated and seized firearms
♦ Investigation and prosecution of firearms-related crimes
♦ The rights of smuggled migrants and victims of human trafficking
♦ Violence against smuggled migrants
♦ Measures to criminalize smuggling of migrants and trafficking in persons
♦ The role of organized criminal groups in the smuggling of migrants
♦ Online sexual exploitation of children
♦ The use of the Internet for terrorist purposes
♦ Prevention of cybercrime and other illicit uses of the Internet
♦ The question of cyberbullying
♦ Cyber-enabled financial crimes
♦ Hacking and national security
♦ Hate speech and terrorism
♦ Human rights and counter-terrorism
♦ Protection of nuclear materials
♦ Online recruitment of foreign terrorist fighters
♦ Countering violent extremism
♦ The right to privacy and counter-terrorism
♦ Financing of terrorism
♦ Protection of victims of terrorism
♦ Prosecution of terrorism-related cases

According to the Global Initiative on Transnational Organized Crime, if you read enough documentation about the SDGs you may not see the words ‘police’ or ‘law enforcement’ used. However, re-read them and you can easily see that the presence of a controlling authority at local levels MUST be in place. Like an iron fist.

I can certainly attest to this fact. The book “Co-Creation for Sustainability: The UN SDGs and the Power of Local Partnerships” did just that. In the free e-book, you can search for the key words and phrases of your choice. Of the law enforcement phrases/words, only ‘officer’ came up with a single result.

Bring Us the Masses:

Woven into law enforcement is, of course immigration. How will a different approach to community wide partnership policing impact this? Will We the People become unintended consequently harmed?

Take into consideration that federal law enforcement covers:

Intelligence, crime, geocoding, child protection, tribal groups, co-operation at many levels, mutual agreements of all kinds, extradition and asset sharing. At any point, the UN could step in and ‘help’ the US with these activities. Would we be prepared for the confusion and chaos visited upon us in the name of ‘peace, justice and strong organizations’?

The Takeaways:

1) Know your 4th Amendment rights and teach them to your entire family and circles of influence. Choose a plan of protection that best suits your family that is within your means.

Use the law to fight back. It’s using ‘the government’s words’ against them.

To that end, be sure to read my article on law enforcement’s grasp on education under SDG 16. What will this mean for your students?

2) Know 18 US Code~241 (it’s protection against outside forces which seek to harm you)

3) Know 42 US Code~1983 (it’s a guide to when your rights have, or about to be, impeded)

4) If you’re not a part of APC’s Freedom Pods, now’s your golden opportunity!

5) If you’re concerned that the freedom of speech will be removed or even reduced by law enforcement or their connected agencies, consider joining the Citizens for Free Speech.

Be sure to check out their Local Activist page.

6) Work with those in your community who have remained committed to the US Constitution when it comes to local governance. It’s a lonely stance for them. Discuss with your local government and law enforcement the concerns you have as a result of this article. Do they understand there’s a global agenda? Do they know that our very freedoms are up for grabs?

You don’t know what they know or support until you seek them out. Use one of those community gatherings that SDG 16 says are needed, turn it on its head with citizen actions that are based on the God-given rights and freedoms you have!

E-Mail Lynne M Taylor: info@commoncorediva.com

We The People or We The Problem?

By Cherie Shelor

September 5, 2023

Do you suspect a ‘trojan horse’ in our midst here in America? I most certainly do. We partake of its grip daily, totally unaware that it is our foe. It comes to us as a matter of convenience and appears to make our lives better, easier, and convenient. To better understand why this element is a ‘foe’ and not our friend, let’s take a stroll back in time for a moment for a historical perspective. To the days of our founding fathers, to those who had great insight into human nature, and to the dangers of letting our unvirtuous natures rule over us.

A walk back into the old days can be quite educational and enlightening to our modern eye. Walking along, you are likely to see women weaving cotton into usable yarn to make warm blankets and clothing. Further on, others are harvesting the crop to be stored and eaten over the winter months. Because there were no building contractors, the men in the community came together to provide lumber and stone for the building of their homes – no mortgage company here. Their medicine consisted of plants in nature that would treat their ailments and also provide for their physical well-being. The children play and work alongside their parents, as daily life teaches them valuable skills that they will need in their adult life. The elements of nature provide abundantly for their warmth and food, as the earth yields up its provisions to provide for man’s needs. Creativeness, invention, and experimentation yield her fruits as men, women, and youth learn and explore along life’s journey. These were the lifestyles on which our Republic was established. Our founding fathers guarded the Republic and understood that in order to retain freedom, the people must not only be involved in their government, but they must live in such a way that promotes and guards their own independence. Samuel Adams said, “No people will tamely surrender their liberties, nor can any be easily subdued when knowledge is diffused and virtue preserved. On the contrary, when people are universally ignorant and debauched in their manners they will sink under their own weight without the aid of foreign invaders.”

Now, let us move forward to the present era and journey around our American towns. No need to worry about the yarn we saw in the old country, we get our clothing premade. Our food is supplied timely from various grocery stores on just about every corner. In or out of season, the choices of food abound. Banks through credit provide cash to build our massive homes for which we hire someone else to construct. After all, it’s a ‘specialized’ world these days. Nuclear or petroleum products supply our homes with heat at the flip of a switch. Don’t forget to pay that monthly bill! And let us not forget our water, do we pay for that as well, even as the earth springs it forth in abundance at no cost to humanity? Got an ache or a pain? then Big Pharma has the pill for you. Don’t want to raise and educate your children, that’s ok too, there’s a solution for that as well – public schooling. John Taylor Gatto says it best as he quotes the enemy, “if we ‘weaken close family ties’, our foundation will begin to crumble. After all, the foundation of society is based on the family, because the family affects the community, and finally, the community makes up the government.

Parents have been replaced with large massive schools so that both parents can enter the system to make money to pay for all the conveniences the system has to offer in which we have taken the ‘bait’. The few who have engineered this plan state that “education must be used to condition people to accept social change…The chief function of schools is to plan the future of society”….” A new public mind is to be created. How? Only by creating tens of millions of individual minds and welding them into a new social mind. Old stereotypes must be broken up and ‘new climates of opinion” formed in the neighborhoods of America. Through the schools of the world, we shall disseminate a new conception of government – one that will embrace all the activities of men, one that will postulate the need of scientific control….in the interest of all people.”

As evidenced, that ‘strong beast’ has attacked the very foundation of our existence – the family. Men have left the land and placed themselves in factories, shops or some other box. They no longer provide the basic necessities from their own hand. Women have fallen for the lie as well and have entered the labor force to continue the counterfeit construct.

Are you beginning to see the contrast between the old and new? Benjamin Franklin is often quoted as he came out of the convention and was asked, “What kind of government have you given us?”, upon which Franklin replied, “A Republic – if you can keep it”. Franklin must have known that there were some elements that could potentially contribute to the loss of the Republic. I believe there are two components. One, the people would cease to be virtuous. Two, the people would place their basic needs into the hands of others. Every American has either knowingly or unknowingly placed themselves in a position to be dependent on a system so cunningly designed to entrap them. Most people remain in a position where their basic needs could be taken away should they fail to live up to the financial burden that comes with the ‘system of things’. And should the time come for the people to disapprove of some behavior or unlawful act the system perpetuates, the people who are indebted to this artificial construct will probably not come against the very structure that sustains them. After all, how can you bite the hand that feeds you?

Our enemies knew that in order to achieve their goal, they must change how the people view life and how they arrange their lifestyles. This ‘new’ life must be totally foreign to that of our founding fathers. It must erode the principles that made this country what it was in its beginning. It must arrange things in such a manner to entice men and women to become dependent and indolent. Now I am not advocating returning to the ‘stone age’, but we must find that balance between the old and the new America – and quickly. Society is just a symptom of its own mentality. Our nation has lost the knowledge and virtue that can keep each of its Citizens free. The question is sadly asked then, are ‘We the People’ or are ‘We the Problem’?

[BIO: Cherie Shelor is a researcher, student of law, and an advocate for justice. Cherie is an avid reader and student of the Constitution. A housewife who stirs jam while reading Pieces of Eight’, she has a passion for seeing the restoration of the family and the nation. She is also a homeschooling mother of five children, an herbalist, and an organic farmer. She has a degree in Business Managment.]

E-Mail Cherie Shelor: awake933@outlook.com

Important Information

1- John Taylor Gatto, The Underground History of American Education, The Oxford Village Press, 2003, p. 253

2- Sameul Adams quote, https://www.revolutionary-war-and-beyond.com/samuel-adams-quotes-2.html

3- “No Stress, no bombs…” quote https://pt.memedroid.com/memes/detail/3635457/Primitives

Zero Hunger (SDG 2) Means Starvation for All?!

By Lynne M. Taylor

August 1, 2023

If you’re familiar with Tom DeWeese’s extensive work on Agenda 21 (now Agenda 2030), you certainly are aware of the United Nations’ SDGs (Sustainable Development Goals). The “Goals” are a railroading system being used to force all nations into compliance. The United States is NO exception.

What better way to do that, than by controlling our food supplies? This includes the water and land which grow our crops and feed our livestock. It also will overtake EVERYTHING in agriculture, food sales, food deliveries, and quite possibly even your own backyard gardens.

SDG 2 is known as ‘Zero Hunger’. Its wording is to suggest that everyone will be fed by the government, as well as by the United Nations out of caring for us. However, a closer look into SDG 2 needs to be taken. The ‘zero hunger’ is NOT about caring for us, it’s about controlling us.

It’s about spiking our foods with chemicals to keep us sick and managed. The most sinister part of the Goals is that in the case of hunger, the mass populations will starve while the ones in power will feast. Take a look below at what the SDGs tell us the targets are versus what the agenda really is.

Let’s imagine, for a moment, that starving us is not the UN’s ultimate aim. What about the concerted efforts to reshape what we eat from natural and life building to that of a diet as unnatural to our bodies as possible. Will we be more compliant? That’s what research suggests.

So, how far is the United States willing to take us, as inhabitants, in complying with SDG 2? Let’s find out.

NASEM and Some Background:

NASEM (National Academies of Science, Engineering and Medicine) is deeply embedded in the American fabric of our nation. According to the NASEM Strategy Plan, President Woodrow Wilson chartered the National Science portion in 1918. Then, in 1933, Executive Order 12832 embedded the National Academy into our lives. While the current website’s information will reveal that 70 percent of its funding comes from Congress and federal agencies, it’s the 30 percent of private funding where you begin to see the same ‘players’ which overtook education via Common Core and alignment to the United Nations is SDG 4 (Quality Education for All). This means Big Corporations, Big Technology, Big Pharma, Big Insurance, and many others. In short, public-private partnerships (P3s). This, as we know is fascism, not American constitutionally designated republic activities!

(*Note:Depending on what other sources reveal, you can even go back as far as President Lincoln to see that in 1863, he set a national academy of sorts in motion.) Regardless of how far back the trail of Presidential involvement goes, we know that Executive Orders were abused from early on all the way up to the present day.)

NASEM’s private funders include:
The Sackler Family (oxycontin)
Chevron
Google
Medtronic
Merck
(Source: New York Times, 4/28/23)

From the website donations/vipulnail.com, NASEM’s private donors include:
Nathan Cummings Foundation
Smith Richardson Foundation
Ford Foundation
Sloan Foundation
Kellogg Foundation
Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation
Mellor Foundation
Arnold Ventures
MacArthur Foundation
Walton Foundation
Hewlett Foundation
(*Note: not all of these entities fund all 3 branches of NASEM. Some support only one.)

Aside from the NASEM partnership with the UN, you’ll find the WHO (World Health Organization), IEA (International Energy Agency) and a host of others in the Strategy Plan.

NASEM has a Global Sustainability and Development portion on their website, as well as, International Networks and Cooperations. These 2 portions are connected to the SDGs as well as played a part in the recent meeting.

You won’t want to miss the NASEM publication about ‘alternative proteins’! It’s closely related to current legislation in the UK for gene editing plants and insects for ‘perfect’ human foods.

The Recent Meeting:

The National Academies of Science, Engineering and Medicine hosted a hybrid meeting on July 13, 2023. The official title of the day-long event was “Advancing Success Towards SDG 2 (Zero Hunger) Through Science and Technology.” The hosts were a hand-picked bunch of UN disciples cloaked in either the US government’s suits, NASEM’s, or higher academia.

In no particular order:

International Science Council, US Dept of the State (aka State Dept), International Atomic Energy, NASA, University of MD, BRIDGES (Ukraine), National University of Environmental Life & Science (Ukraine), University of AZ, USAID, UN Food Systems, University of West Indies, Food and Agriculture Organization of the UN, International Food Policy Research Institute, Texas A & M University, International Center of Insect Physiology & Ecology, University of IL, University of VA, OH State University and Penn State University.

These same hosts have ties to other globally minded UN partners such as Harvard University, Johns Hopkins, Council on Foreign Relations, Future Seed Vault of the UN, Georgetown University, ServiTech and the G7.

BRIDGES (Ukraine) has ties to Colorado, South Dakota, North Dakota, Kansas Iowa, Ohio and Pennsylvania.

As mentioned above, all participants are in full support of the UN’s SDGs.

Be sure you go to the hybrid meeting’s website (above), all the presentations are in a pdf format for you to download and study.

Here’s what I was able to glean for you:

Nuclear technology used peacefully can help secure our food supplies. (Think food being modified to fit a cookie cutter society, not address individual needs)
Food security for all will need diplomacy with science and globalization leading the way. IThink regionalism controlling what populations get food)
The US government was broadly addressed to use science and technology to implement SDG 2, both ‘at home’ and around the world. (Think compliance and conformity to the UN, not the US Constitution)
Developed priorities for ‘food security’. (Think, We the People are not included in decision making)
Food crises in Europe and the Ukraine. (Think the ‘haves’ vs the ‘have nots’)
Climate change in Latin America and food supplies. (Think more ways to uplift junk science and involve P3s, public private partnerships)
Developing Africa as the ‘world’s bread basket’. (Think land grabs and environmental damages)
How “Zero Hunger” attaches to the other SDGs. (Think mass indoctrination in education, healthcare, our communities and our culture) *Note: This linked source will not attach SDG 2 to all 16 other SDGs, but will give you an excellent concept of how everything will be upended to force the agenda.

NASEM and “The Feds”:

When the U.S. Congress or any other federal agency needs a study completed, NASEM is the ‘chief liaison for Capitol Hill’. NASEM’s website states that no direct appropriations from the US Government is received, yet it is on record that a large portion of this entity IS receiving government money (meaning our tax dollars).

In the current session of Congress (118th), there are a plethora of introduced bills addressing food security (both ‘at home’ and abroad). Below are the ‘biggest ones’ I could find. Regardless of ‘big’ or small, each of the bills can be found by searching ‘global food’ at https://www.congress.gov/

S 436 SAFE Act (Securing Allies Food in Emergencies Act)
S 1227 FISH Act (Fighting Foreign Illegal Seafood Harvests Act)
HR 598 Earth Act to Stop Climate Pollution by 2030
S 2312 (will include the US Dept of Agriculture and US Health/Human Services as new members of the 1950 Defense Production Act which attaches to foreign investments in the US)
HR 4577 (will increase the amount of land the US government can acquire, both domestically and by foreign investments)
HR 2364 (limits funding for FY 2024 in Global Agriculture and Food Security Budget)
HR 1219 (cybersecurity for the food security industry)
HR 4368 (federal appropriations for the US Depts of Ag, FDA, Rural Development and all related agencies)

If you weren’t aware, US Public Law 114-195 (2016) is called the Global Food Security Act and is used by Congress, the federal government, NASEM, and many others as a sort of justification for the SDG 2 activities in America.

The U.S. Dept. of Health and Human Services:

Related to SDG 2 activity ‘at home’, consider that the US HHS has a campaign called “Healthy People 2030”. You can find this program housed in OASH or the Office of Disease Prevention and Healthy Promotion. HP2030 uses 5 determining parameters related to food and health.

Your economic status, your access to education and the quality of it, your access to quality health care, your neighborhood, and, finally, your social place in the community.

According to the website, a child’s mental health is part of the overall ‘healthy outcome’ the government is expecting. This, by default will attach to education, thus linking SDG 2 in America to SDG 3 (health) and SDG 4 (education). This also directly dovetails into the UN’s Mental Health Agenda 2030. (my 2020 article will feature a screenshot of the UN’s Mental Health 2030 plan)

HHS also has a NWS program (Nutrition, Weight and Status). Related programs for NWS are SNAP (Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program), WIC (Women, Children and Infants) and National School Lunch Program. Each of these also attach to education, thanks to the ESSA (Every Student Succeeds Act of 2015).

HHS’s belief is that ‘hunger’ is a potential consequence of food insecurity which COULD lead to a prolonged (involuntary) lack of food. As such addressing hunger is their ‘duty’. Here are the stages HHS has hunger broken down by:

discomfort
illness
weakness
pain

From my research into how HHS intersects with education, by classifying even one part of hunger as an ‘illness’ means massive overreaches by the US government into your family.

The Takeaway:

We must DEMAND those participating in these unAmerican parameters that Constitutional violations will not be ignored by We the People! To continue down this corrupt path is equivalent to that of treason. Why? Collusion with the foreign enemy, the United Nations!

What else can We the People do?

Spread the word about the blatant misuse of taxpayer dollars which are being used to support globalism not Americanism.
Read the Congressional bills for food security or insecurity. Farm lands, even our personal backyard gardens, are at stake.
Inform the candidates running for local offices that by supporting even a portion of ANY SDG is not ethical. Because when one SDG is embraced, the rest are, too.
Plan ahead and store your own foods, if you haven’t begun. Create a co-op with family and friends. Work with your neighbors.
Lastly, fight against the government’s idea that THEY define YOUR hunger! Their mandated ‘outcomes’ for your family are NOT their jurisdiction!

E-Mail Lynne M Taylor: info@commoncorediva.com

Bluffing Their Way to an Art. V Convention, Part 2

By Judi Caler

December 17, 2022

Part 2: The Best PR Money Can Buy

In Part 1, we saw that ever since 1907, 2/3 or more of the States have had at least one active application on record asking Congress to call a convention under Art. V. And if Congress is hoodwinked into validating all non-rescinded applications by passing H.R.8419 or its 2023 counterpart,[i] Congress will likely trigger the first constitutional convention since 1787.

So why wasn’t Congress deceived into calling a convention 50 or 100 years ago? Perhaps it’s because the PR industry hadn’t come of age yet! To justify a “call,” Congress, whose priority is getting re-elected, would require considerable constituent pressure—or the appearance of such—before casting a vote that would risk our Constitution.

Enter Mark Meckler, President of the Convention of States (COS), who has been waging a PR war with millions of dollars in dark money for almost a decade. COS is creating the impression that Americans are demanding a “convention of states” under Article V, while most Americans have no clue what an Article V Convention (A5C) is.

“Grassroots”—From the Top Down?!

In 2011—while Meckler was still with the Tea Party and just getting involved in the convention deception, he joined Eric O’Keefe’s John Hancock Committee of the States (JHCOS) as a Director and President. O’Keefe is known as the front man for the Koch brothers’ money. He is also Chairman of the Board and co-founder of Meckler’s Citizens for Self-Governance (CSG)—parent to COS.

In its 2011 IRS filing signed by Meckler, JHCOS reported over $1.8 million in anonymous contributions (pg. 1), and almost one million dollars in expenses to public relations & lobbying firms (pg. 8).[ii] At least 38% of the contributions can be traced to Donors Trust, the “dark money ATM” of the Right.

Hmmm—right out of the gate, almost $2 Million in seed money; pricey PR and lobbying firms; and $180,000 per year for Meckler by 2013, which appears to have started in mid-2012—well before Meckler introduced his first A5C application. Moreover, two members of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR)[iii]—Robert P. George and C. Boyden Gray—have been on Meckler’s Legal Board of Reference since its inception in 2014. That isn’t exactly how a grassroots organization gets started!

An “Army of 5 Million”

Petitions. A sophisticated computer has been spinning numbers representing alleged signers of COS petitions for years. But when Meckler was confronted with fake signatures in Idaho a few years back, he admitted (@ 1:28:00) that he can’t guarantee who signed, whether they remember that they signed, or whether they changed their mind since they “signed.” Indeed, it’s a mystery why half of Meckler’s “army” hasn’t bothered to sign at all![iv]

Nevertheless, Meckler gets away with claiming he has “an army of 5 million” supporters nationwide, and boasting about tens of thousands of supporters at each Legislature he visits. That’s twice the size of China’s army! And Meckler doesn’t bother to prove his numbers; nor is he usually questioned about them publicly.

Polls. COS commissions polls which proponents claim show bipartisan support for a “convention of states”—a complicated, little-understood issue—from data collected in a one- to three-minute robo-call, text, or phone survey. But COS polls don’t measure public opinion. COS commissions “push polls” to sway public opinion. PR firms and private pollsters design polls to get the response their clients pay for. The result is often published as News. Outcomes are manipulated by the questions asked.

For years, COS has routinely released official-looking poll results showing close to 2/3 support or more from voters responding to trick questions. Yet contrary to being a popular issue, A5C legislation is a hot potato, drawing bipartisan opposition nationwide from grassroots constituents defending the Constitution. To pass these controversial applications, it often takes years of false narratives, wining & dining, pressure from leadership, backroom deals, empty promises, threats, stifling the opposition, dirty tricks,[v] smear tactics, contributions, wearing down legislators, and more.[vi]

Meckler simulates pressure from below by touting his “army” and convincing Republican legislators that they’re putting their jobs on the line, should they oppose his “grassroots” legislation. In addition, pressure from above, exerted by lobbyists and leadership, can be intense—including threats of running primary opponents against incumbent holdouts. This leaves too many Republicans shaking in their boots with visions of Meckler’s army knocking on doors to defeat them at the next election.

Name-dropping. For lack of a sound argument, Meckler resorts to reckless name-dropping when he’s among Republicans:[vii]

“And this is an irrefutable fact. In the United States of America today, every single nationally-known conservative, law professor, talker, politician, who has taken a position–nationally known–on the convention of states is in favor. There are no exceptions. Rush Limbaugh, God rest his soul, Levin, Hannity, Beck [since reversed], Shapiro, all the professors I’ve named on our legal advisory board; there are NO exceptions…” —Meckler, Roundtable discussion, Harrisburg, PA Nov. 8, 2021

COS has courted big name endorsements since 2014, and Meckler has admitted he’s willing to pay for them. In this 30-second clip from 2019, Meckler tells his fans that he tried unsuccessfully to get Rush’s endorsement, knowing it would have cost $2.25 million just to start negotiations!

Apparently, Meckler has managed to convince—or buy—a few dozen well-known politicians, pundits, and public figures. And we don’t know if COS endorsements are a result of direct payments, payroll, paid advertising, or something else, because COS expenses are lumped together on financials in broad reporting categories like “advertising and promotion” and “fees for services,” with most recipients anonymous.[viii]

Still, from the little COS must disclose, we know that COS Action (COSA) bankrolled former US Senator Tom Coburn (turned COS lobbyist) to the tune of $240,000 annually for a combined total of almost one million dollars in 2016, 2017, 2018, & 2019. The 2017 link also shows former US Senator and COS endorser Jim DeMint as a paid COS lobbyist, raking in $140,000. Former US Senator Rick Santorum, who replaced Coburn, admits he was formerly opposed to an A5C. Not surprisingly, Santorum’s appearance as an endorser on the COS website coincided with his being added to Meckler’s 2021 payroll.

Posthumous Endorsements. Meckler apparently conjured up Justice Antonin Scalia’s support after Scalia’s death. Scalia’s opposition to a constitutional convention was a matter of public record from a 2014 interview. But Justice Scalia’s body had scarcely gone cold when Meckler broadcast that Scalia supported an Article V Convention, based on law professor Scalia’s published comments from 1979. That was seven years before Justice Scalia’s 30-year tenure on the bench, during which he changed his mind. Neither Rush’s nor Scalia’s support for an A5C appeared on COS’s endorsement page while they were around to speak for themselves.

Smoke and Mirrors

As it turns out, the “grassroots momentum” behind COS is smoke and mirrors. The total number of States with non-rescinded applications on record today, is the same as the 2012 total (39). So, if we were to judge by the validation scheme built into H.R.8419, COS has made no progress in the past decade! That’s because as many states rescinded their applications as passed new applications since 2012.

Nevertheless, the deceptive PR campaign and misleading validation schemes[ix] complement each other. Without the PR campaign, the validation schemes lack the appearance of public support. And without the validation schemes, the PR campaign would have no quick path to victory. The con-con lobby, backed by both the globalist Right and Left, is hoping to turn their bluff into a self-fulfilling prophecy. And they need only one convention to impose their preferred Form of Government.

But bluffing works only by deceiving the uninformed. Please share this article and PART 1 with your State Legislators and members of Congress.

E-Mail Judi Caler: judicaler@hotmail.com

Footnotes:

[i] The 2023 bill# will change, but the content will probably remain the same.

[ii] Later Forms 990 show JHCOS DBA (doing business as) CSG with the same tax ID#.

[iii] CFR sponsored “Building a North American Community,” which promotes integrating Canada, the US, & Mexico politically and militarily. To move the US into the North American Union, they need a new constitution.

[iv] At this writing, Meckler claims an “army” of 5 million while his computer shows 2.4 million “signatures.”

[v] See e.g., “How the ‘COS’ Cheated Utah.”

[vi] E.g., after 7 years of trying, NE passed the COS application in 2022 by suspending a Senate rule and trading votes: “I’ll vote for your bad legislation, if you’ll vote for mine.”

[vii] Among Democrats, he’s bipartisan!

[viii] Form 990 requires that only the 5 highest-paid independent contractors receiving over $100,000 be reported.

[ix] H.R.8419 is only the latest deceptive validation scheme advanced by the con-con lobby. Prior attempts have gone from declaring victory to the absurd.

Bluffing Their Way to an Art. V Convention, Part 1

By Judi Caler

December 2, 2022

Part 1: Validation Schemes

Sound the alarm!! We are closer than ever before in our nation’s history to Congress’s calling a convention under Article V of the US Constitution, where we would likely lose our Constitution. And it’s because of yet another deception from the con-con lobby.

Article V says that “The Congress…on the Application of the Legislatures of two thirds of the several States [now 34], shall call a Convention for proposing Amendments [to the US Constitution]…”

There have been approximately 450 applications passed by 49 State Legislatures since 1788, the year our Constitution was ratified. So, whether or not a constitutional convention has been triggered depends upon the criteria Congress uses to determine which of the 450 applications are valid. Only then can Congress count the States that submitted those applications to find out whether or not the 34-state threshold was reached.

On July 19, 2022, US Rep. Jodey Arrington (R-TX), introduced H.Con.Res.101 and H.R.8419. The former is a purported “call” for a convention.[1] And the latter directs the Archivist of the United States to “authenticate, count, and publish” all non-rescinded applications and notify Congress of its duty to call a convention, if those applications were passed by at least 34 State Legislatures.

Of the 450 applications passed since 1788, about 230 have since been rescinded[2]—leaving about 220 non-rescinded applications from 39 States. So, if H.R.8419 becomes law, Congress will all but guarantee that the first constitutional convention since 1787 will be triggered—simply by establishing “all non-rescinded applications” as the only criterion by which Congress would authenticate applications!

H.R.8419—A Validation Scheme Too Big to Fail

Although counting states from the set of “non-rescinded applications” seems reasonable on its surface, it’s a trick. Every application passed since the 18th century that states hadn’t bothered to rescind would be considered valid under H.R.8419 (or an updated 2023 bill #). And almost 80% percent of those “valid” applications were passed before the 21^st Century.

Rep. Arrington would combine all relatively recent applications with applications passed by at least 24 State Legislatures asking Congress to call a convention to propose amendments on obsolete topics, including directly electing US Senators (resolved by the 17^th Amendment ratified in 1913); averting the Civil War (ended in 1865); prohibiting polygamy (now outlawed in all 50 states), repealing prohibition (resolved by the 21^st Amendment ratified in 1933), prohibiting slavery (resolved by the 13^th Amendment ratified in 1865), averting the Nullification Crisis of 1832–33, and adding a Bill of Rights to our Constitution (ratified in 1791).

In fact, we hit the 2/3-state threshold for Congress’s calling a convention per H.R.8419 in…(drumroll)… 1907, and we’ve NEVER dropped below the threshold in the 115 years since! The number of states with non-rescinded applications gradually grew from 34 states in 1908 to 48 & 49 States during the 3 decades between 1970 and 2000; and stands at 39 states today due to rescissions. That’s more than enough States to trigger a convention. (See graph).

Raise your hand if you think the Framers envisioned giving the states centuries in which to reach the 34-state threshold—so that by the time Congress called a convention, the American People would no longer remember or care about the issues that triggered the call!

Common Sense Validations

There are common sense ways for Congress to validate applications that would yield markedly different results than H.R.8419. In addition to considering all rescinded applications invalid, Congress could add the following criteria:

Validation by Obsolescence. Common sense dictates that if the purpose for calling the convention has been resolved (i.e. the Civil War, etc.), the applications should automatically expire.

Validation by Age. If a crisis could be remedied by altering or overhauling our founding document, then 34 States should be able to pass applications within, say, a five-year timeframe.[3] Consider that 46 States enacted COVID-19 legislation within just 10 months in 2020; and all 50 States did so within the 2021 calendar year.[4]

Validation by Type (limited or unlimited). Yale law professor Charles L. Black Jr. (1915–2001) was one of the leading constitutional law scholars of the twentieth century. Black considered all applications asking Congress to call a convention limited by subject, null & void—and that would include most of the applications passed by State Legislatures in the last 45 years. Other scholars agree[5]:

“I believe that, in Article V, the words ‘a Convention for proposing Amendments’ mean ‘a convention for proposing such amendments as that convention decides to propose…’[thus] a State application for a convention limited to one or more proposals or subjects is not an application for the ‘Convention’ denoted by the words in Article V…

“…[I]f thirty-four States may put Congress under a certain obligation by, and only by, requesting X, and thirty-four States request Y instead, then no congressional obligation arises6. —Charles L. Black, “Amending the Constitution: A Letter to a Congressman”

Depending upon which criteria Congress chooses, there are currently valid applications submitted to Congress from NO states, 39 states, or somewhere in between! Change the criteria, and you’ll change the result.

The Convention Deception

Mark Meckler, President of “Convention of States (COS),” and the other special-interest lobbyists have been falsely assuring legislators for nearly a decade, that a “runaway convention” is next to impossible. That’s because, they say, only when Congress receives 34 identical or similar applications on the same subject or subjects can Congress call a convention; and, they say, that convention would be limited to the subject of the 34 applications.

But the proponents’ own Article V experts contradict their lobbyists! Attorney and Article V scholar John Cogswell, who admittedly bends over backwards to ensure Congress’s calling a convention, made the following points in a 2018 report to the American Constitution Foundation (ACF)7:

“Congress has a duty to call a convention for proposing amendments without any limitations on the agenda of the convention…” p. 2

“There is no such thing as a ‘limited’ constitutional convention because a convention by definition and practice is a free agency and may propose whatever it likes…” p. 18

“…a convention for amendments could easily amend the Constitution in its entirety and replace it with some other document…” p. 27

“…it is unanimously understood by all scholars that the rules of the convention are to be decided by the convention.” p. 28.

Proponents bury the “too-big-to-fail” validation scheme in one bland adjective—“non-rescinded”—in §106c(b) under §1(a) of H.R.8419 and in §1(a)(2)(A) of H.Con.Res.101. But the accompanying press release, including legislative summaries and comments by Rep. Arrington pretend to promote a “Fiscal Responsibility Amendment” and “Article V Accountability.”

H.R.8419 & H.Con.Res.101 are in-your-face evidence that proponents are attempting to manipulate the 34-state count to trick Congress into calling a convention which is inherently illimitable. This is not surprising, coming from the same folks that misled State Legislatures into passing applications for a “limited” convention.

Coming soon: Part 2

E-Mail Judi Caler: judicaler@hotmail.com

Footnotes:

[1] But since applications from 34 States need to be authenticated before Congress calls a convention, H.Con.Res.101 appears to defy the Constitution.

[2] Compiled from applications posted on the unofficial Article V Library website, corrected for Illinois’ 2022 rescission.

[3] Only 10 States passed applications in the past 5 legislative years (2018–2022).

[4] Select Year (2020 or 2021); and Status: “Enacted” within the COVID-19 Database.

[5] For example, convention proponents John Cogswell and Michael Stokes Paulsen. See Cogswell’s 2018 ACF Report.

[6] Yale Law Journal, 199 1972–1973

[7] ACF’s goal is to facilitate a “general” convention, where no amendment is declared off-limits in advance by language in the applications. In 2018, John Cogswell conducted a study for ACF and found valid applications from 36 States.

Texas HB 20: Viewpoint Discrimination is Now Illegal in Texas

by James Jaeger

October 21, 2022

Texas House Bill 20 finally passed into Law, but did you hear about it in the Mainstream Media?

House Bill 20 is a piece of Texas legislation that prevents social media platforms with more than 50 million users (such as Twitter, Facebook and YouTube) from banning or censoring users for their political viewpoint.

Ever since 9 September 2021 — when Texas Governor Greg Abbott signed Texas House Bill 20 into law — the Speech Police at places like NetChoice and CCIA have been foaming at the mouth. They then went insane when Governor Abbot authorized the new Law stating:

“We will always defend the freedom of speech in Texas, which is why I am proud to sign House Bill 20 into law to protect First Amendment rights in the Lone Star State.”

“Social media websites have become our modern-day public square. They are a place for healthy public debate where information should be able to flow freely — but there is a dangerous movement by social media companies to silence conservative viewpoints and ideas. That is wrong, and we will not allow it in Texas.”

The new Law makes it illegal for social media platforms to ban users for political content, what one of the Judges called, “viewpoint discrimination.” H.B.20 also prohibits email service providers (such as Gmail, Yahoo and Earthlink) from “impeding the transmission of email messages” based on content. This means Gmail must stop tampering with the U.S. Email, as discussed in the documentary, SPEECH – The Door Is Closing? (1)

But House Bill 20 was not passed with ease. Speech Police, representing Facebook and various other Internet companies, have been hard at work doing everything they can to crush First Amendment rights. As Andrew Geronimo, a First Amendment lawyer, puts it:

“It’s not a social media platform’s job to host all speech. Every social media company has its own editorial interests based in cultivating their own user base.”

Almost immediately after Abbot signed House Bill 20 in December of 2021, District Judge Robert Pitman placed an injunction on the new Law claiming the law was guilty of violations of the First Amendment, “violations” like the ridiculous idea that the new law “infringes the right to censor.”

Abbot and his Texas White Knights immediately appealed Pitman’s pitiful injunction and Judges Edith Jones, Leslie Southwick and Andrew Oldham of the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals summarily blew it away on 11 May 2022. As if revenge is a dish best served cold, Judge Oldham, a Trump nominee, wrote the majority opinion, stating in part the following:

“A Texas statute named House Bill 20 generally prohibits large social media platforms from censoring speech based on the viewpoint of its speaker. The platforms urge us to hold that the statute is facially unconstitutional and hence cannot be applied to anyone at any time and under any circumstances.”

“In urging such sweeping relief, the platforms offer a rather odd inversion of the First Amendment. That Amendment, of course, protects every person’s right to “the freedom of speech.” But the platforms argue that buried somewhere in the person’s enumerated right to free speech lies a corporation’s unenumerated right to muzzle speech.”(1)

So what did the Speech Police do next? They asked the Supreme Court to suspend the Law from taking full effect until the Fifth Circuit Court could complete its review.

Then, on 16 September 2022, the Fifth Circuit Court completed its review and in NetChoice v. Paxton blew away the injunction, stating:

“Today we reject the idea that corporations have a freewheeling First Amendment right to censor what people say. Because the district court held otherwise, we reverse its injunction and remand for further proceedings.”(2)

House Bill 20 is now the Law of the Land in Texas, much to the horror of the radical Left and their Speech Police at the “private” social media companies.

The chain of litigation censorship failures is thus why the Mainstream Media is freaking out. And it’s why they have used their “media power” to black out almost all network coverage on the subject of H.B. 20. Just about the only one reporting on this monumentally important case is Dinesh D’Souza on his independent podcast, which you can watch below.

The Speech Police are irritated beyond belief because the new Texas Law requires social media platforms to actually be decent. It makes “outrageous” demands like: social media platforms must create a complaint system, they must disclose content regulation procedures and they must provide reports of removed content. But the provision that irks the Speech Police the most is the one that stipulates that their users in Texas — users who feel they have been discriminated against for political viewpoints — can sue them for injunctive relief and recovery of attorney fees. Imagine, lawyers collecting legal fees from Twitter or Facebook because someone like Trump, who is just trying to make America great again, has sued the piss out of them.

Yes the hate-infested Speech Police are right to feel the new Law will wreak havoc on their “private” social media platforms. Havoc like removing their ability to wantonly silence conservative ideas, religious beliefs and any other content that’s not politically correct. Or content that does not meet their paranoid “community standard definitions” of hate-speech — a hate-speech list always populated by the pedophilia-, holocaust- or Nazi-card, endlessly invoked as “justification” to moderate and abridge any undesired speech or political viewpoint.

At this time H.B. 20 gives only TEXAS users the right to sue, but be assured the Speech Police are terrified that similar bills could be passed in the other 50 states, or even passed as a Federal Law. Imagine that, a Federal Law that prohibits the “abridgement” of speech. That sounds familiar.(3)

FILM IN PRODUCTION:

If you like the passage of Texas House Bill 20, you may be interested in knowing how it can be promoted. It can be promoted through a new documentary film now in production, a film that will address the God-given right of speech. The documentary is entitled, SPEECH – The Door Is Closing?.

SPEECH will explicate how Marxist social engineers developed a technology to censor, abridge, block and deplatform all manner of conservative speech across America — what we now call “cancel culture.”

To find out more about the production of SPEECH – The Door Is Closing? visit www.TheDoorIsClosing.us and review the trailers, synopsis and narration script.

If you see merit, help us complete the film by donating what you can at www.TheDoorIsClosing.us/donate

SPEECH will be our 11th public service documentary. Donors are welcome to watch any of the past 10 documentaries free of charge and they are welcome to forward the access URL to their family, friends and associates by email. The access URL is www.HomeVideo.net

Millions of people will eventually watch SPEECH – The Door Is Closing? even though the Mainstream Media does not really care about the God-given right of speech. Let’s by-pass them. Go to www.TheDoorIsClosing.us/donate and help us get SPEECH completed and disseminated.[4]

[BIO: James Jaeger is a Telly Award-winning filmmaker (grandfather, producer of the first medical training films in the United States (and the founder of the Department of Neurosurgery at Jefferson Medical College/Hospital), Mr. Jaeger began his career in entertainment around 1973 with the Valley Forge Music Fair working on such shows as THE CARPENTERS, THE DAVID BRENNER SHOW, THE PEGGY FLEMMING SHOW and THE SONNY & CHER SHOW.]

E-Mail James Jaeger: contact@moviepubs.net

E-Mail James Jaeger: jjaeger@mecfilms.com

Footnotes:

[1] Appeal from the United States District Court, pdf

[2] Text of U.S. Court of Appeals Fifth Circuit decision on NetChoice and Computer Communications Industry Association CCIA) v. Ken Paxton, Attorney General of Texas.

[3] NetChoice and CCIA are continuing to challenge the constitutionality of the law saying, as Geronimo puts it, “the general public could be harmed irreparably if you let this law go into full effect.” As it stands right now, HB 20 is currently “live” but both NetChoice and CCIA are appealing to the Supreme Court asking it to reinstate the stay that would pause the law once more as litigation of the bill continues.

[4] You can listen to the narration here, mp3

A Commentary on Power vis a vis Social Order

By Jerry Jewett

August 27, 2022

I have always been a curious sprite, posing “Why?” queries in many dimensions. Some of those questions were in science, history, economics, and the like, but the greater bulk were regarding moral philosophy, ethics, social order, and such as that.

Well, there’s no end to learning, we can reckon on that: Death just transfers learning to another dimension. I have kept wondering about a great many things for a good long time, and although I get tired and frustrated in the search, I never really stopped looking.

Finishing Servando Gonzalez’s brave book, Psychological Warfare and the New World Order [1] was an important milepost. He connects all the dots and does so with a smooth curve, too! As with most books, I take most of it at face value, but I pursue Footnotes and End Notes with a vengeance, when my curiosity has been sufficiently piqued.

E.g., in Brad Linaweaver’s Moon of Ice, [disclosure: Brad was a big Anarcho/Libertarian influence for 25 years and a close friend] his references to Lawrence Dennis and Dennis’s compact history of American bellicosity and outbursts of wars since the Revolution spurred me to order and read the Dennis book The Dynamics of War and Revolution. There I found the complete list up through 1934.

Thus, when I found, in Servando’s book, a more complete listing up through the 1980s, I was not aghast at the idea that the American State has sent killing teams to places where East Coast Bankers, Big Oil, “Old Money,” and some other major Internationalists have large investments at risk of “the natives.”

Thoreau, A.J. Nock, Oswald Spengler, A.H.S. Korzybski, Jacques Ellul, Hannah Arendt, Norbert Wiener, Butler Shaffer, Brad Linaweaver, Servando Gonzalez; many have given me clues and insights, enough to knit together a working understanding of some things. I am grateful. I claim no originality. I sort and compile.

Let us recall some of the watershed divisions between Progressives and what for lack of a better term we may as well dub Conservatives. Progressives tend to be overwhelmingly Secular and also to think that the Nature of Man is good, only tainted by bad environment (smell the dualism, the Gnostic perspectives, the Manichean heresy there?). American Conservatives tend to be at least marginally religious, often of a Christian bent, and however feebly they “get it,” they know there is Original Sin.

Friedrich Nietzsche [hereinafter F.N.] may have been the best-publicized foreteller of the Death of God, though Nietzsche is dead and God is alive. But the work of F.N. with his Nihilistic, hubris-laden philosophy, has colored the views of the West, even if just tangentially, for the last 125 years or so. People who bought the God is Dead dogma also saw fit to cast aside Christianity (especially Christianity) and the mellowing influence of two millennia of Christian teachings and practice. Can we say you cannot cast stones at The Tao without bruising Christianity?

Another tenet of fanaticism and folly is F.N.’s “the Will to Power.” This was no new thing. The Bible features histories and legends of people whose Will to Power drove them to hideous conduct and heinous outcomes. Herod’s slaughter of the newborns (Mt. 2:16) is but one example among very many throughout The Bible. Indeed, Satan’s fall from Heaven stemmed from his Will to Power, to make himself equal to God.

Much of the history of the ancient world, and the world at large, is filled with accounts of tyrants trying to exact worship from those about them, wreaking havoc on those who would not do so.

The point is, F.N. sort of elevated the Will to Power and formally identified it as the thing it is, namely, an urge for broad and unmerited control over others for any end, however vain or evil, “just because I want to.” Really.

Because he is such an aberration and such a loathsome character, my awareness of F.N. is marginal at best. I have never read more than some selected quotes of his. I understand there are two schools of thought about F.N., one holding him in some regard as a prescient genius and sort of a prophet, the other recognizing him as a talented but evil mad man.

European social critic of the late 19^th and early 20^th Centuries Max Nordau showed a profound detestation for F.N. and his teachings. In fact, Nordau said,

“Mystics, but especially ego-maniacs and filthy pseudo-realists, are enemies to society of the direst kind. Society must unconditionally defend itself against them. Whoever believes with me that society is the natural organic form of humanity, in which alone it can exist, prosper, and continue to develop itself to higher destinies; whoever looks upon civilization as a good, having value and deserving to be defended, must mercilessly crush under his thumb the anti-social vermin. To him who, with Nietzsche, is enthusiastic over the ‘freely-roving, lusting beast of prey,’ we cry, ‘Get you gone from civilization! Rove far from us! Be a lusting beast of prey in the desert! Satisfy yourself! Level your roads, build your huts, clothe and feed yourself as you can!

Our streets and our houses are not built for you; our looms have no stuffs for you; our fields are not tilled for you. All our labour is performed by men who esteem each other, have consideration for each other, mutually aid each other, and know how to curb their selfishness for the general good. There is no place among us for the lusting beast of prey; and if you dare return to us, we will pitilessly beat you to death with clubs.”[2]

Nothing too mild or conciliatory there, is there? I admire Nordau for his energy in stating his opposition. At core, of course, though not literally named, is, I think, the Will to Power. For those outside The Tao, that hubristic lure to Power must be great. In fact, for those who consider themselves divine or otherwise exalted, Power must seem a necessary accoutrement, to be had at any cost.

Now this is much more than I think of F.N. in any given week, or even month, but in the first week of July, 2022, I found a passage from an address given by Fr. Ivor Kraft to a church in Fort Worth, Texas.[3] My Church does not subscribe to this periodical, and we are not in communion with the Anglican Church of North America [ACNA], whose periodical this is. But we get it. I asked my Bishop about the ACNA, which he told me to be wary of, so I am.

Even so, however, I once in a while find in the pages of this periodical something of durable value. Such was my recent experience. I read Fr. Kraft’s article, “Barbarians Within the Gates,” with rapt attention.

Fr. Kraft refers to such things as making women priests, same-sex marriage, and abortion, as “expressions of the anti-culture which denies all sacred order and of necessity exults in the will to power, which is all that’s left when men divinize themselves. Nothing so clearly symbolizes this will to power as the so-called ‘transgender’ which is why the anti-culture is so violently committed to imposing ‘transgenderism’ on everyone everywhere.” Pg. 15. [emphasis added]

This is the first time I have had a clue about the Transgender Movement. And it is more than a clue, it is the key.

In George Orwell’s 1984, the Inner Party inquisitor demands that protagonist Winston Smith prove his allegiance to Inner Party doctrine by demanding that Winston acknowledge seeing five fingers, instead of the four being held up. The parallelism with the Transgender movement is obvious: absolute denial of facts coupled with the demand to affirm blatant fictions. Only someone in a dominant position of superior power could make such demands.

A disquisition on power, the limits of power, the abuses of power, checks and balances to prevent the consolidation of Absolute Power, etc., exceeds the scope of this essay. A few passing comments must suffice.

In 2014, libertarian attorney James Ostrowski wrote, “Evil sorts will tend to gravitate to arbitrary power since arbitrary power is intrinsically evil. Good people will shy away precisely because they are good and have no use for arbitrary power.”[4]

What more is there to be said about Power?

In an April 5,1887 letter from Baron Acton to Bishop Creighton, Acton wrote:

“I cannot accept your canon that we are to judge Pope and King unlike other men, with a favourable presumption that they did no wrong. If there is any presumption it is the other way against holders of power, increasing as the power increases. Historic responsibility has to make up for the want of legal responsibility. Power tends to corrupt and absolute power corrupts absolutely. [comment: absolute immunity is the greatest corrupter of all] Great men are almost always bad men, even when they exercise influence and not authority: still more when you superadd the tendency or the certainty of corruption by authority. There is no worse heresy than that the office sanctifies the holder of it. That is the point at which the negation of Catholicism and the negation of Liberalism meet and keep high festival, and the end learns to justify the means. You would hang a man of no position, like Ravaillac; but if what one hears is true, then Elizabeth asked the gaoler to murder Mary, and William III ordered his Scots minister to extirpate a clan. Here are the greater names coupled with the greater crimes. You would spare these criminals, for some mysterious reason. I would hang them, higher than Haman, for reasons of quite obvious justice; still more, still higher, for the sake of historical science.” [5]

Seeking and acquiring power over others for any sake is a questionable proposition in the first instance. And if the power is of an executive, judicial, administrative or legislative nature, the Power of Law, with a supposedly inherent legitimate privilege to initiate force and violence, what then? Who decides? By what criteria?

“[T]he essential premise [of institutionalism, which is that condition which obtains ‘When the preservation of the organization becomes more important than the informal and spontaneous practices that created it,’ p. 11] is that the self-interests of some are to have priority over the interests of others, and that restrictions upon the activities of the latter [regulations and laws] may be justified by the presumed superiority of purpose of the former.”[6] What could be a more clear shot across the bows of Progressivism, the Council of Foreign Relations, and the Federal State of which Lincoln is the godfather, these insidious agents of Chaos?

Turning away from the general to the specific, what is up with this Transgender thing, taking a long view? Some people seek “the Upper Hand.” In families, in schools, in corporations, in churches, anywhere people gather, the Will to Power and the desire to Have the Upper Hand raise their ugly heads.

Who can doubt it? What can be seen in Life? Is it not so?

For me, this recognition of The Transgender Movement as a free-wheeling and energetic exercise of The Will to Power on a huge scale comes as a near-complete surprise. It is that big a deal and no laughing matter to anyone who still thinks clearly. Do we resist Evil as we call a spade a spade, or do we respect the feelings of others so much we subscribe to lies about them, including lying to ourselves?

I recognized The Transgender Movement as something based on flashy abuse of language and the enshrining of “Feeling” above all else, early on. But I did not see the “Movement potential” that it carries, until I saw and was able to apply Fr. Kraft’s insights.

Now, my disregard for The Transgender Movement is more vehement than it was before. These times are worse than when Hunter S. Thompson cried “the pigs are in the tunnel,” for The Barbarians run the Big Table, setting snares and digging pitfalls.

Some pretty intense, principled, and long-term resistance is needed. My energy and focus won’t last forever. But while they do, I mean to pray this prayer and live by its intentions:

ALMIGHTY God, who hast created man in thine own image; Grant us grace fearlessly to contend against evil, and to make no peace with oppression; and, that we may reverently use our freedom, help us to employ it in the maintenance of justice among men and nations, to the glory of thy holy Name; through Jesus Christ our Lord. 1928 BCP, p. 44. [emphasis added]

And why will I pray this? Eph. 6:12 “For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.” KJV That would be very great wickedness in quite high places.

And comes then the considered Afterthought, not by way of limitation but by way of illustration.

From an Acton Institute imprint,[7] we get this: “Political problems are preeminently moral problems, according to Lewis, and technocrats are not equipped to function as moralists. ‘I dread specialists in power,’ he said, ’because they are specialists speaking outside their special subject. Let scientists tell us about sciences. But government involves questions about the good of man, and justice, and what things are worth having at what price; and on these a scientific training gives a man’s opinion no added value.’” Pg. 10.

[Bio: Prior publications of Jerry Jewett were in Mondo Cult magazine, The Heinlein Journal, The Lamp-Post of the Southern California C.S. Lewis Society, and Prometheus (The Newsletter of the Libertarian Futurist Society). In summary: popular culture, Christian and libertarian publications. Certificate in Theology and Ministry, Princeton Theological Seminary, Princeton, NJ

Informal Education following graduation from Business School consisting of thousands of pages of reading in political philosophy, jurisprudence, Austrian economics, Christian theology and moral reasoning, history, comparative law, private social ordering, natural law, and such one-off writers as Spengler, Korzybski, Lawrence Dennis, and similar outliers.]

E-Mail Jerry Jewett: mojave357mag@yahoo.com

Foototes:

Spooks Books, Oakland, 2010.
Degeneration Translated from the Second edition of the German Work With an Introduction by George L. Morse, published by Howard Fertig, New York, 1968 first published in English in 1895; 557 [emphasis added]
It was published in full in Forward in Christ, The Magazine of Forward in Faith North America, Vol. 14 No. 3, March-April 2022.
Progressivism A Primer on the Idea Destroying America, Cazenovia Books, Buffalo, NY 2014, p. 165. [emphasis in original]
Quoted from The Online Library of the Liberty Fund Network, emphasis added.
Butler Shaffer, Boundaries of Order, Ludwig Von Mises Institute, Auburn, AL 2009, Pg. 63.
Public Life in the Shadowlands What C.S. Lewis Can Teach Us About Politics, John G. West, Jr., Acton Institute, Grand Rapids, MI 1998.

Part 1 – ELECTION FRAUD – A Solutions Series

By Staff Writers from:
The North American Law Center

August 7, 2022

Like all political policy writers, we get a lot of reader mail, and almost all of it in recent times says the following – “I agree with everything you said and God Bless you for saying it! BUT…WHAT ARE THE SOLUTIONS?”

Meanwhile, every writer today has a burning question for YOU. Who is going to execute any real solutions presented? Because so far, “We the People” have seemed to be missing in action for well over a hundred years now.

If we give you just ONE solution to just ONE major problem, WILL YOU MAKE IT HAPPEN?

Trust us when we tell you, there is a real solution to every problem on earth. However, most don’t want the problems solved, while others wait for someone else to solve them. If you are a legal American Citizen, YOU are the person who has to solve every problem in the USA. You have to know how, and then you have to have the intelligence, determination, and courage to execute the solution, together. Otherwise, there is no viable solution to anything!

Rule #1 – “What you do, speaks so loudly, that what you say, I cannot hear.”

Americans are nothing at all if not the most opinionated people on earth. We want everyone to know what we think about everything. But when the time comes to transition from mere words into real action, “We the People” go missing really fast, as if they don’t even exist. Talk is only meaningful when it results in ACTION. If we had as many doers as we do talkers, we’d be writing about how great life in the USA is today.

Rule #2 – Every complex problem requires the simplest of solutions.

As this relates to election fraud, the cheating has taken place in so many ways on so many fronts for so many years, that people cannot fathom the notion that any solution to this critically fatal problem could possibly exist. Yet, it does…

Rule #3 – You have to work with the right group of others.

Everyone asks, “what can I do?” Alone, by yourself, NOTHING. Need we explain any further? “A house divided against itself, cannot stand.”

Rule #4 – Eliminate everything with a low or no chance of success.

Just as there is no shortage of opinions, there’s no shortage of suggested solutions, most of them, used to build databases of future donors, and they have little or no chance of success. In fact, most of the main solutions floated today are highly dangerous, as you will see in the Election Fraud Solution below.

Rule #5 – Quitters have 100% chance of losing.

Two types of people lose 100% of the time…Those who never leave the starting gate, and those who quit before they cross the finish line. In order to even have a chance of winning, you must START and FINISH.

If you agree with these five very basic rules of winning anything, then we can talk about the real solution to election fraud now. If you disagree, don’t bother reading any further, because no matter how right the solution may be, you are not able to be a productive part of any solution.

ELECTION FRAUD – THE REAL SOLUTION

NO MORE PAPER BALLOTS

We are well aware of how many Citizens have been trained to believe that paper balloting is the only solution to election fraud. They are 100% wrong! The opposite is true.

Election fraud has existed since long before machine voting. Those of us old enough and engaged enough to remember that history, know with certainty that paper balloting presents the easiest opportunities for fraud. Don’t believe us?

If there is no paper balloting, there can be no “mail-in elections,” no “ballot harvesting” and no flooding the machine with fake ballots dumped for hours and days after the election cutoff times, votes from dead people or “drop boxes” where numerous low-level people have already been arrested and charged with election fraud by these “paper ballot” methods.

In fact, most of the election fraud in 2020 and again in 2022, is being done via “paper ballots.” None of this form of cheating can happen if there are no paper ballots. Eliminating paper balloting altogether eliminates the many means of cheating with paper ballots. Only people alive and eligible to vote can show up to vote in person.

Still with us?

ELECTRONIC IN PERSON VOTING ONLY

We know, you have been trained to distrust and even hate electronic machine voting, even though you use electronics every day and believe you are secure. That’s because the people who love to cheat, control the machines, and need paper ballots to do it. They also need to count the millions of “paper” votes of those who can not show up to vote in person, because they are dead, already voted in another district, or are legally ineligible to vote.

In order to secure voting via an all-electronic voting system, the following things must be put in place.

Make Election Day a National Holiday – so that every working Citizen can leave work to vote.
All voters must prove they are legally eligible to vote in the USA, under the law.
One way to do this is, one verified social security number, one vote, one district.
100% of voting must be done within the time allowed by law, no late votes after polls close.
100% in-person voting only. (see solution for true absentee voting)
No voting eligibility for anyone who holds “dual citizenship” in another country.
No internet connectivity on site at any voting location.
Every voting location MUST have qualified independent computer technicians on site during election day to solve any glitches immediately, bonded, just in case fraud is found inside their machines.
No more accepting and counting ballots minutes, hours, days, and weeks after the voting deadlines, with the exception of overseas military ballots, which must be counted whenever they arrive.
Every voting machine must have a receipt printer (just like a credit card receipt) for every voter so that they can check that their ballot was registered properly before leaving the polling place. This is the only “paper” needed.
Voters must keep their receipts in case of an election audit.
End of day tabulations from each machine must be certified, locked, and stored on a hard drive with backups, accessible for review by any independent source, with receipt numbers for each voter accessible.
Anytime a voter wants to check their vote as it was registered, they should be able to access it in a secure online portal, using their receipt number.

Now, while it is entirely impossible to control or even verify paper ballots today due to massive methods of paper ballot fraud, we must rely on newer technologies to make voting as easy and accurate as possible.

Eliminating all paper balloting eliminates all of the methods of cheating via paper ballots, all of them.

Before the doubter’s mention “disenfranchising voters” by these means, the only way to disenfranchise voters is to have more than one set of election rules and laws, designed to only suit some people. So long as election laws and rules are applied to everyone equally, available to all eligible voters evenly, no voter is disenfranchised.

In-person voting only, along with strict enforcement of voter eligibility, and stiff consequences for any effort to commit election fraud, will eliminate a lot of funny business from dead, duplicate, unverifiable or ineligible voters.

NO-EXCUSE ABSENTEE VOTING – NO MORE

As it concerns legitimate “absentee voting,” at present, 35 states and Washington, D.C., allow any qualified voter to vote by absentee/mail ballot without offering an excuse, and in the remaining states, an excuse is required. Some states offer a permanent absentee ballot list: once a voter asks to be added to the list, s/he will automatically receive an absentee ballot for all future elections.

The number one excuse given for absentee voting is “work.” This issue is easily solved by making every National Election Day a National Holiday. Time off work to vote in any primaries for national offices must also be allowed by every employer, by law, just like jury duty, except far more important.

Other secondary issues such as voting for elderly or sick, unable to go to a polling place in person, may use absentee voting options, so long as the options are secure, void of any influence over the voter and otherwise eligible to vote. These absentee ballots must be delivered to the polling place before the voting deadline, by someone who can authenticate who they are and what their relationship is to the voter.

Now, this may sound like a lot, but if you pay close attention and think about it for a few minutes, you will realize that this is the only way to stop election fraud in the USA. Although no matter the election method, there will always be those who seek to defraud that system…this solution makes cheating much more difficult and much easier to detect and prosecute.

Last, the US Constitution assigns all power to regulate elections to each State. The federal government is assigned no authority or power over election systems or processes whatsoever. So, this solution must be enacted within your State. The US Constitution grants all Rights and Powers concerning elections, to the States.

We will end where we started – If we give you just ONE solution to just ONE major problem, WILL YOU MAKE IT HAPPEN? If not, then there is no point to providing any other solutions for any other problem and we will sink into this abyss together…One Nation, without God, and no longer FREE! The future is ours to secure…will we?

NOTE: This is the first in a series of published solutions intended to teach Americans the truth and how they can play a critical role in ending the intentional destruction of our beloved country. Additional issue solution pieces will be released in order of importance, so long as we can confirm that people are paying attention and starting to properly engage. RESPOND HERE

Democratic Party – The Party of Warmongering, Cowardice and Racism

By Gerard P. Keenan, USN Retired

August 5, 2022

Let’s start at the beginning – 1865. A Confederate general and Democrat, Nathan Bedford Forest, founded the Ku Klux Klan. From its beginning this racist, anti-Christian, anti-Semetic organization terrorized and murdered not only blacks in the South, but Catholics, other Christians, and Jews.

Fast forward to 07 December, 1941. The US President was Democrat Franklin Delano Roosevelt. Japan had attacked the US at Pearl harbor and left thousands dead. This was certainly a black day for America, but it was soon to become blacker. On February 19, 1942, President Roosevelt signed Executive Order 9066 establishing the Japanese-American internment camps under the Secretary of War.

On December 8, 1941, the US declared war on Japan which prompted Germany to declare war on the US, followed by the US declaring war on Germany on 11 December. Yet only Japanese-Americans were interned during the war. No German-Americans were ever interned. In fact, German-Americans were inducted into the armed forces to fight against both Japan and Germany – but the only Japanese brought into the armed forces were those known as the 442nd Regimental Combat Team and they were sent to Europe to fight the Germans. The government, under Roosevelt, felt these Japanese-American soldiers might turn against the Americans. Yet the 442nd proved to be one of the most highly decorated combat units of the entire war. This raises the question – why is it that no German-Americans were interned? Is it because they were white, while the Japanese-Americans were obviously different?

Roosevelt died in April, 1945, just weeks before Germany surrendered. After hi death another Democrat, Harry S. Truman, took over as president. It was he who authorized the dropping of the only two atomic/nuclear bombs ever used – to date.

So here we have blatant racism under Roosevelt, and cowardice under Truman who ordered the bombs dropped even though he could have thrown the entire might of the US military against Japan which could not have withstood the onslaught because the troops previously engaged in Europe were now free to be thrown into the Pacific fray. But he chose the bomb.

Then along came Korea, another war under Democrat president Harry Truman. Gen. Douglas MacArthur was the commander of UN forces in Korea but, because of his alleged ‘insubordination,’ Truman relieved MacArthur of his command on 11 April, 1951.

Truman considered MacArthur ‘insubordinate’ mainly because he was opposed to a limited war and wanted to cross the 38th parallel into North Korea. Would we have the problems with North Korea that we have today if he had done so? That question will probably never be answered. But because Truman was too cautious MacArthur was bound to hold at the 38th parallel.

In 1944, 1948 and 1952 the GOP tried to get MacArthur to accept the party’s nomination for president. He turned it down every time because he had no interest in politics after his experiences with Truman.

In July, 1953, hostilities ended in an armistice; a truce, not a peace treaty. This means that today we are still technically at war with North Korea. But even this truce was made possible by Dwight D. Eisenhower – a Republican.

During the 1952 presidential campaign Eisenhower constantly criticized Truman’s inability to end the conflict. When challenged by Truman, Ike responded that if elected he would personally visit Korea to try to bring about an end to the war and shortly after being elected he made good on his pledge and actually visited Korea to assess the situation himself. On 27 July, 1953, China and North Korea signed the armistice ending the shooting war.

Vietnam saw a rapid escalation following JFK’s assassination and throughout Lyndon Johnson’s presidency with the resulting loss of over 58,000 American lives.

Throughout the Johnson and Nixon administrations the war raged. The election of 1974 saw Gerald Ford, Republican, take office in 1975. During his administration he managed to bring the war to an end.

Then came Jimmy Carter, a Democrat, in 1977. In 1979 the US Embassy in Tehran was attacked by Iranian “students” and they took many embassy personnel hostage. Thirteen hostages were soon released but the Ayatollah Khomeini held 52 hostages.

Before Reagan took office in 1981, Carter authorized Operation Eagle Claw in a failed attempt to rescue the hostages. Part of the operation was launched from the carrier USS Nimitz CVN-68. The day she got her sailing orders for the Gulf was the same day I transferred off Nimitz. The rescue mission was a disaster and failed miserably with the loss of five USAF personnel and three Marines killed, three of the eight helicopters were destroyed, and a C-130 exploded following a collision with one of the helos. The mission had to be abandoned leaving behind all eight dead servicemen, the three helicopters and the remains of the C-130 and nearly all of their equipment and the disbursement of the hostages to various locations throughout Iran to prevent a second rescue attempt.

Ronald Reagan was inaugurated on 20 January, 1981 and within minutes the hostages were released.

During Republican George H. W. Bush’s presidency Iraq invaded Kuwait sparking the Gulf War. This war was, arguably, the first success by the American military since 1945.

Then came President Bill Clinton. Another Democrat with no military experience or knowledge (and, in fact, a draft dodger during the Vietnam War). He got us involved in Somalia where Somali forces shot down two of our Black Hawk helicopters with several American casualties. Following this battle (Mogadishu) Clinton decided to turn tail and run and pulled our forces out of Somalia deserting our allies (sound familiar?). Just after this battle the Somalis dragged the bodies of dead American soldiers through the streets and filmed it. Shortly thereafter the film was shown on American TV. It was pure fear that Clinton unceremoniously pulled out of Somalia – setting the precedent for Biden’s cowardly run from Afghanistan.

My wife was serving in the Active Navy Reserve at this time and when told she was up for a selection board for a potential promotion she didn’t even think about it but turned it down saying she refused to serve another day under President Clinton and submitted her retirement papers.

Following Clinton came George W. Bush, another Republican. On his watch we had 9/11 and he responded, in my opinion, correctly. Unfortunately the war in Afghanistan dragged on for years.

In December 2009, with less than one year in office, Obama authorized a troop “surge” of more than 30,000 troops, ostensibly due to the escalation in sectarian violence. This continued throughout his presidency with short, random periods of calm.

When Trump took office in 2017 he worked out a plan and began the orderly withdrawal of US troops from Afghanistan leaving approximately 2,500 troops. When he left office there had been no military deaths for his last 18 months in office.

Then along came Joe Biden and his crime family. I won’t waste time on the events leading up to Biden’s cowardly retreat from Afghanistan resulting in the deaths of 13 US service men and women and the loss of unknown numbers of American and Afghan Visa holders that were left behind at the mercy of the Taliban, many of whom were subsequently executed. Not to mention the billions of dollars of military equipment left behind in Biden’s cowardly retreat. Much of that equipment contained highly classified technology.

One thing is certain, however, and has been made very clear by Biden and his crime family, they have been true to the very core of the Democrat Party – warmongering, cowardice and racism.

[BIO: Gerard P. Keenan is a native of Paterson, NJ, graduating from St. Bonaventure’s R.C. High School in that city. He also received an Associate of Arts degree from the Univ. of Maryland with a three-year major in Behavioral Science. He is a retired 20-year USN Navy veteran (Telecommunications Specialist) who served in numerous capacities; primarily overseas and aboard forward-deployed staffs (Commander US Sixth Fleet aboard the guided missile cruiser USS Little Rock, home ported in Gaeta, Italy and on the staff of Commander Battle Force Sixth Fleet aboard the aircraft carriers USS Saratoga, Forestall, Independence, John F. Kennedy, Nimitz and Dwight D. Eisenhower home ported in Naples, Italy).

After living in Europe for approximately 23 years and working throughout Europe, North Africa, the Middle East, and occasional trips to the Caribbean and several states, he returned to the US and provided military and terrorism research to private investigators, security firms, government agencies, film companies and radio/TV news to private investigators, security firms and attorneys across the US, Canada, Italy and the United Kingdom and taught Private Investigation for 11 years at three locations on Long Island; concurrently.]

E-Mail Gerard P. Keenan: gpkeen@outlook.com

Culture of Debt: How Marx and Keynes Made Us Numb & Dumb

by James Jaeger

July 30, 2022

We live a “culture of debt” — the opposite of a capitalist society. But you will never hear SPEECH like this from woke Academia, the liberal Mainstream Media or over-extended corporate America. These entities, like millions of WE THE PEOPLE, are encumbered by mind-boggling debt and plagued by insidious inflation. The national debt is now over $30 trillion and the inflation rate is bucking 10%.

To explain why this happened, all one has to do is consider two terms: Marxist Ideology and Keynesian Economics. Both of these gifts to humanity promote big centralized government with endless debt, taxes and regulations. Both are used by the Globalist-infested Democratic Party in their mission to destroy the U.S. Republic as envisioned by the Framers.

Specifically Marxist ideology rejects free-market capitalism and Keynesian economics encourages debt-financed government expenditures. In other words, both Marx and Keynes conspire to destroy “capital formation” — savings — with “debt accumulation.”

What you were not taught in public school is that capital formation is the basis of capitalism. Capital formation is thus anathema to the Marxist mentality — the mentality that now dominates the public school system. The lesson never taught is: if individuals and companies were to spend less than they took in, they would generate “profits” and these “profits” would become “capital formation.” So the real reason the word “profits” is vilified in endless lefty movies is because “profits” create “capital formation” and capital formation is anathema to the Marxist mentality.

A society replete with prudently-managed businesses that had no need for DEBT is the LAST kind of society Marxist Bankers want. If no one needed to borrow money — because businessmen could finance seasonal inventories and expand operations using capital formation — bankers would not be able to lend money and collect endless interest payments. This is why elite bankers lobbied Congress in 1910 and formed the Federal Reserve System — a Marxist central bank that causes the boom and bust business cycles as well as inflation and unemployment.

Over the decades the “Fed” segued the United States from the “gold standard” and began a long-term program of backing money with less and less gold and more and more debt. This is known as “monetizing debt — turning debt into “money,” or “bills of credit” as the Constitution warns us about. Today, “monetizing debt” is simply a fancy term for “printing money,” or the euphemism, “quantitative easing.”

Through this mechanism, the Fed Banksters and Crooked Congressmen have now monitized 30 trillion Federal Reserve “Notes” and “eased” them into the economy to expand the government into the Leviathan we now have — all “justified” by Keynsian economics and Marxist ideology. All lent to American business owners that made a deal with the devil and overthrew their capitalist principles of profit and savings for easy and fake “money.”

Today “fiat currency” — what could be characterized as demonic money printed out of thin air — has been lent to corporate America for endless mal-investments; used to co-opt and bias the Mainstream Media and funded perpetual wars. It’s even been used to encumber our kids with $1.7 trillion in debt for college “educations” that do not even make them smart enough to get a job that keeps up with inflation, let alone pay off their debt.

Yes, printing tuition money caused the very inflation a proper education is supposed warn a student to avoid. So both Marxist ideology and Keynsian economics have failed our kids physically and philosophically. Congress and the Federal Reserve System conspired to take the U.S. off the gold standard so they could use Keynsian-inspired fiat currency-generated debt for all manner of government expenditures, including college loans for our kids.

It’s much easier — and less risky to a congressman’s political career — to fund a foolish budget or cover a deficit by borrowing printed money than it is to get that money by raising taxes. So after the Fed was formed, and the monetary base was no longer tethered to gold, profligate rogues in Congress printed and drank all the money they wanted, starting with a couple of World War cocktails. Now, the purchasing power of today’s “money” is so diluted it takes one dollar to purchase what 5 pennies purchased in 1913.

Yes, the practice of printing fake, fiat money makes it easy for math-challenged rogues in Congress to create money out of thin air. Creating money by hard work is an activity few government employees, especially the deep state, can comprehend. “Sweat equity” — when you work hard and create value because the products and services you are delivering are needed and wanted by the Society — is almost unknown to those who live off debt or work for the government.

Marxist Bankers — and their Democrat-controlled Mainstream Media propaganda machine — spit on hard work, just as they spit on “profits” that could become “savings.” Why work to generate money when you can simply print to generate “money.” And numb and dumb Americans bought it: “Hey I can get a $10,000 loan for 0% interest if I’m a good little slave to my ‘credit score.'”

Again, if a corporation earns more than it spends and thus goes into evil “profits,” these evil profits, when saved up, create “capital formation” and this capital can be used by the corporation at no cost. How can a Marxist Banker compete with this? He can’t but he tries. This is why the outrageous scheme of printing money — amplified by the equally outrageous scheme of “fractional reserve banking” — were invented. Printing up unlimited amounts of fiat money is the only way Bankers can compete with corporations generating their own capital through the prudent management and allocation of profits.

The Fake Fed and the Crooked Congress thus partner — more accurately, conspire — to print money out of thin air and then use it to keep us all in their insane, Marxist-Keynsian Debt System. This is the essence of the game. No college education needed to comprehend. The Marxist Bankers, the Mainstream Media Control Group, woke Academia, and over-encumbered corporate America are counting on you to be ignorant, stay ignorant and not speak a word in protest.

The “culture of debt” we find ourselves in could be considered a spin-off from Economic Marxism. As we explain in a movie entitled CULTURAL MARXISM, a splinter group known as the Frankfurt School, engineered a methodology of advancing Marxist principles using Culture. By this means, Cultural Marxism has been advancing through Academia, the Mainstream Media, Corporate America and now Social Media — in what’s known as “the long march through the cultural institutions.” Watch Pat Buchanan, G. Edward Griffin, Edwin Vieira and Ron Paul explain.

FILM IN PRODUCTION:

We are currently in production on a new documentary film that will address how the God-given right of speech is being assaulted. The documentary is entitled, SPEECH – The Door Is Closing. SPEECH will explain how Marxist social engineers from the Frankfurt School have managed to censor, abridge, block, shadowban and deplatform all manner of important SPEECH in America — what we now call “cancel culture.”

To find out more about our production of SPEECH – The Door Is Closing visit www.TheDoorIsClosing.us At the website you can watch a trailer and/or review the narration script and the production budget. If you see merit, please help us complete production by donating what you can at www.TheDoorIsClosing.us/donate Prominent screen credits, as described on the donation page, will be accorded donors to acknowledgement their contributions.

SPEECH will be our 11th public service documentary. Feel free to watch any of the past 10 documentaries free of charge at www.HomeVideo.net

The reason we place these films on the Internet for free is because FEW people will watch a political film if they have to PAY for it. If it’s FREE, they MIGHT watch it. If it’s free AND it reinforces their interests, values, cultural perspectives and prejudices they probably WILL watch it. But if the film costs MONEY, and it does NOT reinforce their interests, values, cultural perspectives and/or prejudices they will NEVER watch it. So I ask you, if you are trying to REACH people that disagree, misunderstand or hate your political message, how are you MORE LIKELY to reach them: with a FREE documentary or a documentary they must PAY for? I think the answer is obvious.

So how do you fund the production of documentaries that can be released to WE THE PEOPLE for free when the cost to make documentaries is high? Does the filmmaker go to the banks for production funding? What about the studios or TV networks? What about private investors? Each of these funding sources has a serious problem for the filmmaker that wants to make and release films that do NOT promote the liberal, secular, anti-constitutional, anti-capitalist, Globalist Agenda. The banks won’t lend money for films because they’re criminals only interested in Ponzi schemes. The studios and TV networks won’t fund films unless they promote the liberal, secular, anti-constitutional, anti-capitalist, Globalist Agenda. And investor-financed films can never be released for free or released only after the investors recoup their money.

All of these funding methods also require unlimited amounts of time filling out paperwork and dealing with lawyers, agents and accountants. By the time the film is financed and released World War IV has come and gone and there is no country left to even watch the film.

So, if we had to rely on banks, studios, networks or investors our films would take forever to finance, produce and release and they would NOT reach anyone “on the other side”. Even though 150 million American citizens will NOT pay even $19.50 to purchase a movie on a political subject, a significant percentage WILL watch the movie if they can get it for free. This is why donor-financed movies are crucial — the only way millions of NEW citizens can be reached. This is why your donation — from $25 to $25,000 — can make a BIG difference on what subjects and issues get out and into the public discourse.

Millions of people will be able to watch SPEECH – The Door Is Closing — even though bankers, movie studios, TV networks and investors do NOT care about the God-given right of speech — or anything else in the Bill of Rights. They only care about MONEY, not AMERICA. Let’s by-pass them. Go to www.TheDoorIsClosing.us/donate and help us get SPEECH done.

E-Mail James Jaeger: contact@moviepubs.net
E-Mail James Jaeger: jjaeger@mecfilms.com

[BIO: James Jaeger is a Telly Award-winning filmmaker (grandfather, producer of the first medical training films in the United States (and the founder of the Department of Neurosurgery at Jefferson Medical College/Hospital), Mr. Jaeger began his career in entertainment around 1973 with the Valley Forge Music Fair working on such shows as THE CARPENTERS, THE DAVID BRENNER SHOW, THE PEGGY FLEMMING SHOW and THE SONNY & CHER SHOW.]

Are You Going to Wait Too Long?

By Wylie Marshall

July 26, 2022

When I was five years old, I was the only one of my siblings that had not started school, we lived on a farm in central Texas. I had pretty much the run of the farm, so one day I decided to see what would happen if I got an oil can that had been discarded after being emptied. Remember when motor oil came in quart cans and they were metal, and you had to open them with a can opener? You placed the opener on the edge of the can and lifted up and put a triangular hole in the top of the can, and then on the other side of the can you did the same thing, but only put a small air hole in the can so the oil would pour properly.

Well, I took an empty can and filled it with gasoline from one of the fifty-five-gallon barrels of gas that we had for the tractor. Then I sat down and leaned up against the barrel of gasoline, put the can of gas between my outstretched five-year-old legs and with a kitchen match that I always carried in my pocket, thinking that I was going to create a candle like fire from the hole in the oil can, lit the can of gasoline.

You can imagine the shock I felt when that fire erupted from that can of gasoline! It was like nothing I had ever seen before, but something happened to me at that very moment. I had a geyser of fire between my legs, pinning me up against a barrel of gasoline, that I didn’t know could explode at any minute, but something guided me to put my hand on the side of that can and gently push it over with my legs spread as far apart as possible. The fire spread out over the ground and kept burning, but with much less force and I was able to slide out from between the fire and the barrel. I then began to throw dirt on the fire until I had it under control. I don’t remember having one hair on my body that was singed.

Another instance where really bad stuff should have happened, was when I had been home from my Vietnam tour just three days. My wife and I were in our 67 VW Beatle on the Gulf Freeway in Houston, Texas at night and we were going over an overpass and met a man in a 62 Buick LeSabre, on our side of the freeway with his lights off. Of course, a head on collision occurred immediately. A 62 Buick LeSabre is much like a Sherman Tank. We pretty much bounced off of that vehicle. I must add that both vehicles were very well built back in the sixties. They didn’t crumple up like the vehicles of today tend to do. My wife knocked the windshield completely out of the VW. I received a small cut on my right arm that required three stitches and my wife would get glass out of her forehead occasionally for years after that, but other than that, we did not suffer any serious injuries.

Did I deserve God’s love and protection? I would have to say no! I did not know God, I did not obey God, I did not give God one minute of my time or care! So why do you think I was spared terrible consequences in those two instances? I also might add that there were other instances that I have been able to look back over my life and see where I should have not come out of them so well.

I do know that we are required to build Godly character, and you can’t do that without some suffering in your life. God granted us free moral agency to choose our own paths. Some of those paths can bring a lot of pain, but I do know that God loves us and has a purpose for all of us, and we don’t know what purpose He may have for us or for our descendants! Did you catch that? It may not be us per see’ He is protecting, if He is protecting us, at any one time, but one of our descendants! God might have a huge purpose for a descendant of ours further up our family tree. It sure seemed that God was right there with me when I needed Him during my military career and pulled some strings when they needed to be pulled, and my three sons were not yet born. And it seemed He did the same for others I know that had amazing careers during that terrible war. Whatever happened, He still has unconditional love for us all! And that unconditional love is what we are going to have to learn to have for God and for our fellow man, whether it is now or later! It sure appeared that God protected me even when I did not deserve it. And it could be the reason I am writing these articles today, trying to warn a people who are perishing for lack of knowledge. Hos 4:6 My people are destroyed for lack of knowledge: because thou hast rejected knowledge, I will also reject thee, that thou shalt be no priest to me: seeing thou hast forgotten the law of thy God, I will also forget thy children. I would not want God to forget me or my children or grandchildren! This is a very key verse to our problems, both as a nation and as individuals. Stop and think about that last verse for a minute. Do you keep God’s Law? Did or do your parents keep God’s Law? Did your Grandparents keep God’s Laws? Did your Great Grandparents keep God’s Law? If you can answer yes to any of those questions, then you are blessed! Now before you start patting yourself on the back, Do you know what God’s Law is? The Ten Commandments, with the Seventh Day Sabbath, the Test Commandment! Better read that verse again!

So, why is there still so much confusion out there and so many who cannot discern the word of God? It is because they just do not want God telling them what to do! I have said that many times, and I will say it again! They just do not want God telling them what to do! For example, and here is where it started with the children of Israel rejecting God; 1 Sa 8:7 And the LORD said to Samuel, “Hearken to the voice of the people in all that they say to you, for they have not rejected you, but they have rejected Me, that I should not reign over them. They wanted a King to rule over them like all the other nations around them. How did that work out for them? If you know their history, you will know that it didn’t turn out so good for them! But they got their king and What happened? God would have established Saul’s kingdom upon Israel forever, but Saul did not obey God! Saul did not keep God’s commandments! 1Sa 13:13 And Samuel said to Saul, “You have done foolishly. You have not kept the commandment of the LORD your God which He commanded you; for now the LORD would have established your kingdom upon Israel forever. 1Sa 13:14 But now your kingdom shall not stand. The LORD has sought Him a man after His own heart, and the LORD has appointed him to be prince over His people because you have not kept what the LORD commanded you.” We have example after example in the bible showing us that we must keep the Law of God, but man just don’t want God to tell him what to do even if it means his own destruction!

I read this just this past week…

Will the Real Good News Stand Up? And then went on to confuse the works of the law, which were the sacrificial laws, which ended with the death of Christ on the cross, with the Law of God, which are God’s Ten Commandments. Jesus very clearly said in Matthew 5: 17-20 He did not come to abolish the Law! He came to magnify the Law, and then showed us how He magnified the Law to include our very thoughts!

Some men try to make the word of God fit their own agenda so that it will appear to be too confusing for others to understand and will have to rely on others to tell them what the bible is saying! God is not the author of confusion, Satan is! 1Co 14:33 For God is not the author of confusion, but of peace, as in all the churches of the saints. God makes it very simple. “Obey My Voice.” Exo 19:5 Now therefore, if you will obey My voice indeed, and keep My covenant, then you shall be a special treasure to Me above all people; for all the earth is Mine. “Live by every word that proceeds from the mouth of God,” Mat 4:4 But He answered and said, “It is written, ‘Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceeds out of the mouth of God.’ ” What were those words that proceeded from the mouth of God? Exo 20:1 And God spoke all these words, saying, You can read all the words spoken by God in person, through His very mouth here in Exodus Twenty, starting in verse two! Exodus 20: 2-17. They are called The Ten Commandments!

Most of what was written in that article is so confused and convoluted that it makes no sense at all! If we are going to be judged by God’s Law, then does it not make sense that we need to know what the Law says and that we should be living by that Law? Is it fair that we should be given a ticket for speeding if there is nothing telling us what the speed limit is? Let me ask you this. Why do we even need to seek out a minister or civil court to get married if we are not required to continue in our marriage vows. Of course, in the last several decades, it has become clear that many do not keep their marriage vows, or bother to get married and look where that has gotten us. Broken homes, children without one parent or the other. Many living in poverty. Many children just abandon all together! So, how is that working out for us? Not very well is it? It is really sad when we do not live by the rules! Don’t you think God knew what He was doing when He gave us His Laws to live by? Just stop and think about each of the 10 Laws. If we would live by just those 10 Laws, this would be a perfect world to live in! Just those 10 Laws!

Then the article says righteousness comes through faith. Where does God say righteousness comes from? 2 Pe 2:21 For it would have been better for them not to have known the way of righteousness than, after knowing it, to turn back from the holy commandment that was delivered to them. So, the way of righteousness comes from keeping the commandments of God! How simple is that? It is man that wants to twist and turn and confuse you, because Satan has twisted and turned and confused man! Satan never gives up, 1Pe 5:8 Be sober! Be vigilant! For your adversary the devil is prowling about as a roaring lion, seeking anyone he may devour. And he has devoured many that do his bidding! Always rely on God’s word to guide you! Never take the word of man for doctrine. Look in your own bible to see if it is true or not! You may have to look at several scriptures to get the full meaning, especially Paul’s writings, because the word for “law” is all the same in English. So, when Paul talks about God’s Law, it looks the same as the word for law when he talks about the works of the law, the sacrificial laws, or the law of circumcision. The sacrificial laws and the law of circumcision came to an end at the death of Christ because Christ was our perfect sacrifice once and for all, and now our hearts are circumcised when we are buried in baptism. You have to be careful to know which law Paul is referring to. Peter warns that Paul’s writings are hard to understand…2 Pe 3:16 As he has also in all his epistles, speaking in them concerning these things; in which are some things that are difficult to understand, which the ignorant and unstable are twisting and distorting, as they also twist and distort the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. Peter didn’t mince any words in his warning did he? Peter knew Paul’s writings were hard to understand for those who were still on milk.

Then the article brings in scriptures like Revelation 7: 9-17 which are about the great multitude that came out of the tribulation and repented of their sins and are sealed with God’s Holy Spirit. And tells you that they are in heaven and heaven is nowhere mentioned in any of those scriptures, Remember what the bible says about going to heaven. This Great Innumerable Multitude is about the laborers in the vineyard. Mat 20:1 “The kingdom of heaven shall be compared to a man, a master of a house, who went out early in the morning to hire workmen for his vineyard. Mat 20:2 And after agreeing with the workmen on a silver coin for the day’s wage, he sent them into his vineyard. Mat 20:3 And when he went out about the third hour, he saw others standing idle in the marketplace; Mat 20:4 And he said to them, ‘Go also into the vineyard, and whatever is right I will give you.’ Mat 20:5 And they went. Again, after going out about the sixth hour and the ninth hour, he did likewise. Mat 20:6 And about the eleventh hour, he went out and found others standing idle, and said to them, ‘Why have you been standing here idle all the day?’ Mat 20:7 They said to him, ‘Because no one has hired us.’ He said to them, ‘Go also into my vineyard, and whatever is right you shall receive.’ Mat 20:8 And when evening came, the lord of the vineyard said to his steward, ‘Call the workmen and pay them their hire, beginning from the last unto the first.’ Mat 20:9 And when those who were hired about the eleventh hour came, they each received a silver coin. Mat 20:10 But when the first ones came, they thought that they would receive more; but each of them also received a silver coin. Mat 20:11 And after receiving it, they complained against the master of the house, Mat 20:12 Saying, ‘These who came last have worked one hour, and you have made them equal to us, who have carried the burden and the heat of the day.’ Mat 20:13 But he answered and said to them, ‘Friend, I am not doing you wrong. Did you not agree with me on a silver coin for the day? Mat 20:14 Take what is yours and go, for I also desire to give to the last ones exactly as I gave to you. Mat 20:15 And is it not lawful for me to do what I will with that which is my own? Is your eye evil because I am good?’ Mat 20:16 So the last shall be first, and the first shall be last; for many are called, but few are chosen.”

Those who God called down through the ages, in the early morning, in the third hour, the sixth hour, the ninth hour, have had to live their lives in constant battle against Satan and his demons, Eph 6:12 For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. These are those that John 6: 44 & 45 have happened to. No one can come to Me unless the Father, Who sent Me, draws him; and I will raise him up at the last day. Joh 6:45 It is written in the prophets, ‘And they shall all be taught by God.’ Therefore, everyone who has heard from the Father, and has learned, comes to Me. But for those who were called in the eleventh hour, they had to live through the tribulation as well! And I think Matthew 20: 10 through 15 is there for us to learn that we are not to complain about anything, for who would complain about receiving eternal life, the silver coin, and what could be more than eternal life in God’s Family?

And how about the Hundred and forty-four thousand out of every tribe of the children of Israel? They were also sealed with God’s Holy Spirit and resurrected in the 1^st resurrection. What does the bible say about Israel being saved? Rom 9:27 But Isaiah cried out concerning Israel, “Although the number of the children of Israel shall be as the sand of the sea, a remnant shall be saved. Rev 7:4 And I heard the number of those who were sealed: one hundred forty-four thousand, sealed out of every tribe of the children of Israel.

The Great Innumerable Multitude were called at the eleventh hour and came up in the 1^st Resurrection with all those God has called down through the ages as well as the last to die, the Two Witnesses, fulfilling Matthew 20:16. They were the last called and the first to be resurrected in the 1^st resurrection. But they did not go to heaven. They reigned here on this earth with Christ for one thousand years. Rev 20:6 Blessed and holy is the one who has part in the first resurrection; over these the second death has no power. But they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with Him a thousand years.

You need to study your bible and not rely on other people to tell you what it says. There are few people that can rightly discern the Word of God, and you will be led astray. Not necessarily intentionally, but because there have been many learned men of all ages who have longed to be able to discern the Word of God, but discernment was not given to them, because they did not keep God’s Law! John 14:21 The one who has My commandments and is keeping them, that is the one who loves Me; and the one who loves Me shall be loved by My Father, and I will love him and will manifest Myself to him.” Isa 28:9 Whom shall he teach knowledge? and whom shall he make to understand doctrine? them that are weaned from the milk, and drawn from the breasts. Isa 28:10 For precept must be upon precept, precept upon precept; line upon line, line upon line; here a little, and there a little: Most people think that they can just keep God’s commandments the way they want to keep them and that will be good enough. They think that keeping Sunday as their sabbath is okay as long as they keep one day a week to worship on. But that is not what God says to do in His commandments. God says to keep the Seventh Day Sabbath and to Keep it Holy! Christ also magnified the Law to include our thoughts! We have to control our thoughts. Not to hate our brother, or lust after anyone or anything! We have to keep God’s Law the way God says to keep God’s Law. God gave us His test commandment, the 4^th commandment, to see if we would obey Him or not. That is not a passive commandment, God has to see you keeping that commandment, you have to do something to keep that commandment, as I explained in my last article “Can Repentance Save this Nation?” 2Pe 3:9 The Lord is not slack concerning his promise, as some men count slackness; but is longsuffering to us-ward, not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance. Are you going to keep that stiff-neck and wait too long? How long is God’s “longsuffering to us-ward” going to last?

I have been accused of being legalistic. If reading and believing what God is telling me in the Bible is being legalistic, then I guess I am. But when you are standing before God in the Great White Throne Judgement and you are asked to account for why you did not keep His Law, what are you going to say? “Well God, I just didn’t want to be legalistic!” The unpardonable sin is the sin that was not repented of!

E-Mail Wylie Marshall: sirwylecoyote@yahoo.com

Can Repentance Save This Nation?

By Wylie Marshall

July 9, 2022

I haven’t watched much “news” for the past several years. But I did hear through the grape vine that Roe v. Wade was reversed. And I heard that the Supreme Court even strengthened the personal protection gun laws unless that was just a rumor. After how many years? Does that seem a little strange to you? In the middle of the most damaging administration in our history, our Supreme Court has suddenly found and can read and understand the Constitution of the United States and the Bill of Rights?

Do I hear more noise in the streets now than I did before? Of course, we might hear more noise if the those that run the Oil Company’s filling stations lower their prices for gasoline. After President Biden told them to lower their prices to what they pay for the gas! Saw that too, and did a huge double take on that one. Just couldn’t believe he was saying it, but low and behold, they have dropped a bit! Yes, we may see more clamoring in the streets about abortion and how those guns are killing people. I am a cautious person, and I am going to have to hang on a bit longer to see what happens next. I have always been of the opinion that there are no free lunches! Are they so worried about the next election that they would reverse the abortion opinion of the Supreme Court after around 70 million babies have been murdered in and outside the womb? I have to think that something is going on here that we just don’t understand yet! They have been lying to us for years and now they are going to tell us the truth and reverse their opinion? Their modus operandi has always been to divide and conquer!

Also saw where a coach won a case for praying with his football team. What is this country coming to? Do you remember that it was 27 years ago that another football coach lost his case to the ACLU for praying with his football team?

I just read a great article by Rob Pue about Sodom and Gomorrah, I mean Columbus, Ohio and the debauchery that goes on there with the LGBTQP. I have never been to a pride parade and hope I never stumble into one going on. I have seen the remains of Sodom and Gomorrah and what fire and brimstone did to those cities! Of course, the inhabitants of those cities were burn to ashes instantly and have blown away. No evidence of them left to see!

Does it make any difference if we pray with our football team, pray in school, pray at home, or even pray at church? Does it make any difference if our children are being targeted by LGBTQP’s that have given their souls to Satan?Or if you get down to it, does it make any difference if we murder our children in the womb, in our schools or wherever?Does it really make any difference? Rob Pue’s article said the number of LGBTQP+ is rising daily with the flow of massive propaganda. And did you catch that he said that there were no less than FORTY so-called Christian “churches” marching IN the parade, in support of sodomy, transgenderism, sado-masochism and pedophilia. Why is this happening?

I read article after article after article telling us what is wrong with our culture, society, country and way of life. Everything we are doing wrong, everything our churches are doing wrong, everything our politicians are doing wrong. But where is the fix? How do we fix these problems? We have been trying to fix these problems for ages by voting a solution into office for years and years! How is that working? Not so good! Every time we vote what we think is a decent person into office, they become compromised or totally corrupted almost overnight! Satan has infiltrated every institution in our beloved country! Maybe it is time to try something different?

Do you ever pray to God, if you do, do you tell Him you love Him? Is it just lip service? How many times do we tell God that we love Him and then do the opposite of what He has told us to do? Does telling God that we love Him really mean anything if we refuse to obey Him? Obeying God is the key here. Obeying God is the only way we are going to get to where we really want to be, whether we know that or not. We praise Him in song, in sermons, and prayers and turn right around and disobey Him! How do we disobey Him? We break His Law! Even after He gave us His only Son so that we might have a relationship with Him and eventually, eternal life…how much it must hurt Him to see our behavior? The perfect life Jesus lived and the tremendous pain and suffering He went through to take away our penalty of everlasting death that we earned and deserved because we would not do the things our Creator told us to do, so that we might have life and have it more abundantly now and eternal life later! How sad this must make Him.

It was not just His dying on the cross that took away our death penalty. Jesus had to come as a human and live a perfect life! He had to live a life without committing even one sin! What does that mean? What is sin? I guess the short definition would be 1 John 3:4Everyone who practices sin is also practicing lawlessness, for sin is lawlessness. So, sin is breaking God’s Law, and if Jesus had sinned just once, He would not have been the perfect Sacrifice and would not have qualified to take away the sin of the world! Joh 1:29 On the next day, John sees Jesus coming to him, and he says, “Behold the Lamb of God, Who takes away the sin of the world. (The sacrificial lambs could not have even one blemish on them. One blemish would have disqualified them to be used as a sin offering. Exo 12:5 Your lamb shall be without blemish, a male of the first year. You shall take it from the sheep or from the goats.) And if Christ had sinned just once, He would have had a blemish, and we would still be living under that death penalty and still be facing that never ending death that we so deserve!

Do any of us understand that kind of love? No, not one! We are incapable of understanding agape love, and that is the kind of love God has for us! It is total unconditional love, and we are not capable of giving that kind of love. But that is where God is taking us, because that is what God is, total unconditional love! You might say, “Okay, I will understand it when I get there!” Well, if you are waiting to understand it when you get there, then you might not get there! You should start working on understanding it now! You don’t know when God the Father is going to say to you, “Come here and learn from Me!” Joh 6:45 It is written in the prophets, ‘And they shall all be taught by God.’ Therefore, everyone who has heard from the Father, and has learned, comes to Me. You just don’t know when that will happen! It might happen in this lifetime or the next, but it will happen, so you should be working on it now!

There is a lot of misinformation out there that is causing a lot of confusion. They confuse the “Works of the Law” which were the sacrificial laws that ended at the death of Christ, with the Law of God, the Ten Commandments! God’s word is not hard to understand if you live by every word that proceeds from the mouth of God. What were those words that God spoke and commanded His people to keep? They were the Ten Commandments. God personally SPOKE the Ten Commandments from His mouth and told His people to keep them for 1000 generations. Let’s see, that would be for at least 25,000 years and those years are not up yet! Exo 20:1 And God spoke all these words, saying, and He goes on to list the Ten Commandments! Deu 7:9 Therefore, know that the LORD your God, He is God, the faithful God Who keeps covenant and mercy with them that love Him and keep His commandments, to a thousand generations.

God has to know who will obey Him and who will not. He will not allow anyone who will not obey Him to enter into His Kingdom. God will not create another Satan. God does not wish for anyone to suffer the penalty that Satan is going to suffer for all eternity. Rev 20:10 And the Devil, who deceived them, was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone, where the beast and the false prophet had been cast; and they, Satan and the demons, shall be tormented day and night into the ages of eternity. The beast and the false prophet were flesh and blood and were burnt to ashes in an instant, but Satan and the demons are spirit beings and will burn and be tormented for all eternity in the lake of fire and brimstone.

I have written before about the stories in the bible, in particular, the story of Jonah. Well, now I will tell you about another story when the children of Israel refused to obey God. I have mentioned this one before, but this time I want you to notice a different aspect of the story.

Remember the story of the children of Israel first arriving at the promise land. God had Moses send scouts into the promise land to scout it out and bring back a report. Moses sent a scout from each tribe and all, but two scouts brought back bad reports. They reported that the people of the land were too strong and there were giants in the land and that they were not able to defeat the people of the land, even though God had fought all their battles for them ever since they had left Egypt! The people became afraid because of the 10 scout’s bad reports, and refused to go up and take the promised land. So, what did God do? He had the children of Israel wander in the wilderness for 40 years until all of the adults that refused to go in and take the promised land had died. Num 14:29 Your dead bodies shall fall in this wilderness, and all that were numbered of you, according to your whole number, from twenty years old and upward, who have murmured against Me. God did not allow anyone who murmured against Him to enter into the promised land and God is not going to allow anyone into His Kingdom that will not obey Him, and He has to be assured of that fact beforehand!

People love to claim that all you have to do is to claim the grace of God and that is all that is needed. That is not what God says! Mat 15:8 ‘These people have drawn near to Me with their mouths, and with their lips they honor Me; but their hearts are far away from Me. God expects us to do something to show Him we are serious about our love for Him. God has total unconditional love for us, and we must develop that same love for Him before we will be allowed into His kingdom. He wants to know who His people are, and He wants His people to know Who their God is! Joh 14:15 If you love Me, keep the commandments— namely, My commandments. Joh 14:21 The one who has My commandments and is keeping them, that is the one who loves Me; and the one who loves Me shall be loved by My Father, and I will love him and will manifest Myself to him.” We will not enter into God’s kingdom on lip service!

God’s Law contains a sign that few people know exist. It is a sign between God and His people. Exo 31:13 “Speak also to the children of Israel, saying, ‘Truly you shall keep My Sabbaths, for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations to know that I am the LORD Who sanctifies you. Now how many generations are we to keep God’s Law? Yes, for a thousand generations! This “sign” just happens to be the fourth Commandment! That commandment is the only commandment that requires an outward example of it being kept. You actually have to do something to keep that commandment, so God can see you doing it. It is not a passive commandment that you can keep without doing anything. To keep the Sabbath day, you must go and fellowship with your brethren and go and worship God and sing psalms, and teach and learn, and pray! You have to physically do something! That is what makes it a sign between God and His people! But it has to be done on His day, the Seventh day of the week! That is the only day of the week God made Holy! Gen 2:2 And by the beginning of the seventh day God finished His work which He had made. And He rested on the seventh day from all His work which He had made. Gen 2:3 And God blessed the seventh day and sanctified it because on it He rested from all His work which God had created and made.

When will you stop being ashamed of the God that created you and let Him help you? Rev 3:20 Behold, I stand at the door and knock. If anyone hears My voice and opens the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. Luke 9:26 For whoever shall be ashamed of Me and My words, of him shall the Son of man be ashamed when He comes in His own glory, and in the glory of the Father and of the holy angels. Rom 1:18 Indeed, the wrath of God is revealed from heaven upon all ungodliness and unrighteousness of men who suppress the truth in unrighteousness; And what is righteousness? 2Pe 2:21 For it would have been better for them not to have known the way of righteousness than, after knowing it, to turn back from the holy commandment that was delivered to them.

So, what do you think is happening right now? We have a supreme court that has lied to us for 50 years while approximately 70 million babies have been murdered. Are they trying to cleanse their conscience or is it something else? What about their ruling on sodomy, gay marriage? Where is that in the Constitution of the United States?

This nation has closed its door to God a long time ago, and we are sliding into the abyss. I can not understand why our people can not see this phenomenon. Our Republic was established with Godly principles and can only flourish in a nation that has a God lead moral culture. Our Republic will not work with any other system and that is why our present government is working so hard to remove everything that has to do with a Godly moral family way of life. I’m sure there is a better way of articulating that, but I think you can understand what I am trying to say. If we don’t turn back to God and Obey His Voice, then maybe you should make your final arrangements, because if they don’t come after you with a needle, they will probably starve you to death.

Our problems are spiritual! They cannot be solved by voting them out of office. We saw that in the 2020 election. They have the elections rigged to where they will never lose another election and they know it. They are led by Satan the Devil, Eph 6:12 Because we are not wrestling against flesh and blood, but against principalities and against powers, against the world rulers of the darkness of this age, against the spiritual power of wickedness in high places. If you don’t wake up and understand what you are up against before it is too late, then you will have nothing in this life to wake up for. The only one that can help you is God, and all He requires is that you repent of breaking His Laws, His statutes and His Judgements! How little for so much! This doesn’t have to be Satan’s world. Satan can only do what God allows him to do. Turn back to God and repent of breaking His Law and watch what happens! Nineveh repented and was spared total destruction!

E-Mail Wylie Marshall: sirwylecoyote@yahoo.com

Act Before Time Runs Out

By Jim Hollingsworth

July 2, 2022

On Friday, June 24, the U.S. Supreme Court issued its opinion in Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Organization. Their final opinion was basically the same as the draft by Justice Alito that was leaked May 2. The Court has overturned Roe v. Wade as well as Planned Parenthood v. Casey.

What the Court said was:

At the time of Roe, 30 States still prohibited abortion at all stages. [Roe] imposed the same highly restrictive regime on the entire Nation, and it effectively struck down the abortion laws of every single State. the decision represented the “exercise of raw judicial power,” and it sparked a national controversy that has embittered our political culture for a half century.

We hold that Roe and Casey must be overruled. The Constitution makes no reference to abortion, and no such right is implicitly protected by any constitutional provision, including the one on which the defenders of Roe and Casey now chiefly rely—the Due Process Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment.

Roe was egregiously wrong from the start. Its reasoning was exceptionally weak, and the decision has had damaging consequences.

The Constitution does not prohibit the citizens of each State from regulating or prohibiting abortion. Roe and Casey arrogated that authority. We now overrule those decisions and return that authority to the people and their elected representatives. (Alito: Cornell Law Review)

When the Supreme Court announced its opinion in Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Organization the Democrats went ballistic. Their world was ended. They had believed that Roe v. Wade somehow gave them a right for an abortion. They somehow missed the fact that abortion is not even mentioned in the Constitution, was just very bad jurisprudence when it was decided, as was also Planned Parenthood v. Casey. Over sixty-three million precious babies have lost their lives since Roe was decided.

These precious babies could one day have been president or a congressman, or even an astronaut. They never had a chance, for their lives were taken. In a free market economy every soul is a benefit to society; in a socialist economy every soul is a liability. Thus, the loss of these many little ones has been a loss to us as a nation. Also worthy of note, a high percentage of those taken have been among minorities.

Not only did the Democrats respond immediately with anger but President Biden said he was contemplating an executive order making abortion legal again in every state. He somehow missed the fact that executive orders were designed for emergencies when Congress could not act, and that all legislative powers is given by our great Constitution to the Congress.

All legislative Powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States, which shall consist of a Senate and House of Representatives. (Article I, Section 1)

In recent years both the President and the Supreme Court have put forth their own legislation and Congress made little effort to stop them. Right now the Court appears to be leaning on the Constitution, but that is a significant change from previous years.

Since Biden took office he has done more to destroy our great country than anyone before him. If one did not know better he would have to assume that Biden and his administration were working for our enemies.

Everyone got some kind of stimulus money several months ago. That money was not taxed, nor was it borrowed, but was simply printed and given out. Economists call that “inflation” yet Biden has neglected to take any blame for rising prices. Seventeen economists agree with him. These Nobel Prize winning economists are mainly professors at universities including Harvard, Princeton, Yale, MIT, and Stanford. When it comes to economics it appears that those institutions have been wrong more often than they have been right.

Under the program of the former president to Make America Great Again life was improving. The price of gasoline was under $2.00, and our people were working. Even our enemies respected us. Our dollar was sound. Now government inflation is eating at everyone’s savings, at the rate of about one percent every thirty days.

During his first week in office President Biden issued 37 executive orders. Those orders were designed to undo all the good work of the former administration. The most grievous was the position taken on energy.

First, he stopped work on the Keystone XL Pipeline, which put at least 11,000 people out of work. Then he stopped drilling for oil on all public lands and offshore, and began to honor his commitment to end the use of all fossil fuels.

Surely they had to understand that over 6,000 things are made from oil, and most fertilizer comes from natural gas. No more fossil fuels, no more vinyl fences or siding; no more plastic bags for most grocery items. No more paved highways. No more paint or paint thinner. No more carpeting: Little furniture. No refrigerators or air conditioning. Of course no more jet fuel, diesel, gasoline or kerosene. Just look around you and notice the numbers of things made from oil. Today, even much of our automobiles are made of plastic.

When prices began to rise the Administration said it was because of greedy meat producers, grocers and oil companies. Some of the blame was placed on the “war” in Ukraine. They did not seem to notice that the price of gasoline, now over $5.00/gallon, had already risen before the conflict in Ukraine. Even the price for most food items had risen, as well as the price of housing.

Rather than reverse any of these terrible policy decisions the President went begging for more oil production from our enemies, from Venezuela, Iran and countries in the Mideast. Every practical American knows that none of this is good energy policy, but the Biden Administration does not seem to care. Was their plan to destroy America?

Government policies have made it harder to do business, and draconian and unconstitutional measures led us closer to tyranny during the pandemic. Even the demand that babies be vaccinated, when they are at little risk and there are serious side effects of the vaccines. There is no discussion on anything; the President is determined to have his way in everything. When professionals stand up and try to share the truth they are put down by the social media or various levels of government. Some have even been fired for taking a stand against the common narrative.

As Americans we must stand against this move to take over our country by the president. It is not too late: There is much that can be done on the local level, but time is running out. Now is the time for patriotic Americans to stand forth and encourage others to do right.

For an excellent article on the present Biden energy policies see the excellent article by Professor Victor Davis Hanson.

E-Mail Jim Hollingsworth: jimhollingsworth@frontier.com

[BIO: Jim Hollingsworth has a master’s degree from Pensacola Christian College. He has written four books: Climate Change: A Convenient Truth, Cortez: A Biography, The Ancient Culture of the Aztec Empire, and Abortion Compassion.]

What Are You Thinking?

By Wylie Marshall

June 7, 2022

I watched a movie the other night with my nine-year-old granddaughter, about these twins that had mental telepathy powers. They could tell what other people were thinking and could send their thoughts to the other twin. That would be awesome wouldn’t it to have that kind of power? You could tell what other people we really thinking about you!

I am not so sure it would be all that great to have that ability. Let us take it a step farther and try to imagine all the thoughts coming from the entire world’s population every day. Would they be mostly good thoughts or mostly bad thoughts? And what if you had to hear all those thoughts!

Judging from the condition of the world right now, I would have to say that most of the thoughts emanating from the world’s population would not be good thoughts.

Does God know what we are thinking? Does He know what our thoughts are every minute of the day or night?Let’s find out.

Gen 6:5 And the LORD saw that the wickedness of man was great on the earth, and every imagination of the thoughts of his heart was only evil continually.

That is a good indication that God knows our every thought! When I woke up this morning, I “think” I was dreaming and it came into my mind that I needed to write my next article on what we think, because God knows what we are thinking all the time! That could be very embarrassing at times, because if you are like me, I have a hard time controlling my thoughts, and that is as far as I want to go with that!

This is something we all need to be aware of. We need to realize that God knows what we think, and when we think it! Here is another example.

Psalm94:11 The LORD knows the thoughts of man, that they are vanity.

Or how about this one:

Psalm139:2 You know my sitting down and my rising up; You understand my thoughts afar off. That was inspired to be written by King David, and in Acts 13:22 it is written that David was a man after God’s own heart! If you know anything at all about King David, you will know that David had problems with his thought process too! It cost him a lot!!!! You might want to check out what David lost because of his thoughts!

Have you ever thought about this before? I know it came as a wake-up call to me.I had never given it much thought before, but maybe we should think about it this way. If you developed the blueprints for an invention and it was a big hit and you sold millions of them and became very rich. You had the patent on the invention, you would know its every detail, inside and out. You would know what makes that invention tick or run as the case may be. The point is that you would know everything about your invention and would know if it was working properly or not.

Well, God knows everything about His creation, He even knows what we are thinking!But what does God think about our thinking?

Let us start with some background information about God. We know from the scriptures that Jesus Christ created all things:

Col 1:16 Because by Him were all things created the things in heaven and the things on earth, the visible and the invisible, whether they be thrones, or lordships, or principalities, or powers: all things were created by Him and for Him.

We also know that Jesus Christ is always the same:

Heb 13:8 Jesus Christ is the same yesterday, and today, and forever.

And we know that the Word Who became Jesus Christ is the Spokesman:

Heb 4:12 For the Word of God is living and powerful, and sharper than any two-edged sword, piercing even to the dividing asunder of both soul and spirit, and of both the joints and the marrow, and is able to discern the thoughts and intents of the heart.

We cannot even imagine that kind of power!

And we know that the Old and the New Testaments are the inspired writings of God!

2Ti 3:16 All Scripture is God-breathed and is profitable for doctrine, for conviction, for correction, for instruction in righteousness.

We also know Jesus Christ was the God of the Old Testament:

1Co 10:1 Now I do not wish you to be ignorant of this, brethren, that our fathers were all under the cloud, and all passed through the sea.

1Co 10:2 And all were baptized unto Moses in the cloud and in the sea.

1Co 10:3 And they all ate the same spiritual meat.

1Co 10:4 And they all drank of the same spiritual drink; for they drank from the spiritual Rock that followed them. And that Rock was Christ.

1Co 10:5 But with many of them God was not pleased, for their dead bodies were strewn in the wilderness.

We also know that the Family of God consist of two individual beings at the present time, God the Father and Jesus Christ:

Joh 14:16 And I will ask the Father, and He shall give you another Comforter, that it may be with you throughout the age:

Joh 14:17 Even the Spirit of the truth, which the world cannot receive because it perceives it not, nor knows it; but you know it because it dwells with you, and shall be within you.

Joh 14:26 But when the Comforter comes, even the Holy Spirit, which the Father will send in My name, that one shall teach you all things, and shall bring to your remembrance everything that I have told you.

Joh 15:26 But when the Comforter has come, which I will send to you from the Father, even the Spirit of the truth, which proceeds from the Father, that one shall bear witness of Me.

Joh 16:7 But I am telling you the truth. It is profitable for you that I go away because if I do not go away, the Comforter will not come to you. However, if I go, I will send it to you.

I know that I am going to get a lot of flak about these last scriptures. If you research the Koine Greek, in which the New Testament was written, you will find that all pronouns that reference the Holy Spirit are neuter in gender.

So, let us think a little about what has happened to the people of the earth since Adam and Eve. Satan was angry that God created man, so he, Satan went directly to work to destroy mankind. How did he do that? I mean Adam and Eve were in this beautiful garden, had everything they could ever need, and God was right there with them, but the serpent came into their lives to test them, and they failed the test! God had told them from the very get go that they could eat of every tree in the garden except from the tree of the knowledge of good and evil. For in the day that you eat of it, in dying, you shall surely die! Now that is found in Genesis 2:17. And then along came the Devil in the form of a serpent and started right in on Eve. And the serpent said to Eve, “is it true that God has said, ‘You may freely eat of every tree in the garden?’”

Gen 3:2 And the woman said to the serpent, “We may freely eat the fruit of the trees of the garden,

Gen 3:3 But of the fruit of the tree, which is in the middle of the garden, God has indeed said, ‘You shall not eat of it, neither shall you touch it, lest you die.'”

Gen 3:4 And the serpent said to the woman, “In dying, you shall not surely die!

Gen 3:5 For God knows that in the day you eat of it, then your eyes shall be opened, and you shall be like God, deciding good and evil.”

At this point, if Eve had been created with the ability to read minds, she would have known right off that the Devil was lying to her and maybe she would not have eaten of the forbidden tree and also given to her husband Adam. But she could not, and sin entered the world because they broke God’s commandment!

Well, it went from bad to worse from there and the world became more and more evil to the point that God finally had to start over with Noah! Satan had worked his plan so well that God had to destroy everyone living except Noah and his family. Eight people!!!! Genesis 6: 11 Now the earth also was corrupt before God, and the earth was filled with violence.

Why do you think this happened? Well, I would have to guess that instead of having good thoughts and staying close to God, they let themselves become influenced by Satan to the point of destruction!

Does this sound familiar to you? Can you look at the world today and picture it any other way???? So, what happened next?

Gen 6:12 And God looked upon the earth, and behold, it was corrupt—for all flesh had corrupted its way upon the earth.

Gen 6:13 And God said to Noah, “The end of all flesh has come before Me, for the earth is filled with violence through them. And behold, I will destroy them with the earth.

Satan had succeeded in planting his thoughts into mankind to the point of destroying mankind, he thought! But Noah and his family were saved out of the flood that came upon the earth and God began again to create His family!!! But guess what! Satan never quits, and man forgets about Satan, because Satan likes to work in the background and make man think he is not real. There is that word “think” again. Yes, and after the flood, Satan started over again too! He is a spirit being and never tires. He can work night and day and he transmits his thoughts to us, because he does have the ability to put his thoughts in our mind, but only if we let him! He is always looking to see who he can influence to do his bidding and destroy!

1Pe 5:8 Be sober! Be vigilant! For your adversary the devil is prowling about as a roaring lion, seeking anyone he may devour.

And now look at the world we live in, I cannot imagine it much different from the world God had to destroy with the flood.

Mat 24:38 For as in the days that were before the Flood, they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noah entered the ark.

So, what do you think God is thinking about what we are thinking about now? Has our thoughts brought us to the brink of destruction again???

Isa 55:8 “For My thoughts are not your thoughts, nor your ways My ways,” says the LORD.

Pro 12:5 The thoughts of the righteous are right; the counsels of the wicked are deceit.

Pro 15:26 The thoughts of the wicked are an abomination to the LORD, but the words of the pure are pleasant words.

I just wonder how many today have pure thoughts. Can you imagine the torment that God must go through to have to listen to our thoughts? Have you ever gotten an obscene phone call? Those things were very popular a few years ago and were quiet a novelty! Today I would think that the language of an obscene phone call of a few years ago, is pretty much the norm that is spoken today, judging from our movies and television shows that children, or anyone for that matter, should not watch!But it is not only our thoughts that God knows. He also hears every word we speak, because we will be held accountable for every word that proceeds from out of our mouth!

Mat 12:36 But I say to you, for every idle word that men may speak, they shall be held accountable in the day of judgment.

Did you ever stop and “think” about these things? I had never given it much thought until it hit me to draft this article. The reality of what this is saying, especially if you believe in God, must be something to stop and ponder. And then, question yourself about what you should do about it! Are you just going to continue to have the same thoughts you have been having for most of your life, if so, then you must be one of the few that have pure thoughts! But judging from the condition of the world, I would think that there are very few of those types! The rest of us need to consider what we need to do to improve.

I was having trouble understanding some scriptures a short time ago, so I asked a dear friend if he would help me with my understanding. The scriptures are these.

Isa 28:9 “Whom shall He teach knowledge? And whom shall He make to understand doctrine? Those who are weaned from the milk and drawn from the breasts,

Isa 28:10 For precept must be upon precept, precept upon precept; line upon line, line upon line; here a little, there a little;”

Isa 28:11 For with stammering lips and foreign tongue He will speak to this people.

Isa 28:12 To whom He said, “This is the rest He gives to the weary;” and “This is the refreshing,” yet they were not willing to hear.

Isa 28:13 So then the Word of the LORD was to them precept upon precept, precept upon precept; line upon line, line upon line; here a little, there a little; that they might go, and fall backward, and be broken and snared and taken.

My friend explained to me that those who read the word of God and search the scriptures, for precept must be upon precept, precept upon precept; line upon line, line upon line; here a little, there a little. Those are the ones that have been weaned from the milk and drawn from the breast, they have God’s Holy Spirit and understand what they are reading.

But those who have not been weaned from the milk and drawn from the breast can read the same scriptures and will not understand, because they do not have God’s Holy Spirit and they might go, and fall backward, and be broken and snared and taken.

I have given this a lot of thought and have wondered what then can the milk and the breast represent if you must have God’s Holy Spirit to understand His scriptures? What has God given us that does not require the Holy Spirit to understand? Of course, there are a lot of things in the Bible that one can understand without God’s Holy Spirit, but to put together Precept upon Precept, Precept upon Precept; Line upon Line, Line upon Line; Here a little, there a little that can be really understood!!! Only one thing popped out at me, because God gave it! It was the only thing God gave to His people personally by His very mouth! That was the Ten Commandments, given from the top of Mt. Sinai to approximately two million people all at the same time. Scared them so bad that they asked Moses to not let God speak to them anymore lest they die!!! My point is that it does not take God’s Holy Spirit to understand the Ten Commandments so that might be what the Milk and the Breast are!! You keep the Milk and the Breast; God will teach you knowledge and to understand doctrine, as in John 6: 44 and 45.

Joh 6:44 No one can come to Me unless the Father, Who sent Me, draws him; and I will raise him up at the last day.

Joh 6:45 It is written in the prophets, ‘And they shall all be taught by God.’ Therefore, everyone who has heard from the Father, and has learned, comes to Me.

How many people do you know today that keep the Ten Commandments? That is right! Almost none, and if they keep them, they only keep parts of them, the parts they like or the parts that take no effort to keep. But that fourth one, they just shoot themselves in the foot with that one! They want to believe that the Sabbath was changed to Sunday, but it was the Catholic Church that did that, not God! You might want to Read “Rome’s Challenge to the Protestants” written under the authority of Cardinal Gibbons. The Catholic Mirror was the official organ of Cardinal Gibbons and the Papacy in the United States. The article was published in that paper and appeared on September 2, 9, 16, and 23, 1893. You can find the article on the internet.

My article is not to try to convert anyone one way or the other. I want you to “think” about these things. Think about what you think about and what you need to do.

Can “thinking” save this nation? Well maybe if you “think” about the right things. But first, you need to repent of not having thoughts about the right things and ask God’s forgiveness. Our thoughts as we have seen are very powerful. They can be a blessing…or they can be a curse! And I for one believe that this nation is cursed, and we do not have much time left! We have been purposely removed from God by Satan, just as he did before the flood, to the point that we no longer know we are sinning. Just a reminder of what sin is, 1 John 3:4 Everyone who practices sin is also practicing lawlessness, for sin is lawlessness.

Breaking God’s Law is sin. And that is the one thing God gave us that we do not need God’s Holy Spirit to understand. The Ten Commandments!!

And what did Jesus tell us?

Mat 7:23 And then I will confess to them, ‘I never knew you. Depart from Me, you who work lawlessness.’

God did not put us here to perish. He gave us a Law that we can understand and keep and if we keep that Law, it can only bring us blessings! He made it as simple as possible for us. He also gave us free moral agency, to see who would keep His Law and who would not! He will not force anyone!!! It is strictly up to us!

But on the other side of that coin is the curse and we have no excuse for bringing the curse on ourselves and on our nation. It is all about stupid pride and stubbornness. That is why the children of Israel went into captivity and lost their identity. Just because they did not want God telling them what to do!!! And we have not changed one bit!!!! Listen up! God created us! He is our Creator! He holds the patent on us!!! He knows what we think and what we say! We have no right to worship anything or anyone other than the one true God! We must Obey His voice! Or……we perish!!!!!!!!!! But it is our choice!

Psalm 46:10 “Be still and know that I am God! I will be exalted among the nations; I will be exalted in the earth.”

[BIO: Wylie Marshall graduated from the Lamar University in Beaumont, Texas in 1972 with a bachelor’s degree. He was employed for 30 years by a large Chemical Company and worked in the Engineering field as a Project Cost Estimator. After retirement in 2007, he continued to work in the Project Estimating field for several engineering companies and firms in a contracting capacity until 2015. He is a Vietnam veteran and served aboard the USS Richmond K. Turner, DLG-20 which was a “double-ended”guided missile destroyer.He is married to his wonderful wife,he loves playing music with his sons, studying history, and for the last 37 years has had a love for the study of God’s word, and has learned that God’s love is for all of mankind and is without prejudice and man must live by every word that proceeds from the mouth of God. The Old and the New Testaments are God breathed and God created man on this earth to learn of God and His ways, so that one day we could have eternal life in the family of God as spirit beings.]

E-Mail Wylie Marshall: sirwylecoyote@yahoo.com

How Did Christ Fulfill the Law?

By Wylie Marshall

May 29, 2022

Have you ever wondered about this? How did Christ fulfill the Law? I used to wonder about that a lot! If He did not come to abolish the law, then how did He fulfill the Law? Mat 5:17 Do not think that I have come to abolish the Law or the Prophets; I did not come to abolish, but to fulfill. There are an awful lot of people that think that the Law has been done away with,or that it no longer needs to be kept. When the Law was given to the Israelites from the top of Mt. Sinai, right after the children of Israel had come out of Egypt and passed through the Red Sea, they were given the Ten Commandments by God Himself, from His very mouth. It was a very cut and dried Law with a lot of “thou shall not do this,” and “thou shall do this” in it, and was very easy to understand. It was in-your-face and to the point!

When Christ came, He made it very clear that nothing about the Law would be changed. Mat 5:18 For truly I say to you, until the heaven and the earth shall pass away, one jot or one tittle shall in no way pass from the Law until everything has been fulfilled. And Christ made it very clear Mat 5:19 Therefore, whoever shall break one of these least commandments, and shall teach men so, shall be called least in the kingdom of heaven; but whoever shall practice and teach them, this one shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven. But then Christ makes a statement that I know is a puzzlement to many people. Mat 5:20 For I say to you, unless your righteousness shall exceed the righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees, there is no way that you shall enter into the kingdom of heaven. What could this statement mean? The Scribes and Pharisees were the most zealous of all the people in Jerusalem in Christ’s day. They were the ones that set the bar for keeping the commandments. They were so zealous about keeping the Ten Commandments, that they had written an entire book on how to keep the Ten Commandments. Their rule book had hundreds of rules on how to keep the Ten Commandments. Judah had been taken into captivity by Nebuchadnezzar, King of Babylon, and after seventy years had been allowed to return to their homeland and rebuild the temple. By the time of Christ, the Rabbis, the Chief Priest, the Sadducees, the Pharisees and the scribes had developed these rules on how to keep God’s commandments. There was no way they were going into captivity again for breaking God’s Law! The problem wasthese rules were a terrible burden on the people.Their rule book became the LAW! But I digress.

Let us get back to how Christ fulfilled the Ten Commandments without abolishing them. As I said before, the Ten Commandments to the carnal mind were very cut and dried. You don’t do this, and you do that! And that is how you keep them. In other words, You shall have no other gods before Me. You shall not make for yourself any graven image or any likeness of anything that is in the heavens above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the waters under the earth. And so on and so forth…. Just do this, don’t do that!

Then Christ came and died for our sins, and some thought that He did everything for us and there was no need to keep those pesky Laws anymore! But that is not what Christ said! He said he did not come to abolish, but to fulfill, so what does fulfill mean? I can tell you that it does not mean that you don’t need to keep them anymore! It means that He came to magnify the Law! Yes, magnify! OK, what does magnify mean? Well, normally if you magnify something, you make it bigger, right? Well, that is exactly what Christ did. He made the Ten Commandments bigger, and explains it for you. Mat 5:21 You have heard that it was said to those in ancient times, ‘You shall not commit murder; but whoever commits murder shall be subject to judgment.’Yes, those who commit murder shall be subject to judgment. But Christ takes it a step further and magnifies it to include even being angry without cause!! Mat 5:22 But I say to you, everyone who is angry with his brother without cause shall be subject to judgment. Now you have heard it said, ‘Whoever shall say to his brother, “Raca,” shall be subject to the judgment of the council.’ But I say to you, whoever shall say, ‘You fool,’ shall be subject to the fire of Gehenna. (Not to get off the subject, but the “fire of Gehenna” represents the Lake of Fire in Revelations 20:10. Gehenna was a Dump outside of Jerusalem where refuge was burned, even the dead bodies of the criminals.) So, Christ magnified the commandment of “Thou Shall not commit murder” to include being angry without cause.

How about the sin of Lust? Mat 5:27 You have heard that it was said to those in ancient times, ‘You shall not commit adultery.’ That is very cut and dried is it not? As long as you don’t go near someone else’s husband or wife, you would be safe on that commandment wouldn’t you? Well, that has been magnified too! Now if you even look upon a woman to lust after her, you have committed adultery with her in your heart! Mat 5:28 But I say to you, everyone who looks upon a woman to lust after her has already committed adultery with her in his heart.

So, now you can see how Christ fulfilled the Law. He magnified the Law and brought the spiritual side into view to show us that our thoughts are just as important as what we physically do.We are to control our thoughts, as well as what we do physically, as I described in my article “WHAT ARE YOU THINKING?”

What is our mission here in this life? Why has God gone to the trouble to have everything we need to know written down for us? We really do have a great guide to take us from this life to the next. But there are specific things we are required to learn in this life if we are to make it to the next life! 1 Jn 3:2 Beloved, now we are the children of God, and it has not yet been revealed what we shall be; but we know that when He is manifested, we shall be like Him, because we shall see Him exactly as He is. Now we know that no man can look on the face of God and live. Exo 33:20 And He said, “You cannot see My face, for no man can see Me and live.” So, there will definitely be some changes in us to be able to see Him as He is!How are those changes going to be made and when? That is a tall order for one article! So, let’s take it in small steps. First, God created us as physical beings, but he does not intend for us to remain as such. We are to become Spirit beings, just as God is a Spirit being. For this knowledge we need to look into the book of Revelation. Rev 2:11 The one who has an ear, let him hear what the Spirit says to the churches. The one who overcomes shall not be hurt of the second death. Rev 20:6 Blessed and holy is the one who has part in the first resurrection; over these the second death has no power. But they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with Him a thousand years.

This is where “Christianity” jumps the tracks and loses their relative bearings. They get caught up in raptures and the immortal soul and going directly to heaven when you die and all sorts of things that the Bible just does not teach, and because they have not been weaned from the milk and drawn from the breasts (keeping the Ten Commandments), they just cannot understand what it is that God is telling them to do. Therefore, there are thousands of different religions and denominations out there all believing that they are right,but they are in total confusion!

The first resurrection will happen at Christ’s return and is for those that God has called out of the world (BABYLON), and taught, Joh 6:44 No one can come to Me unless the Father, Who sent Me, draws him; and I will raise him up at the last day.

Joh 6:45 It is written in the prophets, ‘And they shall all be taught by God.’ Therefore, everyone who has heard from the Father, and has learned, comes to Me.

God has and is training a priesthood of individuals in this era to reign with Jesus Christ as Kings and Priest during the millennium.These are individuals that have heard the call of God the Father and have responded, putting aside their stubbornness and pride and turned aside from what they have been incorrectly taught all of their lives. In many of those cases, it has caused the loss of mates, of jobs, and of friendships, not because God’s truth is hard or burdensome, 1Jn 5:3 For this is the love of God: that we keep His commandments; and His commandments are not burdensome; but, because it goes against Satan’s world. Satan’s world is completely opposite of God’s truth, but Satan is the god of this world at the present time! 2Co 4:4 In whom the god of this age has blinded the minds of those who do not believe, lest the light of the gospel of the glory of Christ, Who is the image of God, should shine unto them.

This world is Satan’s design, whether you want to believe that or not. Why would God tell us to come out of her? Rev 18:4 And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, “Come out of her, My people, so that you do not take part in her sins, and that you do not receive of her plagues,

When one accepts God’s calling, the first thing they find out is that it requires that they do not work on God’s Sabbath day. Many have jobs that require that they work on Saturday. When they tell their boss that they can no longer work on Saturday, they lose their job!

Some are called and their mates are not called at the same time. This can cause quite a problem, even if they have not been going to any church and have not been particularly religious. It just goes against the grain for one mate to all of a sudden start attending Sabbath services every Sabbath!

You also lose your friends! You no longer have the same things in common with life long friends that you went out drinking and partying with on Friday night and played golf with on Saturday! God’s Sabbath begins at sunset on Friday and ends at sunset on Saturday. So, a lot of activities you enjoyed with lifelong friends is out the window! And not all of the activities are wrong, they just happen on God’s Sabbath Day. The Day God says to worship Him, and keep Holy!Of course, the true friends will be there and support your decisions and plan for activities on other days, but many will disappear!

In order to become that spirit being that God intends us to become, we must live by every word that proceeds out of the mouth of God. That includes His magnified Law, His statutes and His judgments. Right now, we are physical beings,who can be destroyed in the lake of fire (very mercifully I might add). It would be a very quick death! But what if we were allowed to become a spirit being without the right credentials? What if we were not true to the one true God and we were still in rebellion and lived in sin? Do you not understand that a being already exists with those credentials? God created the angels, and sin was found in one of them, and that one turned one third of the remaining angels against God.Isa 14:13 For you have said in your heart, ‘I will ascend into the heavens, I will exalt my throne above the stars of God; I will also sit upon the mount of the congregation, in the sides of the north.Isa 14:14 I will ascend above the heights of the clouds; I will be like the Most High.’ Yes, God created Satan. So, He had to find another way to create His family, He found He could not create His family by fiat! He had to make sure that He did not create another Satan! He will not allow for any of us to become a spirit being and rebel against Him as Satan did, because He does not wish for any of us to experience what Satan is going to experience for all eternity. Rev 20:10 And the Devil, who deceived them, was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone, where the beast and the false prophet had been cast; and they, Satan and the demons, shall be tormented day and night into the ages of eternity.

Now can you understand why our Loving and Merciful God tells us over and over to keep His Law His Statutes and His Judgments? He has to know who will obey Him and who will not! Those who will not, end in the Lake of Fire. Rev 20:15 And if anyone was not found written in the book of life, he was cast into the lake of fire. Those who will, will have eternal life as spirit beings in God’s Family! 1Jn 2:25 And this is the promise that He has promised us: eternal life. Jud 1:21 So that you keep yourselves in the love of God while you are personally awaiting the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ unto eternal life.

So, what are we to be doing? We should start by weaning ourselves from the milk and drawing ourselves from the breasts. Those who are still partaking of the milk are still in the starting gate. Heb 5:13 For everyone who is partaking of milk is unskilled in the word of righteousness because he is an infant. Oh, if only they were infants! Have you seen and heard the uproar of over the abortion issue that has gotten pros and cons so stirred up? They are at each other’s throats again over the possibility that Roe vs. Wade might be overturned. The only way of that happening is if the people of this nation began turning back to God and repenting of their sins, of breaking God’s Law! How do we do that? 1Ti 6:11 But you, O man of God, flee these things, and pursue righteousness, godliness, faith, love, endurance and meekness.

Once you have weaned yourself from the milk and have been drawn from the breasts, do not turn away from what you have learned. 2Pe 2:21 For it would have been better for them not to have known the way of righteousness than, after knowing it, to turn back from the holy commandment that was delivered to them.

Yes, God Himself delivered the holy commandment to us, and what did we do with it? We discarded it to the garbage heap! Claimed it was obsolete! And that my friend is why this nation is where it is today! God gave us the very key to eternal life, and we threw it away! We let Satan deceive us out of our inheritance. Are you going to stand for that? Are you not going to fight back? Are you just going to take it on the chin and find yourself staring into the Lake of Fire? Are you really the descendants of an ameba, or were you really created by the one true God of the universe? Which are you?

Are you going to get on your knees and repent of breaking God’s holy commandment He delivered to you? Repentance means to turn around and go the other way. To stop doing what you have been doing and start living God’s way, how He says to live. Look in your bibles and see what God told us to do in Exodus 20 starting in verses one. Start living that way before it is too late. The unpardonable sin is the sin of which you have not repented! Let that sink in! The unpardonable sin is the unrepented of sin!! We need to repent of our sins every day!!! Luke 11:32 The men of Nineveh shall stand up in the judgment with this generation, and shall condemn it, because they repented at Jonah’s proclamation; and behold, a greater than Jonah is here.

Voting cannot save you; the politicians cannot save you. How has that been working for you? Nothing on this earth can save you now. The dark powers have gone too far to be turned back by man. They have a spirit being leading them! Shouldn’t you have the most powerful Spirit Beings in the universe leading you? Only God the Father and Jesus Christ can save us! Get rid of your stubborn pride and your superiority complex.

Jas 4:10 Humble yourselves before the Lord, and He will exalt you.

E-Mail Wylie Marshall: sirwylecoyote@yahoo.com

They Are Coming After Us!

By Glynn Adams

May 22, 2022

For years now God has been warning the Body of Christ in America that we were to resist the evil overtaking our nation. Time and time again He has sent warnings to us but His Body has blatantly ignored His warnings. I have hundreds of articles in my archive warning the Body of Christ via Facebook about judgment and carnage that is coming but it seems to fall on deaf ears! Never have I heard anyone comment “they” received the revelation and were going to resist evil or organize to resist evil. So evil continues to have its way in America with little to no opposition, especially from the pastors and their organized church in America. At this moment there is too few organizations resisting this evil in our nation and we are thankful for each one but I don’t know of any church that is making headlines today in America because they are involved in the resistance of evil in our nation. I know there are pastors aware of the evil overtaking our nation but their churches refuse to respond to resist evil. Most pastors today are either giving their people smooth words while others are trying to convince God’s people they should be doing something.

So now instead of God ruling America, evil rules America. Evil rules our government, evil rules our culture, evil rules our public education, evil rules most of our media, as a matter of fact, evil rules all facets of American life. Christian, you think about that!!! Satan rules in America!!! What an abomination and an insult to the cross that Jesus Christ died on that gave us the power over our enemies. And we allow evil to rule!!!! Jesus came to earth to establish dominion again and to re-establish the Kingdom of God that was lost in the fall of Adam. The Kingdom of God is the “rule of God.” That rule is established in America when God’s people are doing the will of God on earth as it is done in heaven.

[ See the DVD: “Enemies Within: The Church“]

I think the next question that should be asked: Who is ruling our pastors and churches? The answer is obvious. If evil is ruling in America, God’s Word says we are to resist the evil. But we refuse to resist the evil overtaking this nation. “I did not send these prophets but they ran. I did not speak to them but they prophesied. But if they had stood in My council, then they would have announced My words to My people and would have turn them back from their evil way and from the evil of their deeds.” (Jeremiah 23:21-22) The forces of evil in America are now getting bolder and more brazen in their actions. They are taking away our freedoms regardless what our Founding Documents say with no opposition from the Body of Christ. These are freedoms granted by God and the Body of Christ in America is stone, cold, silent. Jesus resisted evil and so should we. One-third of the ministry of Jesus was dealing with demons and the powers of darkness and we ignore them!!!

Today in America, we are living in a matrix make believe world designed and created, not by God, but by the New World Order demonic occultists and elites in this nation and around this universe. The church Jesus was to build has been taken over by men and women referred to as pastors, church bosses, and unfaithful people and they have made a religious matrix “For My people have committed two evils; they have forsaken Me, the fountain of living waters to hew for themselves cisterns, broken cisterns that can hold no water.” (Jeremiah 2:13) This religious system has no power and cannot resist Satan because Satan does not cast out Satan. Our false religious systems in America are almost as bad as what Jesus confronted in the First Century with the religious Scribes and Pharisees.

Our judgment is before us and it will increase the more God sees our disobedience, silence, and apathy. We have lost our society and culture to the ways of Satan and his vile men and women. In 2016, God gave us a President instead of deceptive Hillary. The fruit of this President was that he loved the Christians and Israel by moving our embassy to Jerusalem. I personally believe God gave us President Trump as a stop-gap to clog the wheels of persecution against the Body of Christ in America so we could get our spiritual house in order to obey God. But instead of getting our spiritual house in order, we actually made an idol of President Trump and a cheerleader when the forces of evil turned on him. I will always believe that if we would have put our spiritual house in order and begin to aggressively resist the evil overtaking this nation and taken a hard stand against the lies and those who exalt themselves against the Word of God, the persecution the President suffered would have instead been on us.

Well, like before, we were cowards and doubled down even more on our apathy and false religious ways. So God “who removes kings and establishes kings” (Daniel 2:21), did to America what He did many times to Israel when they were disobedient to God, and removed their good King and give them a wicked king. God allowed the ungodly government we have today and it is clearly a strong judgment against our disobedience to the living God. The average pastor and member of the Body of Christ in America hasn’t a clue that we are under the judgment of God and why? I’ll tell you how bad it is in our churches that refuse to preach the Word of God and expose what is going on in our culture. If you were from Mars and you were dropped directly into an average church service in America today and listen to their “positive” religious services, you would think America does not have a problem and everything is going well!!! And all the time hell is ruling over our churches, culture, and government!!

Speaking of judgment of God, God says in Hosea 4:6, that we are being destroyed because we have rejected knowledge and He has forgotten our children because we have rejected His law. Our God is sovereign and whether we believe it or not, we are to obey the Word of God. Our opinion is not an option, our interpretation is not an option but absolute obedience to the King!!!!! In addition, we are allowing our public school to destroy our children and the Body of Christ in America which should be leading is dead silent in their safe zones. Thank God many parents are now confronting this evil. Only God knows how we are going to save the minds and psyche of our young children from these evil and wicked teachers in our society. We must remember: Whoever causes one of these little ones to stumble….. and, parents who don’t train and teach their children the ways of God; there are serious consequences. We need to fall more now than ever on our face before our Holy God and repent of our sins of disobedience to Him. We have lost our fear of God and what it means to live under a sovereign King. We must have God on our side. We can’t just do “our” own thing in “our” church and expect God’s blessings. We are deceived and in a spiritual mess and I’m not sure we have the wisdom or the will to change our religious ways.

Yes, the Body of Christ must grow some backbone to stand in the face of these evil men and women in our government, states, cities, culture, and school boards, and against everyone who openly exalts themselves against the Word of God and stand on the Word against their lies and deception. Yes, the truth of God is being undermined in our churches because most pastors and those in the pew refuse to stand against the lies that are destroying our children, families, freedoms, churches, and nation. Yes, Satan has little opposition against him in America today and this has to change immediately!! Yes, God will not hold us guiltless but we first have to get this thing of LORDSHIP – “obedience, commitment, faithfulness, submission, and allegiance” to a sovereign King settled and quickly. Just saying and thinking Jesus is your LORD is not enough; that is deception. We don’t need a pep talk. LORDSHIP is “doing” the will of God in obedience to our sovereign LORD and King because what He has done for us.

According to Hebrews 10:26-31, we have trampled underfoot the Son of God, we have regarded as unclean the blood of the covenant and we have insulted the Spirit of Grace. Our sin before a Holy God is we have failed to realize the sacredness of the sacrifice of Jesus on the Cross!!!! This sin is worse than rebellion; it is a wounding of the love of Jesus!!! As Hebrews 10 states, “For if we go on sinning willfully after receiving the knowledge of the truth, there no longer remains a sacrifice for sins but a certain terrifying expectation of judgment and the fury of a fire which will consume….” HATH GOD REALLY SAID?!!! Oh, God really doesn’t mean that!!! Yes He does, we just read it in the Word.

Because the Body of Christ in America is not honoring Jesus as LORD and the fact that we continue to refuse to resist the evil in this nation, I believe God has turned us over to our devices and to those who we refuse to resist. Our hill is going to get harder and harder to climb and life in America is becoming miserable and dangerous because these elites hate Christianity and their rule over us is about to get mean and unbearable to say the least. Everyone is going to look back and wished a thousand times we would have simply obeyed the LORD Jesus Christ and His Word!! While the doors are closing fast, there yet remains an open door that begins with repentance and a renewed commitment to the LORDSHIP of Jesus and obedience to the Word of God.

We must also forsake these false pastors and this false Babylonian religious system we have created and allow Jesus to build His church and commit to the LORDSHIP of Jesus so we can resist these powers of darkness that are overtaking our nation. Our comfortable religion and our religious games are over. We must get serious in obeying our Sovereign King and His Word of God. We must develop a greater fear of God than of Klaus Schwab and His World Economic Forum and New World Order elites. They are coming after us!!! The ball is in our court and our obedience will determine what happens to once righteous America!!! God Bless, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to Daniel Duval and his book “Kingdom Government”, the late D. Stanley Jones and his book, “The Unshakable Kingdom and the Unchanging Person)

“But if you do not drive out the inhabitants of the land from before you, then it shall come about that those whom you let remain of them will become as pricks in your eyes and as thorns in your sides, and they shall trouble you in the land in which you live. And it shall come about that as I plan to do to them, so I will do to you.” (Numbers 33:55-56) Two Scriptures, Romans 15:4, 1 Corinthians 10:6-12 are a witness “that what was written in earlier times was written for our instruction.”

[BIO: Glynn Adams pastored for several years in Florida, Georgia, Mississippi, and Tennessee. For the last twenty years has been involved in local ministries building a coalition to resist the evil overtaking this nation. He is currently a warrior and Watchman on the Wall– crying in the wilderness like John the Baptist for repentance. The church in America must wake up because there is a war going on against Christianity and we have not shown up for it!!!]

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

What If There Is No God?

by Wylie Marshall

May 15, 2022

What if the atheist are right, and there really is no God? Where does that leave us? Can you imagine a world that had no beginning, no creation, just is? How are we doing here without God? From the very sketchy history that has been preserved, can you see any improvement in the world, in man? Are we getting better or worse or staying the same?

Our histories have always been written by the victors of the wars and there have always been wars! So, we have never gotten the stories from those who lost! That means that we only have one side of every story! And could that side be bias and maybe slanted to put the victors in a favorable light? Have we been lied to? Have the good guys always won?

By the condition of our world, I would have to say that the bad guys have been winning all along! It really does not take a genius to see that this world is on the brink of total destruction.

But, if there is no God, then it does not matter, we destroy ourselves and that is it; right? Or maybe we do not destroy ourselves and the bad guys keep winning and all the others, those that survive, become totally enslaved to the bad guys. That appears to be where it is heading if we do not destroy everything. It also appears to be the kind of world most people want now, because no one is doing anything to stop it from happening!! I mean, just look at us, we all appear to have been given a sedative! We are lethargic! We go about our daily routine as if we are robots! We have no hope!!!!

I have seen reports about the WEF, (World Economic Forum), that we will soon “own nothing and be happy”!! I just read a list of Bills that are going to be voted on in the state of California in two weeks that will completely destroy your rights to your own children and yourself.

SB871 Adds CV19 inj. to list of immunizations for public/private school,regardless to FDA approval, no PBE, very rare ME (see 2098)

AB2098 Classifies anti-covid medical opinion as “unprofessional conduct” subject to discipline by the medical board.

SB866 Lowers the age of vax consent to 12 without parental consent or knowledge.

SB920 Authorizes the medical board to inspect a doctor’s office and medical records without patient’s consent.

SB1464 Requires Law Enforcement to enforce public health guidelines or lose their funding.

SB1479 Requires schools to create long term testing plans and report test results to CDPH.

SB1390 Prohibits any person/entity from making statements government deems untrue or misleading by any means including on internet/ads.

SB1184 Authorizes school health personnel to disclose child’s medical info without parents consent to a third party.

AB1797Creates an immunization tracking system giving all government agencies access to vax records of all persons.

AB1993 Requires proof of CV19 vax for all employees & independent contractors to work in California.

Would you like to live under these conditions and have your children subjected to these tyrants? Even destroys the oath that Doctors take when they become a doctor! Takes away a persons right to work if they have not been vax’d.

But then if there is no God, what does it matter. You would have no rights anyway, because all rights come from God, not man!!! Let that sink in! Man cannot grant unalienable rights! Only privileges.Our founding fathers declared that “all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty, and the Pursuit of Happiness…”

Why do some men strive so hard to get ahead of other men, to the point of enslaving other men? Do you think it could be for money? Do you think it could be for power? I am going to tell you that it is not for either of these things. Look at the people that are trying to vax you right now. Look at the people that are trying so hard to control your very life. They have taxed you into poverty, you pay tax on everything, even the food you eat if you eat in a restaurant. And if you take a look at the Gates, Soros, the Rothschilds,the Rockefellers, etc., they have more money than they can count or ever spend and more power than they know what to do with. So, why do they keep messing with the rest of us? Why can’t they just enjoy their wealth and leave the rest of us alone?

Well, if there was no God, I would guess they probably would leave us alone. They would probably just be content to enjoy their wealth and not bother with us. But there is a God, and because there is a God, there is a Satan, an adversary. His only mission is to destroy mankind, even though he keeps that hidden from the world! The world thinks he is a joke or myth, and even though the Gates, Soros, Rothschilds, and the Rockefellers do not know it, he will destroy them too. They have let Satan influence them into being part of his plan. They think he is their friend, and he will always take care of them because he has given them the wealth and power they possess, but he is just using them to destroy all of mankind…he thinks. But they all forget that God is still in control!!.

I refer you to Luke 4:6 once more where the devil showed Jesus all the kingdoms of the world in a moment of time and told Jesus that all this power I will give thee, and all the glory of them; for that is delivered unto me; and to whomsoever I will I give it!

The only requirement that the devil required was for Jesus to worship him. Of course, Jesus refused and reminded the devil that he is to worship the Lord thy God, and Him only shalt thou serve.

But a lot of folks have learned how to get ahead and have great power in this world by worshiping Satan. They just do not care or realized as the case may be where that wealth and power is taking them. To an extremely HOT Lake of Fire and Brimstone!

I found on You Tube one time where a fellow named Ron Wyatt had actually found Sodom and Gomorrah. He filmed his discovery, and you could see the actual shapes of the buildings and see where the windows or doors were in the buildings, and if you touched the form, it was pure ash. But the strange thing was that there were little holes in the ash with little balls in the holes. They dug the balls out of the holes and put one of them in a metal spoon and set it on fire and it burn so hot that it melted right through the metal spoon. They had the substance tested and it was pure white Sulfur, which is brimstone.That website may still be on You Tube, I do not know, but it was very interesting.

Most people do not believe that there really is a God. I know, it hits very close to home. I cannot imagine why anyone would think that, for even nature teaches us that there had to be a creator. How can this earth set so perfectly in the universe to be able to support our species and there not be a creator? One degree off and we would all perish from either cold or heat! Everything has to be perfect for us to survive on this planet! And yet, most of the world will not believe!

Now why would I say that? I say that because if they really believed that God exist, they would be looking in their bibles to see what God has told them to do and they would be doing it!

What is the one thing in the bible that God personally told us to do? He told us with His own voice up close and with His own mouth!!! The only thing He ever spoke to all his people at the same time, and they all heard Him speak to them!!! What He spoke is found in Exodus 20 and they are called the Ten Commandments. They are very explicit, and you do not need God’s Holy Spirit to understand them.Moses explained how important they are in Deuteronomy 7:9 Know therefore that the LORD thy God, he is God, the faithful God, which keepeth covenant and mercy with them that love him and keep his commandments to a thousand generations.

I got to wondering how long that would be, so I googled how long a generation is, and google explained that a generation is considered to be from the birth of a parent to the birth of their child, or an average of 25 years. My first child was born when I was 26 years old. So, if a generation is 25 years, then God will keep His covenant and mercy with them that love Him and keep His commandments for 25,000 years!

You still think that God’s Law was ended at the death of Jesus Christ?Jesus paid our death penalty for us. That was what was nailed to the cross. It was not God’s Law! God’s Law will never end. That is how we show him we love Him. It does not save us, but it is very important to God! When Jesus died, the veil in the Temple was split from top to bottom opening access for us to God the Father. We can now pray directly to God the Father in the Name of Jesus Christ, removing the necessity of the Levitical Priesthood! Christ’s death also removed the need for anyone to mediate between you and the Father. There is no need for anyone to set themselves up as a mediator or in the place of Christ here on this earth! For Christ is our Mediator…1Ti 2:5 For there is one God, and one Mediator between God and men—the Man Christ Jesus, Mat 27:51 And, behold, the veil of the temple was rent in twain from the top to the bottom; and the earth did quake, and the rocks rent. Joh 16:23 And in that day ye shall ask me nothing. Verily, verily, I say unto you, Whatsoever ye shall ask the Father in my name, he will giveit you.

People, stop just reading over the word of God. Stop and think about what you are reading. Every word was God breathed!

Because of this nation’s unbelief, God does not know her and has given her unto her own lust! Jas 1:15 And after lust has conceived, it gives birth to sin; and sin, when it is completely finished, brings forth death.

How long will you refuse to look into the Law of Life and see the Love of God waiting patiently there for you. 2Pe 3:9 The Lord is not delaying the promise of His coming, as some in their own minds reckon delay; rather, He is long suffering toward us, not desiring that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance.

God wants all of us to come to repentance. He does not want anyone to perish. What is it God is wanting us to repent of? Can anyone answer that? I have gotten a lot of flack about that since I have been drafting these articles. People keep telling me that we are no longer required to keep God’s Law! God’s Law is eternal and will never be done away! I have had people tell me that it was nailed to the cross, I have had people tell be that it was fulfilled by the death of Jesus Christ, and we are no longer required to keep it because Jesus did it all for us!

If Jesus did it all for us, then what do we need to repent of???? Did Jesus hit the home run and we just need to slide into home base? That is not what my bible tells me! Rom 3:23 For all have sinned, and come short of the glory of God. How do we know we have sinned? What tells us we are sinning, what is sin???? If we do not know what sin is what do we repent of?

Well, God is loving and kind enough to tell us what sin is also. 1 John 3:4 Everyone who practices sin is also practicing lawlessness, for sin is lawlessness.

Can it be made any clearer? We need to repent of breaking God’s Law!!!! That is what God is waiting on!!! For us to come to repentance of breaking His Law!!! Why would God go to the trouble of coming to this earth and personally speaking His Ten Commandments to approximately two million people all at the same time from the top of Mt. Sinai, when He could have just given them to Moses to give to the people on stone tablets. Of course, he did give them to Moses on Stone tablets so that we could remember what He said……But did we? No! God came in person and spoke the Ten Commandments to let us know how important they were and that we need to keep them for a thousand generations!! Mat 4:4 But He answered and said, “It is written, ‘Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceeds out of the mouth of God.'” That means that we cannot pick and choose which commandments we want to keep or which part of a commandment we want to keep, but every word of every commandment! How soon we forgot! And because we forgot and do not believe He really exist, we are hopeless, we act like we have been given a sedative, we are lethargic, and go about our lives as if we are robots, and remain in rebellion to God, and in sin to this very day!And in the judgment day He will tell us, Mat 7:23 And then I will confess to them, ‘I never knew you. Depart from Me, you who work lawlessness.’

[BIO: Wylie Marshall has been retired for the past 15 years. Worked as a project estimator for a large chemical co. for 30 years, Bachelor degree from Lamar University in Beaumont, Texas in 72. Love playing music with my sons, love history and do a lot of research on various topics. For the past 37 years I have had a love for the study of God’s word. I have learned that God’s love for all of mankind is without prejudice and as Jesus told Satan, man must live by every word that proceeds out of the mouth of God. We must Obey His voice! The Old and the New Testament’s are God’s holy word. God did not put man on this earth to see how many toys he could accumulate for himself, we were put here to learn of God and His ways, so that one day we could have eternal life in the family of God, as spirit beings!]

E-Mail Wylie Marshall: sirwylecoyote@yahoo.com

Humanizing the Most Vulnerable Promotes Life for All

by Rolaant McKenzie

May 14, 2022

More than a decade ago, I was doing IT support work at a local Jewish Community Center. The Jewish librarian, knowing I was a Christian, asked me a question regarding what I thought of the abortion issue. She was in favor of keeping this practice legal. I think I gave her an answer that she did not expect, because it was not really a political one.

I told her that 150 years ago people that looked like me were considered less than fully human. Therefore, it was permissible to enslave people like me and dispose of us when we were no longer considered useful or convenient. More than 65 years ago in much of Europe, people like her were declared to be less than human, the cause of the ills of society, and inconvenient to be allowed to exist. Therefore, it was permissible and mandated that they be exterminated. Today, there is another group that has been similarly dehumanized because they were not considered useful or convenient. Tens of millions of this group have been killed already. They are babies in the womb.

I went on to say that when a society dehumanizes and exterminates the weakest and most vulnerable among them, no one is safe from being similarly treated. Where there is no sanctity of human life, when society deems us to be inconvenient, then we will likewise be dehumanized and eliminated.

I do not know if she ever changed her mind regarding abortion, but I could tell that what was said gave her something to seriously consider.

One of the reasons God found so many of the inhabitants of Canaan so detestable that He sent the children of Israel to utterly destroy them was because they practiced, among other evil things, passing their children through the fire. That is, they sacrificed children as burnt offerings to their false pagan gods (such as Molech). They were able to do this because they adopted a view of human life that allowed them to see their own children as a sacrificial commodity by which they could “purchase” benefits from their gods.

As Israel prepared to enter the Promised Land, the Lord through Moses gave strict warnings not to imitate the detestable things of the nations they were commanded to drive out.

“When you enter the land which the LORD your God gives you, you shall not learn to imitate the detestable things of those nations. There shall not be found among you anyone who makes his son or his daughter pass through the fire, one who uses divination, one who practices witchcraft, or one who interprets omens, or a sorcerer, or one who casts a spell, or a medium, or a spiritist, or one who calls up the dead. For whoever does these things is detestable to the LORD; and because of these detestable things the LORD your God will drive them out before you.” (Deuteronomy 18:9-12)

If the Lord so judged those nations that were engaged in child sacrifice, I wonder what will become of nations today that do so on a far greater scale through abortion?

Much of Western society, however imperfect, previously had a strong Judeo-Christian foundation. It held to a belief in God and our accountability to Him. There was a general belief in the Biblical view of humanity. In addition to being God’s special creation made in His image, human beings were more than physical bodies plus breath. There was an immaterial aspect to each person formed from the womb that made human life unique and sacred, consistent with being made in the image of God (Genesis 9:6). But when Western society centuries later adopted Darwinian evolution and rejected God, materialism became the prevailing view. Human beings were no longer made in God’s image but were just body plus breath with no spirit formed by random chance. In time this view has contributed to the idea that a person is not alive until birth. Children in the womb could be sacrificed when deemed inconvenient or profitable. Today, there are even some in society openly promoting and working to pass laws to kill babies after they are born.

Of all the kings of Judah and Israel, Manasseh of Judah was probably the evilest one of all. His story can be found in 2 Kings 21 and 2 Chronicles 33. He engaged in the kind of evil that characterized the abominations of the nations that God had driven out before Israel. He erected altars to pagan gods, worshiped the host of heaven and built altars for them in the temple courts, shed much innocent blood from one end of Jerusalem to the other, practiced witchcraft and divination, and took part in sorcery and consulted mediums. He even made his own sons pass through the fire. His reign of evil misled the people of Judah to sin more than the nations that the Lord destroyed before Israel.

Even though God spoke to Manasseh and the residents of Judah, they refused to listen and turn back from their downward spiral into depravity. In response, the Lord sent the nation of Assyria against Judah. Manasseh was captured, bound, and carried off in humiliation to Babylon.

But in Manasseh’s affliction, something wonderful happened.

“When he was in distress, he entreated the LORD his God and humbled himself greatly before the God of his fathers. When he prayed to Him, He was moved by his entreaty and heard his supplication, and brought him again to Jerusalem to his kingdom. Then Manasseh knew that the LORD was God.” (2 Chronicles 33:12-13)

The rich grace and forgiveness of God led Manasseh to genuine repentance (Romans 2:4). For the remainder of his reign he worked to undo all the evil he had done. He destroyed the pagan idols and altars and called upon the people of Judah to serve the LORD God of Israel (2 Chronicles 33:15-16). This return to the Lord set the stage for the great national revival that took place under his grandson King Josiah.

“Josiah removed all the abominations from all the lands belonging to the sons of Israel, and made all who were present in Israel to serve the LORD their God. Throughout his lifetime they did not turn from following the LORD God of their fathers.” (2 Chronicles 34:33)

“Then the king commanded all the people saying, ‘Celebrate the Passover to the LORD your God as it is written in this book of the covenant.’ Surely such a Passover had not been celebrated from the days of the judges who judged Israel, nor in all the days of the kings of Israel and of the kings of Judah. But in the eighteenth year of King Josiah, this Passover was observed to the LORD in Jerusalem. Moreover, Josiah removed the mediums and the spiritists and the teraphim and the idols and all the abominations that were seen in the land of Judah and in Jerusalem, that he might confirm the words of the law which were written in the book that Hilkiah the priest found in the house of the LORD. Before him there was no king like him who turned to the LORD with all his heart and with all his soul and with all his might, according to all the law of Moses; nor did any like him arise after him.” (2 Kings 23:21-25)

Many of us may have previously in life held to false religious or philosophical worldviews that over time developed into acceptance of, or participation in, some very evil things. But thanks be to God for the grace and forgiveness that is found in Jesus Christ. Just how big is God’s forgiveness? It is big enough to forgive the worst of sins and the worst of sinners. How great is the cleansing power of the blood of Jesus’ blood? It can make the most deeply embedded crimson stain of sin whiter than snow. (Isaiah 1:18)

“For while we were still helpless, at the right time Christ died for the ungodly. For one will hardly die for a righteous man; though perhaps for the good man someone would dare even to die. But God demonstrates His own love toward us, in that while we were yet sinners, Christ died for us. Much more then, having now been justified by His blood, we shall be saved from the wrath of God through Him. For if while we were enemies we were reconciled to God through the death of His Son, much more, having been reconciled, we shall be saved by His life.” (Romans 5:6-1)

[BIO: Rolaant McKenzie operates Gospel Outreach Ministries Online, a Christian apologetics ministry dedicated to the proclamation of the gospel of the Lord Jesus Christ online, and discussing important contemporary issues from a Biblical perspective.

E-mail: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: www.gospeloutreach.net

American Veteran in Defense of Liberty and Freedom

By Gerard Keenan

May 12, 2022

Real Americans have always answered the call of freedom and liberty; until this current president stole the 2020 election and got installed as dictator.

Although there are unknown numbers of American volunteers currently fighting with the Ukraine armed forces against Russia’s unprovoked invasion, this president has strongly suggested Americans refrain from traveling to Ukraine or any other country in the region; Ukraine, Belarus and Moldova.

A strong “suggestion” was apparently not sufficient for Herr Biden, however, so he instructed his minions to enforce his will as all dictators throughout history have done.

On Thursday, 24 March, 2022, US Marines were officially PROHIBITED from travel to these three countries following a “Do Not Travel” advisory put out by the State Department on 08 March, 2022, banning all personal and official travel to these countries without prior approval obtained through a Travel Clearance Request submitted via the Aircraft and Personnel Automated Clearance System (APACS). This ‘advisory’ applies to all Marine personnel and all government civilian employees. It is only a matter of time before these same restrictions are placed upon all the services and will undoubtedly be followed by similar restrictions on all civilian personal and official travel – at least internationally.

It wasn’t always this way. Previous presidents often expressed their concerns when Americans took it upon themselves to join in the fight elsewhere – but those concerns were nearly always for the safety of those individuals – not because those presidents had delusions of grandeur or were globalists seeking to impose their will upon the people as this one is doing. Concern for the safety of Americans is one thing – concern that you are losing or have already lost control over those Americans is quite another.

Examples of Americans stepping up to the plate abound throughout our history. Many early examples of this are simply individuals or very small groups taking part in foreign rebellions or other wars on their own. In April 1867, for example, a small ship called the Jackmel sailed from New York with several thousand Springfield rifles and 40 Civil War veterans to join the Fenians (aka; Irish Republican Brotherhood) and arrived in Sligo Bay, Ireland, in May 1867 where most were arrested and the ship temporarily impounded before being allowed to return to the US with its cargo intact.

With the outbreak of WWI in 1914 many Americans sailed to France to join the French Army. In August 1915 French officials approved the proposal of Americans flying under the French flag which was the brain child of three Americans – two from the US and one expatriate living in France. This new squadron was designated N.124 or, as it is better known, the Lafayette Escadrille. The squadron itself was active from 1916 to 1917 when it was transferred to the US Army Air Corps.

Over 200 Americans actually flew as members of the French Air Force, but only 38 were assigned to the Lafayette Escadrille; the others flew with other squadrons of the French Air Force. Hundreds of Americans sailed to France to try to join the Lafayette Flying Corps but the French Air Force was unable to accommodate the overwhelming numbers and dispersed the volunteers among other squadrons and, collectively, all these American volunteers were known and designated as the Lafayette Flying Corps. During their short period of service, these volunteers accounted for 199 confirmed German aircraft shot down with a total loss (including other squadrons) of 68 Americans and two of their French commanding officers. By today’s woke standards this would undoubtedly be considered racist because the Lafayette was never commanded by American officers but always by French officers. Consider, for example, the 9th and 10th US Cavalry Regiments (Buffalo soldiers); two all black regiments commanded solely by white officers. Doesn’t that amount to the same thing?

Not long after WWI came the Spanish Civil War (1936-1939). This was a war between the democratically established Spanish Republic and the fascist oriented military led by Generalissimo Francisco Franco which was backed, financially and militarily, by both Mussolini and Hitler. Militarily Hitler used this civil war to fine tune his Luftwaffe dive bombing techniques. To fight the fascists, more than 2,800 Americans sailed from America to Spain to form one of the international brigades fighting to preserve the republic and came to be known as the Abraham Lincoln Brigade which fought for just over a year (1937-1938). The international brigades consisted of approximately 35,000 anti-fascists but received little backing from western democracies, whereas Franco and his fascists were supported by fascist Germany, Italy and Portugal and received all the support needed. The western democracies never offered financial, let alone military aid to the Republicans. In their brief existence, more than half (950) of the members of the Abraham Lincoln Brigade were killed, wounded or missing.

Then came WWII and more Americans answered the call. Among them were the fliers of the American Volunteer Group (AVG) – aka; Flying Tigers (December 1941-July 1942). These aviators flew for China and, yes, they were in fact mercenaries. They were paid much higher than their US military positions paid them and also received $500.00 for every Japanese plane they destroyed (whether in the air or on the ground). Virtually all of them had been aviators in the US military (59 Navy pilots, 7 Marine pilots, 33 Army pilots) and one was none other than Gregory “Pappy” Boyington – later commanding officer of the famous (or infamous) Black Sheep Squadron and recipient of the Medal of Honor and Navy Cross.

With only 99 pilots and approximately 200 support crew, the Flying Tigers only saw combat for about seven months. In those seven months they shot down 299 Japanese aircraft, confirmed, and about the same number unconfirmed – with a loss of only 12 of their own.

When the US entered the war on 08 December 1941 the AVG (Flying Tigers) was transferred and integrated into the US Army Air Corps as the 23rd Fighter Group. Some of the pilots stayed with this Group but most of them left and rejoined their previous branches of service.

By now the war in Europe had been raging since September 1939. This brought more American volunteers who simply crossed the border into Canada to join the Royal Canadian Air Force (RCAF) where they learned to fly and fight. They were actually risking arrest by crossing into Canada to enlist in the RCAF and RAF because it violated the Neutrality Act of 1937 prohibiting Americans from traveling to a country at war, even a civil war, to fight.

The first Neutrality Act was passed into law in 1794 and had been renewed, revised and amended until its final appearance in 1939 and subsequently deemed irrelevant following our entry into WWII in 1941.,

Most of these volunteers had no prior military experience or flight experience. But when their training was completed these volunteers, or “recruits” as the RCAF termed them, were then sent to Britain where they were formed into three squadrons known as the Eagle Squadrons; they were 71, 121 and 133 Squadrons.

The first of them, 71 Squadron, was formed in September 1940 and fought during the Battle of Britain flying Hurricanes and Spitfire MK IIs.

121 Squadron was formed in May 1941 flying Hurricanes and flew primarily coastal convoy escort. In November 1941 their Hurricanes were replaced with Spitfire MK Vs.

The third and final Eagle Squadron, 133 Squadron, was formed in July 1941 and flew the Hurricane MK IIb which were replaced in early 1942 with Spitfire MK Vs.

During their brief time of service the Eagles totaled an impressive record; 71 Squadron claimed 41 kills, 121 Squadron 18 and 133 Squadron 14 ½. However, during this period 77 Americans and 5 British members of the Squadrons were also killed.

Following the news of Pearl Harbor most of the Eagle pilots wanted to transfer to Singapore to fight against Imperial Japan and submitted a proposal to RAF Fighter Command but were turned down.

After the US entered the war these three squadrons were officially transferred to the USAAF on 29 September, 1942 with most of them retaining a rank equivalent to that held serving in the RAF. These three squadrons were re-designated 334th, 335th and 336th squadrons assigned to the 4th Fighter Wing, 8th Air Force, and continued to fly their Spitfires until they were replaced by the P-47 Thunderbolt in January 1943 and by March 1944 were flying the P-51 Mustang.

Today a memorial to the Americans of the Eagle Squadrons is located in Central London, Grosvenor Square, opposite the Statue of Franklin D. Roosevelt and across from the old US Embassy location. I consider myself fortunate to have been stationed in London and the building I worked in was also on Grosvenor Square and my office looked down on the square and the memorial. I was also fortunate to have been able to visit a couple of the locations from which 71 Squadron (RAF Martlesham Heath in Suffolk) and 133 Squadron (RAF Biggin Hill) operated for brief periods.

The Neutrality Act notwithstanding, the RAF reported processing over 6,700 applications from Americans wanting to serve in the Eagle Squadrons, but only 244 actually served with the Eagles along with 16 Britons who served as squadron and flight commanders.

But another war was raging separate from WWII. This was a short war that most Americans don’t even know about today – it was called the Winter War; the the invasion of Finland by Russia (aka; Soviet Union) from November 1939 to March 1940. As in Ukraine, the Soviets were far superior to the Finns in both manpower and hardware, but also as in Ukraine they suffered heavy losses from the Finns. During this brief side-show to the World War, however, a further influx of over 350 Americans arrived in Finland to fight with the Finns against the Soviets; most of them were of Finnish descent or Finnish immigrants to the US.

In the face of this historical precedent we have a president today who has ordered that no US military or government civilian employees may travel to a country involved in a war against an aggressor such as those mentioned herein without prior approval after submitting an official request for travel. And yet the same people who approve such dictatorial methods are the very same ones who denounced President Trump for similar restrictions that were based on world health concerns.

This president has taken steps heretofore unheard of to restrict not only travel, but also the beliefs and values of the American people. If Americans wish to volunteer to defend freedom and liberty of and in another country – it is not up to the president to deny them that opportunity. Their desire to volunteer means their safety and security rests entirely with them, NOT the US government! And especially not with this mob of Nazis currently in power. They have no right to dictate the lives of the American people. Biden’s restrictions are tantamount to a revival of the old Neutrality Acts except under Biden he is making an obvious move to criminalize these American volunteers fighting for liberty and freedom in Ukraine. He has not made that declaration yet but given his track record of criminalizing American parents as terrorists and setting the FBI and DHS on these parents simply for wanting the best for their children – these volunteers may very well find themselves on a terror watch list by the DHS, DOJ and FBI.

E-Mail Gerard Keenan: gpkeen@outlook.com

[BIO: Gerard P. Keenan is a native of Paterson, NJ, graduating from St. Bonaventure’s R.C. High School. He also received an Associate of Arts degree from the Univ. of Maryland with a three-year major in Behavioral Science. He is a retired 20-year USN Navy veteran (Telecommunications Specialist) who served in numerous capacities; primarily overseas and aboard forward-deployed staffs (Commander US Sixth Fleet aboard the guided missile cruiser USS Little Rock, home ported in Gaeta, Italy and on the staff of Commander Battle Force Sixth Fleet aboard the aircraft carriers USS Saratoga, Forestall, Independence, John F. Kennedy, Nimitz and Dwight D. Eisenhower home ported in Naples, Italy).

He held the position of Leading Petty Officer of the Communications Dept. of Naval Communications Station Londonderry, Northern Ireland, Traffic Division and Facilities Control Division at Naval Communication Unit London, UK, Communications Division on the carrier USS Saratoga CV-60 homeported Mayport, FL, and on the staff of the Commander Battle Force Sixth Fleet.]

Umbrella Tree

By Paul Cappadona

May 12, 2022

Hello everyone. I have been looking into worldwide corruption for 45 years. Why do we keep choosing corruption over liberty? Especially with all the evil going on today. As it gets worse and worse, I was brought to remember something I read years ago in “Occult Theocrasy” by Lady Queen borough. Yes, we are in a battle of Truth vs Opinion but more important this is a spiritual war, a battle to the death,for the flesh and blood of humanity. The lie starts out with a gang of Nimrods caring and offering help to make life easier as a mighty provider in the face of God.

Come all ye that are tired and hungry enjoy our abundance, and our (second to none) protection, Enjoy the shade of easy living. We will keep you safe from all harm just make US rulers over you. So went the temptation of men ruling over men and away from God’s rules for Liberty. The base of the Umbrella Tree feed the false world empires. It starts with the “something for nothing” fraudulent (money system) that feeds all their delusions. Below that is evil that directs which gang is needed in their destructive scheme.

There are many governments, gangs, perverts, and thieves of all kinds among the branches some seeming very good. Enjoy the vice of your choice all will be fine. This Marvelous scheme to control and live off of man is to offer their Occult tree of life for your fealty and ever-increasing cost of the labor of your life. All that they promise is what they take from us and it never stops.Everything under the Umbrella Tree is designed to keep you an un-aware slave of the theocracy. Along with real wolves there are very many wolves wearing sheep’s clothing none of which care about you or liberty.One of their goals is to grow this Umbrella tree to cover the earth concealing truth of another way, the way of truth. The Way of truth is the only way where men do not rule over other men.

Well, it’s time to get to the meat of the matter. The definitions given are here to make things clearer for all involved.

OCCULT: Hidden from the eye or understanding; being concealed. (If you knew what was going on they would be brought before the people’s bar.)

THEOCRACY: Government by direction of God or by the assumed direction of a supposititious divinity, or the state thus governed.(They tell you it’s we the people but each day proves the people have NO say.)

OCCULT THEOCRACY: By concealment claiming or bearing authority over men from God or some god or from men as in WE THE PEOPLE. The power of theocracy or exercise of government rule over the masses by a hierarchy of priests or adepts with rules from the leaders of the particular secret society.

Part of their concealment is to have their branches set in degrees. Like the pagans of old they have temple virgins and temple whores. Some people join one or more of these secret cults to network, do good as a group and for better lives. Others join to get into the upper workings of the group. If you or anybody you know is in such a group beg them to get out.

Wars are a way to keep people in line and keep other cults from growing larger to heights of power beyond their scope. All cults are part of the team of deceptions and will work together to control and feed off the masses, which sometimes for the elite its pronounced with a silent m. Most financial aid is directed to the occult branches to keep their people in line.From below, deep in the roots they will build up the sect needed to implement the next wicked goal. See Georgia Guild Stones erected in 1990 but being carried out now right before our eyes.

LICEN´TIOUS, a. [L. licentiosus.] Using license; indulging freedom to excess; unrestrained by law or morality; loose; dissolute; as a licentious man.

Exceeding the limits of law or propriety; wanton; unrestrained; as licentious desires. Licentious thoughts precede licentious conduct.

LICEN´TIOUSLY, adv. With excess of liberty; in contempt of law and morality.

LICEN´TIOUSNESS, n. Excessive indulgence of liberty; contempt of the just restraints of law, morality and decorum. The licentiousness of authors is justly condemned; the licentiousness of the press is punishable by law.

Law is the god of wise men; licentiousness is the god of fools.

Now here are the words from the book mentioned earlier.

“Miss Mayo, in her book Mother India, published in 1927, gives an interesting description of a temple of Kali. “Kali Ghat” — place of Kali — is the root-word of the name Calcutta.” Kali is a Hindu goddess, Heckethorn, Secret Societies of all Ages and Countries, vol. II, p. 307. 62 OCCULT THEOCRACY wife of the great god Siva, whose attribute is destruction and whose thirst is for blood and death-sacrifice.” (Doesn’t that reminds you of Hillary,) Kali has thousands of temples in India, great and small. Heckethorn further explains that ” the association of Thugs, after having existed in India for centuries, was only discovered in 1810. The names by which the members were known to each other, and also to others, was Funsiegeer, that is, ‘ men of the noose‘. The name Thug is said to be derived from thaga, to deceive, because the Thugs get hold of their victims by luring them into false security. One common mode of decoying young men having valuables upon them is to place a young and handsome woman by the wayside, and apparently in great grief, who, by some pretended tale of misfortune, draws him into the jungle, where the gang are lying in ambush, and on his appearance strangle him. The gang consists of from ten to fifty members; and they will follow or accompany the marked-out victim for days, nor attempt his murder until an opportunity, offering every chance of success, presents itself. After every murder they perform a religious ceremony, called Jagmi; and the division of the spoil is regulated by old-established laws — the man that threw the handkerchief gets the largest share, the man that held the hands the next largest proportion, and so on. In some gangs their property is held in common. Their crimes are committed in honor of Kali who hates our race, and to whom the death of man is a pleasing sacrifice. 24 “Kali, or Bhowany, for she is equally well known by both names, was, according to the Indian legend, born of the burning eye which Shiva has on his forehead, 24. Heckethorn, op. cit., p. 318, vol. II. BRAHMINISM 63 •whence she issued, like the Greek Minerva, out of the skull of Jupiter, a perfect and full-grown being. She represents the Evil Spirit, delights in human blood, presides over plague and pestilence, and directs the storm and hurricane, and ever aims at destruction. She is represented under the most frightful effigy the Indian mind could conceive; her face is azure, streaked with yellow; her glance is ferocious; she wears her disheveled and bristly hair displayed like the peacock’s tail and braided with green serpents. Her purple lips seem streaming with blood; her tusk-like teeth descend over her lower lip; she has eight or ten arms,sometimes a human head dripping with gore. (Does that not remind you of sweet Cathy holding Trump’s head,)With one foot she stands on a human corpse. She has her each hand holding some murderous weapon, and temples, in which the people sacrifice cocks and bullocks to her, but her priests are the Thugs, the ‘ Sons of Death ‘, who quench the never-ending thirst of this divine vampyre.” 25 As regards the sect of Kali’s worshippers, Hecke-thorn gives the following details: “A newly admitted member takes the appellation of Sahib-Zada. He commences his infamous career as lughah, or gravedigger, or as belhal, or explorer of the spots most convenient for executing a projected assassination, or bhil. In this condition he remains for several years, until he has given abundant proof of his ability and good will. He is then raised to the degree of Bhuttotah, or strangler, which advancement, however, is preceded by new formalities and ceremonies. On the day appointed for the ceremony, the candidate is conducted by his guru into a circle, formed in the 25. Heckethorn, op. cit, vol. II, p. 318 and, for recent corroboration, see Katherine Mayo, Mother India. 64 OCCULT THEOCRASY sands and surrounded by mysterious hieroglyphics, where prayers are offered up to their deity. The ceremony lasts four days, during which the candidate is allowed no other food but milk. He occupies himself in practicing the immolation of victims fastened to a cross erected in the ground. On the fifth day the priest gives him the fatal noose, washed in holy water and anointed with oil, and after more religious ceremonies, he is pronounced a perfect bhuttotah. He binds himself by fearful oaths to maintain the most perfect silence on all that concerns the society, and to labor without ceasing towards the destruction of the human race. He is the rex sacrificulus, and the person he encounters, and Bhowany places in his way, the victim. Certain persons, however, are excepted from the attacks of the Thugs. ” 26 The political significance of such a sect in any Theoc-rasy can be easily understood when one realizes what it means to the rulers of a land to have at their disposal a staff of fanatics trained to kill anyone on the order of a priest! The utility of such organizations is obvious in a hierarchy where the rulers are also priests reigning by “Divine Right”.

All this and there’s so much more, is not intended to frighten, but so that you realize you’re under the wrong tree or covering. We are fallen beings, and if you seek peace and liberty, you must repent and get out from under the accursed umbrella tree. Don’t expect the Lord to pull you off of your perches, you must repent and turn to Him. We have been living under the biggest satanic con of all time.Please be aware that the republicans, although look good, are just another branch of the tree, a fallback position, they can’t and won’t save you!All the false leaders need you more than you need them. Come out from among them and be ye separate, as for me and mine we will follow the Lord. Here are three pastors that explains just how the Kingdom of God works with-in this sinful world.

godsendusmen.com
hisholychurch.org suggest free download of The Covenants of the gods
bibleversusconstitution.org

If you would like a part two,(this could be a book), or if you have any questions, please let me know.

E-Mail Paul Cappadona: devisegood@gmail.com

[BIO: Paul Cappadona is the Author of Taking Back America the Party’s over.]

Dark Money—Not the Grassroots—Is Behind the Convention of States Organizations

By Judi Caler

May 7, 2022

Patriots are rightly concerned that Mark Meckler, lobbyist and President of the Convention of States organizations (COS), has spent tens of millions of dollars spreading misinformation and cajoling State Legislatures into passing applications asking Congress to call a convention under Article V of the U.S. Constitution. Thirty-four States are needed to pass such applications to trigger a constitutional convention, where a new Constitution would likely be proposed, along with an easier mode of ratification. So, who is behind COS?

Meckler tells state legislators that COS is a grassroots movement, funded by thousands of ordinary citizens. In fact, since December, 2017, the COS homepage boasted:

WHO’S BEHIND THIS THING?

The American people. We thought you’d never ask! The Convention of States Project is first and foremost a movement of grassroots citizens who are fed up with business as usual in D.C. We’re funded by thousands of everyday patriots who have committed their lives, fortunes, and sacred honor to protecting liberty for future generations.

But Andy Schlafly, attorney and son of conservative icon Phyllis Schlafly, testified at a Pennsylvania hearing on Oct. 22, 2019 against COS’s Article V convention application (@ 11:55):

Schlafly: “…[W]ho’s funding them? Where’s the money coming from? There’s a lot of money behind this. And they’re not disclosing where the money behind this push to change the Constitution is coming from. That should scare everybody in this room. Who are these people who are pushing to rewrite the Constitution? I suspect some of them are globalists, but ask them…it’s not disclosed. And I’m certainly not in favor of allowing billionaires who don’t disclose their identity…[or] their real agenda…to rewrite our Constitution. That’s not a good idea.”

Meckler, at the same hearing, feigning outrage, fumed (@ 46:11):

Meckler: “…[W]ho’s funding this? Any of you at any time are welcome to visit our very fancy corporate offices in my house in Texas. In my personal home office off the kitchen, where all the billionaires apparently come visit me. It’s an outrage and a slander. And this kind of slanderous politics takes this discussion to someplace it should not go, which is frankly, it’s just slander, and innuendo. It’s gutter politics. And I don’t believe in it…

“I can tell you who my donors are. See, because the person that raises the money for…this organization is my wife of 26 years who works in the office next to mine, who has raised money from over 80,000 individual grassroots patriots all over this country. So, if those are the millionaires and billionaires that Mr. Schlafly is afraid of, well, he might want to talk to the grandmas who send me checks and say, ‘it’s five bucks a month out of my fixed income, and I’m sorry I can’t afford any more.’ Again, an outrageous slander on the tens of thousands of people supporting this movement.”

Notice that in one fell swoop, Meckler masterfully deflects attention from the source of his funding, while playing the victim and accusing his opponents of slander.

So, what’s the truth? Let’s go straight to the tax-exempt returns that Meckler is required to file with the IRS every year. These returns, also known as 990s, are public information and filed by all nonprofits.

The most recent 990s available for Meckler’s organizations are for the years 2020, 2019, and 2018. The Meckler organizations appear to include Convention of States Action (COSA); Citizens for Self-Governance (CSG); Citizens for Self-Governance Action (CSG Action); and Defending Liberty, Inc. (DLI). Each year, Meckler filed a 990 return for each entity, as required by law, and signed them under penalty of perjury.

Nonprofits are not required to disclose the identity of their contributors—so all contributors are anonymous, unless the organization chooses to disclose them. That’s why the accompanying Schedule B doesn’t include the names & addresses of the donors—only the total amount of all donations totaling $5,000 or more from each numbered donor during the year. Still, those figures are revealing.

Donations of $5,000 or more to each entity are summarized by year on the accompanying Chart. The source documentation for figures on the Chart can be found mostly on Schedule B of the linked 990s.

Here’s the short version:

Between 2018 and 2020, contributions ranging from $5,000 to $2,000,000 per donor,to the four entities totaled $16,751,011, or 63% of the $26.7 million in contributions reported on Meckler’s combined 990s for the 3-year period. And that $16.7 million was from at most 168 unique anonymous persons; thus, their average contribution was almost $100,000 [$16,751,011÷ 168 = $99,708].

But likely, Meckler has fewer than 168 major donors, as repeat donors over the 3-year period are to be expected. So, depending upon how many major donors gave in one, two, or three years and/or gave to multiple Meckler entities, the average donation per major donor over the three-year period amounts to at least $99,708, and maybe more than $200,000 or $300,000! So,COS isn’t a grassroots organization funded from the bottom up by small donors. Schedule B provides proof that COS’s agenda to replace our Constitution is coming mostly from major donors.

Meckler frequently sends out emails asking for money,to his list of unsuspecting patriots. Unsurprisingly, most of his requests are accompanied by an offer from a “generous donor” to match each contribution. The patriots on Meckler’s email list probably have no idea that Meckler has been receiving almost two-thirds of his contributions from multi-millionaires and/or billionaires while drawing salaries for himself and his wife totaling hundreds of thousands of dollars annually.

We can only conclude that Meckler is disingenuous when he ridicules the suggestion that his organizations are funded by undisclosed multi-millionaires and billionaires. And while his organizations may well receive some small donations, he denies that the bulk of his money comes from the super rich. And all the while, he yells “slander” with a straight face, and shamelessly conjures up Grandma wishing she could give him more of her paltry income, when asked about the millions in dark money he’s amassing!

We know why the liquor, drug, and tobacco industries invest millions in lobbyists to influence state legislation. But why would major donors invest millions in COS to bring about a convention to rewrite the U.S. Constitution?

The total amount of money spent over the years by the Meckler organizations to trigger a constitutional convention is astonishing. Meckler needs to be confronted everywhere he goes by opponents, supporters, & legislators alike—and asked why he is hiding the fact that he’s working for the super rich. We have a right to know; it’s our Constitution they’re after! You can download the 990 forms from the accompanying Chart and copy Schedule B, so you’ll have ammo to push back with, the next time Meckler plays the Grandma card.

Meckler Entities Anonymous Major Contributions (≥ $5,000) For Years 2018 Through 2020
Meckler Organizations’ Forms 990	(A) # of Major Donors (Sched. B)	(B) Total $ from Major Donors (Sched. B)	(C) Total of all Contributions: Form 990 p.1, line 8	B ÷ C Major Contributions’ % of Total	B ÷ A Average Major Donation
COSA 2020 47-2245708	55	$4,112,370	$7,159,560	57%	$74,770
COSA 2019	45	3,884,001	6,777,645	57%	86,311
COSA 2018	26	2,239,125	4,872,216	46%	86,120
CSG 2020 27-1657203	8	1,016,800	1,622,566	63%	127,100
CSG 2019	13	633,100	961,914	66%	48,700
CSG 2018	13	1,844,815	2,319,810	80%	141,909
CSG Action 2020 27-4648506	1	2,000,000	2,000,000	100%	2,000,000
CSG Action 2019	2	305,800	305,800	100%	152,900
CSG Action 2018	2	535,000	581,000	92%	267,500
DLI 2018: 812320022 [no revenue 2019-20]	3	180,000	180,000	100%	60,000
TOTALS	168	$16,751,011	$26,780,511	% of total contributions ≥ $5,000*	Avg. $ per Major Donor –at the very least*
*See note below				63%	$99,708
Note: $16,751,011 in major contributions [≥ $5,000] out of $26,780,511 total contributions [63%] were reported, from 168 Major Donors giving $5,000 or more to the above Meckler entities from 2018-2020. Thus, the Average contribution given by a Major Donor was at the very least $99,708 [$16,751,011 ÷ 168] and may be over $200,000 or $300,000*—if the same Major Donors contributed in multiple years and/or to multiple Meckler entities.

[i]Dark money is money donated to politically active nonprofit organizations or anonymous corporate entities, which spend this money to influence political campaigns or other special interests but are not required to reveal their donors.

E-Mail Judi Caler: judicaler@hotmail.com

[Bio: Judi Caler lives in California and is Article V Issues Director for Eagle Forum of California, and President of Citizens Against an Article V Convention.] [E-Mail Judi Caler: judicaler@hotmail.com]

The Greatest Reset

by Rolaant McKenzie

May 4, 2022

For followers of the science fiction television and movie series Star Trek, one of the most memorable and recurring antagonists is the Borg, a race of beings composed of organic and biomechatronic body parts linked together in a hive mind called “the Collective”. In their goal to achieve perfection, the Borg travel through the galaxy extending their power and control by integrating the knowledge and technology of other alien species through a process called “assimilation,” where individuals are forcibly injected with nanoparticles that alter their cellular DNA and transform them into drones for the Collective. Each Borg has no individual thoughts or will. They are in a group consciousness where all are constantly supervised, guided, and controlled.

“Life imitating art” describes something occurring in real life the same or similar to something depicted in a piece of art or fiction.An example of this can be seen in the World Economic Forum (WEF),an organization that is a major mover and shaker in world affairs today. It is described as an independent international organization committed to improving the state of the world by engaging business, political, academic, and other leaders of society to shape global, regional and industry agendas.

Klaus Schwab, a German economist and mechanical engineer, founded this non-governmental organization (NGO) in Switzerland in 1971. The WEF is best-known for the annual conferences it holds in Davos, Switzerland that brings together hundreds of political and business leaders from around the world to discuss current international issues and challenges. It is one of the most important networks in the world for the globalist power elite, being funded by approximately 1,000 multinational corporations, private donors, and government contributions.

In 1992, Dr. Schwab began a parallel organization called the Global Leaders for Tomorrow school (the name later changed in 2004 to The Forum of Young Global Leaders). Applicants to this school are subjected to a very rigorous selection process.The more than 1,200 graduates include some of the most powerful presidents, prime ministers, senior government advisors, health bureaucrats, and wealthiest business leaders in the world.

In June 2020, at its 50^thannual meeting, the WEF announced the launch of the Great Reset, an initiative to reimagine the world and transform the global economy. Part of this effort involves transhumanism — the developing of technologies that cross physical, digital, and biological worlds to improve human mental and physical capabilities. That is, to make disabilities, suffering, disease, aging and involuntary death a thing of the past. Dr. Schwab describes this in more detail in his 2016 book, The Fourth Industrial Revolution. According to him, this revolution will change not only what we do but also who we are. It will affect our identity and all the issues associated with it.

In a January 10, 2016 television interview on the Swiss channel RTS, in response to the interviewer’s question regarding when he thought implantable microchips would be implemented on humanity, he said:

“Certainly in the next 10 years. And at first we will implant them in our clothes. And then we could imagine that we will implant them in our brains, or in our skin.”

In a book co-authored with Thierry Malleret in July 2020, COVID-19: The Great Reset, Dr. Schwab declared that the COVID-19 crisis represented an unprecedented opportunity to reimagine the world –that is, to implement the Great Reset. This includes genetic engineering involving making people part synthetic and organic, incorporating them into the Internet of Bodies (IoB) (an evolution of the Internet of Things (IoT)), and merging them into a required global digital identification regime in order to participate in this reimagined world.

Klaus Schwab’s top advisor and transhumanist, Dr. Yuval Noah Harari, openly admits that the gathering of enormous amounts of data on individuals would enable global elites to build a digital dictatorship that tyrants of the past could only have imagined but did not yet have sufficient knowledge of biotechnology to implement.

Here are a few more ideas expressed by Dr. Harari:

“By hacking organisms elites may gain the power to re-engineer the future of life itself. Because once you can hack something, you can usually also engineer it.”

“For 4 billion years, nothing fundamental changed. Science is replacing evolution by natural selection with evolution by intelligent design. Not the intelligent design of some god above the clouds, but our intelligent design, and the intelligent design of our clouds — the IBM cloud, the Microsoft cloud — these are the new driving forces of evolution.”

“Humans are now hackable animals. Humans have this soul or spirit and they have free will, and nobody knows what’s happening inside me, so whatever I choose, whether in the election or whether in the supermarket, this is my free will — that’s over.”

“Surveillance is a key part of the plan for global totalitarian control. In 100 years, people will be able to look back and identify the COVID-19 pandemic as the moment when a new regime in surveillance took over — especially surveillance under the skin.”

One of the slogans of this effort is “Build Back Better”, a saying echoed by many political and business leaders around the world over the past few years. “Build Back Better” envisions a world where everyone is tied to a digital identification that links to a central bank programmable digital currency, electronic health records, travel, and a social credit score like the kind used in communist China today. This is a ranking assigned to individuals that determines access to society based on compliance with social and political dictates. In short, every facet of life would be controlled by those who manage this system.

But in order to “Build Back Better”, the current world system must be dismantled, demolished, and destroyed. Disruptions and chaos are either designed or exploited by these global elites to bring about the Fourth Industrial Revolution described by Klaus Schwab, and there are many graduates of his Young Global Leaders school who are now in positions of great power, wealth, and influence around the world working to make this come to fruition.

Some may remember the 1999 science fiction action film called The Matrix. It depicts a future in which humanity is unknowingly trapped inside a simulated reality, the Matrix, which an artificial intelligence (AI) created to distract humans while exploiting the bioelectric power of their bodies as an energy source.

Mark Zuckerberg, an alumnus of The Forum of Young Global Leaders, is the founder of Meta (formerly Facebook, Inc.). In another example of life imitating art, he is investing billions of dollars in the development of the Metaverse, a virtual world accessible through a special immersive headset that completely isolates a person from his immediate surroundings. This artificial world would allow people to escape the challenges of life to supposedly live the kind of fuller lives only the very wealthy experience in the real world. This, of course, comes at a great price. Those in this system would be so distracted in time that they may not realize their pacification, exploitation, and loss of freedom. They would be like the people of the church of Laodicea described in Revelation 3:17.

In an episode of television show Star Trek: The Next Generation, when Captain Picard was abducted by the Borg and assimilated into their Collective, he was saved from their system and restored to humanity after he was rescued by the U.S.S. Enterprise crew and the Borg nanoparticles controlling him removed from his body.

In The Matrix, protagonist Thomas Anderson was saved from the illusory world of the AI system and restored to humanity by Morpheus and his team when they unplugged him from the pod that imprisoned, controlled, and exploited him as an energy source.

Many of those belonging to international efforts such as those promoted by the WEF and its allies are reminiscent of the kings of the earth in Psalm 2 who conspire against the Lord Jesus Christ. They are blinded by the god of this world from seeing reality of “the light of the gospel of the glory of Christ, who is the image of God” (2 Corinthians 4:3-4). They seek to usurp His righteous rule by creating an artificial, dark reality where they think they can be the lords of life and death over a humanity they reimagine and recreate in their own image.

Captain Picard and Thomas Anderson illustrate the idea of something too strong and too evil from which to escape by themselves. They needed outside help to save them from a terrible fate. Likewise, the “collective” or “matrix” being constructed by the global elites of today is too powerful and evil to escape on our own. We need Someone from the outside far more powerful and willing to save us — and that Someone is Jesus Christ.

Some of us may have come from religious traditions that, while not dismissing the resurrection of Jesus, diminished or distracted from its importance in favor of adhering to certain distinctive doctrines, or successively better law-keeping for salvation. This presented a false reality that obscured the fact that the resurrection provided the basis for the new birth — our dead spirits being brought to eternal life.

“Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who according to His great mercy has caused us to be born again to a living hope through the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead, to obtain an inheritance which is imperishable and undefiled and will not fade away, reserved in heaven for you, who are protected by the power of God through faith for a salvation ready to be revealed in the last time. In this you greatly rejoice, even though now for a little while, if necessary, you have been distressed by various trials, so that the proof of your faith, being more precious than gold which is perishable, even though tested by fire, may be found to result in praise and glory and honor at the revelation of Jesus Christ; and though you have not seen Him, you love Him, and though you do not see Him now, but believe in Him, you greatly rejoice with joy inexpressible and full of glory, obtaining as the outcome of your faith the salvation of your souls.” (1 Peter 1:3-9)

Christians have traditionally gathered to worship the Lord, be exhorted in their faith in Him, and encourage one another on the first day of the week. Recognizing this day, especially Resurrection Day Sunday (Easter), was an expression of faith in the reality of the resurrection of Christ from the dead that glorious morning after paying in full the debt of sin on the cross and being buried in the grave (1 Corinthians 15:1-8). It was an appreciation of God’s love in delivering them from the dark, artificial kingdoms of this world to the glorious reality of eternity in the kingdom of Jesus Christ.

“For He rescued us from the domain of darkness, and transferred us to the kingdom of His beloved Son, in whom we have redemption, the forgiveness of sins. He is the image of the invisible God, the firstborn of all creation. For by Him all things were created, both in the heavens and on earth, visible and invisible, whether thrones or dominions or rulers or authorities — all things have been created through Him and for Him. He is before all things, and in Him all things hold together. He is also head of the body, the church; and He is the beginning, the firstborn from the dead, so that He Himself will come to have first place in everything. For it was the Father’s good pleasure for all the fullness to dwell in Him,and through Him to reconcile all things to Himself, having made peace through the blood of His cross; through Him, I say, whether things on earth or things in heaven.” (Colossians 1:13-20)

Just as God overthrew and humiliated the gods of Egypt and delivered Israel from their captivity when they could not deliver themselves (Exodus 12:12), He will deliver us from the god of this world and his servants who seek to build an all-powerful false reality to enslave and destroy humanity.Through His death on the cross, Jesus disarmed the rulers and authorities, making a public display of them, having triumphed over them (Colossians 2:9-15). He saved sinners who trust in Him from their captivity by canceling their unpayable sin debt on the cross. Because Jesus rose again from the dead, He is the only one who can deliver His people from the clutches of those seeking to create the Great Reset. Jesus in scoffing laughter will bring their plans to nothing and shatter their efforts with a rod of iron (Psalm 2:4-12; Revelation 11:16-18, 19:11-21).

As we live in the reality of Christ, we still live in a world corrupted by sin and run by wicked people that seek to distract and assimilate us into their “reality”. It can often produce a stress on our lives that makes us very weary. But the apostle Paul encourages us not to despair, but to live in hope. Do not throw in the towel or drop out of the race. The struggle is more than worth it!

“The Spirit Himself testifies with our spirit that we are children of God, and if children, heirs also, heirs of God and fellow heirs with Christ, if indeed we suffer with Him so that we may also be glorified with Him. For I consider that the sufferings of this present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory that is to be revealed to us. For the anxious longing of the creation waits eagerly for the revealing of the sons of God. For the creation was subjected to futility, not willingly, but because of Him who subjected it, in hope that the creation itself also will be set free from its slavery to corruption into the freedom of the glory of the children of God. For we know that the whole creation groans and suffers the pains of childbirth together until now. And not only this, but also we ourselves, having the first fruits of the Spirit, even we ourselves groan within ourselves, waiting eagerly for our adoption as sons, the redemption of our body. For in hope we have been saved, but hope that is seen is not hope; for who hopes for what he already sees? But if we hope for what we do not see, with perseverance we wait eagerly for it.” (Romans 8:16-25)

Along with the aches and pains, the degradation of strength, and the corruption our bodies experience over time in this world, all of nature undergoes a similar decay. There is nothing in the utopian transhumanist dream of the Fourth Industrial Revolution that can change this. It is a poor counterfeit that cannot deliver what it promises because of the sinful nature of man that ends only in death. The true and only remedy is the salvation secured through the bodily resurrection of Jesus. We look forward not to an artificial, imperfect body made by fallen man that cannot last, but to an eternal, perfect body created by God and granted as a gift to all who trust in Jesus.

“For we know that if the earthly tent which is our house is torn down, we have a building from God, a house not made with hands, eternal in the heavens. For indeed in this house we groan, longing to be clothed with our dwelling from heaven, inasmuch as we, having put it on, will not be found naked. For indeed while we are in this tent, we groan, being burdened, because we do not want to be unclothed but to be clothed, so that what is mortal will be swallowed up by life. Now He who prepared us for this very purpose is God, who gave to us the Spirit as a pledge. Therefore, being always of good courage, and knowing that while we are at home in the body we are absent from the Lord — for we walk by faith, not by sight — we are of good courage, I say, and prefer rather to be absent from the body and to be at home with the Lord. Therefore we also have as our ambition, whether at home or absent, to be pleasing to Him.” (2 Corinthians 5:1-9)

Though we groan within our earthly bodies, we have the guarantee of eternal life in Jesus as a present reality, even though we still see this through the eyes of faith.

At the heart of the gospel message in 1 Corinthians 15 is Jesus conquering death by rising from the grave. Because of this truth, those who believe in Him will experience a permanent upgrade:

“Behold, I tell you a mystery; we will not all sleep, but we will all be changed, in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trumpet; for the trumpet will sound, and the dead will be raised imperishable, and we will be changed. For this perishable must put on the imperishable, and this mortal must put on immortality. But when this perishable will have put on the imperishable, and this mortal will have put on immortality, then will come about the saying that is written, ‘DEATH IS SWALLOWED UP in victory. O DEATH, WHERE IS YOUR VICTORY? O DEATH, WHERE IS YOUR STING?’ The sting of death is sin, and the power of sin is the law; but thanks be to God, who gives us the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ. Therefore, my beloved brethren, be steadfast, immovable, always abounding in the work of the Lord, knowing that your toil is not in vain in the Lord.” (1 Corinthians 15:51-58)

The new world order of suffering and death came through Adam’s sin, but it was overcome by the Greatest Reset of Jesus dying on the cross for sinners and paying their debt in full (Romans 5).

The great reset has been thoroughly defeated by the Greatest Reset of Jesus rising from the dead. Because He is risen, the redemption of our bodies from mortality to immortality is certain, and along with creation we will experience the culmination of our longing to be with Jesus, our Redeemer, forever.

[Bio: Rolaant McKenzie operates Gospel Outreach Ministries Online, a Christian apologetics ministry dedicated to the proclamation of the gospel of the Lord Jesus Christ online, and discussing important contemporary issues from a Biblical perspective.]

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: www.gospeloutreach.net

The US Senate Race In NH Heats Up

By Gerard Beloin For US Senate
April 26, 2022

The Latest Victim Is Violent Mobster Eddy Nails

Since 2004 we have been exposing wide spread corruption in NH politics and beyond from both parties. I have been involved in 24 court cases. I have yet to lose. Joe “The Joker” McQuaid, editor of the Manchester Union Leader, has been fully informed of this corruption. He has praised the mob associates for fabricating the charges against me????????????? He has ridiculed me in public while I was undefeated in the courts?????????

Meanwhile, two of his award winning investigative reporters have dropped dead or disappeared while in possession of all of the pertinent files contained in my book “Menace To Society.” It is available in PDF format from my campaign website.

The first award winning investigative reporter to go was Nancy Meersman. She was the official court reporter for the Manchester Union Leader. She was incensed with Joker McQuaid for refusing to publish her articles that she claimed could have won her and the Manchester Union Leader a Pulitzer prize in journalism. Joeker McQuaid responded by firing her. (He called it early retirement) She was not deterred. She promised me that my story would get out. She had 35 years of contacts from movers and shakers in the media and she would get my story out as a freelance journalist. She dropped dead shortly after making that promise . The cause of her death was never revealed. She lived with her elderly mother. She soon followed Nancy.

Roger Talbot was the 2^nd award winning investigative reporter to disappear. He won his award on the reporting of the heinous Judge John Fairbanks. Judge John Fairbanks was the Newport District Court judge. He was a thief and according to the complaints filed by Newport Police Chief Arthur Bastian he was a violent serial homosexual rapist, raping young men in his chambers in exchange for their freedom.

Judge Fairbanks was an estate attorney for elderly or disabled NH citizens who had lost the ability to care for themselves. Who better to turn over your checkbook to than a judge?? He would then drain their bank accounts and sentence the now impoverished victims to the county nursing homes at the taxpayers expense.

I interviewed Newport, NH Police Chief Arthur Bastian. According to Chief Bastian, he filed numerous police reports with the

NH Attorney Generals Office

NH State Police Major Crimes Unit

FBI and the

US Attorney’s Office about Judge Fairbanks. Judge Fairbanks was releasing young men accused of serious felonies after a visit to his chambers for “counseling.” Linked here is their written response to Chief Bastian’s complaints. Union Leader Reporter Roger “Limp Wrist” Talbot reported on the thievery but not the real scandal. The violent serial raping of young men in the judges chambers that went on for decades! The details and news reports are contained in my book, available from my campaign website. Roger Talbot knew. Everyone in the know knew. They all swept it under the rug. The “Secret Society,” the “Shadow Government” AKA the “Deep State” and “The Swamp” that “These Guys” brag about on the recordings was in full display. Roger did throw me a few nuggets of information that were the key to opening up a Pandora’s Box of bipartisan political corruption that lead to the publishing of my book and this article. I’m not sure if these keys to exposing the corruption were intentional or a slip of the tongue but when Roger Talbot was subpoenaed for one of my numerous kangaroo court trials. He defied the subpoena. The judge did nothing. He has since disappeared.

What does all of this have to do with the headline of the US Senate race in NH turning deadly in 2022????????? Most of the witnesses that I wiretapped, linked to organized crime, admitting to the existence of the “Secret Society,” the “Shadow Government,” AKA “The Deep State” that both parties submit to, have died or disappeared over the years. Following is the list in chronological order copied from my campaign website.

LIST OF DEAD, DISAPPEARED AND THREATENED WITNESSES

TIED TO THE RECORDINGS AND 24 COURT CASES

Witness #1 – Dead – “These Guys” boast about politically assassinating Dr. Hieber by gassing him to death to silence him. He died of symptoms consistent with being gassed to death.

Witness #2 – Dead – Nancy Meersman, the Court Reporter for the Union Leader Corporation was fired and then dropped dead shortly after being fired. No new Court Reporter was assigned to replace her. Prior to her death we spoke repeatedly on the phone and in person. She was excited about my case and how well I had documented it. She was told by Union Leader Editor Joe McQuaid that her articles about my court cases were not to be published. She was incensed. She told me that what I had put together was astonishing and that it could get her a Pulitzer Prize. She lived with her mother. Shortly after she dropped dead, her mother followed suite. The Union Leader Corporation is owned and controlled by the Scagliotti and Tomasko families.

Witness #3 – Disappeared– Roger Talbot, the award winning investigative reporter for the Union Leader Corporation interviewed me extensively. He won his award with his excellent reporting on the Judge John Fairbanks case linked to organize crime and the NH Attorney Generals Office through Chief Investigator G. Michael Bahan. He gave me some excellent leads to pursue that opened up a Pandora’s Box of corruption.. He suddenly retired and speaks to people through a crack in his door. He was served a subpoena in one of my several mis-trials. He defied it and the judge did nothing. The Union Leader Corporation is owned and controlled by the Scagliotti and Tomasko families.

Witness #4 – Disappeared – (APPENDIX XXX) This informant, Mr. Ronald “Muscles” Sayballs, was slated to testify at one of my several trials. He disappeared before being able to testify.

Witness #5 – Disappeared – (APPENDIX XX) The former Chief Investigator at the NH Attorney General’s Office, G. Michael Bahan, is on tape threatening this politician. Investigator Bahan was subpoenaed to testify. He disappeared just prior to the trial. NH AG Kelly Ayotte refused to disclose his whereabouts. That is witness tampering in a murder investigation.

Witness #6 – Dead – (APPENDIX X) Dr. James J. Adams was another witness at trial. He drowned just after resigning from his post and just prior to my issuing a subpoena for him to testify. He is on tape committing several felonies in a failed attempt at covering up for these heinous crimes.

Witness #7 – Gone missing – Assistant Hillsborough County Attorney “Tony” Introcasso hails from NY and NJ. He is on tape boasting of his connections to the Italian Mafia in the trucking industry and repeatedly asking me, out of context to our short meeting, “Where is Jimmy Hoffa?” His message is clear. Stop running for office or you will suffer the same fate as Jimmy Hoffa. His Mob name, in his own words, on tape, is…………… “Attorney Soprano.” His message could not be clearer.

Witness #8 – Dead – Mr. John Janigan died on June 21, 2015.

Witness #9 – Threatened – Gerard Beloin, Candidate for the US Senate in 2020 and 2022 is currently under the threat of death by members of organized crime masquerading as agents for the State of NH tied to the Shaheen political machine.

Witness #10 – Dead – Sir Kently Blue of New Boston is his AKC registered name. AKA Kenny Boy. He died suddenly of kidney failure on February 16, 2018. When you read the chapter on Kenny you will understand how he would have made a great witness.

Witness #11 – Dead – Edward Naile – Died in Concord Hospital intensive care unit. – Mobster “Eddy Nails” threatening this candidate for the US Senate with extreme bodily harm for exposing him as a fraud.Eddy Nails was a registered Democrat. A violent left wing Socialist Democrat activist masquerading as a conservative taxpayer watchdog who repeatedly claims, on tape, that “violent political assassination, extortion, arson, murder and murder for hire schemes” are an accepted and legitimate form of political discourse in NH. In the linked recording, Eddy Nails and his sidekick side with an admitted violent political assassin who is now a judge. Judge Kerry “The Killer” Steckowych. The Coalition for NH Taxpayers organization is a proven front for organized crime.

Witness #11, Eddy Nails, is the one that should concern the NH voters the most. His name was Edward Naile. His mob name was “Eddy Nails.” He was a violent Left Wing Socialist Democrat mobster registered to vote in Deering, NH as a Democrat. He masqueraded as a conservative Republican running the fraudulent Coalition For NH Taxpayer s Organization, a front for organized crime . His job was to silence the real taxpayer watchdogs like me. I go into detail in my book about how this fraudulent organization, under the control of Eddy Nails, has repeatedly helped cover up the theft of billions in NH education tax dollars spent while my US Senate opponent, Chuck Morse, was head of the NH Senate Finance Committee. Eddy admits on tape that the admitted violent political assassination of Dr. Craig Hieber and others is OK!! “There is nothing we can do about it.” He repeatedly defends violent mobsters admitting to murder! I made it known that I was planning on making him the face of the opposition in my campaign for the US Senate. Can you imagine the dictator of the Coalition of NH Taxpayers having to answer for the following crimes during an election year? He was the gift that kept on giving for my campaign and collateral damage to both parties. He was a liability. He was the link between the “Deep State,” both political parties and “The Swamp” of organized crime. It is ironic, as his most ardent detractor, I am the one that would benefit the most from him being alive.

Accessory to murder after the fact

Aiding and abetting

Conspiracy Against Rights

Criminal threatening

Deprivation of rights under color of law

Embezzlement

Extortion and Theft by Extortion

First Amendment right violations

Fraud

Racketeering

Willful blindness

Witness tampering

The recording of our meeting that ended in violence is linked to his obituary.

When I exposed Eddy Nails as a fraud in a Zoom meeting with so called election fraud expert Marylyn Todd, she and one of her associates called him a “hero” and cut off my microphone. The reason? “No drama will be allowed in this Zoom meeting.” Marylyn Todd may just be a dupe of Eddy Nails. He was very good. He had a Bill Clinton like oily tongue. He always had an answer that seemed plausible until he had to explain the recordings. When cornered, he resorted to violence. I was duped by him for 3 years before I woke up to his duplicity. I will give her the benefit of the doubt. When she reads this article (I have her e-mail address) and still stands by Eddy Nails, then she is part of the problem and becomes an accessory to all of his crimes after the fact. Following is some good legal advice for Marylyn Todd.

Since there are now 11 dead, disappeared or threatened witnesses tied directly to the recordings, with a 12^th on the way, any actions by the Coalition of NH Taxpayers and it’s agents, affiliates, subsidiaries, allied organizations, or successors, or the state and it’s agents affiliates, subsidiaries, allied organizations, or successors that perpetuate this fraud upon the courts and by proxy, the public, could get life in prison or the death penalty. 18 USC § 241 – Conspiracy against rights. Since “These Guys” are on tape admitting to these serial killings, there is no statute of limitations on any of these crimes.

All of my US Senate opponents are in possession of these recordings. They all have full knowledge of my undefeated status in my 24 court cases. They all have full knowledge of the fraudulent status of the Coalition of NH Taxpayers. They have all eulogized Eddy Nails.

Are they all waiting for one more dead witness to die or disappear before addressing the issue?

While this candidate has to worry about getting shot??

As the only true conservative candidate for the US Senate in NH in 2022, I refuse to comply.

https://www.gbforussenate.net/#/

Gerard Beloin is a manufacture, distributor and installer of high performance commercial roofing systems. He turned TaxPayer Watchdog for the roofing industry and uncovered a rats nest of corruption in 2005 related to voter fraud. In 2008, 09 and 10 the crap hit the fan. He wrote a book exposing organized crime in NH politics. The bodies of 11 dead subpoenaed witnesses have piled up and more are coming. Since no-one in NH politics is doing anything about it…………………………… he decided to run for the US Senate to help effect change in the voter laws in NH. Like the NYC District Attorneys allowing criminals to run free, the NH Attorney Generals Office has allowed John “The Cat” Silvestro to run wild in NH since 1985!!

You can reach Mr. Beloin at

gerardbeloin@gbforussenate.com

You can reach Mr. Beloin at: gerardbeloin@gbforussenate.com

How and Why Our Wonderful Nation Came About and How Do We Keep It, Part 2

By Wylie Marshall

April 18, 2022

BIRTHRIGHT PROMISES PART II

In my last article, I explained how God had made promises to Abraham and promised that two great and powerful nations would arise from Abraham’s seed. The first would become a multitude of nations that would spread over the entire world. That nation would be the British Empire. The second would become a great single nation that would become the most powerful nation the world has ever seen and would bless the rest of the world with her wealth and the ability to feed the world, which she has demonstrated several times. That nation would be The United States of America!

In our Bible, when we study the history of the Israelite people, you will find that after God brought them out of Egypt and showed them many miracles, the plagues that He brought on the Egyptians to get the Pharoah to let them go, the opening of the Red Sea for them to cross on dry land, causing water to gush forth from a rock to quench their thirst etc., and many, many more, the Israelites just could not learn to trust God. When they arrived at the Promised Land, Moses sent scouts into the promised land of Canaan, Num 13:2 “Send men so that they may scout out the land of Canaan which I give to the children of Israel. You shall send a man from every tribe of their fathers, everyone a leader among them.” When they returned from scouting out the land after forty days, along with the report on how wonderful the land was, all but two of the twelve scouts gave reports of giants in the land and that the Israelites would not be able to take the land! Num 13:26 And they left and came to Moses and to Aaron, and to all the congregation of the children of Israel, to the wilderness of Paran, to Kadesh. And they brought back word to them, and to all the congregation, and showed them the fruit of the land.

Num 13:27 And they told him and said, “We came to the land where you sent us, and surely it flows with milk and honey. And this is the fruit of it.

Num 13:28 However, the people that dwell in the land are strong, and the cities are walled, very great. And also we saw the children of Anak there.

Num 13:29 The Amalekites dwell in the land of the south, and the Hittites, and the Jebusites, and the Amorites dwell in the mountains. And the Canaanites dwell by the sea and by the riverside of Jordan.”

Num 13:30 And Caleb stilled the people before Moses and said, “Let us go up at once and possess it, for we are well able to overcome it.”

Num 13:31 But the men that went up with him said, “We are not able to go up against the people, for they are stronger than we.”

Num 13:32 And they brought up an evil report of the land which they had scouted out to the children of Israel, saying, “The land through which we have gone to scout it out, is a land that eats up those who live in it. And all the people whom we saw in it were men of great stature.

Num 13:33 And there we saw the giants, the children of Anak of the giants. And we were in our own sight like grasshoppers, and so we were in their sight.”

God had helped fight all their battles all the way from Egypt but now they feared that He could not help them win this one. So, they wondered in the wilderness for forty years until all those who refused to go up and take the promised land had died! What a waste! Just because they did not trust God to help them fight their battle!

This became the pattern for the Israelites throughout their long history right to this day! How many times have they turned from God and became idol worshipers, just as we are today? They would hit the very bottom and finally cry out to God and God would hear and restore them one more time. This happened over and over and over!!!When the nation of Israel was split into the Kingdom of Judah, and the Kingdom of Israel, known as Samaria, the King of Israel became so fearful that the people would go up to Judah to the Feast of Tabernacles as was commanded by God every year, and not return,that he changed the Feast days and declared that they could attend the Feast in Samaria without traveling all the way to Judah. This angered God and after trying to get them to change their ways for a very long time, God had the Samarians taken into captivity and scattered throughout Europe, losing their identity to the rest of the world. This Kingdom was known as the House of Israel, which Ephraim and Manasseh were a part,and Judah which went into captivity years later into Babylon, was known as the House of Judah. The captives in Babylon returned to the land of Judah after seventy years in captivity and rebuilt the Temple that Nebuchadnezzar had destroyed when he took Judah into captivity. This rebuilt Temple was the Temple that Jesus Christ came to and was finally destroyed totally by the Romans in 70 AD. The Temple was destroyed and the mount on which it had stood was taken away and the ground plowed. The foundation you see today that is claimed to be the foundation of the Jewish Temple is the foundation of the Roman Garrison Fort Antonio. The Temple of the Jews was completely destroyed, not one stone left upon another.

Luke 21:5 And while some were speaking about the temple, how it was adorned with beautiful stones and consecrated gifts, He said,

Luke 21:6 “As for these things that you now see, the days will come in which there shall not be left one stone upon another that shall not be thrown down.”

After God scattered the House of Israel, which Ephraim and Manasseh were a part, Ephraim and Manasseh settled in what was to become the British Isles.It was from these Isles that the nations of The British Commonwealth and the United States of America sprang, from these two brothers.

God made those birthright promises to Abraham, and He had to keep His promises, but God never said that those nations would always remain if they did not obey His word! We can see very clearly that the British Empire has almost disappeared, and her government is corrupt, her commonwealth nations of New Zealand, Australia, South Africa, Canada, (Hong Kong has been swallowed up by China), India, and most of the rest have become puppet run concentration camps. The United States of America has become rotten from within with corruption so bad that she has an odor that stinks to high heaven! The only reason that she has not become a puppet run concentration camp is because the people are still armed! For the time being anyway!

Have you ever wondered how so many people like Soros and the Rothschilds and the Rockefellers obtained so much wealth? There are a lot of billionaires out there trying to take over the world right now. Do you really think they earned all that wealth by honest hard work? If you have researched anything about what is going on in the world today, with the New World Order or the One World Government, you would have had to run across news articles about Free Masons, the Illuminati, Skull and Bones, or the Bohemian Groove. Not necessarily on mainstream media, but there are a lot of news reports out there if you look for them. Most of these organizations have their roots in Luciferian worship, and that is not by coincidence. Let me take you back in history and let scripture explain where these folks are getting all their power and wealth! Sad thing is, they just do not read far enough to find out where all that power and wealth is taking them!

In your own Bible, turn to Luke 4:1

Luke 4:1 And Jesus, filled with the Holy Spirit, returned from the Jordan, and was led by the Spirit into the wilderness

Luke 4:2 For forty days to be tempted by the devil. And He ate nothing in those days; and after they had come to an end, He hungered.

Luke 4:3 Then the devil said to Him, “If You are the Son of God, command that this stone become bread.”

Luke 4:4 But Jesus answered him, saying, “It is written, ‘Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word of God.‘ ”

Luke 4:5 Then the devil led Him up into a high mountain and showed Him all the kingdoms of the world in a moment of time.

Luke 4:6 And the devil said to Him, “I will give You all this authority, and the glory of them all; for it has been delivered to me, and I give it to whomever I desire.

Luke 4:7 Therefore, if You will worship me in my presence, all things shall be Yours.”

Luke 4:8 But Jesus answered and said to him, “Get behind Me, Satan; for it is written, ‘You shall worship the Lord your God, and Him only shall you serve.’ ”

So, now you can see that Satan can give wealth and power to whomever he desires, those who worship him!!! Did you notice that Jesus never said that it was not Satan’s to give?

As I said, they do not read far enough to find out what happens to those who worship Satan.

Rev 19:20 And the beast was taken, and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him, with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast, and them that worshiped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone. These are physical beings, flesh, and blood, and will be destroyed instantly in the lake of fire. But notice what happens to Satan and his demons.

Rev 20:10 And the Devil, who deceived them, was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone, where the beast and the false prophet had been cast; and they, Satan, and the demons, shall be tormented day and night into the ages of eternity.

Now you know where our wonderful country came from and now you can see what is happening to it. It is disintegrating! The entire world is disintegrating because that is Satan’s plan! He knows he has but a brief time left! We are letting Satan bring about his destruction upon the world because we live in a world of sin and do not even know it!!! Why don’t we know it? Because we have discarded the only instruction book for living that was ever given to us! The Holy Bible! Without the Bible, we cannot know sin, and if we do not know what sin is, we cannot repent of sin! You know the funny thing is, there are more Bibles in the world than any other book!!!! But, if we cannot repent of our sin, God cannot forgive!! This is not God’s fault! He made sure there are more Bibles in the world than any other book. We have no excuse for our ignorance of sin! We have free moral agency, and we chose stupidly!!!

What if I told you that our Awesome God had delivered to us His plan of salvation for all of mankind, from the time of Moses and it has been with us all this time! It has been sitting in the Old Testament all this time and mankind has declared that book obsolete! And now they have taken the New Testament out of our schools and declared it hate speech! Can it get any more absurd? If you do not study your history, you are doomed to repeat it, which we do over and over and over! We are, at this very time,reverting to the 1930’s and 1940’s, with much more sophisticated weapons so that more people can be annihilated! If I had to guess, I would not think that those Biolabs in Ukraine are the only ones in existence!

It is popular to think of our American history, that the leaders of our American Revolution were fearless in the face of overwhelming odds as Lex Greene put it in his latest article, “Land of the Ignorant, Home of the Cowards”? Great article! But could it be that our Awesome God was keeping a promise He made to Abraham so long ago? This nation had to happen! God uses man to do his bidding, just as he used Jonah. Just as He used Moses. It was time for the birthright promise God made to Abraham, passed on to Isaac, passed on to Jacob (renamed Israel), passed on to Ephraim and Manasseh to be fulfilled! Sure, they were brave men, but do you think that God could have been guiding them with a bit of courage? I once read a story about an Indian Chief who fought for the British and claimed that he had George Washington in his sight several times, and there was noway he could miss, but he did every time!!! God already knew the outcome, did He not? He also knows what happens when His people turn away from Him. They go into captivity if they do not repent!

On the other hand, maybe this is the end time and Christ’s return is imminent! In that case, it does not really matter, does it? We are headed for some troubled times and there is nothing we can do about it! So, just buckle down and ride it out!

Do you really want to take that chance? What if you could turn this thing around with your repentance of your sins as the Ninevites did! Look in your Bible at1 John 3:4 Everyone who practices sin is also practicing lawlessness, for sin is lawlessness. Lawlessness constitutes sin.You must realize that and stop sinning and repent. When you break God’s law, you sin. It is as simple as that! Start with the Ten Commandments found in Exodus 20: Notice, God spoke these commandments personally!!! Just remember what Jesus told Satan when you read the Ten Commandments! Man must live by every word that proceeds from the mouth of God! We cannot pick which commandment or which part of a commandment we want to live by. We must live by every commandment as it was spoken! Yes, it would take a brave person to stand up and say we must stop sinning! You might get some “feedback,” but it could catch on too! I for one do not think God would discourage it! I think He might even encourage it! Also remember what Jesus said in Matthew 7:23 And then I will confess to them, ‘I never knew you. Depart from Me, you who work lawlessness.’ If you are breaking God’s law, He does not know you. Let that sink in!!! If you are breaking God’s law, He does not know you!!!

Do you really want a solution to our problem? Are do you just want to bellyache and complain until we are in total bondage again? Your choice!

I will leave you with this to think about. Until next time…

E-Mail Wylie Marshall: sirwylecoyote@yahoo.com

[Bio: W. Marshall has been retired for the past 15 years. Worked as a project estimator for a large chemical co. for 30 years, Bachelor degree from Lamar University in Beaumont, Texas in 72. Love playing music with my sons, love history and do a lot of research on various topics. For the past 37 years I have had a love for the study of God’s word. I have learned that God’s love for all of mankind is without prejudice and as Jesus told Satan, man must live by every word that proceeds out of the mouth of God. We must Obey His voice! The Old and the New Testament’s are God’s holy word. God did not put man on this earth to see how many toys he could accumulate for himself, we were put here to learn of God and His ways, so that one day we could have eternal life in the family of God, as spirit beings!]

Want to “Throw the Bums Out”??

By Kat Stansell

March 23, 2022

Then, Don’t Replace them with more Bums!
There ARE good guys out there.

Why does America keep electing the same dysfunctional representatives year after year, term after term? Now more than ever, a majority of voters are ready to turn over the entire House and Senate in Washington, DC. Over 75% of voters agree that it is time to change the guard, to get rid of the scum that covers the DC swamp, to bring in some new people who will get us back to the Constitution. Clean House! And Senate. We are desperate for honesty and integrity, and responsiveness to the electorate. It is my contention that those candidates who can help to redirect and heal America, DO exist, around this country, but that they are buried in process and systemic grid lock. A few may be in Congress today but are “backbenched” by the cabal. The others, who are the subject of this article, are out there shaking hands, giving speeches, getting home for a few hours’ rest, only start over again. They are trying to be what America – yes, ALL of America – needs. First, however, these candidates need our help because their local parties seem to invest in the “bright shiny object” types, rather than true strong Constitutional Conservatives.

It is common “wisdom” that the voters will chose a name they already know over a newcomer, unless lots of money is spent on promoting someone unfamiliar to the public. It has happened repeatedly, with candidates for district attorneys and judgeships, whose campaign coffers were filled by dark money from Soros’ organizations. They bought enough TV time to familiarize the voters with their names, and they were elected. If you think about the results of those current office holders whose names are already known, then you will understand why we MUST change this pattern, and do it NOW, this election cycle. The judiciary is now legislating instead of enforcing laws made by the legislators. The legislators are tightly wrapped around the money pots and see green (both the fake environmentalists, AND the dollars) before they see us. We the American people cannot waste another election fighting the good old boy’s network instead of the real enemies of our country. America cannot stand the harsh results of trying to live on lethal swamp gas any longer. To reelect the bums – OR their party’s chosen substitutes – is suicide for American citizens, and sure demise for our treasured Republic and the freedoms is provides. Let’s get with some REAL wisdom.

Securing our ballots must be the first step, of course, but that alone is insufficient to bring about the change we need in our government today. If we cannot elect true patriots, rock solid honest people who have real support for our Republic, to take the places of the current Congress critters, we might as well not bother to vote. My stomach turns to have to even say that, but it’s true. Those in Washington today are NOT the solution; they are the problem, and we need to send them away.

How do we reverse this? How to we reclaim the people’s government for the people? We must locate and support pro- American candidates, not just in our own, but in OTHER STATES as well. A Pelosi or a Schumer or a Feinstein doesn’t just affect you if you live in California or NY. We have become so accustomed to thinking of our “own” representatives for whom we vote, that we forget about the damage done by radical anti-Americans in all states. Thus, it is our duty to support the good guys no matter where they live. It’s easier to do than you might imagine, and I’ll tell you how in a moment.

For this article, I interviewed six current and former candidates who have experienced this frustration that is so costly to the soul and the wallet, and asked they why they thought it happens. I also picked the brain of a state party chair to understand this from the establishment viewpoint, and ask what they thought they might do to help. The candidates with whom I spoke are from Virginia, Tennessee, and Mississippi, and were chosen because they represent what we need. I am also listing websites of those with whom I was unable to talk, but who were recommended by trusted associates who know them well. These are not the only ones, for sure, but they serve as great examples of what America needs in DC. The websites of those running this year are listed at the close of this article, so that you may see who they are and what they have to offer.

Each present or former candidate spoke of the need to define themselves as Constitutional Conservatives rather than “Republican”. As we are all learning, there can be a HUGE difference. These American candidates believe in our founding principles, and vow to work to return them to our daily life. This is THE major divide in our political world today. Voters today have only a choice between the Constitution or communism, not “R” or “D”. Party labels have been rendered meaningless by the packs of swamp creatures swimming together. The men and women who need our support in their races for office, support our Constitution and its body of law. Period. If we do not choose wisely, we will lose the right to ever choose again. The November, 2022, election may be our last, if we allow the wrong people to populate our government and/or allow another election to be stolen. If I could find a thousand more ways to say it, I would. It’s that important to our future as a free country.

Not coincidentally, most of the attractive candidates are former military who put their commitment to their country on the line and backed it with their lives. Each reminded me that they take that oath for life. All with whom I spoke felt that this military association actually played against them with party regulars who are far more comfortable dealing with malleable rather than committed souls. Let THAT sink in. Those who have taken the oath to protect and defend, and have offered up their lives to prove it are almost scary to those who slither through the shifting sands of “morality” – situational ethics as it were – in our nation’s capitol today. As I looked over the list of those around the country who are offering fresh faces and approaches, regardless of their ages, are most ALL former military, eager to take up that pledge again.

Next, they spoke of the difficulty of getting “out there”, with media coverage. Somehow even the conservative media outlets take the lead of the local party bosses, and close their platforms to all but the “chosen” candidates. One candidate spoke of the inaccurate and slanted media coverage he’d received, because reporters didn’t bother to listen. He wasn’t considered “important enough” I guess. Also, voters tend to mark ballots for candidates they’ve “heard of”, so instead of learning about ALL who are running for an office, they just pick the most familiar name. In today’s world, the “familiar names” are the ones that may be in the news for all the wrong things, but they will get thousands of votes from the uninformed voters who mark ballots for no other reason than name familiarity. When last did you see in-depth and repeated coverage for a good Constitutional Conservative working for his constituents? You don’t, and that omission can be laid squarely at the feet of all media. The most formidable power of the media is the power to omit.

One candidate still works in the medical profession. You can only imagine what he has to say about the pandemic.

Money, though, is really the sine qua non of waging a successful campaign. It goes to media exposure, messaging, obtaining donor lists, and campaign organizational strategies from the professionals, as well as to everyday expenses like travel and appearances, and events. NO one – except perhaps a truck driver in NJ – can win with no money. Hats off to Ed Durr, who had never been a candidate before, for this feat!

The state party chair to whom I spoke says that they recognize this need for aid and exposure, and are planning on restructuring their organization to include in-house help for officially declared candidates, which would include the the sponsorship of structured public forums to give exposure to all primary candidates and their ideas. Sounds good, if it happens in time. If not, it won’t matter.

It is easy to reach out and help candidates in other states than your own. The websites listed below direct you to candidates running in 2022. Go to their websites and read the information. If you like what you see, contact them and see what they could use most. Often, of course, the answer will be, money. But donations are far from the only thing you can do to help. You can also post support on social media, even create a page for out-of-state supporters. Share with your friends what you believe is good about them and how you believe they will help the country. Write letters to editors of publications asking others to get involved with them. Start out-of-state fan clubs and hold “friendraisers”.

These, and other underexposed candidates are hidden treasure in the agenda to save America, and they will make a huge difference when elected to govern. Do some research on your own. Go to https://www.ballotopedia.org. It is an excellent site for nationwide election information. Learn who is running in the primaries this year, for the US House and Senate. Read their websites. Donate to them if you agree with what you see. Contact them to give more help if you want/can.

Here are the candidates with whom I had contact, who are currently running, in alphabetical order:

Gary Adkins, https://www.garyadkinsforcongress.com
U.S. House of Representatives candidate, VA7

Jarome Bell, https://www.jaromebellforcongress.com
U.S. House of Representatives candidate, VA2

Ron Eller, https://www.voteroneller.com
U.S. House of Represeentatives candidate, MS 2

Todd McKinley, https://www.toddmckinley.com
Sullivan County Commission candidate, District 6 TN

Dean Poirrier, https://www.poirrier4congress.com
U.S. House of Representatives, NH2

America has gone from super power to laughingstock. We can’t wait one more election cycle to get a real grip on the situation. WE are going to have to BE THE CHANGE. The same old “pol’s” with the same ol’ pals have nearly destroyed us, and only WE can put a stop to it. I submit that, if we are lucky enough to be able to vote in secure elections in Nov., 2022, we must choose new leaders, who are not owing to anyone but their electorate.

E-Mail Kat Stansell: contact@americanpolicy.org

[BIO: Kat Stansell is the Grassroots Outreach Director for the American Policy Center. A native of Cincinnati Ohio, and graduate of Denison University, Kat served the Village of Mettawa, IL, as treasurer and chair of the Planning Commission, where she got a good look at the process of civic vs. corporate interaction. She has been a local activist, working for several candidates and organizations. She has also written for newspapers and websites, and organized events highlighting issues of the day.]

How and Why Our Wonderful Nation Came About and How Do We Keep It

By Wylie Marshall

March 12, 2022

I Have been reading NewsWithView’s articles for a long time. I think NWV’s got my attention back in 2008 ~ 2009 when I began to think we were at the end of this age. I still think we may be at the end of this age, but I have come to believe that it may depend more on us, the people, than I had originally thought.

I had a history teacher in high school that piqued my interest in history, so when I got to college, I decided to minor in history. Everything was fine all the way from the early Egyptians right up to American history. When we got to American history, I noticed that it seemed to be very bias and the things that were important to study were not, and the things that were not important were drilled into our heads, like the date of a certain battle, etc. It was not an overall study of American history like we had been given of other time periods and peoples. It was a microscopic drilling of unimportant events that we were sure to forget! At least, that was my take on American history.

Even in the ancient history I studied, there was a lot missing that I learned later. For instance, we did learn the myth of how Rome was founded by Romulus and Remus. But long before the founding of Rome, there were other nations already in the making. Nation’s that would someday far overshadow the Roman Empire! The sad thing is that not much is known about how these nations came to be or the significance of how that happened.

The history of these nations is found in the book of Genesis, which takes place long before Rome.Gen 12:1 And the LORD said to Abram, “Get out of your country, and from your kindred, and from your father’s house into a land that I will show you. Abram obeyed God and with his wife Sarai and his nephew Lot, they left and went to the land of Canaan.While in Canaan, God made a Covenant with Abram about his seed. Gen 15:13 And He said to Abram, “You must surely know that your seed shall be sojourners in a land that is not theirs, (and shall serve them and they shall afflict them) four hundred years. Abraham’s seed became slaves in Egypt, sojourners for four hundred years!

God appeared to Abram when he was 98 years old, he told Abram to walk before Him and be perfect.Gen 17:5 Neither shall your name any more be called Abram, but your name shall be Abraham; for I have made you a father of many nations. Gen 17:15 And God said to Abraham, “As for Sarai your wife, you shall not call her name Sarai, but her name shall be Sarah.

Gen 17:16 And I will bless her and give you a son also of her. Yes, I will bless her, and she shall be a mother of nations—kings of people shall be from her.”

These are some of the birthright promises God made to Abraham and Sarah because Abraham obeyed the voice of God. These birthright promises were passed from Abraham to Isaac, to Jacob, to Josephs two son’s Ephraim and Manasseh, and that is where we find the beginning of the great nations that will overshadow the Roman Empire!

Jacob (Israel) passed the birthright promises on to Joseph’s two sons Ephraim and Manasseh. Gen 48:5 And now your two sons, Ephraim and Manasseh, who are born to you in the land of Egypt before I came to you in Egypt, are mine. Like Reuben and Simeon, they shall be mine. Gen 48:8 And Israel beheld Joseph’s sons, and said, “Who are these?”

Gen 48:9 And Joseph said to his father, “They are my sons, whom God has given me in this place.” And he said, “Please bring them to me, and I will bless them.”

If you read the story, you will remember that Jacob had been renamed “Israel”. Gen 32:28 And He said, “Your name shall no longer be called Jacob, but Israel; for you have striven with God and with men and have prevailed.” So now Israel has asked Joseph to bring his two sons to him so that they can receive the birthright promises. Here is where the story of two great nations began and it is very clear in the scriptures, so I will let the scripture explain.

Gen 48:14 And Israel stretched out his right hand and laid it upon Ephraim’s head, who was the younger, and his left upon Manasseh’s head, crossing his hands, for Manasseh was the firstborn.

Gen 48:15 And he blessed Joseph and said, “May God, before Whom my father’s Abraham and Isaac walked, the God Who fed me all my life to this day,

Gen 48:16 The Angel Who has redeemed me from all evil, bless the lads. And let my name be perpetuated in them, and the name of my father’s Abraham and Isaac, and let them grow into a multitude in the midst of the earth.”

Gen 48:17 And Joseph saw that his father laid his right hand upon the head of Ephraim, and it displeased him. And he held up his father’s hand to remove it from Ephraim’s head to Manasseh’s head.

Gen 48:18 And Joseph said to his father, “Not so, my father, for this is the firstborn. Put your right hand upon his head.”

Gen 48:19 And his father refused and said, “I know it, my son, I know it. He also shall become a people, and he also shall be great, but truly his younger brother shall be greater than he, and his seed shall become a multitude of nations.”

Gen 48:20 And he blessed them that day, saying, “In you shall Israel bless, saying, ‘God make you as Ephraim and as Manasseh.’ ” And he put Ephraim before Manasseh.

There were other birthright promises that God made to Abraham that will distinguish these two nations. Gen 22:17 That in blessing I will bless you, and in multiplying I will multiply your seed like the stars of the heavens, and as the sand which is upon the seashore. And your seed shall possess the gate of his enemies.

Gen 22:18And in your seed shall all the nations of the earth be blessed,because you have obeyed My voice.’

So, let’s look at the nations that can fill these prophesies. What nation became a multitude of nations? I can only come up with one answer for that one. The British Commonwealth. That nation spread out over the entire world so much so that the sun never set on her possessions!!! Her major holdings were South Africa, India, Hong Kong, Australia, and so many others that it is impossible to name or number. One nation that controlled every major sea gate in the world, the Suez Canal, the Strait of Gibraltar, etc., Ephraim became the British Empire!Can you think of any other nation that has fulfilled that blessing?

So, what about that great nation that Manasseh was prophesied to become? Where is that nation today? Could that nation that fits that promise be the one nation that became the most powerful nation in the world, the one nation that has blessed all the other nations of the world with her wealth and the ability to feed the rest of the world?In my opinion, that nation would have to be The United States of America!

So, what do we have here? We have two nations, one a multitude of nations and one a great nation, that were promised by our Awesome God. He spells out in Deuteronomy 28 exactly what can happen to those nations. They can be examples to the rest of the world,spelled out in the first 15 verses of Deuteronomy 28, of what a nation should be, with all of God’s blessings, or they can be destroyed, spelled out in the remainder of the verses of Deuteronomy 28, and that destruction is not a destruction to be desired! You should read Deuteronomy 28 just to get an idea of where we are right now in our journey. In my opinion, we are somewhere around verse 44, 45. That is way down the road folks,and the world is getting darker each and every day!!!

But I said earlier that I thought it depended more on us, the people, than I had originally thought, and that made me think about the other stories in the Bible. Why did God cause those stories to be saved for us today? Why is the story of Jonah preserved for us today? Jonah was an Israelite that God told to go to the city of Nineveh and preach to them and inform them that if they did not repent of their sins, that God would destroy them in 40 days!! Now Jonah did not want to do God’s bidding because he did not like the Assyrians even a little bit. Jonah wanted God to destroy them, they were a bitter enemy of Israel! So Jonah hopped a boat for parts unknown, thinking he could avoid preaching to the Assyrians, but God knew where he was all the time and after causing Jonah to spend 3 days and 3 nights in the belly of a great fish, Jonah was ready to preach. And you know,they all repented from the King to the very least!

Jon 3:3 And Jonah arose and went to Nineveh, according to the Word of the LORD. And Nineveh was a very great city of three days’ journey across.

Jon 3:4 And Jonah began to enter into the city a day’s journey, and he cried and said, “Yet forty days and Nineveh shall be overthrown!”

Jon 3:5 And the people of Nineveh believed God. And they proclaimed a fast, and put on sackcloth, from the greatest of them even to the least of them, Jon 3:6 For word came to the king of Nineveh, and he arose from his throne. And he laid aside his robe from him, and covered himself with sackcloth, and sat in ashes.

Jon 3:7 And he caused it to be proclaimed and published through Nineveh by the decree of the king and his great ones, saying, “Do not let man or beast, herd or flock taste anything; do not let them feed, nor drink water.

Jon 3:8 But let man and animal be covered with sackcloth, and cry mightily to God. And let them each one turn from his evil way, and from the violence that is in their hands.
Jon 3:9 Who knows? God may repent, and He may have pity and turn away from His fierce anger, so that we do not perish.”

Jon 3:10And God saw their works, that they turned from their evil way. And God repented of the evil that He had said He would do to them, and He did not do it.

Jonah was very angry that God did not destroy Nineveh, but God showed Jonah that his anger was misplaced. God caused a plant to grow and shade Jonah while he watched what would happen to Nineveh and God also caused the plant to wither and die in one night. Then Jonah was angry that the plant died, Jon 4:9 And God said to Jonah, “Is it right for your anger to be kindled over the plant?” And he said, “My anger is rightly kindled, even to death.”

Jon 4:10 And the LORD said, “You have had pity on the plant, for which you had not labored, nor made it grow, which came up overnight, and also perished in a night.

Jon 4:11And should I not spare Nineveh, that great city, in which are more than a hundred and twenty thousand men who do not know between their right and their left hand, besides much livestock?”

Those Ninevites did not know God. They are like this nation now. We have been removed from God for so long that we do not know Him anymore! We no longer know what sin is. The people have no clue that they are sinning every day against God. They threw away God’s law with the Old Testament. And what does the New Testament tell us sin is? 1Jn 3:4 Everyone who practices sin is also practicing lawlessness, for sin is lawlessness. Yes, sin is breaking God’s law! God is not happy with those who practice lawlessness. Mat 7:23 And then I will confess to them, ‘I never knew you. Depart from Me, you who work lawlessness.’

The first five books of the Old Testament contains God’s Law. And if we do not have that as a guide, we go stumbling around as a person trying to find their way in the dark. Our leaders have lost their way.

Job 12:23 He gives greatness to the nations, and destroys them. He enlarges the nations, and leads them away.

Job 12:24 He takes away the heart of the chief of the people of the earth, and causes them to wander in a wilderness where there is no path.

Job 12:25 They grope in the dark without light, and He makes them to stagger like a drunken man.”

Why does God do this? Because our churches have preached smooth things to us because we have itching ears.2Ti 4:3 For there shall come a time when they will not tolerate sound doctrine; but according to their own lusts they shall accumulate to themselves a great number of teachers, having ears itching to hear what satisfies their cravings; 2Ti 4:4 And they shall turn away their own ears from the truth; and they shall be turned aside unto myths. Why do you think there is so much confusion today? Do you really think all those churches could be the true church of God? Jesus asked His Father to keep in His name all those who He gives to Him. Joh 17:11And I am no longer in the world, but these are in the world, and I am coming to You. Holy Father, keep them in Your name, those whom You have given Me, so that they may be one, even as We are one. Look in your bible and find out what the name of the church that Jesus built, is called! It is not hard to find. If you sincerely seek God, He will show you how to repent. He will show you how to study His Word. The Bible is not studied as a regular textbook. God tells us…Isa 28:10 For precept must be upon precept, precept upon precept; line upon line, line upon line; here a little, there a little;” Scriptures are searched out and put together to build truth!

In Conclusion:

Where is this nation today? We have turned away from God and lost our way. Do you think that God would repent to do to us, what He lays out in Deuteronomy 28, if we all repent? He did it for Nineveh, and if I had to guess, they knew less about God and His ways than this nation does now, but then I am guessing!

We have so much information telling us all about our problems. Most of the solutions I see on social media are secular. Our problems are spiritual and the only way that I can see to solve them is by spiritual means. We have tried to solve our problems by secular means over and over and over! How is that working out for us? We just keep sliding down that slippery slope with no hope in sight. What we need is a Jonah or a bunch of Jonah’s telling the people that we need to repent of our sins!Are there any Jonah’s in Great Britain? Are these nations committing sins? Well to answer that question, all you must do is pull up the 10 commandments, God’s law.We must turn back to God and ask His forgiveness and ask Him to heal us. We must learn what constitutes sin and stop sinning! We must not be ashamed of our Awesome God any longer!!! WE MUST OBEY HIS VOICE! HE IS THIS NATIONS ONLY HOPE!

Luke9:26 For whoever shall be ashamed of Me and My words, of him shall the Son of man be ashamed when He comes in His own glory, and in the glory of the Father and of the holy angels.

E-Mail Wylie Marshall: sirwylecoyote@yahoo.com

[Bio: W. Marshall has been retired for the past 15 years. Worked as a project estimator for a large chemical co. for 30 years, Batchelor degree from Lamar University in Beaumont, Texas in 72. Love playing music with my sons, love history and do a lot of research on various topics. For the past 37 years I have had a love for the study of God’s word. I have learned that God’s love for all of mankind is without prejudice and as Jesus told Satan, man must live by every word that proceeds out of the mouth of God. We must Obey His voice! The Old and the New Testament’s are God’s holy word. God did not put man on this earth to see how many toys he could accumulate for himself, we were put here to learn of God and His ways, so that one day we could have eternal life in the family of God, as spirit beings!]

God or Government: Who Do You Trust?

By Bud Hancock

Should a Believer Trust The Government?

I find it curious that so many ‘religious people’ still believe, and place their trust in, the fallacy that governments are going to make things better for them and their families. Ronald Reagan once said: “The nine most terrifying words in the English language are, ‘I’m from the government and I’m here to help’”. That old saw has made the rounds many times and still gets a few laughs, but the premise behind it is not laughable. There are literally thousands of recorded instances of people who relied on the government to help them in certain situations and they were, for the most part, greatly disappointed. That so many ‘non-believers’ have bought into the satanic deception that governments can be trusted is not surprising, but a large number of those who claim to be followers of Jesus Christ are also among those who place a great amount of trust in government.

A large number of seriously deluded Americans, both Christians and non-Christians, have the idea that “Uncle Sam”, as the US government has long been called, is a beneficent ‘rich uncle’ who needs only to be asked and he will give you whatever you need. However, one must examine that idea carefully to avoid being further deceived by such nonsense.

To begin with, the US government manufactures no goods or products, it produces absolutely nothing tangible, and therefore has no inherent monetary wealth with which to be ‘beneficent’ to anyone. In order for the government to function at any level, it must tax its citizens to get the revenue it uses to exist and function. It has been thus with all governments since at least the time of Jesus. When questioned by the Pharisees whether it was lawful to give tribute (taxes) to Caesar, Jesus asked for a coin that was used to pay the tax, and having verified that the inscription on the coin was that of Caesar, He told His disciples and the evil Pharisees to “render to Caesar what is Caesar’s and to God, what is God’s” (Mark 12:17)

I am not, and would not, advocate that any American citizen, especially those who are believers, refuse to pay the taxes levied by any ‘legitimate government’. Jesus Himself told His disciples to pay the tribute levied by the Roman government. Failure to do so would be illegal and unwise. But, though we are to “pay Caesar” (the government) what is owed to them, we do NOT owe them our trust, or our worship.

Did the Founders Trust The Government?

Abraham Lincoln called the United States, “government of the people, by the people, for the people”, and that may have been true when the government was originally formed; at least that’s what was promised to all the citizens of the new country. However, it was not very long until the words of several of the Founding Fathers rang true. The Founders may have trusted the idea of a republican form of government, but, with a strong belief in God, and an understanding of human nature, they seemed to have serious doubts about those who administer the government.

For example, Benjamin Franklin injected this note of prophetic insight after writing much of the US Constitution: “I agree to this Constitution … and I believe, further, that this is likely to be well administered for a course of years, and can only end in despotism, as other forms have done before it, when the people shall become so corrupted as to need despotic government, being incapable of any other”. Samuel Adams said: “If ever time should come, when vain and aspiring men shall possess the highest seats in Government, our country will stand in need of its experienced patriots to prevent its ruin.”

These are just a few of the comments made by early American leaders who feared that corruption would turn the ‘grand experiment’ of what should have been a beautiful republic, into a corrupt and despotic democracy. A large majority of our Founders were God-fearing men who knew that, unless the government remained solidly based on the Judeo-Christian values upon which it was founded, it would soon turn from ‘republicanism’ into a democracy. The Founding Fathers were, first and foremost, landowners who grew crops, ran businesses and engaged in profitable commerce. They were NOT politicians. They understood the difference between a republic and a democracy and desired to establish a true republic. For a while, their attempts produced a wonderful government experiment that became a real republic.

Unfortunately, we are now living in a country that only faintly resembles the original republic. Having degenerated into a corrupt, and sometimes chaotic democracy, our nation’s government has been tainted by evil and greed, and an unchecked hunger for power and control, the very definition of being ‘political.

If you actually know the meaning of ‘politics’, this comes as no great surprise.

Per Dictionary.com, this is the definition of ‘politics’: “the use of intrigue* or strategy** in obtaining any position of power^ or control^^, as in business, university, etc.”.

*The definition of ‘intrigue’ is: “the use of underhanded machinations or deceitful stratagems”.

**Strategy is defined as: a plan, method, or series of maneuvers or stratagems for obtaining a specific goal or result”. The words ‘power’ and ‘control’ should need no definition. The desire for power, especially when fulfilled, usually leads to a hunger for more power. John Emerich Edward Dalberg Acton, first Baron Acton (1834–1902) famously said: “Power corrupts, and absolute power corrupts absolutely”. We are now seeing and living in a nation that is the result of corruption based on greed for power and money, in other words, a nation whose government cannot be trusted, period.

I contend that of all the names, or entities, a person can place his or her trust in, the United States government is certainly NOT one of them.

Accepting the Lie

Anyone truly interested in knowing what is happening in almost every segment of our society is easily able to educate himself/herself with available data on the level of corruption now rampant in the US government. Those who claim otherwise are merely allowing themselves to be deceived into believing a lie, or they are a part of the corruption and are therefore complicit in the continuing deception of the American people.

Based on comments made by many college students interviewed on various campuses across America, the vast majority of them seem to have no problem with what is happening to our former republic and have seemingly bought the lie that ‘socialism is a good thing’. They seem to be in favor of implementing a system that will turn our nation into a third world socialist toilet, as it has in every place it has been tried. The evil system of socialism itself is based on a lie, as is the claim that socialism is, was, or ever could be a sound system of government.

What is that lie? That everyone should rely on government to provide for their every need from cradle to grave, and that government can actually be trusted to follow through on the promise to provide those needs. Current promoters of socialism claim that previous attempts to make socialism succeed were ‘not done right’; they insist that when socialism is allowed to grow and flourish, everyone will be better off because the ‘wealth’ will be distributed ‘more evenly’ throughout society.

Personally, I have worked hard all my life and have been greatly blessed by God with a strong work ethic and blessed by Him in all my endeavors. I learned at an early age to accept that we live in a cursed world and that the curse pronounced on Adam, and through him, on the earth, has not yet been lifted. As a result, I have been very successful in most of my endeavors, thanks to God. The very idea that someone in a government should have the right, or authority, to determine what happens to my assets is totally abhorrent to me.

Wealth redistribution is, and long has been, well-established in our government and is a regular occurrence in the US Congress whereby those who are supposed to be working for the betterment of all their constituents, are instead working on ways to enrich themselves at taxpayer expense. Nearly all the representatives in both the US House and the US Senate leave Congress much, much wealthier than when they entered it. Those who so easily and eagerly accept the ‘socialism lie’ fail to understand that the socialists’ plan for wealth redistribution requires that only a certain, small number of people, especially those who feel that, due to what they perceive as their higher ‘level of intelligence’ than all the rest of the lower class of people, will decide how all wealth is distributed. Because they have accepted the socialists lie, they still display some level of trust in those corrupt people who have been elected to political offices in Congress, or the Presidency.

In 1837, President Andrew Jackson said, “I weep for the liberty of my country when I see at this early day of its successful experiment that corruption has been imputed to many members of the House of Representatives, and the rights of the people have been bartered for promises of office.” Old Hickory would be horrified if he could see the extent of corruption that is now so much a part of our American political system today.

The members of Congress alluded to by President Jackson, as well as the majority of those who have served there since Jackson’s day, were, and still are, greatly enriched by the ‘backroom’ deals they make, lobbying each other, and FOR each other, to get money from the treasury allocated to their pet special projects, some of which money, amazingly, seems to find its way into their own pockets. The same corrupt congressional reps are privy to insider trading information and, even though it is illegal, when such information is used, it permits them to become extremely wealthy. Where did the excessive wealth of congressional veterans originate? To some extent, it came from the very treasury they were elected to oversee and safeguard.

This information is public knowledge and is available for anyone who wants to dig for it. In spite of the availability of the info proving the corruption of government and its officials, many people still have some confidence in those to whom has been entrusted the oversight of the national treasury. Even worse, with all the corruption that CAN easily be seen through simple research, much more is hidden from our sight.

The Deception of Human Government

While some believers may be deceived into accepting the lie of the world and its governments, the lie that tries to convince us that our trust can, and should, be placed in that government’s benevolence and its ability to care for all its citizen’s needs, others are now seeing the error in that acceptance. The statement, “Government big enough to give you everything you want is big enough to take everything you have”, should be remembered and memorized by every believer. Though the identification of the author of it is unverified, this famous statement has been made by many throughout the years; personally, I remember Barry Goldwater saying this in his campaign for President back in 1964. Regardless of who originally said it, it still rings true today. It is very easy to make promises, especially during the emotionally charged setting of a presidential campaign. Following through on such promises is usually a much more difficult matter. Harry Browne famously stated: “For those looking for security, be forewarned, there is nothing more insecure than a political promise”. It must be remembered that, since government is not a producer/seller of goods, all the money it promises to one group of people must be taken from a different group of people: “Hello, wealth redistribution! Hello, Socialism! Goodbye freedom and prosperity!”

The thought of receiving something that one has neither inherited nor earned, something that can be had with little to no effort on the part of the recipient, is a temptation too strong for most people to resist, and they eagerly buy into the fallacy that ‘they have a right to it’ when in fact, no one has the right to anything that was not earned by ‘the sweat of thy face”, based on the curse pronounced by God on Adam, and thus on the entire human race, in Genesis 3:18. The lure of things easily obtained thorough a promise made by a politician, if accepted by the recipient, is a destroyer of motivation, a work-ethic killer that has robbed millions of Americans of the joy of working, sometimes very hard, to obtain that which is needed for life and fulfillment. Those who mistakenly believe that they can have all their ‘things’ simply by putting their trust in human government, will find themselves disappointed, disillusioned and usually desperate at some point in their lives. Misplaced trust can lead to a state of complete confusion and a lost ability to trust anything or anyone again.

Rahm Emmanuel, a member of the administration of former president Barack Obama once said: “Never let a good crisis go to waste.” In this time of ‘crisis’, supposedly brought on by a deadly virus that has swept across the world, it is once again apparent that government wants to establish itself as the saviour of man. Due to the virus, our entire economy has been affected, with many businesses shut down and people told to ‘stay home’. While these unconstitutional lockdown orders have already destroyed many small businesses, with many others uncertain if they will reopen when ‘the crisis’ is over, government has stepped in with their offer of a ‘stimulus’, basically a government-funded handout to ‘help people’. Meanwhile our debt-ridden nation has seen another 2+ trillion dollars added to an already unpayable debt.

I research every major national event, especially the crises we face, to try to get the real facts about them, not just what the experts and government leaders tell us. Now that this crisis has been going on for several months, and after the American public has been spoon-fed many ‘so-called facts’ that have since been proven to be lies, it is time for all of us to ask: “Just what is the truth of this event, and what has actually happened?”

Medical Event or Political Event?

I am certainty not a medical doctor, so I have no factual evidence of the deadliness, or lack thereof, of this virus, but I have enough common sense to know that this event appears to be a carefully planned attempt to see how far the American people can be pushed to obey unconstitutional orders. It was pushed to us all using fear as the basis, telling us that hundreds of thousands of us, possibly millions of us, would die from this virus. We all know what a powerful motivator fear can be. It is one of the main tools Satan has used to destroy people in one way or another and he has become expert in its use.

The latest data I read concerning the total number of cases of the virus and the deaths from it indicate that the death rate is around 0.15 %, certainly much lower than the original estimate of 3-4%, or even higher, as stated by the medical experts that advise our President. The actual death rate is very close to the average death rate of seasonal influenza that we all contend with year after year. And we are now learning that the overwhelming number of people who have died as a result of this virus, are those who are elderly and/or have one or more underlying medical issues that cause the virus to be more deadly. Now, in spite of the facts about the virus, we are being told to keep fearing, that this virus will certainly return this fall to destroy us all again. Based on what we now know of the true death rate of the virus, we seem to be facing some contradictions.

Ayn Rand, in her colossal and classic novel, “Atlas Shrugged” said, “Contradictions do not exist. Whenever you think that you are facing a contradiction, check your premises. You will find that one of them is wrong.”Realizing the nature of contradictions, that they are highly illusory, every person, and especially every believer must ask himself: “What premise have I been using to determine the truth of this ‘crisis’”? If that premise is that governments can be trusted to speak the truth, then it is certainly time to examine our premises and make some changes in them.

All those who have placed their trust in government, then see how corrupt that government truly is, and how untrustworthy it is, will likely believe they are facing a ‘contradiction’. However, their original premise, that governments can be trusted, is a ‘wrong premise’. They CANNOT be trusted.

What to Do, Whom to Trust

If believers ever find themselves confused, confounded, or conflicted by what is happening around them, regarding the level of government corruption, their only recourse is to go back to the basics of God’s Word to determine what a true follower of Jesus should place his or her trust in.

One can easily find Godly direction on trust, in the Psalms: “O Lord my God, in thee do I put my trust: save me from all them that persecute me, and deliver me:” (Psalm 7:1). “In God have I put my trust: I will not be afraid what man can do unto me” (Psalm 56;11). I will say of the Lord, He is my refuge and my fortress: my God; in him will I trust” (Psalm 91:2). “Every word of God is pure: he is a shield unto them that put their trust in him” (Proverbs 30:5). Paul, writing to Timothy said: “Charge them that are rich in this world, that they be not high-minded, nor trust in uncertain riches, but in the living God, who giveth us richly all things to enjoy” (I Timothy 6:17). These are just a few of the many scriptures written in God’s Word where we are commanded to ‘trust in God’ and not in the world or any of the riches of this world.

But exactly what does it mean to trust God? How does one go about it? Is there a secret formula that can be followed to become a ‘God-truster’? I go back to my earliest childhood experiences, remembering my father, a common man, poorly-educated, albeit a hard-working man from the south. Though uneducated, he was raised by a God-fearing mother who always taught her seven children to work hard, love and worship God and to live by His word. I knew from a very young age that my father and mother loved me and wanted to provide the very best for me, to the extent they were able. I always knew that Dad and Mom would keep me fed, clothed and healthy though we were quite poor. I never lacked for the necessities growing up, and I knew it was due to the love of my Dad and Mom for me, and the fact they trusted God for provision. I learned over a short period of time during my childhood to trust my parents for my needs. Along with my trust, I learned to love Dad and Mom wholeheartedly.

Therefore, whenever I would approach my Dad to ask for something I really wanted, I knew that, when he said he would do it, he would do it no matter what the cost to him. There were times when he told me no, either because what I had asked was more than he could afford, or it was not a good thing for me. But, when he said yes to any request, he never let me down. I learned to trust his word, and trust HIM through his actions that fulfilled his words. Trusting God is no different than trusting a human parent; it starts with knowing the words that they have spoken and believing they will put the full force of their authority behind those words.

Jesus taught this same precept to His disciples: “Or what man is there of you, whom if his son ask bread, will he give him a stone? Or if he ask a fish, will he give him a serpent? If ye then, being evil, know how to give good gifts unto your children, how much more shall your Father which is in heaven give good things to them that ask him?” (Matthew 7:9-11).

When Jesus disciples’ tried to keep a group of small children away from Him, Jesus taught His disciples how anyone must relate to God in order to please Him: “Then were there brought unto him little children, that he should put his hands on them, and pray: and the disciples rebuked them. But Jesus said, Suffer(permit) little children, and forbid them not, to come unto me: for of such is the kingdom of heaven” (Matthew 19:13-15).

We must relate to our heavenly Father as we would to our earthly fathers, by developing a simple, child-like faith in the words that God has spoken, by first believing, then knowing, that He will put all His authority behind those words to provide for us when we ask anything according to those words. Over a period of years, developing such faith will bring us to a place where we can approach the Throne of Grace, boldly and, by simply asking and believing, receive from Him (Hebrews 4:16). However, just as it took some formative years in my early life to trust my Dad, building a relationship that led to trust, it takes time to build a relationship with God, through His word, to reach that place of loving Him and trusting in Him and His word.

Conclusion

The US government has multiple web sites where they post almost any information they are willing to share. Supposedly, in those postings, one can learn just what to expect from the government. But, keep in mind, that doesn’t mean that those words, though posted publicly for all to see, will always be what the government does. On the contrary. Anyone placing blind trust in any government will soon learn that the people who write all the legislation and the regulations that control so much of our lives, are experts in ‘doublespeak’. Just as I learned to trust my Dad, then God, through experiencing their ability and their willingness to make good on their words, I have learned that one can only trust a government to the extent it has proven itself trustworthy. Since there has never been a successful human government in the nearly 6000 years since Adam was created, it stands to reason that no government has earned that trust. And until Jesus returns to this earth and establishes a righteous kingdom, with Himself on the throne, that will not change.

I realize that, no matter what I write here, there will still be millions of folk, both rich and poor, who will still place all their trust in some government, expecting that, whatever that government has promised, it will bring to pass. This blind trust will likely keep them in the dark and unwilling to accept that governments are NOT to be trusted, until they experience the doublespeak of government for themselves. The world is still blindly stumbling along in the darkness and will continue to do so until a light shines in their lives, and dispels that darkness. Until then, we can only pray that someone already living in the light will share it with them.

However, true believers should not be living in any kind of darkness. With eyes, both fleshly and spiritual, wide open, they should by now know that all the governments of the world are inherently evil, totally or nearly corrupt and are under the control of Satan (Matthew 4:8-9, Luke 4:5-6) and his evil minions, both demonic and human, who have no other motivation than to steal, kill and destroy. Somehow, it seems foolish to place any trust in a government that is mostly controlled by the persons who have determined to destroy us all.

In direct opposition to Satan is Jesus, whom God’s word says is the LIGHT, and He has come to bring LIFE (John 10:10). Only by placing all our trust in Him, in simple childlike faith, will we ever experience true peace, joy and fulfillment. No earthly government can honestly make this claim, and should not be trusted to fulfill it if they do.

Loving someone and trusting them wholeheartedly go hand in hand. If you truly love them, you will trust them completely. In Exodus 20:2-17, you will find listed the ten commandments given to Moses by God on Mount Sanai. The first is: “I am the Lord your God, who brought you out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of bondage. You shall have no other gods before Me”(Exodus 20:2). God indicated that He is a jealous God who forbids the worship of any other god, in whatever form it may exist. Jesus, when asked by a lawyer, “What is the great commandment in the law?”, replied, “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy mind.This is the first and great commandment” (Matthew 22:37-38). The author of Exodus 20 doesn’t use the words “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy mind”, but simply says, “You shall have no other gods before Me”. In my mind, since love and trust go hand in hand, the Lord is saying: “the thing that you love, and trust most, has, or will, become the god you worship.” Knowing that God is indeed a jealous God, we must be extremely careful not to love and place our trust in anything that could come between us and God. If one places all his or her trust in government promises, as though the government were capable of providing a person’s needs, has that person then made the government his god? That is a question every believer must ask and answer to his own satisfaction, all the while remembering that God will not share His glory with any man or government.

I am reminded of the words reportedly spoken by Nancy Pelosi, who after being elected the first female Speaker of the House of Representatives in 2006, said: “You don’t need God anymore, you have us Democrats”. The fact that she is, once again, Speaker of the House, is a sobering reminder that anyone, other than God Himself, claiming to have godlike qualities, abilities, and attributes, is a person never to be trusted, EVER. Every person, whether saved or unsaved, has the right to choose whom to trust; as for me and my house, we will serve, and trust, the Lord.

Blessings!

E-Mail Bud Hancock: bud.hancock@twc.com

[BIO: Bud Hancock was born and raised in a small textile town in North Carolina. After graduating from high school, Bud began an apprenticeship with General Motors. Retiring after a 30 year career. Shortly thereafter, he started a new career in the bank security/ATM business, advancing from an entry level technician to one of two North Carolina customer service managers for his employer. At age 75, Bud continues to study God’s word and write articles on Christian living and geopolitical issues from the Biblical end times perspective.]

Another Bright Shiny Object Distracting Those Silly Americans

By Kat Stansell

February 18, 2022

With news of the Chinese Olympics all over the media, Xi and Putin met in a summit on Feb. 4, 2022. This meeting produced an “unprecedented 5400 word joint statement” which has “consolidated their alliance against the United States.” We , it seems, have entered a new Cold War, while we were waiting for the sporting events to start.

What else could we expect? The strength of the United States has been gravely eroded by pathetic actions of the feckless coup in Washington, DC. America is no longer a threat, but has become a weak sister on the international stage, a veritable laughingstock, who has the respect of few around the world. This puts us and our freedoms in direct danger of destruction, from the outside as well as the inside. The Russia/China alliance has been being built over the last decade, but was severely interrupted by the strong leadership of Donald Trump from 2017 – 2020. As soon as the CCP got Joe Biden installed behind the barbed wire in DC, they knew they would be free to dominate the world.

Chinese media is gushing about a “new era in international relations NOT defined by the U.S.” (Global Times) It is being regarded as “a scathing rejection of the US-led Western hegemony that increasingly threatens global security and stability.” ”Certain states’ attempts to impose their own ‘democratic standards’ on other countries…to draw dividing lines on the grounds of ideology…prove to be nothing but the flouting of democracy” Russia and China believe that this undermines the stability of the world order. THEIRS.

The goals of this Communist alliance are broad but direct.

Their alliance is based on the heavy-fisted use of totalitarian control, rather than western democracy, which has been redefined as the enemy of civilization. Russia has basically handed China the right to attack Taiwan, and China has told Russia they may go ahead and attack Ukraine. They state that they will “cooperate to oppose ‘democratic’ revolutions and may even cooperate to reorder the balance of power in Europe in Russia’s favor.”

“Any defense initiative by the US and the West is a threat to China and Russia”, as defined by this agreement. They urge the West to “eliminate the unrestricted development of global ABM systems”. The agreement is silent to the joint actions of Russia and China to bolster their own militaries and nuclear arsenals, or to secure “Low Earth Orbit and the Moon” for their control. Of course.

In the words of Richard Fischer writing for Geostrategy Direct, “the Feb. 4, China-Russia Summit and statement marks the formal emergence of an alliance-level of cooperation between two dictatorships, explicitly aimed at destroying the power of the United States and other democracies… like Taiwan and Ukraine which threaten the power of the CCP and the Putin dictatorship.”

The gravity of this situation cannot be overemphasized. The uncontested, stolen US election in Nov. 2020 has allowed China to set up a beachhead in our nation’s capitol while making official the cooperation between the world’s two largest Communist countries. Donald J. Trump, like him or not, was the one President of the United States who demanded the respect of both Russia and China. Neither were destined to become our allies over the long haul, but both were backing down from aggressive stances while he was in office. Putin and Xi both respected Trump’s willingness and courage to stand up to them. Strong men respect strong men. This is why, of course, the CCP needed Trump out, and the installation of a failing puppet at the helm of our ship of state.

Globalists have been working for centuries to bring the United States to this point. They are salivating at our demise.

We, in our communities across this nation, are the last chance to save our republic. Acting locally, we can and MUST reverse the willful ignorance and criminal activity in our governments, county, state and federal. WE MUST ELECT THE CONSTITUTIONAL CONSERVATIVES TO OFFICE AROUND THE COUNTRY. The first step is securing our ballots for the upcoming Nov. 2022 election. This can only be done by people working together in local groups where they have the most power and influence. If we do not, if we stand idly by once again, we will play right into the new China/Russia alliance and hand those espousing our death and destruction the green light to proceed.

E-Mail Kat Stansell: contact@americanpolicy.org

Secure the Vote – Nothing is more important!

By Kat Stansell

February 4, 2022

Securing our precious right to vote is THE ONLY thing that can save this nation, and the freedoms it provides us. Our lives, quite literally, depend on it. Let that sink in. We are well into the process of losing our Republic to Communism. Let THAT sink in. In 2020, the legal, Constitutional government of America fell to a coup, well orchestrated and perpetrated with the help of fraudulent votes. The only way to take it back, short of the break-up of our Union, or bloody warfare in which both sides will lose, is to secure the vote, once and for all, in every precinct in the nation. The only way to make this happen, is to work from the local level, where each and every one of us has the power to make a difference. We are strongest in our own back yard, where we are surrounded by neighbors and friends who share the lives we lead, and all of the privileges therein. Communication is easier and more direct, less diluted, and people can and will come together in a shared cause. Freedom is the common denominator; your neighbors understand, for their lives depend on it too. Rural people share needs and wants, as do city dwellers. Working for a national group dilutes goals or even nullifies your impact. Today, working at the national level to correct voter fraud is inefficient and, really, ineffective, and almost farcical. Moreover, you don’t want to find yourself helping the feds who want to do you in!

When fraud occurs, as it has been for years, it happens right in our own back yards. That is where we must stop it and develop systems and procedures to prevent it from happening again. We know our own towns; we know our own precincts. We know best how to “true” our own vote. Millions of honest Americans, of all colors and income levels have had their votes nullified by the criminals who do this. Millions are needed to help change that. Securing our ballots is key to keeping our freedom. Period. A few examples of what has been happening under our noses should be all the motivation anyone would need.

Election fraud has been happening in every state for decades, in everybody’s “back yards”. Those who practice it are very open about it. Its existence is no longer open to debate. They tell us what they have been doing. The most notable confession is the now infamous statement of Joe Biden, in October before the 2020 election, when he told us that “We (the Democrat Party) have developed one of the most extensive and inclusive voter fraud organizations in the history of United States politics.” Joe knew this, of course, because as Obama’s VP, he watched the steal take Florida’s electoral votes in 2012. Remember? The votes trickled in for days AFTER the election, (sure sign of fraud), and the results were not certified for over a week, while the blue vote totals crept up and up, and the red ones barely budged.

Many others who have worked the scams to steal the vote, are very forthcoming about the details of their activities as well. Some bragged that they have been at it for 30+ years. My favorite among many was, “Confessions of a Voter Fraud: I Was a Master at Fixing Mail-in Ballots.”, as told to a NY Post writer, Jon Levine, Aug. 20, 2020. The confessor was a “top Democrat operative” working in New Jersey, who stated that voter fraud is “more the rule than the exception.” “He also revealed that such efforts … extend far beyond NJ.” In 2020, he said that “there is no race in New Jersey – from city council to United States Senate – that we haven’t worked on.” “He explained in detail, how mail-in vote fraudsters have been stealing elections for years.” He has trained and led “at least 20 operatives in NJ, NY, and PA…” Those trainees have gone on to train others. This man is a Bernie Sanders supporter and, as such, disparages both parties and works for chaos. He is a Socialist. He wants America to fall, or so he thinks. (All quotes above are from The New American, 9/1/2020, “Democrat Operative ADMITS: …”)

There is one more story that I will always remember.

Hawkfish, an analytics group working for the Biden campaign and funded by Bloomberg in 2020, stated that “Donald Trump will win in a landslide on Nov. 3, but in subsequent weeks, the mail-in vote will overturn it! (see their own website) They were trying to sell the idea that TRUMP would be responsible for the fraud; that his voters voted more in person, while the left used the mail. Those mail-in ballots, all from the Left they would have you believe, would arrive and be counted AFTER the polls closed, and would carry the day. Hawkfish plainly thought the American public was so stupid that they would believe that hundreds of thousands of ballots which showed up after the polls closed were legitimate and ALL for Biden. They did not count on the many who have come forth since, revealing the truckloads of ballots transported across state lines in the dark of night and counted in closed rooms. Nor did they anticipate the security footage that showed suitcases and boxes of ballots drug from secreted locations, and put into the count. Evidence of fraud was everywhere.

Hawkfish termed this “The Red Mirage”. I term it BLATANT FRAUD, as the mail-in sector has always been the easiest and most prevalent arena for insecure ballots and fraud. Real Clear Politics has dozens of statistics on this, countrywide. Remember, too, that the left always accuses the other side of doing what they, themselves, are actually doing. They were planning the Big Steal, so tried to blame it on the other side. It is a behavioral aberration called “Projection” and has proven a great way to see through them. Transparency in action!

Many Americans are understandably distressed and angry about all of this. I know I am. Without free and fair elections, we will lose our country. We are nearly there, and we MUST stem this tide of lies and illegal actions which are dealing the fatal blows to our republic. Over the months since November, 2020, people across the country are seeing the picture. Voters of both parties have begun to see what has happened. Although, some may still think that the coup represents good, polls and surveys show that there are fewer and fewer by the day who are so deceived.

Realize that those now pretending to be our “government” are those who are removing your freedom to worship, assemble, speak, care for your own bodies, own property, etc. A healthy economy is being deliberately destroyed, and a healthy nation (once first in the world for health care; now LAST since the coming of Fauci control, per RFK Jr. in his book, The Real Anthony Fauci)) is being sickened and killed. Yes, depopulation is truly a goal now. Understand Margaret Sanger, Bill Gates, Anthony Fauci, Klaus Schwab (World Economic Forum) and others. Their goal is to eliminate 500 million people from the earth asap, and they have at times been open about that as well. Remember that one former POTUS told us that the government is not the solution to our problems; rather, it is the problem? Today, government is not only the “problem”, it is the mortal enemy. You want to work with THESE guys to secure your vote?

A look at the infamous HR-1 helps us to understand their intent as to the vote. HR-1 was the FIRST bill introduced by Speaker of the House, Pelosi, when the new Congress convened after the coup of 2020. They went right to work on permanent destruction of our voting rights. The bill voids long-standing and simple state voter ID requirements, which, despite fear- mongering by the left, are popular and effective. HR 1 also forces states to allow for ballot-harvesting, by which third party political operatives collect and return mail-in ballots. This destroys the one sacrosanct provision of fair voting – the chain of custody, wherein a marked ballot can be traced from the voter all the way to the count. This fraud-enabling bill also prevents states from cleaning up their voter rolls within 90 days of a federal election.

Let me repeat. These are NOT the people whom you want to help to secure the ballots in YOUR state!

However blatant their efforts to steal the vote and secure the fraud, the US “government” is now reaching out through conservative organizations, unashamedly asking citizens to join in their efforts to improve the voting process in 2022. This is both laughable and infuriating. For example, a recent issue of its magazine, The Association of Mature American Citizens (AMAC), whose readers are often retirees with time on their hands, recommended that its members join in with the US Election Assistance Commission (USEAC) to work for fair voting in their states. One quick look at this group will tell you why this is a bad idea.

The Executive Director of USEAC, Mona Harrington, “assembled a new cyber team to assist in the 2020 elections” during her short tenure with the agency. She has since moved on to CISA, another cyber “security” group dealing with elections. This is not exactly a notable accomplishment, considering the cyber tampering that occurred quite blatantly during the 2020 election cycle. Also, the header on the USEAC’s own website (eac.gov) has a tab on the top, allowing the reader to translate its contents into CHINESE. Why on earth does a “dot-gov” website, ostensibly working to improve our American elections, need Chinese translation? That was all I needed to see. These are NOT the people you want to help, or whom want to help you.

Every American needs to know that securing the vote in their local communities is the sine qua non of our having a future as a free nation. AMAC was on target there, but not in their recommendation of a federal government group, born and raised in Congress, as a legitimate election security organization. There are citizens’ groups in every state who are doing good work. Contact yours. Get off the couch and out the door to join them. Keep your efforts at home where you have the most impact, and less chance of accidentally helping those who are working for the destruction of this great nation. Our Republic can not stand another frontal assault. Our ballots must be secured, and election fraud must stop now.

Share this article.

E-Mail Kat: contact@americanpolicy.org

The Federal Government v. The American People – Injunction Opinion

By Paul Engel

January 31, 2022

These cases are not about the validity of these “vaccine” mandates, only whether or not to enjoin them until they’ve worked their way through the courts.
The court has decided to “split the baby”, enjoining the OSHA mandate while lifting stays against the HHS one.
Not one attorney or justice quoted the Constitution in either their oral arguments or the court’s opinion.

In a previous post I reviewed the oral arguments before the Supreme Court in two sets of cases involving federal vaccine mandates. It did not take long for the court to decide those cases. However, as is often the case, the reporting on these cases has been fairly atrocious. I’ve heard several respected people claim that the court “struck down” the OHSA mandate, while others lamented the court decided not to protect healthcare workers. While the opinions the court offered are split, we need to remember that the court was only dealing with whether or not to enjoin these mandates until these cases have worked their way through the court system. The actual opinions regarding these injunctions are a mixed bag, but certainly not the definitive outcome you may have read or heard. So let us look at the opinions without the hype or hyperbole and see if we can find a clue as to the state of the justice system in America today.

For those of you who did not read my article on the oral arguments, let me set the stage. Four cases were combined into two. Two cases involved the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) mandate, National Federation of Independent Business (NFIB) v. OSHA and Ohio v. OSHA, while the other two involved the Health and Human Services (HHS) healthcare worker mandate, Biden v. Missouri and Becerra v. Louisiana. In the OSHA cases, the appellants were asking for an injunction staying the enacting of the mandate, while in the HHS cases, the Biden Administration wanted stays against the mandate overturned. Let’s start with the OHSA case.

NFIB v. OSHA & Ohio v. OSHA

Applicants are likely to succeed on the merits of their claim that the Secretary lacked authority to impose the mandate.

NFIB v. OSHA & Ohio v. OSHA

The court determined that NFIB and Ohio were likely to win their cases on the merits, but this was only part of the justification for the court issuing their stay. While the reason the court believed the appellants will win is covered in detail in the opinion, let’s cut through that and get to the point.

Administrative agencies are creatures of statute. They accordingly possess only the authority that Congress has provided. The Secretary has ordered 84 million Americans to either obtain a COVID–19 vaccine or undergo weekly medical testing at their own expense. This is no “everyday exercise of federal power.” … It is instead a significant encroachment into the lives—and health—of a vast number of employees.

NFIB v. OSHA & Ohio v. OSHA

OSHA, as an administrative agency, was created by law. Therefore, OSHA only has the power delegated by Congress in that law. While Justice Gorsuch’s concurrence does make mention of the limits placed on the United States by the Constitution, there is constitutional argument made by the court as a whole. The question raised before the court, and which most of the court focused on, was whether or not Congress authorized the types of actions OSHA took when issuing their Emergency Temporary Standard (ETS).

The question, then, is whether the Act plainly authorizes the Secretary’s mandate. It does not. The Act empowers the Secretary to set workplace safety standards, not broad public health measures. … And no provision of the Act addresses public health more generally, which falls outside of OSHA’s sphere of expertise.

The dissent protests that we are imposing “a limit found no place in the governing statute.” … Not so. It is the text of the agency’s Organic Act that repeatedly makes clear that OSHA is charged with regulating “occupational” hazards and the safety and health of “employees.”

NFIB v. OSHA & Ohio v. OSHA

As the majority of the court put it, the organic (originating) act that created OSHA gave it the power to regulate occupational hazards of employees, not any hazard that an employee may face while at work.

Permitting OSHA to regulate the hazards of daily life—simply because most Americans have jobs and face those same risks while on the clock—would significantly expand OSHA’s regulatory authority without clear congressional authorization.

NFIB v. OSHA & Ohio v. OSHA

Of course, those who dissented from the opinion have a different point of view, which I’ll look at later. For now, let’s look at how the majority dealt with the dissenters’ opinions.

The dissent contends that OSHA’s mandate is comparable to a fire or sanitation regulation imposed by the agency. … But a vaccine mandate is strikingly unlike the workplace regulations that OSHA has typically imposed. A vaccination, after all, “cannot be undone at the end of the workday.” … Contrary to the dissent’s contention, imposing a vaccine mandate on 84 million Americans in response to a worldwide pandemic is simply not “part of what the agency was built for.”

That is not to say OSHA lacks authority to regulate occupation-specific risks related to COVID–19. Where the virus poses a special danger because of the particular features of an employee’s job or workplace, targeted regulations are plainly permissible. We do not doubt, for example, that OSHA could regulate researchers who work with the COVID–19 virus. So too could OSHA regulate risks associated with working in particularly crowded or cramped environments. But the danger present in such workplaces differs in both degree and kind from the everyday risk of contracting COVID–19 that all face. OSHA’s indiscriminate approach fails to account for this crucial distinction— between occupational risk and risk more generally—and accordingly the mandate takes on the character of a general public health measure, rather than an “occupational safety or health standard.” 29 U. S. C. §655(b) (emphasis added).

NFIB v. OSHA & Ohio v. OSHA

The idea that a vaccine mandate is compatible to fire or sanitation regulations is patently ridiculous. No OSHA fire or sanitation regulation impacts the workers after they’ve left the worksite, neither does it involve injecting something into the employee’s body. And while the court believes that Congress has authorized OSHA to regulate the healthcare decisions of researchers or those who work in crowded spaces, nothing in the Constitution delegates to the United States that power. And while not law in the United States, the requirement that someone take an experimental pharmaceutical is a violation of the Nuremberg Code, a set of standards created in 1947 which physicians must follow when experimenting on human subjects.

Justice Gorsuch wrote a concurring opinion, which Justices Thomas and Alito joined:

The central question we face today is: Who decides? No one doubts that the COVID–19 pandemic has posed challenges for every American. Or that our state, local, and national governments all have roles to play in combating the disease. The only question is whether an administrative agency in Washington, one charged with overseeing work- place safety, may mandate the vaccination or regular testing of 84 million people. Or whether, as 27 States before us submit, that work belongs to state and local governments across the country and the people’s elected representatives in Congress. This Court is not a public health authority. But it is charged with resolving disputes about which authorities possess the power to make the laws that govern us under the Constitution and the laws of the land.

NFIB v. OSHA & Ohio v. OSHA

Justice Gorsuch was mostly right, because this case does revolve around the question of who decides. The issue at hand though, regarding if and when to take an experimental pharmaceutical, is not between the states and the feds, but between governments and the people. If governments can require you become a medical test subject, then they are no different than the government officials who chose people for Dr. Mengele’s tests.

Justice Gorsuch went on:

The federal government’s powers, however, are not general but limited and divided. … Not only must the federal government properly invoke a constitutionally enumerated source of authority to regulate in this area or any other. It must also act consistently with the Constitution’s separation of powers. And when it comes to that obligation, this Court has established at least one firm rule: “We expect Congress to speak clearly” if it wishes to assign to an executive agency decisions “of vast economic and political significance.” … We sometimes call this the major questions doctrine. …

OSHA’s mandate fails that doctrine’s test. The agency claims the power to force 84 million Americans to receive a vaccine or undergo regular testing. By any measure, that is a claim of power to resolve a question of vast national significance. Yet Congress has nowhere clearly assigned so much power to OSHA.

NFIB v. OSHA & Ohio v. OSHA

I find it interesting that while Justice Gorsuch claims that Congress can only act within a “constitutionally enumerated source of authority”, no such source was ever cited, either during oral arguments or in this decision.

Justice Gorsuch concluded with:

The question before us is not how to respond to the pandemic, but who holds the power to do so. The answer is clear: Under the law as it stands today, that power rests with the States and Congress, not OSHA.

NFIB v. OSHA & Ohio v. OSHA

While Justice Gorsuch was wrong that the power to respond to the pandemic resides in the States and Congress, he was correct that it does not reside in OSHA. Justice Breyer, joined by Justices Sotomayor and Kagan disagreed.

Every day, COVID–19 poses grave dangers to the citizens of this country—and particularly, to its workers. The disease has by now killed almost 1 million Americans and hospitalized almost 4 million. It spreads by person-to-person contact in confined indoor spaces, so causes harm in nearly all workplace environments. And in those environments, more than any others, individuals have little control, and therefore little capacity to mitigate risk. COVID–19, in short, is a menace in work settings. The proof is all around us: Since the disease’s onset, most Americans have seen their workplaces transformed.

So the administrative agency charged with ensuring health and safety in workplaces did what Congress commanded it to: It took action to address COVID–19’s continuing threat in those spaces.

NFIB v. OSHA & Ohio v. OSHA

It seems justices are just as susceptible to emotional tirades devoid of evidence as much of the rest of the public. COVID is not a grave danger to this country, and it turns out it never truly was. Of the over 800,000 deaths the CDC touts on its website, they’ve admitted that 75% of those deaths were with COVID, not necessarily of COVID. Conveniently lost in Justice Breyer’s argument is the fact that even with that inflated number, they represent only 1.3% of those who tested positive for COVID and only .25% of the population as a whole.

https://covid.cdc.gov/covid-data-tracker/#cases_totaldeaths

Lost on these three justices is the fact that they are not medical experts. They claim to be experts in the law, but all of them missed the basic fact that the Constitution is the supreme law of the land:

This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof;… shall be the supreme Law of the Land; and the Judges in every State shall be bound thereby, any Thing in the Constitution or Laws of any State to the Contrary notwithstanding.

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

Not only are the justices bound to the Constitution, but it clearly states that any power not specifically delegated to the United States by it, belongs to someone else.

The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.

U.S Constitution, Amendment X

Biden v. Missouri & Becerra v. Louisiana

While the court found that OSHA most likely exceeded its mandate by imposing a vaccine mandate on private employers, it overturned a stay against HHS doing the same thing on healthcare workers.

One such function—perhaps the most basic, given the Department’s core mission—is to ensure that the healthcare providers who care for Medicare and Medicaid patients protect their patients’ health and safety. Such providers include hospitals, nursing homes, ambulatory surgical centers, hospices, rehabilitation facilities, and more. To that end, Congress authorized the Secretary to promulgate, as a condition of a facility’s participation in the programs, such “requirements as [he] finds necessary in the interest of the health and safety of individuals who are furnished services in the institution.” …

Relying on these authorities, the Secretary has established long lists of detailed conditions with which facilities must comply to be eligible to receive Medicare and Medicaid funds.

Biden v. Missouri & Becerra v. Louisiana

Lost on the court is a point made by the dissent.

Covered employers must fire noncompliant workers or risk fines and termination of their Medicare and Medicaid provider agreements. As a result, the Government has effectively mandated vaccination for 10 million healthcare workers.

Biden v. Missouri & Becerra v. Louisiana

Once again we see the dangers of succumbing to the siren song of government money. First they offer something “free”, then they threaten to withhold it if you don’t comply with their wishes. There may be some justification for the federal government to set conditions for accepting their money, but fining companies for not firing employees who do not submit to medical experimentation goes far beyond the powers Congress delegated to HHS, much less what the Constitution delegated to the United States.

In his dissent, Justice Thomas, joined by Justices Alito, Gorsuch, and Barrett, brought the central question into focus.

The Government begins by invoking two statutory provisions that generally grant CMS authority to promulgate rules to implement Medicare and Medicaid. The first authorizes CMS to “publish such rules and regulations . . . as may be necessary to the efficient administration of the [agency’s] functions.” 42 U. S. C. §1302(a). The second authorizes CMS to “prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the administration of the insurance programs” under the Medicare Act. §1395hh(a)(1).

The Government has not established that either provi- sion empowers it to impose a vaccine mandate. Rules carrying out the “administration” of Medicare and Medicaid are those that serve “the practical management and direction” of those programs.

Biden v. Missouri & Becerra v. Louisiana

Does the government, with the power to regulate the Centers for Medicaid/Medicare Services (CMS), also have the power to regulate the employment standards of those who provide the services? If they do, does that include fining those who do not comply with the new rules, rather than simply not renewing their contracts?

Conclusion

I believe Justice Gorsuch made the point in his concurrence on the NFIB v. OSHA case.

It seems, too, that the agency pursued its regulatory initiative only as a legislative “‘work-around.’”

FIB v. OSHA & Ohio v. OSHA

That is exactly what these four “mandates” were: A way to get around not only Congress, but the Constitution itself. And when it comes to the Supreme Court, their answer was pretty much to “split the baby”. The only difference between these cases was the scope of the mandate and the agency that issued it. The court basically said that Congress did not delegate the power to OSHA to deal with public safety issues, but it did to HHS. The court did so with no definitive evidence that Congress delegated such power to HHS, much less that this was a power delegated to the United States in the first place.

These cases show the American people two crucial points. First, the United States government today acts more like a kingdom than we’ve had since 1776. The laws don’t matter, the Constitution doesn’t matter. Only what those in government think is best for everyone, regardless of the cost we bear or the rights we loose. Second, those who are looking for the courts to protect their rights are trusting in a corrupt system. When the supreme law of the land is set aside for the political machinations of Congress and the opinions of judges, then we are no longer a constitutional republic, but a banana republic. If there are no consequences for the evil deeds done by this administration, supported by justices who have turned their backs on their oaths, then all talk of “liberty and justice for all” is nothing more than a fairy tale we tell ourselves or a mantra to help us sleep while our country collapses around us. We may as well begin our pledge of allegiance the words “Once upon a time…”

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

[BIO: Paul Engel founded The Constitution Study in 2014 to help everyday Americans read and study the Constitution. Author and speaker, Paul has spent more than 20 years studying and teaching about both the Bible and the U.S. Constitution. Freely admitting that he “learned more about our Constitution from School House Rock than in 12 years of public school” he proves that anyone can be a constitutional scholar. You can find his books on Amazon and Apple Books. You can also find his books, classes and other products at the Constitution Study website (https://constitutionstudy.com).]

The Federal Government v. The American People – Oral Arguments

By Paul Engel

January 24, 2022

Has Congress granted executive agencies the power to promulgate vaccine mandate regulations? That was the question before the Supreme Court.
Who decides? That is the core question in these cases. Who decides under what conditions you will work? Who decides what medical procedures you need to receive to live freely in society? Who decides what powers the federal government has?
Can we still call ourselves a constitutional republic when the constitution is routinely ignored by all three branches of the federal government?

By the time this article posts, the Supreme Court will probably have offered their opinion on the injunctions against OSHA’s mandates against private businesses and HHS’ against healthcare providers. Before the court could render its opinion though, there were oral arguments. While many court watchers seemed to believe the court would offer restriction, if not find the mandates illegal, reading the transcripts of the oral arguments showed a much more serious failure in our legal system, the judicial branch, and the potential failure of our constitutional republic.

Oral arguments in two combined cases were heard at the Supreme Court on Friday January 7, 2022. National Federation of Independent Business (NFIB) v. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) was combined with Ohio v. OSHA and heard together. Similarly, Biden v. Missouri and Becerra v. Louisiana were heard together as well. Both cases involved the question of “vaccine” mandates. The main differences between them is the target of the mandates and the government entity that issued them. While many of the arguments are similar, did Congress grant to the agency in question the authority to mandate “vaccines”? They also missed what is to me the most basic question: Does the Constitution delegate to the United States the power to mandate the use of an experimental pharmaceutical as a condition of employment?

National Federation of Independent Business v. Occupational Safety and Health Administration

First up is the case NFIB v. OSHA. In this case, NFIB is suing OSHA and requesting a stay, preventing OSHA from implementing its Emergency Temporary Standard requiring all businesses with 100 or more employees implement a vaccination or testing mandate for their employees. Mr. Scott Keller, arguing on behalf of the NFIB, started with:

OSHA’s economy-wide one-size-fits-all mandate covering 84 million Americans is not a necessary, indispensable use of OSHA’s extraordinary emergency power which this Court has recognized is narrowly circumscribed.

NFIB v. OSHA – Oral Arguments

In the parallel case, Ohio v. OSHA, Benjamin Flowers argued on behalf of the State of Ohio.

OSHA typically identifies a workplace danger and then regulates it. But, here, the President decided to regulate a danger and then told OSHA to find a work-related basis for doing so. This resulted in the vaccine mandate, a blunderbuss rule, nationwide in scope, that requires the same thing of all covered employers, regardless of the other steps they’ve taken to protect employees, regardless of the nature of their workplaces, regardless of their employees’ risk factors, and regardless of local conditions that state and local officials are far better positioned to understand and accommodate.

NFIB v. OSHA – Oral Arguments

Both of the appellants, the NIFB and the State of Ohio, claim that OSHA has exceeded their regulatory power with this mandate. Meanwhile, Solicitor General Elizabeth Prelogar, argued on behalf of OSHA.

OSHA amassed substantial evidence of wide-sprayed — widespread workplace outbreaks across all industries. It studied the science of how this virus is transmitted and found that workers are exposed to danger when they’re inside together for as little as 15 minutes, and OSHA considered the extensive evidence that unvaccinated employees are at heightened risk of contracting the virus, of transmitting it to others and infecting their coworkers, and of suffering the gravest consequences, hospitalization and even death.

To protect against that grave danger, the standard requires employers to adopt a policy that unvaccinated employees either get vaccinated or mask and test. Those are commonplace and highly effective measures that OSHA determined were essential to stopping the spread of this dangerous disease at work.

NFIB v. OSHA – Oral Arguments

There was plenty of argument and debate around questions of procedures, legal standards, etc. Both sides presented facts and figures to support their positions, including data, exaggerations, and outright lies. I think Justice Kagan pointed out the central question in both arguments though, and the fatal flaw currently running rampant in our governments.

JUSTICE KAGAN: Mr. Keller, your — your very last comment in your first part of your argument I want to come back to because your very last sentence, you said the question is, who decides? And I think that that’s right. I think that that is the question.

NFIB v. OSHA – Oral Arguments

Who decides? Shouldn’t that be the fundament question in any free country? Do the people decide or does the government? Sadly, but not unexpectedly, Justice Kagan not only started on the wrong side of the Constitution, but showed the fatal flaw in the appellants arguments.

So who decides? Should it be the agency full of expert policymakers and completely politically accountable through the President? This is not the kind of policy in which there’s no political accountability. If people like this policy, they’ll go to the polls and vote it that way. If people don’t like it, they’ll vote that way.

This is a publicly — a politically accountable policy. It also has the virtue of expertise. So, on the one hand, the agency with their political leadership can decide. Or, on the other hand, courts can decide. Courts are not politically accountable. Courts have not been elected. Courts have no epidemiological expertise.

Why in the world would courts decide this question?

NFIB v. OSHA – Oral Arguments

Neither Mr. Keller nor Mr. Flowers made a constitutional argument. In fact, while the justices claimed they had accepted the constitutionality of OSHA and a passing mention of the Constitution’s separation of powers, the document itself was never quoted. At one point Justice Sotomayor stated:

I understood the fact that in an emergency we should not violate the Constitution, but I’m not quite sure what regulation of safe and healthy, what provision of the Constitution it violates.

NFIB v. OSHA – Oral Arguments

It breaks my heart to see someone who is supposed to be one of the best legal minds in our country who cannot understand the plain language of the very document she took an oath to support. Sadly, Justice Sotomayor was not alone in her lack of understanding of the Constitution.

JUSTICE GORSUCH: Mr. Flowers, I’d like to return to the question of — of who decides. And I think we’ve all kind of come to the point where we all agree that states have — have a wide police power under our constitutional system that Congress has to regulate consistent with the Commerce Clause and — and make the major decisions while agencies can do the work that Congress has given them to do but not other kinds of work. And the major questions doctrine kind of regulates that interaction between Congress and agencies.

NFIB v. OSHA – Oral Arguments

So let me answer the question of who decides, not by naval gazing within the federal government, but by going to the actual document these justices took an oath to support.

Constitutional Argument

Let’s start with the most basic concept of separation of powers. Not between the branches of the federal government, but between the United States and the Several States.

The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment X

The very first question that should have been asked is not what did Congress authorize, but whether Congress had the authority to authorize it in the first place. If the Constitution does not delegate to the United States the power to mandate medical decisions or employment, then no act of Congress doing so is valid. This was clearly explained by both Alexander Hamilton and previous Supreme Court opinions.

There is no position which depends on clearer principles, than that every act of a delegated authority, contrary to the tenor of the commission under which it is exercised, is void. No legislative act, therefore, contrary to the Constitution, can be valid. To deny this, would be to affirm, that the deputy is greater than his principal; that the servant is above his master; that the representatives of the people are superior to the people themselves; that men acting by virtue of powers, may do not only what their powers do not authorize, but what they forbid.

Alexander Hamilton, Federalist Papers #78

This idea that any act of Congress contrary to the Constitution is void is not unique to Mr. Hamilton. As I’ve already mentioned, the Supreme Court, in the case Marbury v. Madison, acknowledged it as well.

Thus, the particular phraseology of the Constitution of the United States confirms and strengthens the principle, supposed to be essential to all written Constitutions, that a law repugnant to the Constitution is void, and that courts, as well as other departments, are bound by that instrument.

Marbury v. Madison Opinion

Justice Gorsuch said that Congress has the power to regulate a state’s police power with the Commerce Clause, but the Commerce clause says no such thing.

To regulate Commerce with foreign Nations, and among the several States, and with the Indian Tribes;

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 8, Clause 3 – Commerce Clause

This mandate isn’t regulating interstate commerce; it’s not regulating commerce at all. I have a hard time even considering this mandate as a regulation of employment, which Congress is not authorized to do in the first place. This mandate does not set standards of what employers must provide for their employees. Rather, this is an attempt to get private employers to enforce mandates the federal government is prohibited from enforcing on its own. In short, both the OSHA and Medicaid/Medicare mandates are attempts by the federal government to circumvent the Constitution.

Furthermore, both Justices Thomas and Kagan brought up the Necessary and Proper clause.

JUSTICE THOMAS: The — the — you know, when — in — in McCulloch versus Maryland, Chief Justice Marshall, in looking at necessary and proper, saw “necessary” as more expansive than that as certainly modified by “proper” or in the context of “proper.” So it just suggests that “necessary” can be really necessary or not necessarily really necessary.

NFIB v. OSHA – Oral Arguments

JUSTICE KAGAN: — I guess, Mr. Keller, I — I don’t understand the point. Whatever “necessary” means, whether it’s necessary and proper or whether it’s something more than that, why isn’t this necessary to abate a grave risk?

This is a pandemic in which nearly a million people have died. It is by far the greatest public health danger that this country has faced in the last century. More and more people are dying every day. More and more people are getting sick every day. I don’t mean to be dramatic here. I’m just sort of stating facts.

And this is the policy that is most geared to stopping all this. There’s nothing else that will perform that function better than incentivizing people strongly to vaccinate themselves.

So, you know, whatever “necessary” means, whatever “grave” means, why isn’t this necessary and grave?

NFIB v. OSHA – Oral Arguments

While Justice Kagan does go on to explain just why she believe this mandate is “necessary”, both her and Justice Thomas seem to miss the point of the Necessary and Proper Clause.

To make all Laws which shall be necessary and proper for carrying into Execution the foregoing Powers, and all other Powers vested by this Constitution in the Government of the United States, or in any Department or Officer thereof.

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 8, Clause 18 – Necessary and Proper Clause

Congress has the power to makes laws necessary and proper for executing the powers vested in the government of the United States. Since the power to regulate employees’ medical decisions is not one of those powers, all of Justice Kagan’s emotional and hyperbolic rhetoric should mean absolutely nothing.

And all sides missed the Due Process Clause of the Fifth Amendment.

No person shall … be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment V – Due Process Clause

These mandates not only deprive the employers of the liberty to run their business as they see fit and the property they have in their business, it deprives the employees of the liberty of deciding for themselves whether they wish to be vaccinated or not, or to work with unvaccinated people or not. Rather than following due process (a governmental or judicial process designed to protect individual rights), these regulations ignore our rights and treat the American people as if they were identical cogs in a machine.

Biden v. Missouri and Becerra v. Louisiana

In these cases, the Biden Administration is trying to get the Supreme Court to overturn a preliminary injunction put in place by the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals. Mr. Brian Fletcher, Principal Deputy Solicitor General of the United States, arguing for the President, argued that the mandate was the best way to prevent patients getting infected.

FLETCHER: Thank you, Mr. Chief and may it please the Court:

Hospitals, nursing homes, and other and Medicaid providers serve patients who are especially vulnerable to COVID-19 in settings that are especially conducive to the spread of the virus. The Secretary required those providers to make sure that their staff are vaccinated, subject to medical and religious exemptions, because he found that vaccination is the best way to prevent workers from infecting their patients with a potentially deadly disease. He also found that any delay in implementing that requirement would cause preventable deaths and severe illnesses.

Biden v. Missouri – Oral Arguments

Mr. Jesus Osete, Deputy Attorney General for the State of Missouri, not only pointed out the decision this mandate requires healthcare workers to make, but the lack of statutory authority Secretary Becerra had to promulgate such regulations.

OSETE: Mr. Chief Justice, and may it please the Court:

In early 2020, while millions stayed at home, millions of healthcare workers heroically stayed at work. These same workers are now forced to choose between losing their jobs and complying with the government’s vaccine mandate.

The Secretary claim — the Secretary’s claim of authority to impose this mandate is expansive, unprecedented, and unlawful for two principal reasons.

First, the Secretary believes a series of vague catch-all provisions scattered throughout the Social Security Act authorize this sweeping mandate, but the relevant text, structure, and context say otherwise. …

Second, the rule is arbitrary and capricious under the APA.

Biden v. Missouri – Oral Arguments

Elizabeth Murrill, Solicitor General for Louisiana, brought the question to a finer point.

MURRILL: Thank you, Mr. Chief Justice, and may it please the Court:

This case is not about whether vaccines are effective, useful, or a good idea. It’s about whether this federal executive branch agency has the power to force millions of people working for or with a Medicare or Medicaid provider to undergo an invasive, irrevocable, forced medical treatment, a COVID shot. It’s a bureaucratic power move that is unprecedented.

Biden v. Missouri – Oral Arguments

Different cases, but the same basic question: Who decides? It is unfortunate each had the same basic disregard for the Constitution so many involved swore or affirmed to support. Ms. Murrill did not argue whether the federal government had the power to force people to do their will, but only if Congress had authorized it by legislation.

Conclusion

“Who decides?” This is the most basic question of liberty. Do you decide for yourself or does someone decide for you? Are we free to make our own decisions or not? Can someone in government decide they know better than you do how you should live your life, under what conditions you will work, and what medical treatments you will subject yourself to? Are we a free people or subject to the government’s whims? Do we live at liberty?

Freedom from restraint, in a general sense, and applicable to the body, or to the will or mind.

LIB’ERTY – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

Are the bureaucrats in Washington, D.C. tyrants over us?

A restraint of natural liberty not necessary or expedient for the public, is tyranny or oppression.

LIB’ERTY – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

The answer comes from the question posed by Justice Kagan, of who decides? If we the people decide on when a restraint is necessary or expedient, then we live at liberty. If those in government make those decisions, we live in tyranny and oppression.

I’ve only uncovered the beginning of the constitutional dumpster fire that these cases represent. I have pages of notes and not nearly enough space to cover it all here, though I do have another question I want you to consider. What happens when a country ignores its supreme law? What is life like when bureaucrats, Congressmen, lawyers, and judges alike, all ignore their oaths to support the Constitution and their duty to protect our rights? What do we do when a government formed to protect our rights, which gets its power from our consent, instead ignores our consent and destroys our rights?

That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed, –That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their Safety and Happiness.

Declaration of Independence

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Sick of The Lies

By Paul Cappadona

January 22, 2022

I’m just so sick of all the Lies. Lying seeks to covet and steal. In order for the lies to work they must separate you from the truth. Truth is the natural enemy of the lie, and therefore must be removed from any reasoning process. They have taught the world that everyone has a right to their own opinion making opinion equal to truth. Lies hide behind opinion. Now if you are a deceiver and want to live off the labor of others you need the great unwashed; People who have flawed character. People of the lie through deceit promote debasement and create a need for them to come to the rescue.

DECEIT, n. 1. Literally, a catching or ensnaring Hence, the misleading of a person; the leading of another person to believe what is false, or not to believe what is true, and thus to ensnare him; fraud; fallacy; cheat; any declaration, artifice or practice, which misleads another, or cause him to believe what is false. 4. In law, any trick, device, craft, collusion, shift, covin, or underhanded practice, used to defraud another. American Dictionary of the English Language 1828 (everyone should own one)

People of the truth do not need the lie to function removing the need for tyrannical rulers. The problem today is that there are too many liars and they have taken the position of teachers of the truth and other wisdoms. Lost is the ability to stand fast in the Liberty wherewith Christ hath made us free. We have been duped and entangled again with the yoke of bondage. We run the course of the wicked right to the edge of destruction, the lie has gone on as long as it could. The people of the lie must introduce a new and bigger lie.

The governments in order to save themselves they will gladly turn over our Liberty and wealth to their masters. Governments never admit they are wrong or ever done anything wrong their only job is to put you in debt to their masters, and it ain’t you. Their only hope for their freeloading power trip is tyrannical totalitarian domination, before their subjects, (You), realize the truth.

Being an outsider functioning from and by the Kingdom of God I will tell you Covid, the vaccines with their boosters are all a lie helping push the world’s masses into a new world order. If you think that the governments of the world care about your health, I feel sorry for you. The slogan “Build Back Better” was devised a long time ago and is used by Politicians worldwide to bring in the New World (Communist) Order.

Now in this American Nation, and most others, the power of the lie is the party system scam. Two three or more, all the better to fool you with my dear. I heard a senator (R) say that they are fighting a one-party system, lie, lie, lies. The lie also hides behind the party systems. I was a contractor. The contract was a document spelling out the work to be done with all costs involved. I had no right or obligation to do less or more than was on the contract. The contract between the United States and the citizens was the constitution. In many cases the contractors, elected officials, have done both less and more than was written in the contract. You have NO obligation to pay for work that was not outlined in the contract. In any contract that is violated there is a crime committed yet their crimes keep going and growing. Hate to say this but the truth must be told, the constitution was the beginning of the great lie in America. There are too many loop-holes in it to make it of any value. In Biblical language it’s just a filthy rag. Fraud vitiates a contract. Another hard truth is the Republican Party is not on your side. Their job is to put you in debt to their masters and act like they are fighting for you. Donald Trump is a pressure release valve to keep people from storming the castle. Didn’t January 6, teach you anything?

Get back to the drawing board and start all over using the Great Experiment as a guide removing the many loop holes and spelling out punishments for violations of the contract. Probably better to call it a contract than a con-stitution. You must return to Liberty and justice for all, seek the truth, live it, and the lie will die. The Truth must be our only leader and judgement and justice must proceed from him.

“The Bible is for the Government of the People, by the People, and for the People.” —John Wycliffe 1382

When King Charles II demanded the return of the charter of Massachusetts, Increase Mather prepared his response:

To submit and resign their charter would be inconsistent with the main end of their fathers’ coming to New England.… [Resistance would bring] great sufferings, [but] better to suffer than sin. Let them trust in the God of their fathers, which is better than to put confidence in princes. And if they suffer, because they dare not comply with the wills of men against the will of God, they suffer in a good cause.

In 1639, at Quinipiack (New Haven), Connecticut, the first example of a written constitution, constituting a government and defining its powers, was composed as a distinct organic act. The articles which made up this constitution included:

Article I. That the Scriptures hold forth a perfect rule for the direction and government of all men in all duties which they are to perform to God and men, as well in families and commonwealths as in matters of the church.

Wherefore is all this evil upon us? Is it not because we have forsaken the Lord? Can we say we are innocent of crimes against God? No, surely it becomes us to humble ourselves under His mighty hand, that He may exalt us in due time.… Samuel Langdon Harvard’s president. Address to congress 1775.

We may have been deceived allowing the lie to take over, but the path is clear, right in front of us saying return to the Truth fear nothing.

[BIO: Paul Cappadona author Taking back America the Party’s Over]

E-Mail Paul Cappadona: devisegood@gmail.com

Consequences of a Government Run Amok

By Paul Engel

January 17, 2022

Are we watching while America transforms from a constitutional republic into a banana one?
When did the American people consent to government ruling by edict and mandate rather than by legislation?
What will be the consequences if the American people allow our elected officials to act as kings and queens rather than public servants?

Recently, a federal judge issued a preliminary injunction against Secretary of Health and Human Services, Xavier Becerra, enforcing new rules regarding COVID-19 “vaccine” and mask mandates in Head Start programs. While this is good news for liberty in America, it also hides a terrifying secret: More and more America is being run less like a constitutional republic but like a kingdom or an oligarchy instead, where those in positions of power merely dictate to the rest of us how we are to live our lives. The case Texas v. Becerra is not over and neither is the need of the American people to rein in the out of control government that resides in Washington, D.C.

On the last day of 2021, Judge James Wesley Hendrix issued his order enjoining Secretary Becerra from enforcing HHS’s Head Start mandates. As stated in the order, he did so because the court believes there is a substantial likelihood that the Head Start mandate is not within the scope of legislation that created Head Start, that HHS failed to follow proper rule-making procedures, and that the mandates are arbitrary and capricious. While Judge Hendrix’s order is limited to the State of Texas, it is another proof point of the dictatorial nature of the federal government. For that, Judge Hendrix should be praised.

However, as I was reading the judge’s order, I realized we are here because for decades the American people have stood by while those in Washington, D.C. crept ever more toward to tyrannical and dictatorial style of governing. Even worse, many Americans were either complicit in the bribery that is Head Start, or conspired with it because it made them feel good for “doing something” while not doing anything except to steal from the American people.

Head Start Program

An outgrowth of President Johnson’s “war on poverty”, the Head Start program had a laudable goal.

The Head Start program began as an eight-week demonstration project designed to help break the cycle of poverty, It provided preschool children from low-income families with a comprehensive program to meet their emotional, social, health, nutritional, and educational needs.

Head Start History – U.S. Dept. of Health & Human Services

Why is it, whenever anyone says “it’s for the children”, so many Americans are unwilling to challenge government overreach? I’m not saying that a “head start” program is good or bad, but it is outside of the limited powers delegated to the United States by the Constitution. Head Start, and now Early Head Start are federal programs government by the Head Start Program Performance Standards:

The Head Start Program Performance Standards (HSPPS), the regulations governing Head Start programs, were originally published in 1975. In 1995, the first Early Head Start grants were awarded to serve low-income pregnant women and children ages birth to 3. In 1998, the Head Start program was reauthorized to expand to full-day and full-year services. The Head Start program, to include Early Head Start, was most recently reauthorized in 2007 with bipartisan support.

Head Start History – U.S. Dept. of Health & Human Services

There is nothing in the Constitution that delegates to the United States the power to regulate education. It isn’t interstate commerce and it’s not for the general welfare of the United States. This program is designed to benefit a segment of society, which I’ve already said is a laudable goal, but since this power was never delegated to the United States, it remains with the states. That makes the Head Start program, and those who voted for it, guilty of embezzlement:

The fraudulent conversion of another’s property by a person who is in a position of trust, such as an agent or employee.

Embezzlement – The Free Legal Dictionary

They have converted your money into this program without your consent. They did so willfully, in order to gain the image of being charitable for the purposes of improving their chances at re-election or the election or re-election of their colleagues. The federal government now uses their ill-gotten gains to extort state and local officials to comply with their desires.

Head Start Mandates

The Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) offers grants to schools, nonprofits, and other local organizations to run Head Start programs. …

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Office of Head Start (OHS) allowed local providers to adjust their services as necessary depending community conditions and needs.

Texas v. Becerra Memorandum Opinion and Order

Did you notice the shift? First, HHS offers grants to organizations that run Head Start programs, then they claim the power to allow those programs to adjust their services. This is where HHS’s Head Start went from simple embezzlement to extortion and even racketeering.

Traditionally, obtaining or extorting money illegally or carrying on illegal business activities, usually by Organized Crime.

Racketeering – The Free Legal Dictionary

By “allowing” the programs to act a specific way, HHS was claiming the authority to regulate a state or local education program directly. Notice, according to the case, HHS didn’t simply state that their grants would only be available to those who comply with their wishes, they demand that anyone who has taken their money comply with their new “rule”.

Head Start grant recipients are required as part of this IFC [Interim Final rule with Comment] to maintain records on staff vaccination rates. Additionally, Head Start programs are required to develop their own written SARS-CoV-2 testing protocol for current infection for individuals granted vaccine exemptions.

Vaccine and Mask Requirements To Mitigate the Spread of COVID-19 in Head Start Programs

While I could not find any specific language in HHS’s rule, my guess is that not only would future grants be withheld, but suits may be filed for the return of existing grants for non-compliance. The question before this court was simple:

It is undisputed that an agency cannot act without Congressional authorization. Thus, the question here is whether Congress authorized HHS to impose these requirements. HHS claims that the mandates are authorized as “program performance standards” related to: “administrative and financial management,” “the condition . . . of facilities,” or “such other standards” the agency “finds to be appropriate.”

Texas v. Becerra Memorandum Opinion and Order

Before the question of Congressional authorization should be the question of a Constitutional one. Since the judge apparently did not ask this question, let us set it aside temporarily and look at what Congress authorized HHS to do. As is so often the case, the devil is in the details. For example, in this suit HHS claims that the mandates are authorized as “program performance standards”. However, the law is a bit more detailed.

(a)(1)The Secretary shall modify, as necessary, program performance standards by regulation applicable to Head Start agencies and programs under this subchapter,

42 USC §9836a

Since the Secretary cannot simply authorize changes, they must be done by regulation. Federal law requires that such regulations go through a detailed process to ensure not only the legality, but to gather the publics sentiment on the idea. Next is the question of the Secretary’s power over the “administrative and financial management” of Head Start Programs. Included in the list of the Secretary’s powers to modify are:

(C) administrative and financial management standards;

42 USC §9836a

This means the law did not give the Secretary the authority to regulate the administrative and financial management of Head Start programs, only the standards under which they work. You may be asking yourself, what’s the difference? Under the HHS’s view in this suit, the Secretary can regulate the actual management of these programs, where Congress only allowed him to set standards for administration and financial management.

(D) standards relating to the condition and location of facilities (including indoor air quality assessment standards, where appropriate) for such agencies, and programs,

42 USC §9836a

HHS claims the Secretary has the authority to issue these mandates under subsection (D) of the law, but that deals with the condition and location of the facility, not to impose medical standards for the students and staff. Of course, the agency’s last trump card:

(E) such other standards as the Secretary finds to be appropriate.

42 USC §9836a

Game, set, and match, no? If the Secretary finds the standard appropriate, he can do what he wants. Except the law also includes things the Secretary must consider when developing those standards.

(2) Considerations regarding standards

In developing any modifications to standards required under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall-

(A) consult with experts in the fields of child development, early childhood education, child health care, family services (including linguistically and culturally appropriate services to non-English speaking children and their families), administration, and financial management, and with persons with experience in the operation of Head Start programs; …

(C)(i) review and revise as necessary the standards in effect under this subsection; and
(ii) ensure that any such revisions in the standards will not result in the elimination of or any reduction in quality, scope, or types of health, educational, parental involvement, nutritional, social, or other services required to be provided under such standards as in effect on December 12, 2007;

42 USC §9836a

I don’t know about you, but when the CDC’s data shows that children under 5 are less than 3% of the cases and have a statistically zero percent death rate, I wonder what experts Secretary Becerra has been consulting. And since these mandates reduce parental involvement, along with social, educational, and health quality, I think the Secretary has missed the boat on this one.

Oral Arguments

Before the judge made his decision, both parties had a chance to argue their cases.

During oral argument, counsel for the defendants made multiple concessions relevant to the Court’s analysis. First, she noted that the vaccine and mask mandates are not “health services” within the meaning of the Head Start Act. Second, she explained that the agency does not assert that the Rule was or could be authorized under 42 U.S.C. § 9836a(a)(1)(A), which are “performance standards with respect to services required to be provided, including health . . . services.” Third, while she continued to argue that the Rule could be authorized as an “administrative” standard under subsection (C), she admitted that it could not qualify as a “financial management standard.” And finally, she admitted that, while other health services made available to children by Head Start are “strongly encouraged,” this is the first time that Head Start has ever mandated a medical procedure as a precondition to new or ongoing employment. The Rule is unprecedented, although counsel asserted that it is justified by an unprecedented pandemic.

42 USC §9836a

In short, even the attorney for Heath and Human Services could provide no other justification of the rule other than we are in an unprecedented pandemic. While COVID-19 has spread globally, I would dispute the statement that it’s “unprecedented”, since there are many other viruses around the world with a medical impact as great and greater than SARS-COV-2.

Texas’ Overreach

Things, however, did not all go Texas’ way.

Counsel for Texas likewise made an important clarification during argument. Regarding Texas’s request for a nationwide injunction, he admitted that the Fifth Circuit recently limited a nationwide injunction and that relevant precedent on the topic appeared inconsistent. He agreed that the great majority of evidence before the Court was limited to the mandate’s effect on Texas and school districts in Texas. He explained that Texas’s request for nationwide relief was not based on case law, but rather the Administrative Procedure Act, which instructs courts to set aside unlawful agency actions.

42 USC §9836a

While claiming that because HHS violated the Administrative Procedures Act, the mandate was not only a violation in the State of Texas but nationwide. Since courts have shown a slavish devotion to case law rather than the Constitution, this judge limited the scope of his injunction to Texas.

Conclusion

The court found that the State of Texas demonstrated a substantial likelihood they would win the case on the merits of four specific claims. First, that Secretary Becerra issued the rule without statutory authority. Second, that Secretary Becerra did not follow proper rule-making procedures. Third, that the rule is arbitrary and capricious because it is unreasonably over-broad without reasonable explanation. Lastly, HHS could not show that there was sufficient threat of irreparable harm for them to receive relief from the injunction.

Those in Texas should be happy, at least for now, that their children and the staff at Head Start programs will not be subject to the same draconian regulations as other aspects of our society. Parents won’t have to choose between having their children experimented on or utilizing a program funded by their tax dollars. Staff will not have to choose between being a guinea pig or being unemployed.

I believe all Americas should learn a very important lesson from this. When you use government to do what it is not authorized to, you open a Pandora’s box of tyranny and subjugation. Before we allow our employees in government to approve legislation, we should first imagine it being used by our most hated enemies against us. We should look at how it may be warped and twisted into a power beyond what we intended. Only then, when we are comfortable with the possible outcomes, should we approve its passage. Otherwise, the legislation needs more work.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Advanced Managing of the American People

By Paul Engel

January 10, 2022

Does Congress have the legitimate power to enact any legislation they think is necessary?
Can Congress legitimately pass a law that requires car manufacturers to search your person without probable cause?
What happened to holding the guilty responsible for their actions rather than the innocent?

Article I, Section 8, Clause 18 of the Constitution is the Necessary and Proper Clause.

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 8, Clause 18

Does that mean Congress can pass any law which they think is necessary and proper? Enter the new law, H.R.3684 – Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act. In Section 24220. Congress “finds” it necessary to require new cars to include drunk and impaired driving technology. The question we should all ask: Is that a power vested in the government of the United States?

I’m sure there are plenty of Americans out there who think requiring technology be put in cars to prevent drunk driving is necessary. Let me remind you of what William Pitt (the Younger) said:

Necessity is the plea for every infringement of human freedom. It is the argument of tyrants; it is the creed of slaves.”

William Pitt (the Younger), Speech in the House of Commons, November 18, 1783

Like most Americans, I think operating a two-ton machine while impaired is dangerous and irresponsible. Does that mean it’s within the power of the federal government to impose their opinion of how best to deal with this problem on the the American people? It’s not a question of whether the technology is good or bad or even if this is a viable method of reducing drunk driving. Instead, it’s a question whether the federal government has the legitimate power to do so.

Congress’ Reasoning

Congress found several reasons why they should pass such legislation.

(a) Findings.–Congress finds that–
(1) alcohol-impaired driving fatalities represent approximately
\1/3\ of all highway fatalities in the United States each year;
(2) in 2019, there were 10,142 alcohol-impaired driving
fatalities in the United States involving drivers with a blood
alcohol concentration level of .08 or higher, and 68 percent of the
crashes that resulted in those fatalities involved a driver with a
blood alcohol concentration level of .15 or higher;
(3) the estimated economic cost for alcohol-impaired driving in
2010 was $44,000,000,000;
(4) according to the Insurance Institute for Highway Safety,
advanced drunk and impaired driving prevention technology can
prevent more than 9,400 alcohol-impaired driving fatalities
annually; and
(5) to ensure the prevention of alcohol-impaired driving
fatalities, advanced drunk and impaired driving prevention
technology must be standard equipment in all new passenger motor
vehicles.

H.R. 3684 §24220

Let’s assume that the first four statements are true. Does that mean Congress has the legal authority to tell car manufacturers that certain technology must be included in their products? Does Congress have the legal authority to tell the American people they must have and pay for this technology in their property, whether they want it or not? Where do property rights, liberty, and responsibility come into play?

Property and Liberty

No person shall … be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment V

In H.R. 3684 Congress once again is taking control of your property. When you purchase a vehicle, it’s your property. This legislation claims to allow the United States to further take control of that property by defining what technology must be in it. Furthermore, it claims the power to restrain your ability to purchase a vehicle without this technology. In his 1828 dictionary, Noah Webster defined liberty this way:

Freedom from restraint, in a general sense, and applicable to the body, or to the will or mind. …
Civilliberty is the liberty of men in a state of society, or natural liberty so far only abridged and restrained, as is necessary and expedient for the safety and interest of the society, state or nation. A restraint of natural liberty not necessary or expedient for the public, is tyranny or oppression.

LIBERTY – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

You may be asking yourself what this has to do with drunk driving laws? If civil liberty is the state of society where you can live free, where the only restraints allowed are those necessary to the safety and interest of society, then we need to ask if section 24220 of the H.R. 3684 necessary for the safety of society?

Driving while impaired is not only a danger to the driver, but to anyone else around them. Therefore, a law punishing the act is necessary to the safety and interests of society and not a violation of one’s liberty. Does that, however, extend to the new vehicle requirements in H.R. 3684?

The primary purpose of the advanced drunk and impaired driving technology described in H.R. 3684 is to prevent the driver from driving while impaired. In other words, it’s an attempt to save the driver from him or herself, which then, by extension, makes society safer. Like any technology, it will not be 100% effective. Meaning there will be times when an impaired driver will not be stopped by this technology and other times when it will prevent a non-impaired driver from using their property. Not to mention the likelihood that there will be people who will find ways to defeat the new technology or simply purchase older cars that do not include it. It imposes a restraint on all citizens as a punishment for the actions of a few. If drunk, impaired driving is as dangerous as Congress says though, why not require this type of technology? Put another way, if you have nothing to hide, why oppose this legislation?

The answer is simple: Although I have nothing to hide, I have everything to protect. Impaired driving prevention technology has been available for years, and has been required as a punishment for those convicted of a crime. On the other hand, this legislation treats everyone as guilty, requiring they prove that they are not drunk without any probable cause. It deprives them of the liberty to not have to deal with or pay for technology without due process of law. It also deprives them of control of their property without due process of law. In the end, this makes it a violation of the Fifth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution.

Commerce Clause

Congress claims the power to legislate motor vehicle safety standards under the Commerce Clause.

To regulate Commerce with foreign Nations, and among the several States, and with the Indian Tribes;

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 8, Clause 3 — Commerce Clause

Since most vehicles sold in the United States are manufactured either outside of the country, or within a handful of states, the car you drive was most likely sold over state lines. Hence, Congress claims the authority to “regulate” any aspect of motor vehicles. Was that what the Framers of the Constitution meant by regulating commerce?

To subject to rules or restrictions; as, to regulate trade; to regulate diet.

REGULATE – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

This legislation, and indeed most of Title 49, regulate the product, not the commerce of the product. Can the regulation of commerce legally be used to violate the civil liberty of the American people?

Conclusion

I have to admit, this law posed a conundrum for me. My first instinct is to oppose it simply because, once again, we see Congress telling the American people how to live their lives. There are parallels between Section 24220 in H.R. 3684 and legislation such as fuel mileage, helmet, and seat belt laws that, while well intentioned, violate the rights of motor vehicle operators everywhere. On the other hand, drunk and impaired driving is a danger to others in society, which brings into question if it is a violation of civil liberty. I believe those who drive while intoxicated or impaired should be held accountable for the damage they do. I’m also in favor of sentences for drunk or impaired driving that require some sort of prevention system for the guilty. However, is the just response to treat everyone as a drunk driver until they prove otherwise?

Did our Founding Fathers imagine the Commerce Clause to be used not to simply to regulate commerce across state and national borders, but as an excuse to regulate anything that goes across these borders? Regulation of transportation is not a power delegated to the United States, so it remains with the states or the people. Yet Congress claims the power to regulate motor vehicle safety simply because the majority of those vehicles were, at some point, sold across state lines.

With all of the reports about stricter laws and harsher penalties regarding drunk or impaired driving, is Congress meddling in something that’s already being dealt with at the state level? And what about innovation? H.R. 3684 looks to passively monitor the performance of the driver. There are already technologies available to do so and more in development, from lane diversion and obstacle alerts, to monitoring the drivers eyes for attentiveness. While some of these technologies are available in modern cars, some are not ready yet. So I f the Secretary of Transportation is allowed to pick which systems will be approved, we’ll have no idea how many other technologies will not see the light of day. All because Congress thinks they know better that the states and the American people. If history is any guide, the people who wish to drink and drive will outsmart any ideas Congress can come up with.

Which brings me back to William Pitt (the Younger)

Necessity is the plea for every infringement of human freedom. It is the argument of tyrants; it is the creed of slaves.”

William Pitt (the Younger), Speech in the House of Commons, November 18, 1783

The argument of Congress that this must be done to keep people safe, is just another tyrannical attempt to punishing the innocent for the crimes of the guilty. And while I believe the drunk driver should be punished for the harm they do, I am not willing to enslave myself to government simply because they say so.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Christian Resistance in This Dark Hour

By Pastor Matt Trewhella

January 9, 2022

Over the last month, I have heard from so many whose jobs are threatened if they do not get the covid shot. I have written countless religious exemption letters for people. I told you from the very beginning – if you comply with the masks you will be made to comply with the “vaccine” – and look where we are?

On March 29^th of this year, U.S. News and World Report published a news story entitled “Biden Administration working on vaccine passport Initiative.”

The story begins: “The Biden administration and private companies are working to develop a standard for a “vaccine passport” that could be used as the country tries to reopen in the coming months. The effort has gained steam following President Biden’s pledge that the nation will begin to return to normal this summer and with a growing number of companies saying they will require proof of vaccination before reopening for business, the Washington Post reported.”

Notice it says “The Biden administration and private companies are working together.”Notice it says “a growing number of companies are saying they will require proof of vaccination.”

It is now unfolding before your eyes.

On August 3, 2021, New York City Mayor Bill de Blasio announced New York Citywill impose vaccine passports on indoor establishments, including restaurants, gyms, and performances.

On August 11^th, the tyrant Governor Pritzker and the Illinois Department of Public Health announced they are now implementing vaccine passports – statewide. And they are using the private sector to justify it and to get it done.They are not going to physically hold you down and force you to get the covid shot – rather they will use the private sector to convince you to get the covid shot.

This is the civil government and businessmen working together to enslave us – to remove our liberties – liberties men fought, bled and died for us to have. When you look at the Old Testament prophets of Scripture, they often addressed both the businessmen and government officials as they were often in cahoots together to push evil in the land.

You will not work; you will not travel; you will not be able to shop; you will be a leper in the culture. And as we warned – all the masking and other nonsense was just prep for your compliance. Understand, the more you go along to get along so you can return to “normal” – the more you help them accomplish their tyranny – the more you aid and abet their evil.

So what do we do?

We must offer Christian resistance. Christian resistance involves and demands three things: 1. Repentance, 2. Fighting, and 3. Building. And I do not mean these in that particular order – all three happen intermixed and ongoing.

Repentance is paramount. We are going nowhere without repentance. Repentance has to do with God governing our lives. The level to which we repent – will determine the level to which God’s kingdom is built in our lives.

Bringing men to repentance is part of God’s good work in bringing His just judgment. We must repent – and we must call the men of this nation to repentance. We must repent of any sin that besets us. Holiness matters. We must repent of love for wealth and ease. And, we must repent of inaction.

The inaction of Christians has been huge in my lifetime. Their indifference to civil government matters has been astounding. It would have been easier to have gone to the government meetings and the public hearings and spoken (an ounce of prevention is worth a pound of cure), but because most didn’t – look where we are at now.

We should have used the means in our system of government that were pillared by men who fought, bled, and died for us to possess. But instead we squandered it in phony spirituality.

And who do we have to blame for this? The churchmen. The pulpits. All my life – the vast majority of churchmen have belittled involvement in civil government matters as a “distraction.” They have mocked it as “mere moralizing.” And now we see the consequences of when Christian men abandon civil government matters – wicked men come in and fill the void and make their worldview law, policy, and court opinion – and as you can see it is not good.

God’s judgment is upon our nation. He has unleashed the tyrants. And how just is God’s judgment! For nearly 50 years Americans and American Christians sat by while the helpless preborn were murdered – while their bodies are attacked – and now He is using the tyrants to attack our bodies. We didn’t defend their bodies – so now our bodies are being assaulted by the state.

To learn about the other two parts of Christian resistance – fighting and building – you will have to follow the directions below and listen to my sermon.

[To listen to the sermon Christian Resistance in This Dark Hour, go to SermonAudio.com; click on “speaker” button; type in “Trewhella” and hit enter. Or, you can go to YouTube.com and put in the name “Matt Trewhella” and watch the sermon]

E-Mail Matt Trewhella: matt@mercyseat.net

[BIO: Matthew Trewhella is the pastor of Mercy Seat Christian Church (MercySeat.net) and heads up Missionaries to the Preborn (MissionariestothePreborn.com). He and his wife, Clara, have eleven children and reside in the Milwaukee, Wisconsin area. For more of Matt’s writings or to obtain the book The Doctrine of the Lesser Magistrates: A Proper Response to Tyranny and A Repudiation of Unlimited Obedience to Civil Government go to the website DefyTyrants.com.

Defending Public Liberty

By Paul Engel

January 5, 2022

Can there be such a thing as liberty without differing opinions and actions?
Can government regulate your freedom of speech, press, property, and association?
How far can government go to enforce politically approved norms?

There are certain ideas that we find detestable, concepts we find repulsive, and even some actions we cannot abide. Do we have the right to tell other people that they must live by what we find acceptable? How many dystopian novels are based in the idea that only approved thought is allowed in society? Benjamin Franklin, writing as Silence Dogood, said:

“Without Freedom of Thought, there can be no such Thing as Wisdom; and no such Thing as publick Liberty, without Freedom of Speech; which is the Right of every Man, as far as by it, he does not hurt or control the Right of another: And this is the only Check it ought to suffer, and the only Bounds it ought to know.

Benjamin Franklin as Silence Dogood, No. 8, 9 July 1722

What will you do to protect public liberty? What will you allow, not because you approve, but because you recognize the right of others to live differently than you?

The question in the case Carpenter v. James seems to be quite simple. Can the State of New York force Emilee Carpenter to do business in a way that violates her conscience? I refer to freedom of conscience because of the breadth of rights at stake in this case. Emilee Carpenter runs a wedding-photography business, “Emilee Carpenter, LLC”. She brought suit against the Attorney General of New York, Letitia James, the Interim Commissioner of the N.Y.S. Division of Human Rights, and the District Attorney of Chemung County, New York, seeking a preliminary injunction to prevent New York’s public accommodation laws from being enforced against her.

Plaintiff initiated the present suit after learning about New York’s public accommodation laws. She believes that those laws “threaten[] her ability to operate her business according to her faith” and “restrict[] what she could post on her studio’s website and social media sites and what she could say to prospective clients.” … There are four provisions in dispute; three contained in the New York Human Rights Law and one contained in the New York Civil Rights Law.

Carpenter v. James – District Court Decision on Injunction

Since Ms. Carpenter cites four provisions of New York State law that violate her rights, let’s start by looking at them.

Accommodation Clause

The first provision is what Plaintiff refers to as the “Accommodation clause.” New York’s Human Rights Law provides: “It shall be an unlawful discriminatory practice for any person, being the owner, lessee, proprietor, manager, superintendent, agent or employee of any place of public accommodation, resort or amusement, because of the race, creed, color, national origin, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, military status, sex, disability or marital status of any person, directly or indirectly, to refuse, withhold from or deny to such person any of the accommodations, advantages, facilities or privileges thereof. …Plaintiff does not dispute that her business is a “public accommodation” subject to the law.”

Carpenter v. James – District Court Decision on Injunction

While Ms. Carpenter does not dispute that her business is a public accommodation, the first thing we should do is define what a public accommodation is. In simple terms, the word public means:

a: of, relating to, or affecting all the people or the whole area of a nation or state —public law

b: of or relating to a government

c: of, relating to, or being in the service of the community or nation

Definition of public, Merriam-Webster online dictionary

For something to be public, it must be publicly owned or in the service of the community. And the definition of accommodation is:

something supplied for convenience or to satisfy a need: such as

a: lodging, food, and services or traveling space and related services —usually used in plural — tourist accommodations on the boat –overnight accommodations

b: a public conveyance (such as a train) that stops at all or nearly all points

Definition of accommodation, Merriam-Webster online dictionary

So how does a privately owned photography business become a publicly owned convenience to satisfy a need such as lodging or transportation? The answer is: Lawyers. When I researched the term “public accommodation”, I found that most legal dictionaries define a public accommodation as anything that was open to the public. I did find one reference to a 2009 case Bishop v. Henry Modell Company, where the attorney for Mr. Bishop paraphrased the law as:

A place of “public accommodation” is defined as an establishment either affecting interstate commerce or supported by state action, and falling into one of the following categories: (1) a lodging for transient guests located within a building with more than five rooms for rent; (2) a facility principally engaged in selling food for consumption on the premises, including such facilities located within retail establishments and gasoline stations; (3) any place of exhibition or entertainment; (4) any establishment located within an establishment falling into one of the first three categories, and which holds itself out as serving patrons of that establishment; or (5) any establishment that contains a covered establishment, and which holds itself out as serving patrons of that covered establishment.

Bishop v. Modell – Opinion

The court, however, did not agree.

[The defendants] argue that the Modell’s store is not a “public accommodation” within the meaning of the statute. We agree. …

The text of § 2000a does not explicitly include retail establishments, …, and case law confirms that retail stores are not places of public accommodation within the meaning of the provision. …

Over the course of a 41-page Complaint and over 80 pages of briefing in opposition to defendants’ motions to dismiss, plaintiff’s sole factual allegation to support this argument reads, in its entirety, as follows: “That MODELL’S stores serve food to the public or provide entertainment for the customers.”

Bishop v. Modell – Opinion

So by the standard of the law and the opinion of the Bishop v Modell court, Ms. Carpenter’s business is not a public accommodation. It’s not a lodging, it’s not principally engaged in selling food, it’s not a place of entertainment, and although she may have an office, as a wedding photographer the service she provides would happen outside of her offices. Even if we consider a photography business a “public accommodation”, those laws are in violation of the Fifth Amendment to the Constituiton of the United States.

No person shall … be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment V

Most people, when they think of property, think of land or things. However, James Madison had a more detailed view:

This term in its particular application means “that dominion which one man claims and exercises over the external things of the world, in exclusion of every other individual.”

In its larger and juster meaning, it embraces every thing to which a man may attach a value and have a right; and which leaves to every one else the like advantage.

In the former sense, a man’s land, or merchandise, or money is called his property.

In the latter sense, a man has a property in his opinions and the free communication of them.

He has a property of peculiar value in his religious opinions, and in the profession and practice dictated by them.

He has a property very dear to him in the safety and liberty of his person.

He has an equal property in the free use of his faculties and free choice of the objects on which to employ them.

James Madison – For the National Gazette, 27 March 1792

Yes, Ms. Carpenter has a property in the merchandise she owns, including the cameras, lighting, and other equipment for her business. She also has a property in her business, since she exercises exclusive control over it and attaches value to it. She has property in her opinion and the ability to profess and act on it. Lastly, she has a property of the free choice of the objects on which she employs her skills as a photographer. Since these “public accommodation laws” deprive her of control of these properties without a governmental process that protects her rights (due process), these laws violate her rights protected under the Fifth and Fourteenth Amendments to the Constitution of the United States.

Denial and Unwelcome Clauses

The second provision is the “Denial clause,” which makes it unlawful to “publish, circulate, issue, display, post or mail any written or printed communication, notice or advertisement, to the effect that any of the accommodations, advantages, facilities and privileges of any such place [of public accommodation] shall be refused, withheld from or denied to any person on account of race, creed, color, national origin, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, military status, sex, disability or marital status.”

Carpenter v. James – District Court Decision on Injunction

The third provision is the “Unwelcome clause,” which prohibits a public accommodation from publishing, circulating, issuing, displaying, posting, or mailing any written or printed communication to the effect that “the patronage or custom [] of any person of or purporting to be of any particular race, creed, color, national origin, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, military status, sex or marital status, or having a disability is unwelcome, objectionable or not acceptable, desired or solicited.”

Carpenter v. James – District Court Decision on Injunction

The denial and unwelcome clauses blatantly violates Ms. Carpenter’s free speech rights. Many people, including Ms. Carpenter’s lawyers, jumped right to the First Amendment’s Free Speech Clause. Of course, all of them ignore the actual language of the First Amendment:

Congress shall make no law … abridging the freedom of speech,

U.S. Constitution, Amendment I

Yes, many claim that the Fourteenth Amendment “incorporated” the First Amendment to the states, but that is patently ridiculous since only the national legislature is called Congress. What this law does violate is the Freedom of Speech and Press clause of the New York State Constitution:

Every citizen may freely speak, write and publish his or her sentiments on all subjects, being responsible for the abuse of that right; and no law shall be passed to restrain or abridge the liberty of speech or of the press.

Constitution of the State of New York, Article I, §8

Since this law prohibits Ms. Carpenter’s ability to speak, write, and publish freely in regard to her sentiments on same-sex marriage, it violates the state’s constitution.

The New York Civil Rights Law

The fourth provision is found in New York Civil Rights Law § 40-c. That statute reads: “No person shall, because of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, marital status, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, or disability, as such term is defined in section two hundred ninety-two of the executive law, be subjected to any discrimination in his or her civil rights, . . . by any other person or by any firm, corporation or institution, or by the state or any agency or subdivision of the state.” N.Y. Civ. Rights Law § 40-c(2); see also id. § 40 (stating that “[a]ll persons within . . . this state shall be entitled to the full and equal accommodations, advantages, facilities and privileges of any places of public accommodations”).

Carpenter v. James – District Court Decision on Injunction

Apparently, when the law states that no person shall be subject to discrimination, that does not include people who disagree with the politically acceptable standards in Albany, NY. I’ve already dealt with the “public accommodation” question, so here I want to deal with the civil rights question.

the nonpolitical rights of a citizen especially: the rights of personal liberty guaranteed to U.S. citizens by the 13th and 14th amendments to the Constitution and by acts of Congress

Definition of civil rights – Merriam-Webster’s Online Dictionary

The basic question is, do you have the right to force others to do business with you against their will? Remember, we’re not talking about a law that prohibits photographers from working at same-sex weddings, we’re talking about someone being forced to do so against their will. These “public accommodation” laws require people into involuntary servitude:

1 : a condition in which one lacks liberty especially to determine one’s course of action or way of life

2 : a right by which something (such as a piece of land) owned by one person is subject to a specified use or enjoyment by another

Definition of servitude – Merriam-Webster Online Dictionary

Involuntary servitude is strictly prohibited by the Thirteenth Amendment except as punishment for a crime.

Neither slavery nor involuntary servitude, except as a punishment for crime whereof the party shall have been duly convicted, shall exist within the United States, or any place subject to their jurisdiction.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIII, Section 1

Conclusion

By passing this law to avoid discrimination, the State of New York has created discrimination. In an attempt to protect civil rights, the State of New York is destroying them. By dismissing all claims against the defendants with prejudice, Judge Frank Geraci has effectively condemned those who do not agree with same-sex marriage to involuntary servitude to a political cause with which they disagree. As Benjamin Franklin said:

“Without Freedom of Thought, there can be no such Thing as Wisdom; and no such Thing as publick Liberty, without Freedom of Speech; which is the Right of every Man, as far as by it, he does not hurt or controul the Right of another: And this is the only Check it ought to suffer, and the only Bounds it ought to know.

Benjamin Franklin as Silence Dogood, No. 8, 9 July 1722

By picking and choosing who has the right to speak, the State of New York and the District Court for the Western District of New York have denied Ms. Carpenter, and by extension all of those who live in that state, the right to speak freely. By establishing an approved way of thinking, the State of New York and this judge have denied freedom of thought, destroyed public liberty, and is thereby destroying wisdom. You may vehemently disagree with Ms. Carpenter’s position, and you are free to not do business with her, but if you claim the right to control what other people can say and do, you also are destroying liberty. In his Silence Dogood article, Benjamin Franklin went on:

“This sacred Privilege is so essential to free Governments, that the Security of Property, and the Freedom of Speech always go together; and in those wretched Countries where a Man cannot call his Tongue his own, he can scarce call any Thing else his own. Whoever would overthrow the Liberty of a Nation, must begin by subduing the Freeness of Speech; a Thing terrible to Publick Traytors.

Benjamin Franklin as Silence Dogood, No. 8, 9 July 1722

We already know that a majority of the New York State Legislature, the previous governor, and judge Geraci are willing to subdue freedom of speech, making them public traitors. Are you prepared to join them?

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Controlling a Constitutionally Protected Right

By Paul Engel

December 27, 2021

Does anyone in government have the legal authority to regulate a constitutionally protected right?
Can Congress pass a law that violates the Constitution as long as the Supreme Court says it’s OK?
How can We the People restore our rights in the face a tyrannical government that is violating its primary purpose, to protect your rights.

The Declaration of Independence lists some of our inalienable rights. It also says “That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men”. If governments are created to secure our rights, does that mean they have the legitimate power to regulate them? In many situations, governments at all levels claim that power. So what happens when We the People allow governments to control our rights? Or, more importantly, what can we do to regain control of our rights?

During the ratification debates, one of the reasons the Federalists were opposed to a Bill of Rights was the fear that if we put a list of rights in the Constitution, someone would think they had the right to regulate them. History has shown there was merit to the Federalists’ concern.

United States Capitol

Enter Title 40, United States Code §5104

(e) Capitol Grounds and Buildings Security.-

(1) Firearms, dangerous weapons, explosives, or incendiary devices.-An individual or group of individuals-

(A) except as authorized by regulations prescribed by the Capitol Police Board-

(i) may not carry on or have readily accessible to any individual on the Grounds or in any of the Capitol Buildings a firearm, a dangerous weapon, explosives, or an incendiary device;

(ii) may not discharge a firearm or explosives, use a dangerous weapon, or ignite an incendiary device, on the Grounds or in any of the Capitol Buildings; or

(iii) may not transport on the Grounds or in any of the Capitol Buildings explosives or an incendiary device; or

40 U.S.C. §5104

This law places sole discretion over who is allowed to bear arms on the Capitol Grounds in the hands of the Capitol Police Board. This is in direct violation of the Second Amendment:

A well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment II

However, there’s an interesting twist to this law: Members of Congress are not subject to it.

[The Senators and Representatives] shall in all Cases, except Treason, Felony and Breach of the Peace, be privileged from Arrest during their Attendance at the Session of their respective Houses, and in going to and returning from the same; and for any Speech or Debate in either House, they shall not be questioned in any other Place.

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 6, Clause 1

While it may be against the law (unconstitutional and void as that law may be), members of Congress are exempt from arrest, since this is not a felony. No one seemed to care very much, or at least not until Lauren Boebert won her seat in Congress. Rep. Boebert stated that she would carry her firearm on capitol grounds. While that is a violation of 40 U.S.C. 5104(e), as a member of the House of Representatives, she is privileged from arrest while in attendance at the capitol. Which quickly led to the introduction of H.R. 545, the “No Congressional Gun Loophole Act”.

“(B) EXCEPTION.—Notwithstanding subparagraph (A), the Capitol Police Board may not authorize or permit a Member of Congress or an employee of such Member of Congress to carry on or have readily accessible to such Member or employee a firearm, except a Member or employee may store a firearm in a car owned by such Member or employee that is parked in a garage in the Capitol complex if the Member or employee is in compliance with the firearms laws of the District of Columbia for the lawful possession of such firearm and such firearm is locked with a gun lock while on the Capitol complex.”.

H.R. 545 – The No Congressional Gun Loophole Act

There are a couple of things I noticed in this legislation. First, all it really does is tell the Capitol Police Board that they may not authorize a member of Congress or employee to carry a firearm at the Capitol. To my knowledge, the Capitol Police have not authorized Rep Boebert to carry her firearm, so nothing has changed there. Which leads to the second point. When it comes to Congressmen, it means absolutely nothing, since it would be a violation of the Constitution for the Capitol Police to arrest a Senator or Representative while attending or traveling to or from a session of their respective house. What are the Capitol Police going to do? And just imagine Rep. Boebert or another member of Congress filing a complaint with the Capitol Police, or with the F.B.I. for that matter, of a violation of 18 U.S.C. §242 for denying them a right protected under the Constitution? Unfortunately, I bet this legislation makes someone feel better.

State of Illinois

There are a few states that still require someone possess a Firearm Owner Identification (FOID) card to own or possess a firearm. In other words, these states claim that their citizens must get their permission before exercising their right to keep and bear arms. This is a blatant violation of the Second Amendment, but the courts have routinely upheld the criminal idea that states can infringe your rights if they have a good enough reason. Then, to add insult to injury, the State of Illinois makes things worse.

There’s also a management audit of [Illinois State Police]’s handling of the Firearm Owner Identification Card and Concealed Carry License programs.

Auditors say of their sample, 87% of FOID cards weren’t processed in time with up to a year delay and 60% of renewals weren’t processed in time with up to 214 days delay…

Of the applications auditors sampled, 43% of CCL applications weren’t processed within the constraints of the law.

Audit commission to review delays in FOID cards, concealed carry licenses, other findings with state police – The Center Square

If it wasn’t bad enough that residents of Illinois need state approval to own a gun, the state cannot even follow their own laws regarding the issuing of that permission. And if a right delayed is a right denied, this is even more evidence of the State if Illinois denying the rights of their citizens.

State of California

Not to be outdone, California Governor Newsom, in what appears to be a fit if pique, decided to abuse the rights of his citizens because he doesn’t like how the Supreme Court is handling a case from another state.

“I am outraged by yesterday’s U.S. Supreme Court decision allowing Texas’s ban on most abortion services to remain in place, and largely endorsing Texas’s scheme to insulate its law from the fundamental protections of Roe v. Wade. But if states can now shield their laws from review by the federal courts that compare assault weapons to Swiss Army knives, then California will use that authority to protect people’s lives, where Texas used it to put women in harm’s way.

Governor Newsom Statement on Supreme Court Decision

Look at the reasoning Governor Newsom is using. He doesn’t like the fact that the Supreme Court of the United States has not issued an injunction against a Texas law currently being reviewed by the federal judiciary. Forget the fact that the court noted that the request for an injunction was not legitimate, since it attempted to enjoin someone who could not use the Texas law. Ignoring the fact that the potential harm of issuing an injunction would be quite permanent (the baby is dead), while the harm of waiting until the courts have issued their opinions is generally not. After all, unless the pregnancy is approaching term, there will still be time to kill the baby should the Texas law be found unconstitutional. The Supreme Court’s decision not to issue an injunction that would not stop the law, does not prevent another court from deciding that a case brought against someone performing or receiving an abortion can be found unconstitutional as well. Nope, Governor Newsom isn’t happy, and someone is going to pay. So to whom does Governor Newsom focus his ire? On gun owners, of course.

The most unique aspect of the Texas Pro Life law is that it authorizes private parties to sue, rather than making abortion a criminal offense. Now I have my issues with this part of the Texas law, mostly on its vagary in who is allowed to sue. So I guess Governor Newsom is planning to allow private parties to sue California citizens for owning a legal firearm? That doesn’t really surprise me, as it complies with so many of the irrational attempts of the anti-gun movement to get around the law and the Second Amendment to get their way. I also find the language Governor Newsom used to be quite interesting. Yes, AR-15s have been described as the “Swiss Army knives of firearms”. Not because of their innocuous nature, but because of their versatility and ability to be customized. Just look at the comparison he’s making though; Governor Newsom claims that restricting “assault weapons” save people’s lives just after the Kyle Rittenhouse case where he used one to save his own life. He also claims that the Texas Pro Life abortion law puts women in harm’s way while ignoring the fact that very little girls and boys are killed every day in elective abortions.

Governor Newsom’s announcement is a double-whammy when it comes to infringing on people’s rights. Yes, he wants to deny people in California the right to keep and bear arms. He also wants to deny people their right to not be deprived of their life without due process of law. Not bad for a single announcement.

Conclusion

While all three of the examples I’ve used in this article relate to firearms, there is much more at stake. We’ve already seen governments claim the authority to control what you can say, how you run your business, even what you put into your body. All of these are infringements of the people’s rights protected by the Constitution of the United States. Perhaps it’s time We the People remind our employees in government of the consequences of failing to protect our rights.

That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their Safety and Happiness.

Declaration of Independence

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

[BIO: Paul Engel founded The Constitution Study in 2014 to help everyday Americans read and study the Constitution. Author and speaker, Paul has spent more than 20 years studying and teaching about both the Bible and the U.S. Constitution. Freely admitting that he “learned more about our Constitution from School House Rock than in 12 years of public school” he proves that anyone can be a constitutional scholar. You can find his books on Amazon and Apple Books. You can also find his books, classes and other products at the Constitution Study website (https://constitutionstudy.com).]

Political Medicine 101

by Jim Darlington

December 25, 2021

An impossible message unlikely to penetrate Lefty earwax. So let’s try to keep this simple and brief. Talking points for (irrationally optimistic) conservatives when getting together over the Holidays with the left side of the family (who will come with their own, nationally disseminated talking points).

We now know, as a certainty, that the numbers of “cases” alleged in the Great Covid Pandemic were vastly and intentionally exaggerated. The test that was yielding “positives” was amplified to such a degree as to be meaningless, as the person who designed the test has stated, categorically. Biden lowered the level of amplification to a somewhat more justifiable level, by Executive Order, on his first day in office. He instantly lowered the number of “cases” being reported. What a hero!

We also know, as a certainty, that the number of deaths attributed to the Great Covid Pandemic were vastly and intentionally exaggerated. A new standard, previously recognized as fraudulent, was adopted. The causative factor of death was disregarded and replaced by a “positive covid test” or even the mere suspicion of the presence of covid, whether the real causative factor was cancer or a car wreck. Hospitals got an extra $13,000 for a positive report of any covid case, and they got an extra $39,000 for putting people on ventilators.

Ventilator usage resulted in an 80% rate of mortality, which brings us to the next thing we know, as a certainty. While there was an artificial inflation of reported “cases” and “covid-related” deaths, there was also an actual, and completely unnecessary, increase in deaths resulting from two different policies.

First, we saw Democratic governors, in several states, enacting the “compassionate policy” of sending covid infected seniors back to their nursing homes, though it was already known that the virus was at its deadliest among the old and those with co-morbidities. We might fairly flirt with a conservative estimate of 50,000 seniors nationally, dead, essentially murdered. And yes, just who it was, who were the most vulnerable, was well known. Hence Republican governors did no such thing, and generally moved quickly to protect those most at risk.Consider the noble deeds of Cuomo. Then think of DeSantis.

Secondly, all medical information questioning the wisdom of Dr Fauci’s deadly policy recommendations has been brutally suppressed and its effective and widespread distribution curtailed by the powers that control 95% of the news and commentary accessed by the public. The HCQ cocktail, Ivermectin and other treatments, long a part of common medical practice and shown to be safer than aspirin, were denounced as dangerous and useless, despite literally hundreds of detailed studies to the contrary. Doctors daring to differ with the Regime’s pronouncements were threatened with loss of license or with financial penalties that amounted to the destruction of their medical practices. Pharmacists were urged to refuse to fill offending prescriptions and to report the doctors who ordered them. Neil Cavuto, speaking of hydroxychloroquine, said, on national, prime-time TV, “This stuff will kill you.” Never mind the billion doses Africa has ingested safely, to prevent or treat malaria. Or its universal use against lupus.

Every epidemic we have faced in the past has been met quickly with emerging protocols for treatment. Not this one. The only permitted protocol was tell the patient to go home and stay there until or unless hospitalization was needed. Protocols in parts of India and Mexico, primarily using ivermectin and Vitamin D, for both early treatments, and as a prophylaxis,have been successful in irradicating the epidemic completely and quickly.

As for the so-called vaccine (actually, a gene therapy), it is apparently completely worthless, unless its value is in something quite contrary to people’s good health. Claims that it prevents infection are no longer viable, and no longer widely claimed, as most new infections are taking place among the “vaccinated”. The remaining claim is that it lessens the severity of covid, and thus is saving lives…a completely unprovable claim, as there is no base-line of statistical evidence as to the percentage of previously infected who had only minor symptoms, or none, at all.

Now we come to the final and the newest steadily growing threat. The very same powers that squelched all information on successful alternative treatments to the “Covid-19” are promoting the increasingly transparent lie, that the “vaccines” are safe and effective. They are nothing of the kind. In all previous instances, historically, medicines associated with 1/100^th the number of deaths directly associated with these injections, were taken off the market immediately. But the deaths reported from this obscene campaign are already in the hundreds of thousands worldwide, and serious injuries in the millions. Not yet satisfied with that, they are moving to “inoculate” children as young as two years old, whose danger from the epidemic is a statistical zero. Many of these will die or suffer life changing injuries.

There is no moral, logical or scientific excuse for including the children in this catastrophe. We should be looking forward to charges of manslaughter or murder outright, being brought against anyone whose blind willingness has brought about a single death, especially of a child. As the truth continues to be proclaimed and confirmed, will we see a movement toward vigilantism from the families of these new post-natal abortions? Should the insane fearmongering, thus far addressed, by the world’s leaders, to the nations, find a more rational audience, addressed, by the parents, by the brothers and sisters and friends, to those who would jab and endanger the innocence of childhood? We might pray that such a fear might take hold of these health professionals and lead them to desist in their mad folly. When will we all start telling our doctors and their staff, that there is no excuse for murder, even if you were only following orders?

[BIO: Jim Darlington was raised in the left and rebelled to the far left in the ’70s. Came to his political senses in the ’80s. Came to Jesus Christ in the ’90s. Now is praying for America. He is married to a wise woman who loves the Lord with a passion.]

E-Mail Jim Darlington: jedarlington@protonmail.com

Spying on American Gun Owners Act

by Paul Engel

December 23, 2021

Is engaging in commerce probable cause that a crime is being committed simply because it involves a firearm, firearm accessory, or ammunition?
What about other writs of assistance that Congress has illegally authorized through legislation?
How can you live at liberty if government claims the right to watch anything they think might be used criminally in the future?

Benjamin Franklin said:

They who would give up an essential liberty for temporary security, deserve neither liberty or security.

Benjamin Franklin

With the promise of keeping us safe from “gun violence”, “violent extremists”, and “domestic terrorists”, Congress wants you to give up your essential liberty to be free from unreasonable searches. H.R. 5764 is the first step to a writ of assistance against anyone who buys or sells firearms. This has been done before, so why shouldn’t Congress think they can get away with it again?

To understand the dangers of H.R. 5764 we need to understand a little bit of our history. One of the most intrusive abuses in the colonial era was the use of writs of assistance.

a writ authorizing officers of the British crown to search any premises for smuggled goods.

Writ of Assistance – The Free Legal Dictionary

The idea of a writ of assistance is simple. Government actors would be given legal permission to search your premises for contraband without probable cause. If they found something, then they would fill out the warrant to seize what they have found. As James Otis put it in 1761:

I will to my dying day oppose, with all the powers and faculties God has given me, all such instruments of slavery on the one hand and villainy on the other as this Writ of Assistance is. It appears to me the worst instrument of arbitrary power, the most destructive of English liberty and the fundamental principles of law, that ever was found in an English law-book…

JAMES OTIS SPEAKS AGAINST WRITS OF ASSISTANCE (1761)

The idea of writs of assistance was so onerous that when the first Congress drafted the amendments that became our Bill of Rights, they specifically prohibited anything like them.

The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no Warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by Oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment IV

The idea behind the Fourth Amendment is also quite simple: You have a right to be secure from unreasonable searches. For a warrant to be issued to search your person, houses, papers, or effects, it must be based on probable cause and supported by oath or affirmation. In other words, someone had to go to court and swear or affirm that the information showing probable cause was true. Not only that, but any warrant issued must be specific in where people can search and what they can seize. In other words, the very concept of a writ of assistance is anathema to the rights protected by the Fourth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution. That, however, has not stopped Congress from authorizing writs of assistance, in direct violation to their oath of office.

Internal Revenue Service

(a) Authority to summon, etc.

For the purpose of ascertaining the correctness of any return, making a return where none has been made, determining the liability of any person for any internal revenue tax or the liability at law or in equity of any transferee or fiduciary of any person in respect of any internal revenue tax, or collecting any such liability, the Secretary is authorized-

(1) To examine any books, papers, records, or other data which may be relevant or material to such inquiry;

(2) To summon the person liable for tax or required to perform the act, or any officer or employee of such person, or any person having possession, custody, or care of books of account containing entries relating to the business of the person liable for tax or required to perform the act, or any other person the Secretary may deem proper, to appear before the Secretary at a time and place named in the summons and to produce such books, papers, records, or other data, and to give such testimony, under oath, as may be relevant or material to such inquiry; and

(3) To take such testimony of the person concerned, under oath, as may be relevant or material to such inquiry.

18 U.S.C. §7602 Examination of books and witnesses

Congress passed a law supposing to give the Internal Revenue Service the authority to search your books, papers, records, or other data, for the purpose of seeing if you filed your tax returns correctly. That means, should you receive an audit notice from the IRS, they are seeking to search your records with an invalid warrant.

A written order issued by a judicial officer or other authorized person commanding a law enforce ment officer to perform some act incident to the administration of justice.

Warrant – The Free Legal Dictionary

This law also claims to allow the IRS to summon you, without probable cause, oath, or affirmation. The purpose of this summons is to take testimony, under oath, to determine if you have violated the IRS code. In other words, Congress has claimed the power to have the IRS issue invalid warrants, perform unreasonable and illegal searches, and to have you witness against yourself, which could be used against you later in a court of law. 18 U.S.C. §7602 violates both the Fourth and Fifth Amendments to the Constitution in only one paragraph. Yet each year thousands of Americas voluntarily submit to these illegal searches for fear of what the almighty IRS would do to them if they do not comply. And this is only the beginning.

Financial Transactions

(a) When a domestic financial institution is involved in a transaction for the payment, receipt, or transfer of United States coins or currency (or other monetary instruments the Secretary of the Treasury prescribes), in an amount, denomination, or amount and denomination, or under circumstances the Secretary prescribes by regulation, the institution and any other participant in the transaction the Secretary may prescribe shall file a report on the transaction at the time and in the way the Secretary prescribes. A participant acting for another person shall make the report as the agent or bailee of the person and identify the person for whom the transaction is being made.

31 USC 5313: Reports on domestic coins and currency transactions

This little piece of tyranny basically says the Secretary of the Treasure gets to tell banks and other financial or trading businesses to collect and report whatever information the Secretary may prescribe by regulation, without probable cause. If you watch crime dramas, you’ve probably heard that banks are required to submit a Suspicious Activity Report (SAR) to the government for every transaction of $10,000 or more. One of the things Congress tried to do was lower that threshold to just $600. While that attempt was defeated, the constitutional violation still exists. This “law” assumes that any transaction of $10,000 or more is not only suspicious, but probable cause that a crime may have been committed. I don’t know if you’ve noticed, but the price of a car, home, motorcycle, land, and many other perfectly legitimate transactions are greater than $10,000. So the claim that any transaction of $10,000 or more is probable cause of a crime is offensive, ludicrous, and yet another violation of the oath of office every member of Congress took before assuming office. And should you wish to comply with this law by conducting transactions in smaller amounts than need to be reported, you are charged with structuring transactions. So even if your transaction was perfectly legal, Congress considers it a crime to hide it from the federal government.

They’re Coming For Your Guns

With H.R. 5764, Congress wants to use the same writs of assistance technique to track firearm transactions.

IN GENERAL.— Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, FinCEN shall request information from financial institutions for the purpose of developing an advisory about the identification and reporting of suspicious activity relating to—

(A) how homegrown violent extremists and perpetrators of domestic terrorism procure firearms and firearm accessories for the purpose of carrying out lone actor or lone wolf acts of terror within the United States; and

(B) the ways in which the firearms market in the United States is exploited to facilitate gun violence in the United States.

H.R. 5764

This legislation doesn’t demand reporting of transactions yet, but it’s the first step towards doing so. It appears Congress wants to expand the definition of suspicious activities for financial institutions to report on, including what they think “homegrown violent extremists and perpetrators of domestic terrorism” might do to acquire firearms. The questions that never seems to be asked in legislation like this is: What makes a transaction suspicious?And what makes these transactions probable cause that a crime has been committed?

For example, you may think that buying 10,000 rounds of ammunition is suspicious. However, everyone from competitive shooters to people who are looking for a bargain or just concerned about shortages, may see this as a reasonable action to take. And if someone finds 10,000 rounds suspicious, what about 1,000? 100? Or just ten?

One day I was at a gun store and they had nice older rifles on sale. So I bought two; one for me and one for my father. Some people may see a person purchasing two rifles at the same time suspicious, while I was just thinking it would be nice for my father and I to have identical rifles with consecutive serial numbers. And let’s face it, if someone is planning to perpetrate some form of domestic terrorism, they’re either going to buy their weapons on the black market or make sure their transactions are squeaky clean to avoid attracting attention. So the only real outcome of this attempt to develop a reporting system for “suspicious activities” related to firearms is a further erosion of our right to be secure from unreasonable searches and potentially create another illegal federal firearm registry.

Conclusion

Some of you may be thinking that if people don’t have anything to hide, why are they worried about those in government checking their actions? While you may have nothing to hide, you do have everything to protect. As Benjamin Franklin said, if you are willing to give up essential liberties for the promise of temporary safety, you deserve neither. If you’re willing to give up your right to be secure against unreasonable searches for either of these reasons, who will protect your rights when someone else comes up with an even more intrusive reason? You may think it’s reasonable for the government to poke around in your financial records to make sure you paid your taxes correctly, but what about making sure you pay your mortgage and credit cards on time? You may find a $10,000 transaction suspicious until you need to borrow money from a friend. And sure, you may think that your neighbor purchasing firearms and ammo are suspicious, until the day the mob shows up and only one who has the tools to protect you is that neighbor. The question shouldn’t be whether someone thinks something is suspicious, but what are the requirements before government can go snooping around your stuff? Those in government claim that these laws are necessary to keep the people safe. As William Pitt (the Younger) said

Necessity is the plea for every infringement of human freedom. It is the argument of tyrants; it is the creed of slaves.

William Pitt (the Younger), Speech in the House of Commons, November 18, 1783

The Constitution requires there be probable cause before you or your stuff can be searched. Not what a government bureaucrat thinks is suspicious or not what your neighbor thinks is suspicious. The Constitution also requires that said probable cause be supported by oath or affirmation before a warrant is issued. Not legislation that demands you show people your books or that you show up to witness against yourself. Yet today the government in Washington, D.C. has claimed the power to issue these writs of assistance, and we the people have given up our right to be secure against unreasonable searches in exchange for the promises that government will keep us safe. Because Mr. Franklin was right; the American people deserve neither liberty nor safety. And we will not deserve them again until we refuse to give up our rights every time someone in government claims it’s to keep us safe or for our own good.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Oral Arguments

by Paul Engel

December 13, 2021

Recent oral arguments at the Supreme Court have brought to the public’s attention not only the Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health, but Roe v. Wade and the “right” to abortion itself.
The heart of this case is much more than abortion. The willingness of the Supreme Court to abandon previous opinions that they recognize are wrong and the supremacy of precedent above the law and the Constitution is also on trial.
Some on the court are concerned with what will happen to their reputation if they overturn Roe. No one seems to be concerned with the reputation of the Court should they be unwilling to review the validity of that decision.

The Supreme Court opinions in Roe v Wade (Roe) and Planned Parenthood vs Casey (Casey) have been political footballs since the day they were decided. A recent Mississippi law placed restrictions on abortions within the state that contradict the standards set by Roe and Casey. Not surprisingly, a lawsuit was filed challenging the Mississippi law. Recently, oral arguments in this case were heard at the Supreme Court. I found a number of arguments that I believe anyone interested in what the Constitution actually says would find worth their time.

The plaintiff, Thomas E. Dobbs, is the State Health Officer of the Mississippi Department of Health. In 2018, Mississippi enacted the Gestational Age Act, which prohibited abortions after 15 weeks gestation except in medical emergencies or where severe fetal abnormalities were found. Jackson Women’s Health sued in federal District Court and won. The case was appealed to the Fifth Circuit, which agreed with the District Court. Mr. Dobbs then petitioned the Supreme Court for review of the case. Arguing for the petitioner, Scott Steward, Solicitor General of Mississippi went first. And he started out with a bang.

STEWART: Mr. Chief Justice, and may it please the Court:
Roe versus Wade and Planned Parenthood versus Casey haunt our country. They have no basis in the Constitution. They have no home in our history or traditions. They’ve damaged the democratic process. They’ve poisoned the law. They’ve choked off compromise.

For 50 years, they’ve kept this Court at the center of a political battle that it can never resolve. And 50 years on, they stand alone. Nowhere else does this Court recognize a right to end a human life.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Oral Arguments

I’ve talked before about the Roe opinion, but I believe Mr. Stewart is just as correct about Casey. Both claim that a woman’s right to liberty supersedes the right to life of the child in the womb, at least until the point of viability. As I understand it, the main difference between Roe and Casey is Roe used an arbitrary “trimester” approach while Casey used an arbitrary “undue burden” one. Roe divided a woman’s pregnancy into three “trimesters” and set conditions and exceptions on that schedule while Casey looked to see if the state law imposed an undue burden on the exercise of a woman’s liberty to terminate her pregnancy. Both found this right to abortion in the Fourteen Amendment’s Due Process Clause, specifically the right not to be deprived of liberty without due process of law.

For 50 years, Roe and Casey have been at the center of a political battle, and the court has been a willing participant. When was the last time the confirmation of a federal judge did not include the question of whether or not they support Roe? How long has the Senate used stare decisis as a sword of Damocles above the heads of nominated judges, requiring a demonstration of fealty to the right of abortion.

Consider this case: The Mississippi law here prohibits abortions after 15 weeks.
The law includes robust exceptions for a woman’s life and health. It leaves months to obtain an abortion. Yet, the courts below struck the law down. It didn’t matter that the law apply — that the law applies when an unborn child is undeniably human, when risks to women surge, and when the common abortion procedure is brutal. The lower courts held that because the law prohibits abortions before viability, it is unconstitutional no matter what.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Oral Arguments

To me, the law in question seems more than reasonable, even if 15 weeks is just another arbitrary timeframe. However, Justice Breyer points out the crux of the question.

JUSTICE BREYER: … what stare decisis principles should be used to overrule a case like Roe. And they say Roe is special. What’s special about it? They say it’s rare. They call it a watershed. Why? Because the country is divided. Because feelings run high. And yet the country, for better or for worse, decided to resolve their differences by this Court laying down a constitutional principle, in this case, women’s choice. All right. That’s what makes it rare.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Oral Arguments

While oral arguments discussed many questions about the Mississippi law, the big question revolves around stare decisis, latin for “let the decision stand”. Justice Breyer says “they” claim Roe is special because it is rare. But how rare is it? Sure, there aren’t many cases about abortion that get to the Supreme Court, but there are plenty of cases where the court has “found” a right that isn’t in the language of the Constitution. Breyer says people claim Roe is special because the country is divided, but the country is divided over many things, not just abortion. Then Justice Breyer claims the country decided to resolve these difference by having the court lay down a constitutional principle. However, the country did not ask the court to decide the issue, a small group of activists did. The country did not consent to the court’s “laying down” constitutional principles, but the court did. Justice Breyer went on:

That’s not what I’m asking about. I want your reaction to what they said follows from that. What the Court said follows from that is that it should be more unwilling to overrule a prior case, far more unwilling we should be, whether that case is right or wrong, than the ordinary case.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Oral Arguments

That, to me, is the crux of the matter, because that is what really makes Roe and Casey “rare” and dangerous: The court’s unwillingness to change its mind, even when it’s wrong. Of course, according to Justice Breyer, it’s not the court’s fault.

And why? Well, they have a lot of words there, but I’ll give you about 10 or 20. There will be inevitable efforts to overturn it. Of course, there will. Feelings run high. And it is particularly important to show what we do in overturning a case is grounded in principle and not social pressure, not political pressure.

Only “the most convincing justification can show that a later decision overruling,” if that’s what we do, “was anything but a surrender to political pressures or new members.” And that is an unjustified repudiation of principles on which the Court stakes its authority.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Oral Arguments

The reason the Roe and Casey decisions are wrong is not because feelings run high. And the reason to overturn it has nothing to do with political pressure. In fact, I would say it is political pressure that has kept these bad opinions around for so long. So why Does Justice Breyer believe the court should be so reluctant to overturn precident?

Overruling unnecessarily and under pressure would lead to condemnation, the Court’s loss of confidence in the judiciary, the ability of the Court to exercise the judicial power and to function as the Supreme Court of a nation dedicated to the rule of law.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Oral Arguments

Isn’t it the fact the courts are so reticent to change their minds on a wrong opinion that truly causes the lack of confidence in the judiciary? How can a member of the court claim it is the court of a nation dedicated to the rule of law if they place previous opinions above the law? Apparently, it’s not enough for the court’s decision to be wrong, it must be really, really wrong. It seems the court is more concerned with their reputation than upholding their oath of office.

Justice Breyer wasn’t the only one to bring up politicization. Justice Sotomayor took a slightly different angle:

JUSTICE SOTOMAYOR: — what hasn’t been at issue in the last 30 years is the line that Casey drew of viability. There has been some difference of opinion with respect to undue burden, but the right of a woman to choose, the right to control her own body, has been clearly set for — since Casey and never challenged.

You want us to reject that line of viability and adopt something different. Fifteen justices over 50 years have — or I should say 30 since Casey have reaffirmed that basic viability line. Four have said no, two of them members of this Court. But 15 justices have said yes, of varying political backgrounds.

Now the sponsors of this bill, the House bill, in Mississippi, said we’re doing it because we have new justices. The newest ban that Mississippi has put in place, the six-week ban, the Senate sponsors said we’re doing it because we have new justices on the Supreme Court.

Will this institution survive the stench that this creates in the public perception that the Constitution and its reading are just political acts?

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Oral Arguments

The question of when a child in the womb receives legal protection has been the central issue since Roe was decided in 1973, almost 50 years ago. While the Roe case, later reaffirmed by Casey, set that milestone at the point of viability, that only settled the controversy in the minds of the justices. Every year since the Roe decision thousands of people per year have demonstrated on the steps of the Supreme Court their unwillingness to accept the court’s decision. Justice Sotomayor asks if the court will survive the stench of the perception that their interpretation of the Constitution is merely a political act. Since everyone currently on the court had to pledge fidelity to Roe v. Wade as part of their confirmation in the Senate, I would say they have been living under that stench for almost 50 years. The question I have is, will this country survive the stench of denying constitutionally protected rights to the most vulnerable among us simply to appease a political party?

JUSTICE SOTOMAYOR: Virtually every state defines a brain death as death. Yet, the literature is filled with episodes of people who are completely and utterly brain dead responding to stimuli. There’s about 40 percent of dead people who, if you touch their feet, the foot will recoil. There are spontaneous acts by dead brain people. So I don’t think that a response to — by a fetus necessarily proves that there’s a sensation of pain or that there’s consciousness.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Oral Arguments

Justice Sotomayor has received some very harsh criticism for this question, but I think it’s an important one. If the Constitution says you cannot be deprived of life without due process, which happens to be my legal argument against abortion, figuring out when life begins would be an important step. Sotomayor claims that 40 percent of brain dead people react to stimuli and have spontaneous acts. Does that statement hold up? Merriam-Webster defines brain death as:

final cessation of activity in the central nervous system especially as indicated by a flat electroencephalogram for a predetermined length of time

Brain Death – Merriam Webster

If there is no activity in the central nervous system, then there can be no spontaneous actions. Since a flat electroencephalogram may not rule out reflexive movements similar to the touching of a foot, Justice Sotomayor seems to have a point. So I searched federal law for a definition of “brain death”, but could not find one. This makes sense, since the power to define medical conditions was never delegated to the United States. However, I did find it in the Mississippi Code Annotated:

An individual who has sustained either (a) irreversible cessation of circulatory and respiratory functions or (b) irreversible cessation of all functions of the entire brain, including the brain stem, is dead. A determination of death must be made in accordance with accepted medical standards.

Determination of Death – Miss. Code Ann. § 41-36-3

There has been medical evidence that children in the womb react to stimuli, but is that enough to prove life? If the reactions are merely reflexive, such as flinching from pain, proof of life might be questionable. According to the Mayo Clinic, by 16 weeks gestation the baby’s eyes and limbs move on their own. This spontaneous movement shows activity in the baby’s brain. Furthermore, according to the Charlotte Lozier Institute:

A recent review of the evidence concludes that from the 15th week of gestation onward, “the fetus is extremely sensitive to painful stimuli, and that this fact should be taken into account when performing invasive medical procedures on the fetus. It is necessary to apply adequate analgesia to prevent the suffering of the fetus.”

Fact Sheet: Science of Fetal Pain – Charlotte Lozier Institute

If, at 15 weeks gestation, it is necessary to protect the baby from suffering, then doesn’t the baby also deserve the protection of their life? There have even been reports of the baby in the womb attempting to get away from the abortionists tools. If the child in the womb has the consciousness to attempt to escape from danger, can we not agree that it is alive and deserving of our protection?

Conclusion

There was so much more in these oral arguments that I do not have the space to deal with them here. The question of undue burden, is the opposition to abortion merely a religious view, the relative safety of abortions compared to giving birth, even the assertion of Justice Sotomayor that the supreme court has the final word on what is constitutional, are all worthy of further study. Whether I cover those topics in another article or not, I will certainly review the court’s decision when it is released. Regardless of where you stand on the topic, it is clear that the question of abortion will not be leaving the social discussion any time soon.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

[Paul Engel founded The Constitution Study in 2014 to help everyday Americans read and study the Constitution. Author and speaker, Paul has spent more than 20 years studying and teaching about both the Bible and the U.S. Constitution. Freely admitting that he “learned more about our Constitution from School House Rock than in 12 years of public school” he proves that anyone can be a constitutional scholar. You can find his books on Amazon and Apple Books. You can also find his books, classes and other products at the Constitution Study website (https://constitutionstudy.com).]

294 – Congressional Term Limits

by Paul Engel

December 10, 2021

We’ve had term limits for the Presidency for over 70 years, but none for Congress. Do you know why?
What are the effects of term limits?
Are there other ways to get the desired outcome of term limits, without the negative side effects?

U.S. Representative Tim Burchett has introduced a bill to limit the number of terms members of Congress can serve. I’ve talked before about term limits, but this seems to be a good opportunity to look at the details both of the legislation and the idea of term limits.

The question of term limits has been bandied about for many years. Term limits were not part of the Constitution until the 22nd Amendment, limiting the number of terms a President can serve to two, was ratified in 1951. Not that there weren’t men who attempted to get elected for a third term, but we had the good sense to not let that happen.

Now Congressman Tim Burchett wants to amend the Constitution to limit the terms of members of Congress as well.

The legislation proposed by Congressman Burchett is pretty simple.

SECTION 1. No person who has served three terms as a Representative shall be eligible for election to the House of Representatives. For purposes of this section, the election of a person to fill a vacancy in the House of Representatives shall be included as one term in determining the number of terms that such person has served as a Representative if the person fills the vacancy for more than one year.

SECTION 2. No person who has served two terms as a Senator shall be eligible for election or appointment to the Senate. For purposes of this section, the election or appointment of a person to fill a vacancy in the Senate shall be included as one term in determining the number of terms that such person has served as a Senator if the person fills the vacancy for more than three years.

SECTION 3. This article shall not apply to any person serving a term as a Member of Congress on the date of the ratification of this article.

Proposed House Joint Resolution

I love simple and straight-forward legislation. Section 1 of this proposed constitutional amendment would limit a representative to three terms. and section 2 limits Senators to serving two terms. The third section exempts any current members of Congress from this amendment. With such simple legislation, what could be the controversy? Why would people not support it?

Purpose of Term Limits

From 1789 until 1940, America followed the tradition established by President Washington of only electing a President for two terms. Then, in 1940, we elected F.D.R. for a third and even a fourth term. Since Roosevelt was a member of the Democratic Party, you shouldn’t be surprised that those most supportive of term limits were members of the Republican Party. In 1944, Roosevelt’s opponent, Thomas Dewey, made it an issue in his campaign:

“ four terms, or sixteen years is the most dangerous threat to our freedom ever proposed.”

FDR, Dewey, and the Election of 1944. – Jordan, David M (2011)

This shows us the primary purpose of term limits: Beating your opponent before the people go to the polls. Yes, those who support term limits decry the evils of career politicians and the corruption that comes with long term exposure to the halls of power, but I’ve rarely heard anyone talk about term limits who hasn’t lost an election to a long term incumbent.

Meanwhile, I’ve yet to hear anyone promoting term limits discussing an unintended consequence like depriving the people of the candidate of their choice. People talk about not allowing a candidate to run for office, but never seem to consider that means the people who want to vote for that candidate are deprived of the opportunity to do so. Term limits involve imposing your will on someone else. Take for example, Mr. Burchett’s proposed amendment. You may think that three terms in the House or two terms in the Senate are enough, but what about your neighbor? What it they think four terms in the House should be the limit? This amendment would deny them their choice of a representative because you have set a limit. And what about the situation where a really good candidate serves in office? What happens when someone who upholds their oath of office is term limited out and the only candidates left on the ballot are ignorant, reckless, and corrupt? Are you willing to replace a constitutional candidate with a corrupt one simply because they’ve served an arbitrary number of terms?

Effects of Term Limits

Most people who support term limits claim that it will “clean up” Congress by brining in new blood. We have an excellent experiment in term limits with the Presidency of the United States. How has that worked at cleaning up the office? Yes, there have been Presidents who have abused their office, and I was glad to see them go after the second term. However, those Presidents were often elected after a better candidate was term limited out.

Since I’ve already talked about how term limits restrict not only candidates but the people as well, there is another important effect of term limits we should discuss. The reason we have term limits is to introduce “churn” into elected offices. Often referred to as “fresh blood”, the idea is simply to bring people into and out of the office on a regular basis. But what is the effect of this churn? To understand this, let’s take a look at how we run elections today.

Although we had factions (an early form of political parties) early in the republic, they did not have the influence our current two major parties do. Originally, when you went to cast your vote, you were not handed a ballot with names on it. Instead, you were handed either a blank piece of paper, or one with the offices that needed to be voted on. You then put in the name of whomever you thought would best fulfill the duties of that office. When the ballots were counted, whoever got the most votes would be asked to serve. Not only was it considered a duty to serve, but to refuse was considered selfish and ungentlemanly.

Compare that with today, where the recognized political parties choose their champions, who then appear on the ballot. While you can still legally write in the name of whomever you want to vote for, the rules are set up to make it almost impossible for a write-in candidate to win in any but the most local elections. Unless you are a party’s candidate and on the ballot, the odds of you getting elected round to zero. In fact, history has shown that unless you’re a candidate of one of the two major parties, you’ll be lucky to get more than a few percentage points of the votes. That means we’ve allowed the political parties to gain almost exclusive control of the election process. This can be seen not only by the fact that almost every member of Congress is a member of one of the two major parties, but by the number of times you’ve been told you have to vote for a bad candidate to prevent the other party from taking control. In other words, we’re using the “lesser of two evils” approach to choosing our representatives in government. What do you think will happen when a party’s candidate is term limited out? The party will simply choose another champion and tell you to vote for them so the other party doesn’t take control. Simply put, term limits places even more control into the hands of the party system. Just look at the last two Presidential election cycles. In both cases, Bernie Sanders was winning the primary elections for nomination as the Democratic Party candidate, only to be replaced by someone more palatable to the party leadership. Now imagine that is the process of choosing not only the President of the United States, but the 535 members of the House and Senate.

We can add to that one more gift of term limits: “Lame ducks”. Does anyone else remember President Obama telling then Russian President Medvedev:

This is my last election. After my election I have more flexibility.

President Obama to President Medvedev at the 2012 Nuclear Security Summit

What do you think will happen when one third of Congress and half of the Senate don’t have to consider the impact their actions may have on an upcoming election?

Conclusion

I agree there are many in Congress who have served long past their expiration date. However, I think term limits fixes the wrong problem. Ask yourself, why do the same people keep getting elected over and over again? The answer is We the People keep voting for them. But if so many people think members of Congress are serving too long, why do we keep voting them into office? I believe the answer is two-fold.

First, we’ve allowed the party system to manipulate the election process to such an extent they control for whom you vote. They do this through the primary system, but how many of you realize that primaries, caucuses, and conventions are not constitutional parts of our election system? These are nothing more than the political parties getting taxpayers to cover the cost of limiting the people. How you would react if your governor announced that state taxpayer funds would be used to hold an election for the boards of the NRA and the NAACP? Most Americans I know would be outraged. Yet every couple of years our states and counties use taxpayer funds to hold elections for private corporations called the RNC and the DNC. These are not public entities, but private corporations. Not only are you expected to pay for their elections to choose their champions for the various offices up for election, but by doing so you are limiting the final choice people have in the actual elections. If you supported Bernie Sanders or Ted Cruz during the primary season, why can’t you vote for them in the general election? Technically you can, but as I’ve already pointed out, the election laws in the states make it almost impossible for these candidate to get a fair chance at winning the election. Therefore, is it any surprise that those with the most power in the political parties are chosen to represent them in the elections for the most powerful offices? And since we’ve effectively allowed ourselves to be limited to the preferences of the two major parties, their candidates serve in those offices the longest.

Second, the American people have gotten lazy. Rather than vetting the candidate for office based on their fidelity to the oath of office, we choose whomever is the champion of our preferred team. How often have you voted for someone you don’t really like in order to prevent the other party from winning? Or how often have you overlooked the bad actions of a candidate because you didn’t want the other party to win?

The problem that leads to people holding office for decades isn’t the Constitution, it’s We the People. We’ve allowed the political parties to control our state election laws and hold all but absolute sway over our electoral choice. Not only will term limits not fix America’s problems, I believe there is plenty of evidence that it will make things worse. As George Washington warned us in his farewell address:

The alternate domination of one faction over another, sharpened by the spirit of revenge, natural to party dissension, which in different ages and countries has perpetrated the most horrid enormities, is itself a frightful despotism. But this leads at length to a more formal and permanent despotism. The disorders and miseries which result gradually incline the minds of men to seek security and repose in the absolute power of an individual; and sooner or later the chief of some prevailing faction, more able or more fortunate than his competitors, turns this disposition to the purposes of his own elevation, on the ruins of public liberty.

George Washington’s Farewell Address 1796

For those of you who are still convinced that term limits are the answer, a quick look at Mr. Burchett’s proposed amendment reveals that someone can still serve 18 or more years in Congress, six years in the House, and twelve in the Senate.

If we want more churn in Congress, then We the People need to start voting that way, not sit back and wait for a constitutional amendment to tell us to do so.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

USA, Inc.?

by Paul Engel

November 29, 2021

There are some who claim that the United States became a private corporation in 1871.
What about The District of Columbia Act of 1871? Did that turn America from a constitutional republic into a corporation?
Does the Constitution allow Congress to incorporation the United States of America?

One concept that I often see or hear people express is that the United States is now a private corporation. Those who make these claims often cite The District of Columbia Act of 1871 as proof. This “fact” is then used to support various positions or explain why or how certain acts of government take place. So let’s look at The District of Columbia Act of 1871 and the Constitution of the United States to see for ourselves if we are no longer citizens of a union, but subjects of a corporation.

I will not be reviewing all of the text in The District of Columbia Act of 1871 for one simple reason: It’s long. In fact there are 41 sections spanning eleven pages. Since most of this legislation is a charter for the new government of the District of Columbia, it’s not pertinent to this conversion. However, Section 1 is.

The District of Columbia

To understand this piece of legislation, it would help to know the special role the District of Columbia plays within the United States.

To exercise exclusive Legislation in all Cases whatsoever, over such District (not exceeding ten Miles square) as may, by Cession of particular States, and the Acceptance of Congress, become the Seat of the Government of the United States,

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 8, Clause 17

The Founding Fathers expected the states to quarrel. To prevent one state from holding undue influence over the government of the new union, Congress was given exclusive legislative control of a district no larger than ten miles square that would become the seat of the government of the United States. In 1788, Maryland ceded land for this federal district, and in 1789, Virginia did the same. Then, in 1790, the Residence Act mandated that this ceded territory would be the permanent seat of the government of the United States. In 1801 the “Act concerning the District of Columbia” divided the district into two counties, Alexandria and Washington, each with their own courts, judges, and justices of the peace. The act left the cities of Washington, Alexandria, and Georgetown in place, each with their own municipal governments.

As early as 1803 we find legislation that would return the territory south of the Potomac River (Alexandria County) to Virginia, though there was little support until the 1830s. In 1846 Congress, with the approval of the Virginia General Assembly, returned the territory to Virginia.

The District of Columbia Act of 1871

Thus the stage was set for The District of Columbia Act of 1871.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That all that part of the territory of the United States included within the limits of the District of Columbia be, and the same is hereby, created into a government by the name of the District of Columbia, by which name it is hereby constituted a body corporate for municipal purposes, and may contract and be contracted with, sue and be sued, plead and be impleaded, have a seal, and exercise all other powers of a municipal corporation not inconsistent with the Constitution and laws of the United States and the provisions of this act.

The District of Columbia Act of 1871

So, if the District of Columbia already had two county governments, what was the purpose of the 1871 act? The 1801 act created two counties, but did not governments for them. During and after the Civil War the population of the District grew tremendously. Congress determined that the local governments were not capable of handling the increasing demands of the new population. Their response was The District of Columbia Act to create a new unified government for the District. Section 40 of the act repealed the charters for the cities of Washington and Georgetown, but left the cities and laws generally intact. The rest of this act was primarily the charter establishing this new government.

So what did this act actually create and why do people claim that this legislation made the United States a private corporation? It seems the idea that the United States is now a private corporation stems from the language “is hereby constituted a body corporate for municipal purposes”. In other words, the District of Columbia is a municipal corporation.

A municipal corporation is a city, town, village, or borough that has governmental powers. A municipality is a city, town, village, or, in some states, a borough. A corporation is an entity capable of conducting business, Cities, towns, villages, and some boroughs are called municipal corporations because they have the power to conduct business with the private sector.

Municipal Corporation – The Free Legal Dictionary

While the idea of a municipal corporation is something most Americans will never truly consider, The Free Legal Dictionary breaks it down fairly simply. A corporation is an entity capable of conducting business. For example, The Constitution Study is a sole-proprietorship, meaning I alone own it. While I do business in the name The Constitution Study, it’s me and me alone doing business. Should I one day form a partnership with someone, although we’ll be doing business in the name of the partnership, it’s the partners who are doing business. Should I want to create a separate entity to do business, I would create some form of corporation. Then, when the corporation did business, it would be the corporation rather than the owners who are doing business.

While we often think of corporations as large businesses, there are many different types of corporations. One type of corporation is a municipal corporation. This is where a city, town, or village, incorporates so that it can do business separately from its citizens. Another example is that I live in an unincorporated town in Tennessee. My town cannot contract with someone, because it is not a legal entity. If the people of my town want to contract to do something, we have to choose individuals who will contract with others to get the work done. Since this in not a very good way to do business, we often see that as cities and towns get larger, they tend to incorporate. Not far from where I live is a small city that is incorporated. There are city employees, city property, city vehicles, and the city can contract with vendors to get work done like maintaining the streets or handling garbage. Also, as a municipal corporation, that city has governmental powers such as legislating and executing their laws.

So what The District of Columbia Act of 1871 did was nothing more than create a government called the District of Columbia as a municipal corporation. Meaning the district can legislate, enforce, and contract with others.

Did the Act Create Corporate USA?

Most people who tell me that the United States is a corporation seem to be merely repeating something they were told. The few examples I’ve found where people try to explain how The District of Columbia Act created a private corporation, their reasoning falls flat.

One claim is that the District of Columbia had already been municipally incorporated, so the 1871 act must have created something else. However, the District of Columbia Act of 1801 doesn’t actually say it created a municipal corporation.

Section 1. Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That the laws of the state of Virginia, as they now exist, shall be and continue in force in that part of the District of Columbia, which was ceded by the said state to the United States, and by them accepted for the permanent seat of government; and that the laws of the state of Maryland as they now exist, shall be and continue in force in that part of the said district, which was ceded by that state to the United States, and by them accepted as aforesaid.

District of Columbia Act of 1801

So the laws of the states that ceded that land to the district would remain in place. Furthermore, the District of Columbia Act of 1801 did not create a district government, it created two counties based on the land of the original states.

SEC. 2. And be it further enacted, That the said district of Columbia shall be formed into two counties; one county shall contain all that part of said district, which lies on the east side of the river Potomac, together with the islands therein, and shall be called the county of Washington; the other county shall contain all that part of said district, which lies on the west side of said river, and shall be called the county of Alexandria; and the said river in its whole course through said district shall be taken and deemed to all intents and purposes to be within both of said counties.

District of Columbia Act of 1801

Yes, courts were set up for these counties and a U.S. Marshal and Attorney were assigned to the district, but there were no governmental powers delegated to the district itself.

Another claim is that the 1871 act was unlawful since you cannot have an organic (or first) act when an act is already in place. As I’ve shown, there was no government for the District of Columbia. In fact, the only governmental offices authorized by the 1801 act were judges in the two counties. The existing charters for the cities of Georgetown, Washington, and Alexandria were left in place. Section 40 of the 1871 act repeals the charters for the cities of Washington and Georgetown (Alexandria having been receded to Virginia in 1846), with the new corporation the District of Columbia being the successor of those two cities. Since there was no government or corporation called The District of Columbia before 1871, The District of Columbia Act of 1871 is an organic act, creating a new entity.

The last argument for a corporation called the United States is the assumption that, even though The District of Columbia Act of 1871 specifically states that it’s creating a municipal corporation, somehow it magically became a private corporation owned by the government. Some have gone so far as to claim that since, in their opinion, the seat of the federal government is actually a private corporation, then the entire country somehow became one. I have yet to have anyone provide a cogent basis for that argument.

Conclusion

The easiest way to rebut the claim that The District of Columbia Act of 1871 turned the United States into a private corporation comes from the legislation itself.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That all that part of the territory of the United States included within the limits of the District of Columbia be, and the same is hereby, created into a government by the name of the District of Columbia, by which name it is hereby constituted a body corporate for municipal purposes, and may contract and be contracted with, sue and be sued, plead and be impleaded, have a seal, and exercise all other powers of a municipal corporation not inconsistent with the Constitution and laws of the United States and the provisions of this act. (emphasis added)

The District of Columbia Act of 1871

There’s nothing in the Constitution or laws of the United States that allows the District of Columbia to be a private corporation or to exercise any power over another city or state. This appears to be little more than a tactic to scare the American people into believing their control over government has been take away by some mysterious cabal of evil doers. Sadly, the truth is even worse. Our power to control government was not been taken away, we are merely unwilling to wield it or to wield it justly.

Hopefully this will be an example of why it’s so important to go back to the original documents to see if what you are being told is true. As Ronald Reagan said, trust, but verify.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Congratulations From the Volunteer State

by Kat Stansell

November 21, 2021

Thank you, Virginia! You have sent a message to the world, and it is being heard. The results of the 2021 election go far beyond a victory for the fight against the Marxist program of Critical Race Theory. You showed America that voting still counts – that it is possible to win against the unwelcome advances of socialism, and restore traditional values. Over 50% of Americans had begun to believe that their vote no longer mattered, that results could be manipulated to reflect other than the honest majority. Americans from both parties were becoming discouraged – even depressed – sure that their voices at the polls would never be heard again; that our Republic was lost. Your strength and resolve showed them otherwise. You gave America hope! At this point in our history, that is a great gift. Thank you, Virginia.

You could say that parents won the election, not the Republican Party or their candidates. People who believe in family values took it to the other side, and won. The ethics on which this country was built carried the day. Thank you, Virginia!

The victory of the Republican ticket was far more than a change of incumbents. It was a loud statement from all those who hold those traditional values of home and family, that they WILL be represented. The bedrock of our American society – faith, family and freedom – has been under attack for decades. Virginians stood up and said, “No more!”

As the Great Reset finally got a public name, and people were told (among other things) that they should no longer have a say in their children’s education, voters took action.

While the Youngkin team gained strength in the polls, the opposition doubled down. First came the lie that CRT was not being taught in the schools. McAuliffe reinforced that with a statement saying that parents had no business having a say in what was being taught to their children. The Democrat Party brought in Biden (a man increasingly failing in popularity as well as health), Obama, Stacy Abrams and Kamala Harris , to stump for a McAuliffe victory. The union boss for the American Federation of Teachers, Randi Weingarten (responsible for school closures this last year and unpopular with many, in her own right) came to speak on McAuliffe’s behalf. Tone deaf? Many say, yes.

The candidate dug himself in, even deeper, by saying that Virginia had too many white teachers, and that those who didn’t like CRT were themselves racist! (So, if you’re not Marxist, you’re racist?) The result of such choices has now become a part of history. The purveyors of division and untruth went down to defeat. Thank you, Virginia!

The Left has become so ingrained in their Marxist philosophy that they could not comprehend the strength of family values and morals in America today. This was, I believe, the causal factor in their defeat. They support abortion, so the value of children means something very different to them. They believe that the government should raise children. They severely underestimated the strength of parental love. In short, they mistook the light at the end of the campaign tunnel as the sun rising on their impending victory, rather than the Red freight train it was. Virginians, of all colors and national origins, who share the values on which our country was founded, spoke loudly and clearly, on Tuesday, Nov. 2. They let their feelings be known, at the ballot box, in a “blue” state, on election day, 2021.

Why did it take them so long? We can only speculate. The traditionally “silent majority”, country-wide, were docile as lambs while their churches were shuttered; schools closed; shelves emptied of essentials; American greatness, denigrated, and personal freedoms lost. When they could not be with loved ones who were sick or needy, the outcry was much too quiet. They mumbled only a little as our energy independence was reversed and gas prices soared. They were sitting home, shaking their heads as our borders were ripped open to hundreds of thousands of unvetted aliens who will further burden our systems. Americans have stood by while our military was weakened, our small businesses closed by the thousands, and our economy left in tatters. Even double-digit inflation in some sectors, and material shortages across the spectrum, didn’t seem to fully capture their attention.

However, telling parents that they have no say in what their children are being taught made those silent Americans “see red”. They came awake. Attacking concerned parents with the FBI, and seeking to classify them as “domestic terrorists” for attending school board meetings, turned that silent majority into a loud force for freedom. They used the rights granted us at our country’s founding, and went to work. They organized, spoke, wrote, learned what was happening in their own communities, and took their ire to the polls. This is how America is supposed to work. Thank you, Virginia!

But, for all of us, the job is just beginning. We must stay close to those we elect. Let your representatives know what you think. Keep current with pending legislation. Go to local board and council meetings as often as possible, and stay

informed on the agenda items. Don’t stop because you think you’ve won. Stay alert and stay strong. It is from the local level that this victory was born, and from which all future successes will come.

It was with great pride and pleasure that I looked on, as my former neighbors and friends changed things for the better in the Commonwealth, and that has changed it for us all. You have altered the landscape in Richmond, and in America. You’ve shown the way. It is now up to every American to keep that ball rolling. As Virginia was fundamental to the creation of this great nation 245 years ago, you have once again been at the forefront of something essential for our future. Thank you, Virginia!

E-mail Kat Stansell: contact@americanpolicy.org

[BIO: Kat Stansell is the Grassroots Outreach Director for the American Policy Center. A native of Cincinnati Ohio, and graduate of Denison University, Kat served the Village of Mettawa, IL, as treasurer and chair of the Planning Commission, where she got a good look at the process of civic vs. corporate interaction. She has been a local activist, working for several candidates and organizations. She has also written for newspapers and websites, and organized events highlighting issues of the day.]

The Supremacy Clause & Tenth Amendment v. Mandates

By Paul Engel

November 15, 2021

Does federal law always supersede state law?
Is OSHA’s vaccine mandate the supreme law of the land?
What can the state and the people do to reinstate the rule of law?

By now, you’ve probably heard of Jen Psaki’s response to a question about Texas standing up to Biden’s threatened vaccine mandate. She stated that federal law trumps state law. I guess it’s true that the best lie should contain a bit of truth, but today let’s answer the question of whether federal law always trumps state law. Let’s do so by looking at the original documents, so we can answer this question not only when it comes to vaccine mandates, but all of the acts coming out of Washington, D.C.

When Ms. Psaki talks about federal law trumping state law, she was referring to the Supremacy Clause, found in Article VI, Clause 2 of the Constitution of the United States:

This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land; and the Judges in every State shall be bound thereby, any Thing in the Constitution or Laws of any State to the Contrary notwithstanding.

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

To understand this clause, we need to break it down. The Supremacy Clause lists three things that are the supreme law of the land.

First, the Constitution of the United States is the supreme law of the land.

Second, the laws of the United States are supreme, but not all laws of the United States. Only the laws of the United States made pursuant to the Constitution are considered supreme. Meaning laws…

Done in consequence or prosecution of any thing; hence, agreeable; conformable.

Pursuant – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

Since only the laws of the United States made pursuant, or conformable, to the Constitution are given the high place of supreme law of the land, we’ve already shown that Ms. Psaki’s statement isn’t entirely correct. Before we get into that though, let’s look at the third thing that’s the supreme law of the land.

Third, treaties made under the authority of the United States are also considered supreme. Where does the United States get its authority? From the Constitution of course. Together, we see a hierarchy of supremacy. At the top is the Constitution of the United State, then below that document we have U.S. laws made pursuant to it and treaties made under the authority granted by it.

Vaccine Mandates

With this in mind, let’s look at the question of Biden’s vaccine mandates and Texas’ response to it.

No entity in Texas can compel receipt of a COVID-19 vaccine by any individual, including an employee or a consumer, who objects to such vaccination for any reason of personal conscience, based on a religious belief, or for medical reasons, including prior recovery from COVID-19. I hereby suspend all relevant statutes to the extent necessary to enforce this prohibition.

Texas Executive Order GA-40

So here we have two competing orders, one from the government in Washington, D.C. telling private companies they must require vaccines, the other from the government of Texas saying they can’t. So which one wins? Let’s start with the federal question.

President Biden announced his intention to sign an executive order requiring employers with more than 100 employees mandate COVID-19 vaccinations as a condition of employment. While I have yet to find the actual executive order, the Occupations Safety and Health Association (OHSA), a division of the Department of Labor, has proposed regulations putting President Biden’s intentions into “law”. But is that the supreme law of the land? To answer that, we have to answer two questions, is this regulation law and was it made in pursuance of the Constitution?

Is It a Law?

A rule, particularly an established or permanent rule, prescribed by the supreme power of a state to its subjects, for regulating their actions, particularly their social actions.

Law – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

So, is an OSHA regulation a rule prescribed by a supreme power of a state to its subjects? I would say yes. The government of the United States has delegated the power to establish rules for regulating actions, but is this rule being made pursuant to the Constitution?

Is It Pursuant to the Constitution?

Here is where Ms. Psaki’s statement falls apart. First, Article I, Section 1, Clause 1 of the Constitution states:

All legislative Powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States, which shall consist of a Senate and House of Representatives.

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 1, Clause 1

Legislative powers are defined as:

Capable of enacting laws; as legislative power.

Legislative – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

If all legislative power, the power of enacting laws, is delegated to Congress, how can OSHA, which is a part of the executive branch, enact law? Sure, when Congress passed the legislation that created OSHA, they gave their creation regulatory power. However, the Constitution does not authorize Congress to delegate its legislative power, so that legislation was not made pursuant to the Constitution. Furthermore, while I haven’t read the legislation, I’ve been told that creating vaccine mandates is not a power Congress supposedly gave to OSHA.

Being pursuant to the Constitution is not only simply about the question of Congress delegating its lawmaking power to the executive branch. Enter the Tenth Amendment:

The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment X

In order for a law to be made pursuant to the Constitution, it must enact a power delegated to the United States by the Constitution. Look all you want, but you will not find the power to regulate private businesses, or their employees, delegated to the United States. Neither is the power to regulate the healthcare decisions for millions of Americans delegated to the United States. Since the Tenth Amendment states that powers not delegated to the United States are reserved to others, any legislation Congress may pass to enact those powers is not pursuant to the Constitution.

Laws Not Pursuant to the Constitution?

So where does that leave Biden’s mandate?

There is no position which depends on clearer principles, than that every act of a delegated authority, contrary to the tenor of the commission under which it is exercised, is void.

Alexander Hamilton – Federalist Paper #78

So if every act of a delegated authority contrary to its commission is void, what does that say about OHSA’s regulation? For that matter, what does it say about the legislation that created OSHA, without that power being delegated to the United States?

No legislative act, therefore, contrary to the Constitution, can be valid. To deny this, would be to affirm, that the deputy is greater than his principal; that the servant is above his master; that the representatives of the people are superior to the people themselves; that men acting by virtue of powers, may do not only what their powers do not authorize, but what they forbid.

Alexander Hamilton – Federalist Paper #78

So if the legislative act that created OHSA cannot be valid, meaning the agency itself is invalid, how can a regulation they promulgate be valid? To claim that anything OSHA does is valid means they are not only doing what they are unauthorized to do, but what they are forbidden to do.

Mr. Hamilton pointed out that this idea that the federal government can do whatever it wants, even in contradiction to the Constitution that created it, is ridiculous The very idea that the representatives of the people are superior to the people was as unthinkable to Mr. Hamilton as your deputy being superior to the sheriff or a servant being superior to their master. Yet that is the state of affairs today in America.

Now you may point out that the Federalist Papers are not law, rather they are commentaries in support of ratification of the Constitution as originally presented to the states. However, this idea that Congressional actions contrary to the Constitution are void was recognized by the Supreme Court:

Certainly all those who have framed written Constitutions contemplate them as forming the fundamental and paramount law of the nation, and consequently the theory of every such government must be that an act of the Legislature repugnant to the Constitution is void.

Marbury v. Madison Opinion

So if the act of the legislature that created OSHA is repugnant to the Constitution, which I have already shown makes it void, where does that leave the vaccine mandate and the Texas executive order?

Texas Executive Order

At first, you may think this proves the Texas executive order wins this battle. Before you jump to that conclusion though, let’s look at it again.

Texas Executive Order GA-40

The problem with the Texas executive order is not that it’s superseded by federal law, but that it violates the constitutions of both Texas and the United States. It is perfectly legal for Texas to tell Washington, D.C. that their mandate violates the agreement the states have, and therefore cannot be enforced within the state. However, neither the state nor federal governments have the authority to deprive private business owners control of those businesses. Both constitutions prohibit depriving these business owners of the property they have in their businesses, including control of those businesses.

Conclusion

So Ms. Psaki was wrong; not all laws of the United States are superior to state laws. Of course. that doesn’t mean that the Texas executive order doesn’t have its problems as well. Either way, knowing what the Constitution actually says makes all the difference in the world. Perhaps if the administrations in both Austin and Washington, D.C. read and studied the Constitutions they took an oath to support, we would have fewer of these conflicts and illegal orders.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

None Dare Call It Genocide

By Jim Darlington

We are being murdered, en masse. We are witnesses to genocide. This is what follows the “death of god” as the night follows the day.

This may well be something unlikely to get past the censorious monitors of “Community Standards”, but we need to do our best. Lord, let it be so.

Genocide? Genocide is the actualization of a conspiracy of lies, spread from among a powerful few, to justify the extermination of many. It can be directed at a specific group or at a general population deemed worthy of reduction or of eradication. That seems fair enough. But what an unpleasant notion. Who would care to entertain it?

God is not to be mocked and cannot be avoided. The existence of that which is brilliantly greater than each of us is etched indelibly into the soul of every human. We would hope to keep the wonder of that sun bright innocence shining from the eyes of wee children. But who can do that? Though the world takes that wonder of innocence from us, we may be blessed to find it again, in the holy rebirth and confession of that first wonderous Spirit, willingly and gladly imparted to us by the Savior. And, upon receiving such heavenly mercy, we may again grasp the value of the precious gift of life.

But if one refuses the divine, and chooses the illusory dullness of lies, if one prefers the cynical smirk of those who draw all that is sacred as caricature, then what, exactly, limits the evil that person might do? If there are no spiritual limitations, then all that is left are matters of practicality. What can you get away with?

Do we have the courage to even dare to approach the issue of genocide? It’s like trying to consider the actual existence of the Devil. Perish the thought! Paint him red, give him horns and a tail, and he’s easily made laughable. It has been said that his greatest deceit is to convince people that he does not exist. Therefore, for those so convinced, there is no evil…only accidents and unfortunate choices. As the mere products of evolutionary chance, who can say that anyone owns a unique, individual, self-responsible agency (except for choosing its pronouns)? Since we are mere functions of our formative environments, what nonsense would it be for any supposed “god” to condemn anyone to “hell”, and if there is no Devil to frighten us, we can count it as safe to paint “god” as some bearded lunatic in a sandwich board, proclaiming that “The End is Near!” And to picture “heaven” as an absurdity, dreamed up by childish minds, full of angels, with little wings, playing harps, on fluffy little clouds, forever and ever, where souls, drooling with boredom, can only wish they’d enjoyed a bit more wicked fun while they had the chance, and can only hope, somehow, for the mercy of a lobotomy.

No Devil. No Judgement. No Heaven. No Hell. No God. Nothing at all, but the roll of the dice and a chance at a good time. And if so, what excuse can there be for betting less than the highest stakes? Without meaning what remains but excitement? Without consequence, reason itself is subject to the art of prideful lying. Without purpose, what remains but the thrill of power? And if death is the only self-confessed limitation on the lives of the evildoers, then wielding the power of death against others becomes the final and penultimate pleasure.

But such things are only done by the most uncivilized, barbaric people. Right? Wrong. They can happen anywhere that the Redeeming and Merciful God is rejected outright or reassigned duties (by the wisdom of men), to be heralded as a warlike and avenging god, leading such people to exterminate those unwilling to bow, or in the case of unending abortion, those not yet able to bow.

The Romans had quite the civilization, by all measures, with an army better suited for killing than any before it, but of their many slaughters, we know best their annihilation of perhaps a million Jewish people in 70 A.D. Were the Mongol hordes under Genghis Khan somewhat less than “civilized”? Millions fell before their massive sweep to the west and the south. We may wonder if the early Mohammedans were less than civilized, when they set out to convert the world, and spread their “faith” by the sword. In their conquest of huge portions of Christendom, Hindu and Zoroastrian lands, African lands of diverse belief, and centuries of depredation on all of Europe, the heads that rolled, the peoples murdered for failing to fall under the sway of Allah, have been estimated to approximate 100,000,000, and probably, as many more made slaves, both white and black. How many hearts did the Aztecs cut out to offer up to their gods of fertility and harvest and conquest? The Ottoman Empire surely believed itself “civilized” when it carried the Islamic flag across the bodies of a mere million Armenians. What was the first World War, if not the genocide of some 25 million souls for the sake of fattening so many armorers’ purses? How thoroughly civilized was Tzarist Russia? What then was Stalin’s Holodomor, the purposeful starvation of some ten million uncooperative Ukrainians? What was Hitler’s obliteration of eight million Jews and a mix of Gypsies, homosexuals, cripples, psychotics, idiots, and miscellaneous other Non-Aryan “useless eaters”? (Heaven help us! German culture had reached heights unknown, only a century earlier.) What of Stalin’s sequel performance of the great purges and wholesale transport to the death camps of the Gulags. Though he was a less scrupulous record keeper than Hitler’s minions, some say 20 or 30 million more? How many did Mao Tse-Tung kill in his conquest of China, his insane “Great Leap Forward” or his “Cultural Revolution”? Some say 80 million. I don’t know. I wasn’t there. But this is not a short list. And it is not a complete list. Those who wish America to fall before the same jackboots of history are surely hyperventilating, perceiving the writer’s “Whiteness”, no doubt, that the decimated native American Indian populations have as yet been left uncounted. Count them all, for heaven’s sake. The point is that mankind is something less than a jolly bowl of good will. Even us. Even me, for all my sins. And even you.

Think about “Whiteness”, the latest, suddenly fashionable version of ‘Tutsi’. Oh! And how could I forget the savage Hutus of Rwanda? Is it because of a deep-seated racism? Do you think?

“Never again!” was the great hue and cry, in remembrance of the Holocaust. We’ll never let bullies hurt the weak again. But here we are the greatest nation, effeminate and ‘Woke”, almost to a critical mass, and sitting in the Devils cross hairs. It will be unfortunate, for us, if he does exist.And he does. He just never cared for the whole Halloween costume thing. He tries his best to seem amiable and harmless.

There is nothing left to do but ask Google for advice.

What can we search? And, of that which we find, what can we trust?

Part I, a simple exercise: If we search under‘Proponents of Depopulation’, would it be fair to expect to be shown the craziest “Conspiracy Theorists”first, along with the rantings of the most easily dismissed? Maybe so. But there are so many and their names so often recognizable. Start with Bill Gates and the likes of George Soros. See who you can find among the other Captains of Pharmacopeia. But don’t stop there. Who belongs to the World Economic Counsel? Decide to find 50 such proponents and then find out who they are and how great their influence and power. Find out what they are thinking. Find out what they are planning. Find out how many they think should be set off somewhere to the side, to make the world a pleasant, more enjoyable place.

Part II of the exercise: Search United Nations Agenda 21… Agenda 2030 … Agenda 2050‘. The UN publishes them, but, if you talk about them, you have moved again,outside of that realm of ‘Community Standards’, and will be likely cancelled and hushed.

What spirit inhabits this cloud of toxic lies? If it sells, it tells what the sheep will believe. Little lies and then bigger lies and finally monstrous lies.

It came from Chinese bats, a natural misfortune!

The Chinese Communists stopped internal travel out of Wuhan, but let their infected travelers flood the world. Nothing to see there.

Democrats howled against limiting the effects of this act of war…till the claws of the disease were buried deep in the flesh of America. Then they howled at Trump’s supposed failure to stop it.

It mainly kills the old but (uniquely Democrat) Governors sent the infected back to the nursing homes …out of a sense of compassion!

Just a couple weeks, just a couple months, just until herd immunity, just until the vaccine, just until 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or now, not until all are vaccinated. Just ‘til you have learned to obey and believe. Just ‘til Tyranny owns the world.Or millions will die! Step aside, you murderers, or we will break you, for the people’s good. How dare you refuse!

Those, who could read the writing on the wall, have refused to take an untested vaccine. That isn’t a vaccine. The use of which could only have been legal if there were no other remedies. Which there were. So HCQ, Azithromycin, Zinc, Vitamins, Ivermectin, Budesonide and others, all proven safe and effective, are slandered, minimized, prohibited and the organs of propaganda pretend they never existed, pretend that the doctors offering the living proofs of the cured, are every slithering and vile thing. Doctors who would simply think and analyze and heal are threatened with impossible fines and the loss of their licenses. Pharmacies refuse to fill their prescriptions.

These are the results. Billions enough are earned by the Pharmaceutical Corporations to buy most politicians or pay enough lawyers to make the unbending toe the line. A host of extra-legal emergency dictates are announced, that enable a corrupt election. The last one who seemed to stand in the way, seems to have been removed. But we’ll have to wait and see about that.

A novel lie, for a novel virus, that dying “with” a disease is the same as dying because of it, blowing up a flu season’s statistical death-rate norm by a factor of at least ten (while, miraculously, ending any reporting of the flu entirely) and attaining those ridiculous numbers by way of a test that offered massive false positives (acknowledged and dialed back radically the very day that Biden was sworn in). Having taken the same peculiar turn of re-definition as we, the Italian government recently revisited their mortality statistics and announced that, of the previous numbers claimed, only 3% actually died because of the disease itself, while the rest died with the disease (or at least as defined by dubious testing or profit seeking medical authorities). In short, they admitted that the true mortality rate was no greater than the annual flu, unless you were already dying.

Never, before was the government’s response to an epidemic, to muzzle the doctors, who were seeking to define an early treatment protocol. Never was there no such protocol ever established. Never, before was such power exerted to limit doctors, only to advise their patients to go home and hope for the best, and wait till it’s too late, before going to the hospital. Never. Never. Never.

But now, the lie of a magnificently exaggerated pandemic, with its daily statistical fright-fest, is passing away and a new lie is emerging. They killed as many as they could by withholding effective treatments. Now, instead of inflating the numbers of pandemic deaths, they are reduced to simply reporting the terrifying number of “cases”, and they have gone into the business of minimizing the numbers of vaccine deaths and life changing injuries.

They’ve already been given the immunity most important to them. As an essential to “Operation Warped Speed” the makers of the “vaccines” have been granted legal immunity and made lawfully blameless, for any harm their witch’s brew may cause. If you die or are injured, you are on your own, with zero legal recourse. Sorry, but it’s all for the good of the many.

In the past, only a few examples suggesting harmful results, from any newly released pharmaceutical product, resulted in its immediate removal from the market. Back to the drawing board, back for more testing, to isolate the element causing harm and to re-formulate for greater safety, if possible.

Here’s where we get to the crowning conviction that genocide is indeed afoot.

As of October 29, 2021, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and the Vaccine Adverse Events Reporting System (VAERS) database report 19,364 deaths from the Covid-19 investigational vaccines. This is an increase of 2.7% from last week’s report of 18,853. Further, the CDC reports 29,210 Permanent Disabilities have been caused by the covid jabs. “These numbers are astounding,” said CHD Executive Director Laura Bono.” They make no mention of the hundreds of thousands of severe, albeit, supposedly temporary negative reactions.

A recent Harvard study estimated that only 1% of the actual deaths, injuries, and severe adverse events have been reported on the VAERS system. Some say it’s 10%. It takes half an hour to fill out a VAERS report and most medical staff are discouraged from doing so. Time being the excuse. Political and financial admonitions being the reason. Do the math.

Finally of the fewer than 200 reported Covid related deaths of children under 11 almost all suffered severe co-morbidities. Most died “with” Covid. This is a statistical zero. But now the government wants to vaccinate them, as well. California kindergarteners already need their little Super-Hero vaccine cards to attend school. That Tyranny now stands scornful and naked before us, daring our defiance cannot be denied in the light of this fact alone. In light of the whole and plain evidence, we must confront the reality that we are now the new Tutsis. All of us, black, white, brown or yellow, both red and blue. The OneWorldCorp, of maybe 400 very special families, is the Hutus.

Put an end to notions about wishful measures of incompetence, malfeasance, bad judgement, or just ideological differences, however starkly drawn. This is evil. It is exposed, irrevocably, undeniably, and mercilessly. There is nothing else for it. This utterly needless and patently murderous attack on the children, goes beyond all the rest, and it rips the mask off. And it defines the entire course of action that has been and is being taken against, not only America, but humanity, worldwide.

It is not enough to fight the mandates. We must fight the vaccine. It is now proven evil. We don’t know the long term effects, but now, we have all that we need, to most adamantly suspect, that the makers of these “vaccines” do indeed know the long term effects. They have been in development for a very long time.

This is genocide, and there is nothing about it that is accidental.

E-Mail Jim Darlington: jedarlington@protonmail.com

Let’s Go Brandon Or Better Yet “Time To Go Brandon”

By Paul Cappadona

While cleaning up my files I came across 11 pages I filed years ago on the Dissolution of Government. I thought to myself, Wow This is good and very timely Right Now. I usually just look things over to pick up the drift of it’s worth, but in this case, I couldn’t put it down until finished. Seems to have been written a long time ago by a very intelligent person. I do not intend to plagiarize but only bring it up to date for us as we contemplate the sad state in which we find ourselves.

CHAP. XIX. Of the Dissolution of Government. Sec. 211 this starts the 11 pages that I have. “He that will with any clearness speak of the dissolution of government, ought in the first place to distinguish between the dissolution of the society and the dissolution of the government. That which makes the community, and brings men out of the loose state of nature, into one politic society, is the agreement which everyone has with the rest to incorporate, and act as one body, and so be one distinct commonwealth.”

Societies are made up of people living in the same area wishing to live together in peace and plenty.

“The true and natural foundations of society, are the wants and fears of individuals.” Blackstone.

Truly the best and perhaps only way we can live together in peace and prosperity is living under God, His Laws and commandments. It should start with one community under God and working out from there. I won’t lord it over you, you won’t lord it over me, I won’t steal from you, you won’t steal from me, my wife/husband and children, your wife/husband, lust not, I won’t covet your things, you won’t covet mine. Placing man above God is a no, no, don’t murder or steal or covet or fraud your neighbor. May I add here no changing the law for yours or anyone else’s advantage, but that really stems from allowing men to fancy themselves gods even over God. Today we are curst with gods a many.

Sec. 212 “Besides this overturning from without, governments are dissolved from within,” Civil societies are meant to be a state of peace which is provided in the agreed upon laws and legislation. These contracts or constitutions are the soul that gives form, life, and unity, to the common-wealth. When the legislative is broken, dissolution and death follow.

We all know that voter fraud has been around as long as voting. This allowed parasites and secret societies to infiltrate the common-wealth looking for power and the common’s wealth. Where societies are agreements to better live our lives, the parasites create divisions, all to divert the eye to their crimes against the commons, being done in secret. The Lord said “I have done nothing in secret”. His enemies do most things in secret but those secrets are coming to the knowledge of all that wants to see.

216. “When anyone, or more, shall take upon them to make laws, whom the people have not appointed so to do, they make laws without authority, which the people are not therefore bound to obey; …and may constitute to themselves a new legislative, as they think best, being in full liberty to resist the force of those, who without authority would impose anything upon them”.

“When by arbitrary power of the prince [or president], the electors, or ways of election, are altered, without the consent, and contrary to the common interest of the people, there also the legislative is altered: … those chosen are not the legislative appointed by the people.” I hope you are enjoying this as much as I am. This crap has been going on for a very long time and is certainly not new.

The wicked in power bearing rule have no lawful authority, yet they cry their things must happen because they have the people’s mandate. They also say elections have consequences, better try harder next election. When you vote for an ever-changing government, by voting you agree to whatever the outcome. These lies must be stopped. Truly there is a contract that should be followed and anyone not obeying the contract needs be fired. Even George Washington warned us not to have parties. Parties divide people and have brought us to where we are today.

“Where there is no longer the administration of justice, for the securing of men’s rights, nor any remaining power within the community to direct the force, or provide for the necessities of the public, there certainly is no government left”. Where laws are not executed by the system they fall back to the people. I see the powers that only bear rule and the hidden forces behind them are deliberately dissolving the government and handing it over to enemies of liberty.

“When he who has the supreme executive power (Joe Biden) neglects and abandons that charge, so that the laws already made can no longer be put in execution; this is demonstratively to reduce all to anarchy, and so effectively to dissolve the government”. This government is being destroyed from with-in.This is being accomplished with help and guidance from the Build Back Better one world banking elite hiding behind the UN and other alphabet cults. Instead of “Let’s Go Brandon” it should be “Time to Go Brandon”. McCarthy was right and there is a lot of needed justice to change the tide. The best politics are local and as the Lord came preaching the Kingdom of Heaven the eye-witnesses set up political Assemblies called Ecclesia’s. Where they were not wanted, they shock off the dust of that city and left.

“The people are at liberty to provide for themselves, by erecting a new legislative (Ecclesia), differing from the other, by the change of persons, or form, or both, as they shall find it most for their safety and good: for the society can never, by fault of another, lose the native and original right it has to preserve itself. This must be done before it is too late and evil is past the cure.

Sec 221. Therefore, secondly, another way whereby are dissolved, and that is, when the legislative, or the prince, either of them, act contrary to their trust”. Who decides when the trust is broken? That belongs to the local governments or ecclesia that are made up of the people in them.

“…since it can never be supposed to be the will of the society, that the legislative should have a power to destroy that which everyone designs to secure, by entering into society, and for which the people submit themselves to the legislators of their own making; whenever the legislators endeavor to take away, and destroy the property of the people, or reduce them to slavery under arbitrary power, they put themselves into a state of war with the people, who are thereupon absolved from any further obedience, and are left to the common refuge, which God hath provided for all men, against force and violence. …By this breach of trust they forfeit the power the people had put into their hands for quite contrary ends, and it devolves to the people, who have a right to resume their original liberty, and by the establishment of new legislative, (such as they think fit) provide for their own safety and security, which is the end for which they are in society”. This is the direction which is left to us, but by pulling back in disassociation forming new political assemblies of citizens we remove ourselves from their crimes and send a loud strong message to the parasites. We will no longer be caged with sand flies and submit to have our vocals cut out.When the people are made miserable, and find themselves exposed to the ill usage of arbitrary power and when partitions go unanswered or made crimes, we have no choice but desolation or dissolution.

[BIO: Paul Cappadona is the Author of “Take Back America, the Partie’s Over“.]

E-Mail Paul Cappadona: devisegood@gmail.com

Qualified Tyranny

By Paul Engel

November 1, 2021

What is the purpose of qualified immunity?
Do government actors deserve special treatment under the law?
What happens when courts place their opinions above the supreme law of the land?

Governments protecting their own with a mock trial is nothing new. When our Founding Fathers published the Declaration of Independence, they listed 27 specific grievances against the king, including:

For protecting [the military], by a mock Trial, from punishment for any Murders which they should commit on the Inhabitants of these States:

Declaration of Independence

Today, courts are protecting law enforcement by mock trial from punishment for violating the law and our rights based solely on their opinion of what is “clearly established statutory or constitutional rights“. The Supreme Court recently opined on two cases where the question of a law enforcement officer’s “qualified immunity” was in question, but we really have to ask ourselves two questions. First, is it constitutional to provide government officials special treatment under the law? Second, do the courts have the legal authority to determine when “statutory or constitutional rights” have been established?

One of the most important rights we have is the right to petition our governments for a redress of grievances. While there are many ways to petition, one of the most common is to sue. After all, courts are one of the three branches of government. So when you sue someone, you are petitioning your government for a redress of some grievance. What happens though, when those courts shield government actors from the consequence of their bad behavior? That’s exactly what’s happening with the doctrine of “qualified immunity”.

In the United States, qualified immunity is a legal principle that grants government officials performing discretionary functions immunity from civil suits unless the plaintiff shows that the official violated “clearly established statutory or constitutional rights of which a reasonable person would have known”.

Qualified Immunity – The Free Legal Dictionary

Like so much of what goes on in the judicial branch of our governments today, “qualified immunity” is not a law. Rather, it is a standard made up by the courts for their own reasons. Originally, the idea of “qualified immunity” was based on two factors; the good faith and the reasonableness of the conduct in question. For example, if a law enforcement officer is given a warrant to arrest someone, most would generally believe that it has been legally issued. Therefore, if they executed the warrant and then it was found out at trial that the warrant was not legally issued and the defendant sued the officer for false arrest, “qualified immunity” would protect the officer. In this case, the officer made the arrest in good faith, with the reasonable belief that the warrant was valid.

In the 1982 Supreme Court case Harlow v. Fitzgerald, the court was concerned about the subjective aspects of a person’s state of mind. How are we to know if the agent was acting in good faith? That would require a trial, probably by a jury. The court expressed concern that these trials “[diverted] official energy from pressing public issues, and [deterred] able citizens from acceptance of public office”. So the court decided to change the standard for “qualified immunity” to the one quoted above. While the language used seems pretty straightforward, the problem comes with who the courts use to determine what is “clearly established statutory or constitutional rights of which a reasonable person would have known”. The answer is not the Constitution or laws of the United States, but rather the opinion of judges. This has not only led to some truly crazy and bizarre decisions, but some horrendous violations of the rights of the American people. Which leads me to the two cases the court recently opined upon. While the outcomes in both of these cases are reasonable, they show how the courts have replaced the supreme law of the land with their own opinions.

City of Tahlequah, OK v. Dominic Rollice

Officers were called to the home of Dominic Rollice’s ex-wife Joy after she called 911. Mr. Rollice was in her garage, intoxicated, and refused to leave. Joy led the offices to the side entrance of the garage, where they began speaking with her ex-husband. Mr. Rollice expressed concern that they were going to take him to jail. The officers assured him they only want to get him a ride. One officer asked Mr. Rollice if he could pat him down for weapons, which Mr. Rollice refused. Body-cam footage shows Officer Girdner gesturing with his hands and taking one step toward the doorway. Mr. Rollice reacted by taking a step back, turned around, and walked toward his tools, which were in the back of the garage. The officers followed Mr. Rollice, but maintained a distance of at least six feet. Mr. Rollice picked up a hammer, turned, and held the hammer as if preparing to swing or throw it at them, which prompted the officers to draw their weapons and yell at Mr. Rollice to drop the hammer. Instead, Mr. Rollice moved from behind a piece of furniture, giving him an unobstructed path to one of the officers, raised the hammer as if to charge or throw it. In response, two of the officers fired, killing Mr. Rollice. Mr. Rollice’s estate sued the two officers in federal court, claiming they violated his right protected by the Fourth Amendment to be free from excessive force. The officers moved for summary judgment on the grounds of “qualified immunity”.

At issue before the court was if the Tenth Circuit’s overturning of the District Court’s granting of “qualified immunity” was valid. In the court’s opinion the answer was “no”. Not because they believed that Mr. Rollice was the victim of excessive force or because they saw a violation of the Fourth Amendment. The court specifically stated in their opinion that they were not deciding either of those issues. The Supreme Court overturned the Circuit Court because they didn’t use the right precedent.

The Tenth Circuit contravened those settled principles here. Not one of the decisions relied upon by the Court of Appeals […] comes close to establishing that the officers’ conduct was unlawful.

City of Tahlequah, OK v. Dominic Rollice

Notice, it was not the law that determined if the actions of the officers was lawful or not, but the opinions of previous courts. And because the Supreme Court doesn’t think that the law clearly establishes the rights of the people, the estate of Mr. Rollice is denied his right to petition the government for a redress of grievance.

Daniel Rivas-Villegas v. Ramon Cortesluna

Union City, CA police officer Rivas-Villegas responded to a 911 call reporting that a woman and her two children were barricaded in a room fearing that the woman’s boyfriend, Mr. Cortesluna, was going to hurt them. Officer Rivas-Villegas and other officers commanded Mr. Cortesluna outside and on the ground. While handcuffing Mr Cortesluna, officers noted a knife in his pocket. While removing the knife, Rivas-Villegas briefly placed his knee on the left side of Cortesluna’s back. Cortesluna sued in federal court, claiming Officer Rivas-Villegas used excessive force in violation of the Fourth Amendment. The issue before the Supreme Court was whether Officer Rivas-Villegas was entitled to “qualified immunity”.

Interestingly, the District Court granted “qualified immunity”, but was overturned by the Circuit court.

The Court of Appeals held that “Rivas-Villegas is not entitled to qualified immunity because existing precedent put him on notice that his conduct constituted excessive force.”[…] In reaching this conclusion, the Court of Appeals relied solely on LaLonde v. County of Riverside

Daniel Rivas-Villegas v. Ramon Cortesluna

One judge dissented, stating the there was insufficient details in the LaLonde case to make it clear to every reasonable officer that what Officer Rivas-Villegas did was excessive force. The Supreme Court agreed with this dissent.

We agree and therefore reverse. Even assuming that controlling Circuit precedent clearly establishes law for purposes of §1983, LaLonde did not give fair notice to Rivas-Villegas. He is thus entitled to qualified immunity.

Daniel Rivas-Villegas v. Ramon Cortesluna

Qualified Immunity

In both cases, the issue before the court was not the use of excessive force, but whether or not the officers were shielded by “qualified immunity”. Looking at it from the other side, the Supreme Court was deciding if the original petitioners would be granted their right to petition the government for a redress of their grievances. In both cases, the court sided with the government. And, in both cases, the court based its decision not on the law or the Constitution, but whether prior courts had decided what the officers did was wrong in a sufficiently plain manner. Does that sound like the rule of law? Or the rule of a few?

That’s not all. How many of you have heard the phrase “ignorance of the law is no excuse”? Can you get out of a speeding ticket because you didn’t see the sign? Can you avoid the penalties or possible jail time because the IRS regulation you violated was not “clearly established”? Can you avoid a trial by simply claiming you had not been informed of some court opinion that found what you were doing was illegal? The answer to all of these question is “No” unless, of course, you are a government agent. Article VI, Clause 3 of the Constitution requires that the oath taken by all executive and judicial officers include that they support the Constitution of the United States. Yet the courts have claimed they only need to follow that oath if a previous court had clearly found that the specific actions of those in government clearly violated that document. Article VI, Clause 2 of the Constitution states that it, and the laws of the United States made pursuant to it, are the supreme law of the land. However, the courts have placed their opinions above the Constitution, and established themselves as the supreme law. And just to add insult to injury, how is a court supposed to establish that the specific actions of government actors are a clear violation if those cases are never heard by a court?

Conclusion

These two cases are more proof that the government in Washington, D.C. is now filled with criminals. Going to federal court for a redress of grievance today seems more like going to the Corleone house than a court of law. Your fate is no longer decided by the laws of the nation, but the the opinions of oligarchs in black robes. Once again, we see a government protecting their own from punishment by mock trial. So when do we redeclare our independence from tyranny? When will We the People realize that the people we hired to represent us in Congress have the legal authority to deal with this gross miscarriage of justice?

Not until We the People realize, as Abraham Lincoln said:

The people — the people — are the rightful masters of both Congresses, and courts — not to overthrow the Constitution, but to overthrow the men who pervert it

Abraham Lincoln, [September 16-17, 1859] (Notes for Speech in Kansas and Ohio)

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

What a Wonderful, Blessed Surprise

What a Wonderful, Blessed Donated Surprise

By Devvy

As NWVs readers know, NewsWithViews depends on reader financial support.

Imagine Paul Walter’s surprise when a reader donated this stunning diamond ring! What he needs to do now, because the company providing hosting/serving and other expenses don’t accept diamonds for payment, is sell it.

NewsWithViews is looking for a serious buyer and what a great time to get your shopping done for that special woman in your life for Christmas or perhaps anniversary. Or, for yourself, ladies, for making it through a tough year!

The ring has been appraised by a licensed appraiser in San Antonio (Texas) at $14,000.00. That gorgeous ring is platinum. The center diamond is two carats; surrounding diamonds one carat. This is a first-class ring.

Paul really needs to convert diamonds into cash for operating expenses so he’s open to reasonable offers considerably lower than the appraisal. Heck of a good deal and no supply chain problem! If you are interested in making him an offer, he will require a cashier’s check up front.

Paul will then send the ring UPS overnight with a copy of the appraisal. If the buyer is completely satisfied, Paul will send along the original appraisal for insurance purposes. If the buyer is not satisfied, buyer can return the ring and Paul will send back the cashier’s check. But I don’t think that will happen because it is stunning.

So, if you are interested, give Paul a call at 1-800-955-0116 CST (Texas).

If you wish to help NWV you can donate here.

Devvy

Permanent Apportionment Gaslighting

By Paul Engel

Gaslighting is the process of repeating a lie long enough and forcefully enough for people to believe it is the truth.
We’ve been told that Congress set the size of the House of Representatives at 435 members. But is that legal?
What would the House of Representatives look like if we actually followed the Constitution?

When you hear a lie so often you think it’s the truth, we say you’ve been “gaslighted”. That is just as true for government as any other part of your life. From early in the 20th century, Congress has been telling the American people the lie that they limited the number of members in the House of Representatives by law, even though that law is invalid and void. Yet the American people sit back and allow their employees in Congress to violate the law, and do so with blatant disregard for the supreme law of the land and their oath or affirmation to support it. We act like the people in the Hans Christian Anderson tale, “The Emperor’s New Clothes”. We nod our heads and go along with what we’ve been told our entire lives: That the House of Representatives legally has 435 members. I’m here to play the role of the small boy in the story and cry out, “The Emperor has no clothes.” Specifically, the House of Representatives has denied you the proper representation you are entitled to in Congress, and it’s about time we do something about it.

At The Beginning

Let’s start this tale where all good stories should start: At the beginning.

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

The Constitution of the United States is the supreme law of the land. Only laws of the United States made in pursuance of (following) the Constitution are considered supreme as well. Any act of Congress that is not pursuant to the Constitution is repugnant (contrary) to the supreme law of the land. According to the Supreme Court of the United States, such an act of Congress is void (empty or vacant).

Marbury v. Madison Opinion

This idea, that the Constitution of the United States is the supreme law of the land, is the bedrock to the rule of law, the concept of self-governances, and our constitutional republic. So when those in government violate the Constitution, they are not merely acting unconstitutionally, they are violating the law, exercising unjust powers, and stealing from the American people their ability to consent to the actions of their government. Which brings me to the Apportionment Acts that Congress has passed.

Apportionment

Representatives shall be apportioned among the several States according to their respective numbers, counting the whole number of persons in each State, excluding Indians not taxed.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV, Section 2

Article I, Section 2, Clause 3 of the Constitution was amended by the Fourteenth Amendment to remove the Three-Fifths Clause, which limited the counting of non-free persons for the purpose of apportionment. The reason the federal government conducts a census every ten years is because it’s required by Article I, Section 2, Clause 3 of the Constitution.

To understand this apportionment of representatives, we have to understand why we have a bi-cameral national legislature. Many compromises had to be made in order for the Constitution to be signed and ratified. One of those compromises had to do with representation in Congress. Large states wanted representation based on population, which would give them an advantage in Congress. Smaller states didn’t like that idea and wanted equal representation among the states, which would give them, and their citizens, a greater say in legislation. The compromise was a bi-cameral, or two house, legislature, how their members would be chosen, and most important to this discussion, the role of those houses.

All legislative Powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States, which shall consist of a Senate and House of Representatives.

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 1, Clause 1

The very first legally binding line of the Constitution states that all legislative or law making power would be vested in a Congress consisting of a Senate and House of Representatives. To understand the role of these two houses, we need to read the first line of the section of Article I that creates them.

The House of Representatives shall be composed of Members chosen every second Year by the People of the several States,

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 2, Clause 1

Members of the House of Representatives are chosen by the people, because their job is to represent the people. Since the population of a country changes overtime, the Framers of the Constitution allowed for those changes by requiring an enumeration every ten years so the representatives could be apportioned properly. More on that later.

The Senate of the United States shall be composed of two Senators from each State, chosen by the Legislature thereof, for six Years; and each Senator shall have one Vote.

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 3, Clause 1

On the other hand, the Senate was to be made up of an equal number from each state. Although the method of choosing electors was changed by the Seventeenth Amendment, the role of the Senate is obvious from the original method of doing so, by the legislature of the state they were to represent.

So the framers of the Constitution gave us this bi-cameral legislature, with one house chosen by the people and the other chosen by the states. One house was to represent the people, the other the states. To accommodate the changes in population that would inevitably happen, we enumerate the people every ten years so we can apportion the representatives properly.

Back to the apportionment. Today, we focus on how the 435 seats in the House are divided up among the states, which is the definition of apportion. However, the Constitution does not set a fixed limit on the number of representatives.

The Number of Representatives shall not exceed one for every thirty Thousand, but each State shall have at Least one Representative;

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 2, Clause 3

The 2020 Census recorded a population in America of 331, 449, 281 residents. With a little simple math, that means that the House of Representatives should be have at least 11,049 members. So why doesn’t the House have eleven thousand members? Because of a “law” Congress passed early in the 20th century.

Apportionment Acts

In 1911, Congress passed a routine Apportionment Act, based on the 1910 census, setting the size of the House of Representatives to 433 members (up from 391), plus allowing two more members when the states of Arizona and New Mexico were admitted into the union. During the debate on this legislation, concerns were raised that the House was growing too large, making it unwieldy and difficult to manage. Then in 1920, for the first time, Congress failed to apportion membership in the House after a census. This led to The Permanent Apportionment Act of 1929 or at least I think it did. When I searched for The Permanent Apportionment Act, I was directed to 2 U.S.C. §2, but when I checked that statute, the text was omitted. There was only a note pointing to the 1911 law that set the size of the House at 435 members.

Impact

So why all of this concern over an almost 100 year old piece of legislation, of which I cannot even find the actual language? After all, if Congress cannot seem to get much done with only 435 members in the House, imagine if there were 11,000! Of course, there are plenty of people, myself included, who think life would be much better if Congress didn’t do nearly as much as it does, especially since most of what they do is illegal. To quote the Chairman of the House Committee on the Census in 1911:

Members are . . . supposed to reflect the opinion and to stand for the wishes of their constituents,… If we make the ratio [of persons per Representative] too large the idea of representation becomes attenuated and less definite. The personal interest of the voter in his representative becomes less important to him, and we may lose something of the vital strength of our representative form of government.

The 1911 House Reapportionment

While limiting the number of members in the House may make it easier for them to get things done, it also makes it harder for them to fulfill their constitutional duty of representing the people of their district.

When was the last time you tried to communicate with your House member? If you email or write a letter to your member, you’ll probably get a form letter in reply. If you call their office, you’ll get a staffer. And unless you have some serious pull, it’s unlikely you can get a face-to-face meeting. Why? While there are probably plenty of reasons for this, one of them is undoubtedly how busy your representative is. With over 331 million Americans and only 435 members of the House, means each member represents over 750,000 people. It also means that if they spent only five minutes with each of their constituents, 24 hours a day, seven days a week, it would take over seven years to meet them all. There just aren’t enough hours in the day for your representative to actually know your opinion on any particular subject, not to mention your chance to petition them for a redress of a grievance. If your House member only represented 30,000 people, you might still have a hard time getting a meeting, but at least time would not be as much of an issue. They could spend five minutes with almost every person in their district every year working only 9-5 five days a week.

There was an attempt to limit the expansion of the House of Representatives in 1789. One of the amendments Congress proposed to the states was never ratified.

After the first enumeration required by the first article of the Constitution, there shall be one Representative for every thirty thousand, until the number shall amount to one hundred, after which the proportion shall be so regulated by Congress, that there shall be not less than one hundred Representatives, nor less than one Representative for every forty thousand persons, until the number of Representatives shall amount to two hundred; after which the proportion shall be so regulated by Congress, that there shall not be less than two hundred Representatives, nor more than one Representative for every fifty thousand persons.

First Amendment Proposed for the Constitution of the United States

It seems that by 1929 Congress couldn’t be bothered with actually getting the consent of the governed. They thought that the House was large enough, so they simply passed a law. That brings us back to the foundation we laid at the beginning of this article.

Supremacy vs Convenience

The Constitution says we are to have one member of the House for every 30,000 people, and that has never been amended. Yes, Congress has apparently passed legislation limiting the size of the House to 435 members. Since that legislation is not pursuant to the Constitution, it’s therefore repugnant to it and, according to the Supreme Court, that law is void.

Marbury v. Madison Opinion

If the law limiting the size of the House is void, doesn’t that mean we should have over 11,000 members to represent us? So why don’t we? In short, it’s much like the people in the story of The Emperor’s Clothes; the American people are either afraid of, or ignorant of, the facts, and are therefore unwilling point out the obvious. I haven’t even found any evidence that this Permanent Apportionment Act of 1929 was even challenged in court, much less among the states. This lie has been going around for so long most Americans have been gaslighted into believing it’s true.

Conclusion

This is one more example of the government in Washington, D.C. being out of control. At this point I have no confidence that if the Permanent Apportionment Act were to be challenged in federal court, those in the judiciary would even recognize how repugnant it is.

Should the House of Representatives have over 11,000 members? I’m not sure. What I do know is that it’s not up to Congress to determine the size of the House, it’s up to We the People through our states. Yet we were never consulted, neither have we consented to this change. It seems almost everyone from those elected to federal offices to the average, everyday American, has come to believe that whatever Congress does is not only legal, but the supreme law of the land. So I guess I must accept the role of the small boy, pointing out that when it comes to the acts of Congress, those emperors have no clothes.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Privacy vs Government Interest

By Paul Engel

Most Americans believe they have a right to privacy. Many Americans also want governments to protect them from “bad actors”. So what happens when our right to privacy collides with our desire for government to protect us? A recent Supreme Court case out of California involves the question of how far government can go to protect us. Specifically, is it necessary for governments to collect data about citizens in order to find criminals? As William Pitt (the Younger) said “Necessity is the plea for every infringement of human freedom.” While this case deals with California law, we should be asking a bigger question: Does “government interest” trump our rights, the Constitutions of our states, and of the United States?

If you run a charitable organization and you wish to solicit donations, there are plenty of tax regulations with which you have to comply. If your organization is in California, there’s an extra regulation, one that was challenged by Americans for Prosperity Foundation and the Thomas More Law Center.

The Attorney General requires charities renewing their registrations to file copies of their Internal Revenue Service Form 990, a form on which tax-exempt organizations provide information about their mission, leadership, and finances. Schedule B to Form 990—the document that gives rise to the present dispute—requires organizations to disclose the names and addresses of their major donors.

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Donta

Since 2001, these two charities have submitted the required documentation, though they redacted the donors’ information to protect their anonymity. In 2010, California increased their enforcement of the law requiring these disclosures (Cal. Code Regs., tit. 11, §301), and the Attorney General threatened them and other charities with suspension of their registration as a tax-exempt organization. Both Americans for Prosperity Foundation and Thomas More Law Center sued in District Court, alleging that the disclosure of their Schedule B’s violated their First Amendment rights and the rights of their donors. In both cases, the District Court granted a preliminary injunction prohibiting the Attorney General from collecting the plaintiff’s Schedule B information. The Circuit court then vacated the injunction and remanded those cases back to the District Court. The District Court held trials in both cases, where they found for the charities. The Ninth Circuit again vacated the District Court’s injunction, this time remanding the case back to the District Court in favor of the Attorney General. The cases were eventually merged, and heard by the Supreme Court, which is why the case only carries the name Americans for Prosperity Foundation. The Supreme Court reversed the judgment of the Ninth Circuit, but it’s worth looking at their reasoning.

Opinion of the Court

THE CHIEF JUSTICE delivered the opinion of the Court with respect to all but Part II–B–1, concluding that California’s disclosure requirement is facially invalid because it burdens donors’ First Amendment rights and is not narrowly tailored to an important government interest. Pp. 6–7, 9–19.

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta

The court found that the California law violated the First Amendment rights of the donors. Specifically:

The Court reviews the petitioners’ First Amendment challenge to California’s compelled disclosure requirement with the understanding that “compelled disclosure of affiliation with groups engaged in advocacy may constitute as effective a restraint on freedom of association as [other] forms of governmental action.”

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta

While disclosing personal information does have a negative effect on freedom of association, as I’ve said so many times before, this cannot be a First Amendment issue since Congress did not make this law.

Congress shall make no law … abridging … the right of the people peaceably to assemble,

U.S. Constitution, Amendment I

It is, however, a violation of Article I, Section 3 of the California Constitution:

The people have the right to instruct their representatives, petition government for redress of grievances, and assemble freely to consult for the common good.

California Constitution, Article I, Section 3

What the court did focus on is what level of “scrutiny” the court should use in reviewing this case.

NAACP v. Alabama did not phrase in precise terms the standard of review that applies to First Amendment challenges to compelled disclosure. In Buckley v. Valeo, the Court articulated an “exacting scrutiny” standard, which requires “a substantial relation between the disclosure requirement and a sufficiently important governmental interest,” Doe v. Reed,

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta

What is this “standard of review” and “exacting scrutiny” the court is talking about? Basically, it’s a question of how hard the government has to work to infringe on your rights.

Standard of Review

In law, the standard of review is the amount of deference given by one court (or some other appellate tribunal) in reviewing a decision of a lower court or tribunal.

Standard of Review – The Free Legal Dictionary

The standard of review for questions of constitutionality fall under three levels.

Rational Basis: Generally, the Supreme Court judges legislation based on whether it has a reasonable relationship to a legitimate
state interest.

Intermediate Scrutiny: Under the Equal Protection Clause, when the law targets a “quasi-suspect” classification, such as gender, the courts apply intermediate scrutiny, which requires the law to be substantially related to an important government interest.

Strict Scrutiny: If a statute impinges on a fundamental right, such as those listed in the Bill of Rights or the due process rights of the Fourteenth Amendment, then the court will apply strict scrutiny. This means the statute must be “narrowly tailored” to address a “compelling state interest.”

Standard of Review – The Free Legal Dictionary

Notice what all three of these standards of review have in common? They all place a government or state interest above the Constitution and your rights. In the 1976 Supreme Court case Buckley v. Valeo, the court added a new term called “exacting scrutiny”, which requires “a substantial relation between the disclosure requirement and a sufficiently important governmental interest,”. What does this mean for the law in question?

Congress shall make no law … abridging … the right of the people peaceably to assemble,

U.S. Constitution, Amendment I

The Constitution states that Congress shall make no law abridging your right to peaceably assemble, but the Supreme Court claims that’s only true if there isn’t a “sufficiently important governmental issue”. Put another way, they have said government has the authority to infringe on a right protected by the supreme law of the land.

Reasonable Search

While the lawyers and the courts focused on the question of whether or not California’s interest in finding fraud warranted infringing on the rights of charitable organizations and their donors, nobody seemed to pay any attention to the actual violation of the Constitution of the United States.

The Court does not doubt the importance of California’s interest in preventing charitable fraud and self-dealing. But the enormous amount of sensitive information collected through Schedule Bs does not form an integral part of California’s fraud detection efforts.

Standard of Review – The Free Legal Dictionary

I don’t doubt the importance of California’s interest in preventing fraud. Unlike the Supreme Court, however, I recognize that the people have a right to be secure against unreasonable searches.

The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated

U.S. Constitution, Amendment IV

Is it reasonable for the government to search your records without probable cause? Doesn’t the idea of searching someone’s papers and effects for potential wrongdoing drift dangerously close to a writ of assistance?

a writ used especially in colonial America authorizing a law officer to search in unspecified locations for unspecified illegal goods

Writ of Assistance – Merriam-Webster Dictionary

In effect, California is issuing a writ of assistance, allowing their law enforcement officers to search the records of charitable organizations for some unspecified illegal activity. California is not only interested in the possibility of illegal activity at charities that operate within their state, but also want to know who are the large donors. That means California is effectively claiming the need to search at least some of the records of those donors without any probable cause that they’ve done anything wrong. Doesn’t anyone else see a problem with this?

Dissent

Usually, the dissent in these opinions provides some very interesting insight, not only into dissenting justices, but the way the court views the Constitution and their role in the Republic.

Although this Court is protective of First Amendment rights, it typically requires that plaintiffs demonstrate an actual First Amendment burden before demanding that a law be narrowly tailored to the government’s interests, never mind striking the law down in its entirety. Not so today.

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta – Dissent

I would question how protective the court is of the First Amendment. As I’ve already shown, it seems more interested in protecting the interests of government than the rights of the citizens. This is borne out later in the dissent.

In so holding, the Court discards its decades-long requirement that, to establish a cognizable burden on their associational rights, plaintiffs must plead and prove that disclosure will likely expose them to objective harms, such as threats, harassment, or reprisals. It also departs from the traditional, nuanced approach to First Amendment challenges, whereby the degree of means-end tailoring required is commensurate to the actual burdens on associational rights. Finally, it recklessly holds a state regulation facially invalid despite petitioners’ failure to show that a substantial proportion of those affected would prefer anonymity, much less that they are objectively burdened by the loss of it.

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta – Dissent

According to justice Sotomayor who wrote the dissent, in order for the court to protect your rights you must first show that you may suffer harm other than the loss of your rights. Justice Sotomayor also notes that the court has traditionally treated infringements of the rights protected by the Constitution as something to be nibbled away at based on how much damage they see. Worst of all, according to Sotomayor, it’s the responsibility of the people to prove a burden other than the infringement of their rights, rather than the state having the burden to show why they should be allowed to violate the Constitution.

Conclusion

While we should be happy that the Supreme Court did reverse the judgment of the Ninth Circuit Court, there are plenty of issues with this opinion. Not the least of these problems is the continuing position of the court that your rights are less important than the interests of government. This case though, should also open an interesting discussion.

We are left to conclude that the Attorney General’s disclosure requirement imposes a widespread burden on donors’ associational rights. And this burden cannot be justified on the ground that the regime is narrowly tailored to investigating charitable wrongdoing, or that the State’s interest in administrative convenience is sufficiently important. We therefore hold that the up-front collection of Schedule Bs is facially unconstitutional, because it fails exacting scrutiny in “a substantial number of its applications . . . judged in relation to [its] plainly legitimate sweep.”

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta

If the up-front collection of Schedule Bs if facially unconstitutional for the State of California, why is it not also for the United States? The answer appears to be less about the Constitution and more federal supremacy.

For one thing, each governmental demand for disclosure brings with it an additional risk of chill.

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta

Since the federal government is already collecting Schedule Bs, which might have a chilling effect on donors, the court doesn’t appear to want another government entity collecting that data. This is where the viewpoint of the court comes into play. If the up-front collection of this data violates the rights of both the donors and the charity to be secure from unreasonable searches, then it’s unlawful for a state or the United States to do so either. However, if it merely has a chilling effect on the donors, then all the court wants to do is limit that effect.

This case is just another example of why we need to read and study the Constitution for ourselves, because those who’re supposed to be upholding it are not doing so. Until We the People understand the limits we have placed on governments and require them to abide by those limits, then those governments are not exercising just powers. The Declaration of Independence states that governments receive their just powers from the consent of the governed. Instead, the people today are exercising powers at the consent of government.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

[BIO: Paul Engel founded The Constitution Study in 2014 to help everyday Americans read and study the Constitution. Author and speaker, Paul has spent more than 20 years studying and teaching about both the Bible and the U.S. Constitution. Freely admitting that he “learned more about our Constitution from School House Rock than in 12 years of public school” he proves that anyone can be a constitutional scholar. You can find his books on Amazon and Apple Books. You can also find his books, classes and other products at the Constitution Study website (https://constitutionstudy.com).]

Is Transgenderism Contagious?

By Paul Engel

It appears that the confusion and mental disorder called transgenderism is contagious.
Recent court cases have been placing the arbitrary opinions of a few of the facts and law of the land.
What happens when people are given special rights, simply because they are confused about who they are?

A recent case out of the Court of Appeals of the State of California brings up some interesting questions. First, does someone have the legal right to tell you how to refer to them? Second, does a mental disorder give someone the legal authority to infringe on the rights of others? The opinion in this case shows the irrationality of both the transgender activists and the judicial branch. Which leads me to another question: Is the mental confusion we call transgenderism contagious?

The case in question, Taking Offense v. State of California, stems from California Senate Bill 219 (2017-2018 Reg. Session), which added code to the state’s Health and Safety Code called the Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender (LGBT) Long-Term Care Facility Residents’ Bill of Rights. Taking Offense challenged two provisions of this law:

1439.51. (a) Except as provided in subdivision (b), it shall be unlawful for a long-term care facility or facility staff to take any of the following actions wholly or partially on the basis of a person’s actual or perceived sexual orientation, gender identity, gender expression, or human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) status:

(3) Where rooms are assigned by gender, assigning, reassigning, or refusing to assign a room to a transgender resident other than in accordance with the transgender resident’s gender identity, unless at the transgender resident’s request.

(5) Willfully and repeatedly fail to use a resident’s preferred name or pronouns after being clearly informed of the preferred name or pronouns.

California Senate Bill 219

First heard in state Superior Court, the decision was appealed to the state’s Court of Appeals. The appeals court started with the “First Amendment Challenge” in subsection 5.

First Amendment Challenge

Taking Offense listed four specific problems with the speech requirements of the law.

(1) a prior restraint on speech; (2) a violation of the freedom of thought, comparing transgender residents of long-term care facilities to “kings and masters over the rest of the people” and employees of long-term care facilities to “their virtual subjects and slaves”; (3) a violation of the freedom of “conscience, religion and belief”; and (4) a violation of the right to free exercise of religion.

Taking Offense v. State of California

The court agreed that subsection 5 of the law is a content-based restriction on freedom of speech. The court went on to explain:

The First Amendment to the United States Constitution states: “Congress shall make no law . . . abridging the freedom of speech . . . .” This fundamental right to free speech applies to the states through the Fourteenth Amendment’s due process clause.

Taking Offense v. State of California

As I’ve stated more times than I care to remember, this cannot be a First Amendment issue since Congress did not make this law. The legal fiction that the First Amendment applies to the states via the Fourteenth Amendment’s Due Process Clause was made up out of thin air by the Supreme Court to federalize cases that the Constitution does not treat as federal issues. While this court focuses on the First Amendment, it does note that the protections of freedom of speech in California comes from the California Constitution.

Similarly, article I, section 2, subdivision (a) of the California Constitution provides: “Every person may freely speak, write and publish his or her sentiments on all subjects, being responsible for the abuse of this right. A law may not restrain or abridge liberty of speech or press.” Article I’s free speech clause enjoys existence and force independent of the First Amendment to the federal Constitution.

Taking Offense v. State of California

While we are free to speak, write, and publish on all subjects, what is stated in the California Constitution applies to the federal one as well: We are responsible for the abuse of this right. Often erroneously called the prohibition on “yelling fire in a crowded theater”, we see this most often in libel, slander, and perjury laws. You cannot lie under oath or slander someone, then claim exemption from punishment because of free speech.

The State of California claims its compelling interest in preventing “misgendering” is sufficient for them to regulate free speech. The court agrees:

We agree with the Attorney General that the state has a compelling interest in eliminating discrimination on the basis of sex. … The high court has recognized that discrimination on the basis of “sex” includes discrimination on the basis of sexual orientation or transgender status.

Taking Offense v. State of California

While the “high court” may recognize that a person’s belief is equivalent to the physical properties of sex, the Constitution of the United States does not. The Bostock v. Clayton County decision the court refers to is simply another example of the oligarchs on the Supreme Court placing their opinions above the supreme law of the land. Thankfully, in this case, government interest alone is not considered sufficient to infringe on your rights. The court found that alternatives to restricting speech showed that the government’s case was insufficient to allow it to criminalize speech.

In regards to free speech though, we have a final question: Does the use of a pronoun other than the one preferred rise to a level of injury as to require state sanction? The court rightly found that it does not.

The pronoun provision at issue here tests the limits of the government’s authority to restrict pure speech that, while potentially offensive or harassing to the listener, does not necessarily create a hostile environment. As the Third Circuit Court of Appeals has recognized, “ ‘[w]here pure expression is involved,’ anti-discrimination law ‘steers into the territory of the First Amendment.’ ”

Taking Offense v. State of California

Equal Protection Challenge

Now let’s take a look at the challenge to the room assignment requirements based on the Equal Protection Clause.

Taking Offense contends the room assignment provision violates the equal protection clause of the Fourteenth Amendment of the United States Constitution,8 article I, section 7 of the California Constitution, and the Unruh Civil Rights Act. It makes two implicit assumptions about the room assignment provision: (1) the provision requires a facility to accommodate a transgender resident’s request to be assigned to a room other than in accordance with the resident’s gender identity; and (2) a resident’s request to be assigned a room other than in accordance with the resident’s gender identity is equivalent to dictating the gender or gender identity of the resident’s roommate. Based on those assumptions, Taking Offense asserts the provision grants transgender residents “special rights” to choose whether to be assigned a roommate according to the transgender person’s gender identity or the person’s assigned sex at birth, while failing to recognize the same right of non-transgender residents. We disagree.

Taking Offense v. State of California

The question at hand is if California’s room assignment provision of SB 219 unlawfully requires people to be treated differently under the law. A quick look at the language should make this perfectly obvious, since the roommate request of two residents are treated differently depending on whether one of them claims to be “transgendered”.

Consider this example: In any room sharing situation, there are at least two people who will be sharing a room. If the room assignments are made according to sex, then the facility has a physical basis for making those assignments. However, if the room assignments are made based on “gender identity”, the decision is made based on an arbitrary decision of only one of the residents. Now consider the situation where a woman is required to share a room with a man because he claims he is a woman. Not only is the roommate request of only one of the residents considered, but only the “transgendered” person is allowed to make such a request. This is not to be done based on a physical or medical condition, or even based on a legal relationship between the residents, but solely on the subjective assertion of one of the residents. Sounds pretty unequal to me. Apparently though, this obvious discriminatory practice is not so obvious to the court.

The equal protection clause requires the state to treat all persons similarly situated alike or, conversely, to avoid all classifications that are “arbitrary or irrational” and those that reflect “ ‘a bare . . . desire to harm a politically unpopular group.’

Taking Offense v. State of California

Aren’t two or more residents in a long-term care facility who will be sharing a room “similarly situated”? Is the determination of “sexual orientation” arbitrary or irrational? Does the denial of the right to request a roommate of a specific sex to anyone not currently identifying with a group currently politically favored in California, show a “desire to harm a politically unpopular group”? I would say the answer to all three questions are yes. Apparently this is too difficult for the members of the court to understand.

This provision creates a general rule and an exception to the rule. The general rule makes it unlawful for a long-term care facility or facility staff to assign, reassign, or refuse to assign a room to a transgender resident other than in accordance with the resident’s gender identity. This requirement provides no special rights to transgender residents; rather, it only clarifies that gender-based room assignment decisions involving transgender residents must be made according to the resident’s gender identity rather than their biological sex at birth.

Taking Offense v. State of California

According to the members of the court, the fact that only the “transgendered” resident gets to decide the sex of their roommate does not make that a special right. However, I must ask if what they want or desire rises to unequal treatment in this court’s eyes? Not only do they not see the unequal treatment of forcing a female resident to live with a male resident against her will, but the gross abuse of her rights? Somehow, I think only a lawyer or a judge could be so deluded. Perhaps we should not be surprised that this opinion came out of California. Based on other recent cases, I fear this elevation of a mental disorder above the supreme law of the land will be with us for quite some time.

Conclusion

So in this “split decision”, we have one part which follows the law and protects the legitimate rights of everyone, while the other only cares about a politically favored group. Apparently, justice is not so blind as one would assume from looking at her statue.

While staff at long-term facilities in California will not be forced to keep a running track of who wants to be called what, the residents there are being forced to bow to the god of “transgenderism”. It seems we’ve thrown reason, logic, and evidence out the window when a man can claim to be a woman or visa versa, and everyone is expected to act as if it were true. If a man with this disorder wants to share a room with a woman, I don’t think the state should be involved. That means the state should not deny the request, but neither should it force a woman to comply against her will.

This opinion not only elevates those who suffer from the “transgender” mental disorder, it dehumanizes the vast majority of people who do not. In California, if you are not “transgendered”, you are a second-class citizen and your rights only matter if the “transgendered” allow it. This disease is spreading across the nation. Are you prepared to defend yourself, your rights, and those of your family, against these attacks?

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Mirror of Doom – Those supposed to save us instead decided to kill us

By John Kaminski

Tonight’s significant sound is the rhythmic thump of a chopper overhead bringing news that you never wanted to hear. As it has been for so many around the world, probably it is the one sound you will hear on the last night of your life.

As lights flash and sirens cry, the vaporization of hope, the internalization of pain, and the future that you just can’t swallow fills the night with memories you never wanted to have.

Night falls on a wondrous day that we once in our eager brightness called human civilization. With bad news from every angle, our last hopes are eroded by dismay in the betrayal of everything we hoped to believe.

As the death count everywhere rises but is suppressed, the ghoulish face of Klaus Schwab informs us of the Great Reset and the leering sneer of Bill Gates with a syringe in his hand reminds us that our time is up, if we believe what they want us to say and do what they want us to do.

It almost seems that we live in a world that no longer exists — it has already evaporated and we simply see the disappearing image of it — that the present moment is somehow a great turning in time in which everything we thought we knew is no longer the case and our doubts about the goodness of life are each day enlarged like a growing shadow, a spreading terrifying stain over our consciousness that seems to be bringing some kind of eternal night swallowing the sunlit splendor of our previously wonderful lives.

In my dream I see a young girl with a chain around her neck containing the ring of the boy she loves being taken off and given back to the boy because circumstances of the world determine that she is leaving and he is not, leaving for the Western Lands of a dream that will never be. Suddenly the image appears from a drone overhead as small figures scurry to and fro and searchers ply the underbrush, looking for somebody they can’t find, looking for that bashfully sweet lost angel who could never die.

And in that moment is a memory of a thought you don’t want to keep, the thought of that sobbing girl defending the one she loves who later left her lying cold and dead under rotting leaves for reasons no one can understand. When someone tries to tell you it’s the way of the world, you scream in protest, “No, it simply cannot be!” Yet it is.

Somehow the new world nuance is that of the merciless sound of a chopper overhead or ambulance lights flickering ominously in the foggy distance as scratchy radio reports recount an endless sequence of horrific tragedies that have become the world we know.

Way out West reports come of a young mother with two young babies who only wanted to keep teaching her kids in a fun class at school lying dead in a morgue because her bosses said she had to take a shot that she never wanted to take. Contemplating the future of those two babies and the loss of the very symbol of human life — namely, a vibrant young mother — is too tortuous to bear.

Meanwhile, there are the images from Australia of people who only wanted to be let outside and breathe fresh air being shot in the back by police ordered to be unconscionably vicious by disingenuous leaders bribed by medical super corporations to kill the very people who voted for them in the misshapen name of public health.

Then there are all those empty eyes of devoted, consistently wonderful, workers whose devotion to the duties was never even questioned suddenly ordered to stop what they’re doing and walk away from it forever because of the order from on high to stick this needle in their arms which may leave them twitching and wheezing, if not gesticulating wildly in uncontrollable paroxysms of horror because of an untested substance they were ordered to take by a government with absolutely no interest in their futures.

And all for a disease never proven to exist.

This is the secret the old have always kept from the young. You work all your life for somebody else, then get abandoned and betrayed in the end. This is the way it has always been. But it’s even worse than that.

And you’re about to find out.

•••••

Every piece of the pandemic puzzle, every unnecessary death from an untested, unapproved vaccine, continues to go unchallenged by a public bedazzled by media bullshit and political pederasty*.

*Sexual relations between a man and a boy (usually anal intercourse with the boy as a passive partner)

For the stark and ugly fact remains it was the criminal exclusion of Ivermectin and Hydroxychloroquine that allowed Fauci’s poison vaccines to be used in the first place is a truly criminal maneuver that has literally killed millions of people and ruined the lives of many millions more.

They give multiple life sentences for particularly perverted murderers, so they should give multiple death sentences for Fauci, Gates, Biden and Trump and all the other bribed criminals who participated in the massive mass murder of millions throughout the entire world. [ I disagree, murderers should be punished according to God’s Law, execution. dj ]

The penalties for all the members of the medical profession should require a public debate, because many of these same professional liars who have betrayed and abused the lives of their trusting patients are still on the job dispensing suspect diagnoses and poison prescriptions to credulous customers distracted by their own vicious varieties of afflictions.

The fact that many of these white-coated cretins who posed as “heroes” during this fake epidemic will continue to prescribe toxic treatments and substances to their oblivious patients is a problem that cannot be properly adjudicated by the thoroughly corrupt American Medical Association, which should pay substantial penalties of its own as it continues to be polluted by an obviously obscene profit motive that ruins the overall reputation of what should be humanity’s most revered and trusted occupation.

Who of us anywhere now can deny that this fake epidemic of a deliberately contrived and falsified disease has ruined the reputation of the entire medical profession and given rise to a certain instinct of everyone in the world that doctors simply can no longer be trusted, and a new and more restrictive oversight agency needs to be empaneled to oversee the excesses of rich narcissists playing God at the expense of their undereducated patients.

Certainly financial and criminal penalties should be decreed against the two-faced sociopaths who insisted that we wear ineffective masks that damaged our health and smugly injected toxic substances into innocent arms that they knew would kill many of their patients. Their defense that they didn’t know the negative effects that would occur is no defense at all for a profession that is supposed to learn these things in medical school.

That they pretended not to know the negative effects of the treatments they have provided is a blatant lie of the most profound severity, and the penalties they must incur should reflect the absolute disgust and condemnation humanity must inflict on such a dishonorable group of pathetic poseurs, who have disgraced both their profession and their species by such egregious acts of faithless falsehood, which continue as we speak.

E-Mail John Kaminski: pseudoskylax@gmail.com

Website: https://johnkaminski.org/

[BIO: John Kaminski is a writer who lives on the Gulf Coast of Florida, constantly trying to figure out why we are destroying ourselves, and pinpointing a corrupt belief system as the engine of our demise. Solely dependent on contributions from readers, please support his work by mail: 6871 Willow Creek Circle #103, North Port FL 34287 USA.]

“A Tale of Two Heroes”

By Caren Besner

“Be sure you’re right. Then go ahead” – Will Rogers

This is a cautionary tale of two American soldiers. Nearly a century spans the incidents that brought them their notoriety; yet the issues they evoke are exactly the same and timeless. Does an active duty officer in the military have the right, a moral obligation even, to criticize the actions of his superiors; both military and civilian, if he firmly believes that those actions are incompetent and have dire consequences?

Our first soldier, William “Billy” Mitchell was born in December 1879 into a family of wealth and influence. He seemed a man destined for success. Opting for an army career, he became enamored of early developments in the field of aviation and joined the fledgling US Air Service; then a part of the Signal Corps. Following distinguished service in WWI, during which he was promoted to the rank of Brigadier General, he continued to advocate for American air power during the lean post WWI years when military budgets were being slashed to the bare bone. Regarded as a visionary and a man way ahead of his time, Mitchell made a number of prophecies … all of which eventually came true. Among other things, he foresaw the mass bombing of civilian population centers, airborne armies being dropped behind enemy lines, and the replacement of the battleship by the aircraft carrier as the dominant naval vessel. These ideas were all regarded as “crackpot” in the early 1920s, but yet, he continued to advocate for his cause, making many enemies as well as friends along the way. Mitchell’s undoing came in September 1925 when a Navy dirigible, the USS Shenandoah crashed during a severe thunderstorm killing 14 men. The airship had been ordered aloft as a public relations gesture during a period of severe weather over the protestations of its own Captain. Mitchell offered his opinion on this and other incidents that had previously occurred: “These terrible accidents are the direct results of incompetency, criminal negligence and almost treasonable administration of the National Defense by the War and Navy Departments.” This was the last straw for the army. He was charged with insubordination, court martialed, convicted, and suspended from duty for 5 years without pay. He chose to resign from the army and continued to espouse the cause of American air power but his time had passed. He died in 1936 in relative obscurity; 5 years before his most famous prediction came to pass. He could not have known when he wrote in 1924 that “One day Japan will seek to attack the United States through the Hawaiian Islands; some fine Sunday morning.”

Fast forward to 2021, and another US military officer finds himself facing disciplinary action for asking his superiors to take responsibility for the fiasco that was the Afghan withdrawal. Marine Lieutenant-Colonel Stuart Scheller does not have the panache, public visibility or prophetic powers of Billy Mitchell. Nor does he appear to have any friends or admirers in high places. To date, he is the only serving officer in the entire US military to ask for some kind of accounting for the Afghanistan debacle. For having the audacity to question the competency of his superiors, both in the Pentagon and the federal government, he was relieved of his command and ordered to undergo psychiatric examination; as if the very act of asking a question rendered him mentally unfit. He is currently being held in a military brig, purportedly in solitary confinement, awaiting possible court martial.

Stuart Scheller is a 17-year combat veteran, having serviced multiple deployments. He was some 2 years away from being able to collect his retirement benefits. He undertook those actions knowing full well what the consequences to himself and his family could be. Scheller did not have to speak out. He could have remained silent; soldiered on and kept his job. Had he embraced the “woke” ideology that seems to be pervasive in today’s military he might have been on the fast track to wearing his own set of stars on the epaulets of his uniform. But Scheller is an honorable man; and the thought of acting in a “dishonorable” manner was repugnant to him.

It wasn’t all that long ago when another military officer dared to question the actions of the Commander-in-Chief. Only this time, the President was Donald Trump. The officer in question was Army Lieutenant-Colonel Alexander Vindman and the incident was Trump’s supposed quid-pro-quo phone call to the Ukrainian President Zelenskiy; a transcript of which was furnished to the public. Both Vindman and Scheller violated the same military protocol but the treatment meted out to both was vastly different. Vindman was eventually relieved of his position on the National Security Council, but was not court martialed. Nor was he thrown in the brig in solitary confinement and ordered to undergo a mental evaluation. He was part of a special class of protected individuals known as “whistleblowers”; a designation that Stuart Scheller has been denied. Vindman retired on February 7, 2020 and became a hero to the Democrat party and mainstream media. Subsequently, he appeared in an ad for The Lincoln Project and the progressive group, Vote Vets, beseeching citizens to vote against Trump. One cannot help but wonder what Vindman would say about Biden’s July 23, 2021 call to Afghan President Ghani, urging him to “project a different picture” about the situation in Afghanistan. The contrast in treatment between the two men could not be more glaring. Scheller’s real crime was that he caused embarrassment to the Biden administration. This was especially galling since Joe Biden himself pronounced the Afghan withdrawal to be an “extraordinary success.” For this heinous offense, Scheller must pay. He needs to be denigrated, defamed, disparaged, and downgraded as an abject lesson to any serving officer who might be inclined to agree with him. Had his statements been made under the previous Trump administration, there is no doubt that he, like Vindman, would have been lauded as a national hero.

The American political landscape of today bears a scant resemblance to that which existed only a few short years ago. Our leaders now tell us that we must accept what they tell us with no questions allowed. Their allies in mainstream media and big tech censor any commentary which the ruling elites do not want us to hear. We must accept and obey or face dire consequences. Stuart Scheller found this out the hard way. As he sits in his cell awaiting his “day in court,” he might be wondering what he could possibly say in his own defense. Billy Mitchell’s defense during the 1925 proceedings was that he had spoken the truth; but truth today is defined as whatever the ruling class says it is and all branches of government, including the justice system, must be made to conform to the new standard. These are the hallmarks of a totalitarian state. Years ago, American theologian Reinhold Niebuhr once wrote: “Mans capacity for justice makes democracy possible; but mans inclination to injustice makes democracy necessary.”

E-Mail Caren Besner: greta1953@aol.com

[BIO: Caren Besner has written articles published by American Thinker, Conservative News and Views, The Front Page, Dr Swier, Renew America, Sun Sentinel, Published Reporter, Independent Sentinel, News With Views, The Moderate Voice, Canada Free Press, The Liberty Beacon, and others.]

Save My Mommy’s Life – Traumatic Update!

By Jytte Walter

Dear NWV Readers,

Our daughter-in-law, Tiffany, was making great progress with the alternative treatment she was given through Hope For Cancer in Tijuana and everyone was elated and thankful to the healing powers of God and to the generosity of you and other donors.

The small tumors in her breast disappeared, the lymph node was shrinking and the main tumor was calcifying.

Then she started getting new symptoms and we all got a shock! The cancer is spreading. We are dumb founded! Why?

She was due to go back to the clinic for an update and further treatment and left last Monday. Family and friends thankfully jumped in to babysit for Keira, so dad could go to work. Little Keira is so full of energy and joy! And, thankfully, she’s too little to understand. She just misses mom, when she’s gone. They are very close.

Tiffany is returning today and we are anxious to hear what the clinic’s new plan of attack is. Click below on Go-Fund-Me and Tiffany will explain how she discovered her new symptoms.

We are still hopeful and have not given up by far. But please continue to keep her in your prayers. We need all the help we can get.

With much appreciation and love,

Jytte Walter

Tiffany posted a new update to “Help Save A Young Mothers Life”

Hello Everyone, Unfortunately this update is not as positive as the last. We have hit a speed bump in my healing journey. For the past month, I have been feeling pain in … Click Here to Read the Rest.

Tiffany Kerwin E-Mail: newbornlivinginfo@gmail.com

The Death of Freedom in America

By Paul Engel

Ronald Reagan warned us that unless we fight for liberty, we would one day have to explain it to our children.
Today, we have to explain to the younger generations what is was like when freedom of religion, freedom of speech, freedom of press, even to be secure from unreasonable searches and seizures were cherished in America.
So will the American people fight for their liberty, or will we sit by and watch it be destroyed?

. . . freedom is never more than one generation away from extinction. We didn’t pass it on to our children in the bloodstream. The only way they can inherit the freedom we have known is if we fight for it, protect it, defend it and then hand it to them with the well thought lessons of how they in their lifetime must do the same. And if you and I don’t do this, then you and I may well spend our sunset years telling our children and our children’s children what it once was like in America when men were free.

Ronald Reagan “A Time for Choosing” Speech

Ronald Reagan’s words have come true. We now live in a country where we have to explain to the rising generations what it was like to live in America where people were free. While this day has been coming for decades, recent events show us the real level of rot and decay when it comes to your rights and liberty. No longer must those of us who cherish our freedom and liberty concern ourselves solely with the acts of government. Today businesses, society, and even our neighbors, are out to crush the last vestiges of the rights and liberty we enjoy. It’s not that we weren’t warned this day would come, but like in so many other situations, we never thought it would happen in our lifetimes.

Some of you may think I’m being hyperbolic when I claim that the day Ronald Reagan warned us about has come or that so many are out to destroy our rights. As the drafters of the Declaration of Independence said: “To prove this, let Facts be submitted to a candid world.”

Usurpations

As I said, this has been going on for decades. While there are plenty of clauses in the Constitution we’ve allowed to be violated, there are two at the heart of the problem.

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

The first is called the Supremacy Clause. Like much of the Constitution, its language is quite clear: The Constitution of the United States is the supreme law of the land. Only laws of the United States made pursuant to the Constitution or treaties made under the authority of the United States, which comes from the Constitution, are considered supreme. This clause means if Congress passes a law that is not pursuant to the Constitution or if the President and the Senate enter a treaty that is not within the powers of the United States, then that action is not supreme. In fact, that action is void.

It is a proposition too plain to be contested that the Constitution controls any legislative act repugnant to it, or that the Legislature may alter the Constitution by an ordinary act.

Between these alternatives there is no middle ground. The Constitution is either a superior, paramount law, unchangeable by ordinary means, or it is on a level with ordinary legislative acts, and, like other acts, is alterable when the legislature shall please to alter it.

Marbury v. Madison Opinion

If an act of the legislature, or for that matter of the President or the courts, is repugnant to the Constitution is void, how were or how have they been allowed to be enforced? Simple. The people who should have known better didn’t stand up to those who were breaking the law.

The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment X

We seem to forget, or perhaps most of us were never taught, that the states ratified the Constitution that created the United States government. That means the states created the federal government, not to be its servant, but to be served by it. It also means that when the states created the United States, they also set boundaries on it and its government. While this was assumed by those who drafted the Constitution, it was later confirmed when the states ratified the Tenth Amendment. So when the federal government exercises a power not delegated to it by the Constitution, it’s stealing powers rightfully owned by the states or the people

This reminds me of a third “clause”, although this one is not from the Constitution:

[T]he constitutions of most of our states assert that all power is inherent in the people; that they may exercise it by themselves, in all cases to which they think themselves competent, (as in electing their functionaries executive and legislative, and deciding by a jury of themselves, both fact and law, in all judiciary cases in which any fact is involved) or they may act by representatives, freely and equally chosen; that it is their right and duty to be at all times armed; that they are entitled to freedom of person; freedom of religion; freedom of property; and freedom of the press.

From Thomas Jefferson to John Cartwright, 5 June 1824

When any government acts beyond the powers delegated to it in the Constitution that formed it, they are stealing your powers. When any government infringes on your rights, they are stealing your rights. In short, whenever any government acts beyond their mandate, they are usurping your powers. It seems this has been going on so long with no one standing up to these usurpations they not only have become normal, but many Americans believe they are legal.

Legal Interference

Once the governments in America started assuming the powers to do pretty much whatever they wanted, with little interference from the people, they started using the judicial system to reinforce those powers. If, like me, you actually read what comes out of our judicial system, you may notice how rarely our judges actually quote the Constitution. Article VI, Clause 3 states:

The Senators and Representatives before mentioned, and the Members of the several State Legislatures, and all executive and judicial Officers, both of the United States and of the several States, shall be bound by Oath or Affirmation, to support this Constitution;

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 3

Every officer, including judges at both the state and federal level, is required to include support for the Constitution of the United States in their oath of office. So why does the supreme law of the land appear so rarely in the opinions of these judges? While I cannot read the mind of these judges, a quick look at what is included in their opinions should provide a good answer.

Have you heard the terms “case law” or “constitutional law”? How about “precedent” or “stare decisis”? Do you know what all of these terms have in common? They are “laws” created by the judiciary. Now there are plenty of good reasons to consider the opinions of those who have gone before. However, the Constitution states that all lawmaking power is vested not in the courts, but in Congress.

All legislative Powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States, which shall consist of a Senate and House of Representatives.

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 1, Clause 1

Yet today, not only do the courts make law, they claim the authority to overrule the acts of the other two branches of government. They do this first by claiming that their opinions are law, then by elevating those opinions above not only the laws made by Congress, but above the Constitution itself. That is why the opinions of judges are all but devoid of references to statutory law or the Constitution, while they are jam packed with references to judges opinions euphemistically called “case law”. In effect, we no longer have checks and balances between the three branches of governments, since one branch has assumed the incontestable power to overrule the others. And who stood up against this usurpation of power? Did the other two branches stand up? Did the states stand up against their creation? Did the people stand up to restore the judicial branch to its legally authorized role in government? The answer to these questions is no. And that is another reason why the republic, and the liberty it was created to protect, is dying. No one stood up when one branch of government usurped the powers of the others.

Then, into this crippled republic, came the chance of a lifetime for those who desire power and believe they have the moral authority to rule over others.

Lockdowns and Shutdowns

Many people blame COVID-19 for the attacks on liberty we are experiencing, when actually, the tyranny that has run rampant the last 18 months is the consequence of decades of unchecked government overreach. If the antipathy that the people and the states have shown toward instances of government overreach was the explosive, then COVID-19 was the detonator. Suddenly, millions of Americans were afraid that they might get sick and die. And who was ready to assume all the powers necessary to “save the American people”? That’s right, those who are drawn to power, and therefore to government. COVID was the excuse to determine what businesses could be open and who could work. And the icing on the cake? All those unemployed people were now begging government to take care of them. “Enhanced unemployment” benefits allowed thousands to stay home and live on the government dole. And let’s face it, who among us wouldn’t prefer to go about our lives doing what we want while someone else picks up the bill?

There was also another beneficiary lockdowns had: Big businesses. Small businesses cannot afford to lobby government for special dispensations. That’s why a California restaurant owner had her patio shutdown while a movie company had their catering tent open across the street. It’s also why the Walmarts, Targets, Lowes, and other large corporate stores were “allowed” to stay open while their competitors were “forced” to close. This led to a surge in small business closures while large corporations survived just fine.

Mandates

Of course, lockdowns and shutdowns were just the opening salvos, because the divide between small and large business is not just government lobbying. Large business not only have the capacity to absorb the cost of federal regulations, but the legal staff to fight them in court. Combine this with the cozy relationship large businesses have cultivated with government and you should recognize how these two work together, to both regulate your lives and to suppress their competition. Business licenses, promoted as tools to keep the people “safe”, are instead more often used to control those businesses. This was on full display with the advent of the COVID mandates.

First, governments instituted public mask mandates. Never mind that these mandates deprive you of your liberty and the property you have in your own body, which are violations of both the Fifth and Fourteenth Amendments of the Constitution of the United States. Then, governments issued mask mandates for private businesses, a blatant deprivation of the owner’s property and again without due process. Many businesses gladly joined in the deprivation of the rights of their customers. Yes, private businesses have the right to control how people are allowed to access their property, and many citizens willingly submitted to the whim of the store owners. What do you think happened to those few who recognized not only the infringement on their rights, but the fact that these mandates are void? If you guessed that their precious licenses were threatened with another deprivation of property without due process, you are correct. What did the people do when their states started violating the very constitutions that created them? How did the people react when the governments they formed to protect their rights instead violated them? What happened when governments exercised unjust powers that the governed had not consented to? Most people did nothing. Even worse, many people took it upon themselves to become the enforcer of these illegal and immoral mandates. That’s right, many people saw the opportunity to enforce their will upon their fellow citizens and jumped at the chance.

Now we have government issued vaccine mandates. It started locally, then in some of the states. If you wish to go to a restaurant or other public gathering, you need to show that you’ve been vaccinated. If you wanted to attend school, you need to show you’ve been vaccinated. In many cases, both governments and businesses started requiring their employees be vaccinated as a condition of employment. The federal government has even taken these draconian measures to the next level. Thinking of flying? The TSA wants proof you’ve been vaccinated. Working for the federal government or serving in the military? You need to get the vaccine. Own a business with more than 100 employees? You’ll be fined if you don’t require vaccination as a condition of employment. If you resist these enforced vaccinations, you are ostracized and in some cases bullied, both in person and online. It seems that we must tell the rising generation what it was once like in America, when men were free.

Conclusion

Yes, freedom is dying in America. The very idea of freedom and liberty seem to be on life-support when the American people take the opportunity to impose their will on others; the very idea of allowing others to live as they see fit is no longer an American value. Like a comatose patient, or maybe like Sleeping Beauty, there is a spark of life, but only just. George Washington said:

And since the preservation of the sacred fire of liberty, and the destiny of the Republican model of Government, are justly considered as deeply, perhaps as finally staked, on the experiment entrusted to the hands of the American people.

George Washington’s First Inaugural Address, 1789

It appears that in the 21st century, our founder’s trust was misplaced. We have worked hard over the past few decades to cut off the fuel to that sacred fire of liberty, and today it seems many are doing everything they can to put it out. Fortunately, the embers of that fire still exists in the hearts of some Americans. I pray that for many more, the idea of freedom and liberty has not died, but merely fallen sleep. Who will breathe on the embers of that fire? Who will awaken the beauty of liberty in America? Who will stand their ground against those who wish to control others? Will it be you? If so, you are not alone. There are others for whom the sacred fire of liberty burns strong in their hearts. There are still others for whom the fire burns, but it’s being stifled by fear and doubt. Just as a kiss was able to awaken Sleeping Beauty, the kiss of freedom can awaken the fire of liberty in the heart of others. If freedom and liberty are dying in America, it is because We the People have stood by and let it happen. That also means that the American people can restore liberty, if we’re willing stand and fight for it, protect it, defend it, and hand it on to our children.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Politics and the Politicization of the US Military

by Caren Besner

“If there is one basic element in our Constitution, it is civilian control of the military” – Harry S. Truman

Americans traditionally have been wary of a large permanent military establishment, believing it to be a threat to democratic institutions. This attitude goes all the way back to the Founding Fathers who deliberately kept the army small, preferring to rely on local militia in case of an emergency. This was done in order to prevent the army from being used to repress the rights of any individual state during the long and ongoing battle over the issue of states’ rights; the echoes of which still reverberate to this very day. The past nine months’ events show how wise this attitude was.

During major conflicts, such as the Civil War and the two World Wars, the military would expand exponentially, only to revert to the size of a constabulary force when hostilities ended. This lasted until the onset of the Cold War, when our newly established rivalry with the Soviet Bloc compelled us to maintain a large standing military force.

All American soldiers swear the same oath to preserve, protect, and defend the Constitution of the United States. Their oath is not to any political party regardless of which one currently holds the reins of power.

Career military officers occupy a unique place in American society. Ideally, they are supposed to be apolitical. They vote in elections of course, but they are not free to criticize politics openly nor to deride their Commander-in-Chief, whoever that might be. Senior officers are supposed to be promoted based on competency, efficiency, and ability, not because of loyalty to any political party.

Officers who violate these rules can be dismissed from the military. The most famous example was President Truman’s firing of General Douglas MacArthur in 1951. An open critic of the Truman administration’s handling of the Korean War, MacArthur delved into the area of foreign policy, urging the Nationalist Chinese on the island of Formosa (now Taiwan) to attack the Chinese mainland. Since this would have entailed an expansion of the war, possibly involving the Soviet Union, this was the last thing Truman wanted. MacArthur had to go.

Seventy years after MacArthur’s ignominious dismissal, another American general is in the spotlight: General Mark Milley, Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff and the highest-ranking military officer in the armed forces. MacArthur’s actions took place at a time when America was beginning its ascendency to the position of global superpower; Milley’s deeds have occurred during a time when America’s dominant position is clearly in a state of decline. Both men believed in the righteousness of their cause and both served under presidents whose actions they deemed harmful to American interests. Both men acted in ways that clearly overstepped the boundaries of their authority and both fervently defended their actions, causing a great deal of controversy.

According to Bob Woodward’s and Robert Costa’s newly published Peril (and subsequently reported in the Washington Post), in October 2020 and January 2021, Milley placed phone calls to his Chinese counterpart in Beijing (which he later admitted doing). These calls were meant to reassure the Chinese we were not going to launch a nuclear strike against them. Milley stated, “If we’re going to attack, I’m going to call you ahead of time. It’s not going to be a surprise.”

Milley also allegedly asked his senior commanders to take an oath to him promising to obtain his approval if Trump launched a nuclear attack. A spokesman for the general stated he acted within his authority as the senior military advisor to the President and the Secretary of Defense, yet Milley failed to consult any civilian authority, a fact confirmed by his superiors in the Trump administration, and by the former President himself.

General Milley also undertook at least two other controversial programs. The first was adopting Critical Race Theory as part of the reading curriculum for the military; a program which he personally defended during recent congressional hearings. American soldiers have historically sacrificed themselves on battlefields from Europe to Asia and the Middle East to save their brothers in arms. All that mattered was that the other guy wore the same uniform. Under Critical Race Theory, a soldier would be compelled not to look at the color of a fellow soldier’s uniform, but at the color of his skin, before acting. Just how this adds to the cohesiveness, comradery, and fighting efficiency of the military is not explained.

Second, Milley worked closely with Defense Sec. Lloyd Austin, who ordered a “stand down” of the entire military to hunt down “extremism” in the military. This was done in response to Joe Biden’s announcement of “white supremacists” as the greatest threat to our democracy. Accordingly, an internal review was conducted to identify any “offenders” within the ranks. Given these facts, it seems that the entire military is being both indoctrinated and politicized.

A large military establishment is now a permanent part of the American landscape. Just exactly how and against whom this force is to be used is now the question. China’s recent history provides one possible outcome. In June 1989, more than one and a quarter million protesters gathered in Beijing’s Tiananmen Square to advocate for democratic reforms. Those protests had been going on for several weeks and had spread to dozens of Chinese cities. The Chinese Communist Party, perceiving an existential threat to their power, ordered the Chinese army, the People’s Liberation Army, to crush the demonstrators, most of whom were unarmed students. No one knows how many were killed, but estimates run from hundreds to several thousand.

Given Biden’s identification of the “real enemy” as white supremacists, it’s possible that the military is directing its attention to this new perceived domestic threat. According to the radical left, which appears to control the Democrat party, this enemy consists of the 75 million Americans who voted for Donald Trump in 2020.

For now, we don’t know how this will play out. Would the US Army or any segment of it, thoroughly imbued in Wokeism and Critical Race Theory, open fire on a mass of peaceful unarmed protesters if ordered to do so? Only time will tell.

Seven decades separate the actions of Douglas MacArthur and Mark Milley. During those years, the United States of America has fundamentally changed. In 1951, most Americans were fervently anti-Communist. In 2021, only 30 years after the fall of the Berlin Wall and the collapse of Communism, countless millions of Americans seem willing and even eager to embrace it. This shift to the far left is only going to accelerate as more of our younger generation, thoroughly indoctrinated in Wokeism and Neo-Marxist ideology comes of age.

Just where the U.S. military will fit in this “Brave New World” is yet to be realized. One thing, however, can be stated with a degree of certainty: the army can never be used as an instrument of repression against our own people. The current politicization and indoctrination of the armed forces must cease. The public trust in our social institutions; not just the military, but also law enforcement agencies such as the FBI, the Justice Department, and organizations such as the CDC, NIH, FDA, and indeed the government itself is at stake.

[BIO: Caren Besner has written articles published by American Thinker, The Front Page, Dr Swier, Renew America, Sun-Sentinel, NewsWithViews, Published Reporter, The Moderate Voice, The Florida Veteran, Independent Sentinel, and others.]

E-Mail Caren Besner: greta1953@aol.com

Texas Vs. Roe

By Paul Engel

Texas SB8 is not the violation of a “constitutionally protected right established by Roe v. Wade” that you’ve been told.
Texas SB8 is a unique law, apparently crafted specifically tailored to comply with the Roe v. Wade opinion.
The Supreme Court did not “overturn Roe”, they simply refused to issue an injunction against the law because, by their own precedent, they couldn’t.

The recent Texas law SB8 has been described as an attack on the right to abortion. The case challenging the law, Whole Woman’s Health et al, v. Austin Reeve Jackson, Judge, et al, has become a lightening rod for abortion activists. Referring to the law as both extreme and a blatant violation of constitutional rights, President Biden has been one of the chief spokesmen opposing this law and the decision of the Supreme Court. By going to the original documents we can cut through the hype and understand the truth, not only about the law, but the court’s opinion as well.

Texas SB 8

Let’s start with the Texas law that’s at the heart of the current debate. There are three interesting provisions in this law.

Sec. 171.204. PROHIBITED ABORTION OF UNBORN CHILD WITH DETECTABLE FETAL HEARTBEAT; EFFECT.

(a) Except as provided by Section 171.205, a physician may not knowingly perform or induce an abortion on a pregnant woman if the physician detected a fetal heartbeat for the unborn child as required by Section 171.203 or failed to perform a test to detect a fetal heartbeat.

Texas SB 8

The law prohibits abortion of an unborn child once a heartbeat is detected. Section 171.203 requires that “standard medical practices” be used to detect if a heartbeat is present. If one is found, then abortion is generally prohibited. There is, however, an exception.

Sec. 171.205. EXCEPTION FOR MEDICAL EMERGENCY; RECORDS.

(a) Sections 171.203 and 171.204 do not apply if a physician believes a medical emergency exists that prevents compliance with this subchapter.

Texas SB 8

If a physician believes there’s a medical emergency which prevents them from complying with the law, that’s considered an exception. Meaning, if while treating a medical emergency, a doctor induces an abortion, they do not violate this law. But the third section is the one I find most constitutionally interesting.

Sec. 171.208. CIVIL LIABILITY FOR VIOLATION OR AIDING OR ABETTING VIOLATION.

(a) Any person, other than an officer or employee of a state or local governmental entity in this state, may bring a civil action against any person who:

(1) performs or induces an abortion in violation of this subchapter;

(2) knowingly engages in conduct that aids or abets the performance or inducement of an abortion, including paying for or reimbursing the costs of an abortion through insurance or otherwise, if the abortion is performed or induced in violation of this subchapter, regardless of whether the person knew or should have known that the abortion would be performed or induced in violation of this subchapter; or

(3) intends to engage in the conduct described by Subdivision (1) or (2).

Texas SB 8

So what’s so interesting about this section of the law? Rather than making abortion a criminal offense, it makes it a civil one. In other words, rather than being sent to jail for performing an illegal abortion, a person pays damages. Also of interest, the person suing someone for performing illegal abortions cannot be a member of a state or local government. This means means that anyone other than a government official can sue someone for performing an abortion in violation of this law. I believe the reason for this is to comply with the Supreme Court’s opinion in Roe v. Wade.

Roe v. Wade

A state criminal abortion statute of the current Texas type, that excepts from criminality only a life-saving procedure on behalf of the mother, without regard to pregnancy stage and without recognition of the other interests involved, is violative of the Due Process Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment.

Roe v. Wade

When the Supreme Court opined in Roe, they found that a law making it a crime to perform an abortion except to save the life of the mother violated the Due Process Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment. In effect, the court said that such a limitation on abortion deprived the mother and/or the doctor of the liberty to perform abortions without due process of law. Of course, the court did not appear to consider the question of depriving the child in the womb of their life without due process of law, but that’s the problem with the Roe v. Wade precedent. The opinion goes on to say:

(a) For the stage prior to approximately the end of the first trimester, the abortion decision and its effectuation must be left to the medical judgment of the pregnant woman’s attending physician.

(b) For the stage subsequent to approximately the end of the first trimester, the State, in promoting its interest in the health of the mother, may, if it chooses, regulate the abortion procedure in ways that are reasonably related to maternal health.

Roe v. Wade

The court created this trimester scheme to determine when and how a state had an interest in regulating abortions. For the first trimester, the court believes the abortion decision is solely a medical one. After the first trimester, the court claimed that states only had an interest in promoting the health of the mother. So when is it about the child in the womb?

(c) For the stage subsequent to viability, the State in promoting its interest in the potentiality of human life may, if it chooses, regulate, and even proscribe, abortion except where it is necessary, in appropriate medical judgment, for the preservation of the life or health of the mother.

Roe v. Wade

The Roe court used the viability of the child to determine when the state has an interest in protecting, as the court put it, “potentiality of human life”. And this is where I think the court really messed up. Understand, in 1972 when this case was argued and decided, medical imaging technology was not nearly as sophisticated as it is today. Meaning, medical science in 1972 did not allow the level of detail we currently have when viewing inside the womb, neither did it provide the information regarding gestational development we have today. Still, the Declaration of Independence says:

Declaration of Independence

We were not created when we emerged from the womb, we were all created in the womb. So the question of when the state has an interest in protecting life should not be based on viability (the ability to survive outside the womb), but on detection of life. Which is what the Texas bill does. By basing protection of life based on life being detected, Texas fulfills its duty to protect the rights of everyone within their borders.

Criminal vs Civil

Since the Roe opinion specifically states that a criminal abortion statue based solely on the life of the mother violated the Due Process Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment, I believe the Texas Legislature created a civil statue to avoid this legal hurdle. I also think they may have opened up a couple of serious problems with their legislation.

The first potential problem I see is the scope of who can sue for committing illegal abortions. As I noted previously, the law allows, “Any person, other than an officer or employee of a state or local governmental entity in this state, may bring a civil action…” This law places the burden of “prosecution” solely in the hands of the people of Texas. In other words, the State of Texas expects the people to bring suit when the law is violated, rather than the state itself.

This isn’t necessarily a problem, except for the second potential problem. The law states anyone other than a state or local government official can sue under this law. No other limitations are noted. So does that mean that I, as a citizen of Tennessee, can sue a doctor in Texas for performing, or even intending to perform, an abortion on a child without checking for a heartbeat? Does it matter whether or not I have a direct grievance against the doctor, other than the fact that abortion of a living child is murder? I’m not a lawyer, but I believe it’s standard practice for a court to consider a plaintiff’s standing before proceeding with a civil case. Maybe the Texas Legislature expects the courts to weed out the activist cases from those where someone was directly harmed. Unfortunately, that unleashes a potential nightmare of people and organizations filing suits against abortion providers in an attempt to “sue them out of business”. I don’t find that just when the gun control activist do it, and neither would I find that just if pro-life activists do it. That’s why I think this is one part of the law that needs to be fixed: To define what grievance can be used to justify a lawsuit under this statute.

The Courts

Much has been said about how the courts have reacted to this lawsuit and why people should prevent this Texas law from going into effect. Sadly, very little of that talk has been based on the truth and facts of the case.

What the Supreme Court was asked to do was to provide an injunction preventing the law from taking effect until the case had been decided by the courts. This in itself is an extremely dangerous request, since it effectively places the judiciary above the other branches of government. Which is why Justice Alito noted in his opinion:

To prevail in an application for a stay or an injunction, an applicant must carry the burden of making a “strong showing” that it is “likely to succeed on the merits,” that it will be “irreparably injured absent a stay,” that the balance of the equities favors it, and that a stay is consistent with the public interest.

Whole Woman’s Health v. Jackson Opinion on Application for Injunctive Relief

Justice Alito went on to note that what the applicants are asking for is both novel and complex.

For example, federal courts enjoy the power to enjoin individuals tasked with enforcing laws, not the laws themselves. California v. Texas. And it is unclear whether the named defendants in this lawsuit can or will seek to enforce the Texas law against the applicants in a manner that might permit our intervention.

Whole Woman’s Health v. Jackson Opinion on Application for Injunctive Relief

Precedent allows the court to enjoin people, not the law. Since the defendants named can seek to enforce the law, because the law prohibits state or local government officials from filing suit, how can the court enjoin them? Oddly, the power of precedent that the applicants are using to file this suit is the very same one that is preventing the courts from issuing the injunction. It seems that we will all have to wait until the actual case is heard before we know whether the courts will find this Texas law appropriate or not.

Lies, Darn Lies, and Politics

If there is one constant in politics today, it’s that politicians lie. So no one should be surprised when the pro-abortion politicians came rushing to the bulwarks to defend their understanding of Roe v. Wade and the “constitutional right” to abortion.

Today, Texas law SB8 went into effect. This extreme Texas law blatantly violates the constitutional right established under Roe v. Wade and upheld as precedent for nearly half a century.

Statement by President Joe Biden on Texas Law SB8

Funny, how a law whose language appears to have been specifically tailored to not violate Roe v. Wade, is a supposed blatant violation of that opinion. Even worse though, is the constitutional lie President Biden is promoting.

The Supreme Court of the United States cannot establish a constitutional right. That’s not a power delegated to the United States, and since it’s not prohibited to the states, only the states can establish a constitutionally protected right. In fact, what the court found was that before someone can be deprived of the liberty to perform or receive an abortion, there must be due process. Furthermore, the Supreme Court does not have the legal authority to effectively create law by edict or opinion. The findings in the Roe v. Wade case legally impact only Roe and Wade. It is our judiciaries’ slavish devotion to “precedent” that gives power to the Roe decision, not the law or the Constitution.

And, outrageously, it deputizes private citizens to bring lawsuits against anyone who they believe has helped another person get an abortion, which might even include family members, health care workers, front desk staff at a health care clinic, or strangers with no connection to the individual.

Statement by President Joe Biden on Texas Law SB8

To be fair, President Biden is correct in the potential scope of these lawsuits. As I’ve already noted, the fact that anyone other than government officials can sue anyone involved in an abortion that violates this statute, it can easily spiral into a nightmare of frivolous lawsuits.

However, Joe Biden is far from the only person rising to combat this Texas law. He and Nancy Pelosi have promised to take up the “Women’s Health Protection Act of 2021” when the House returns from recess. What is the purpose of this bill?

to permit health care providers to provide abortion services without limitations or requirements that single out the provision of abortion services for restrictions that are more burdensome than those restrictions imposed on medically comparable procedures, do not significantly advance reproductive health or the safety of abortion services, and make abortion services more difficult to access;

U.S. S 1975 – Women’s Health Protection Act of 2021 – Purpose Clause

Lost to the view of the pro-abortionists is the fact that abortion involves the health of two people, not just one. This bill, and others like it, focus on the “health care” of the woman while ignoring the health of the child in the womb. This bill promotes the unlimited access to abortion while ignoring the consequences of that access. They want no more regulation on abortion than on “medically comparable procedures”, yet ignore the fact that those procedures are prohibited from taking human life unless absolutely necessary. History has shown us that the pro-abortion activists are not interested in being regulated along with “medically comparable procedures”; they want as little regulation as possible and it seems many among these activists are ready to do almost anything to get their way.

Republicans promised to overturn Roe v Wade, and they have. Democrats can either abolish the filibuster and expand the court, or do nothing as millions of peoples’ bodies, rights, and lives are sacrificed for far-right minority rule.

Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez Tweet

While many republican politicians have “promised” to overturn Roe, we all know how much we can trust politicians to keep their promises. Let’s face it, what the republicans claim is not so much that they will overturn Roe, but overturn what the Roe opinion has morphed into: An unrestricted right to abortion not supported by law. After decades of getting much of their agenda through the courts rather than the legislature, is it any wonder the more progressive of the Democratic Party are willing to overturn Senate rules (the filibuster), and take over the courts to get their way. Does anyone else find it ironic that a party who is named after a democratic process uses such undemocratic methods to advance their agenda?

Conclusion

There’s a lot to unpack here, both in this legislation and the reaction to it. When does the government’s duty to protect life begin? Is it when life is detected? When life is external, i.e., out of the womb? Or is it at some other arbitrary point? How should a state respond to an almost 50 year old opinion that is not supported by the facts or by science? And how should the American people treat the hyperbole on both sides of the argument? As I’ve said so many times, this is why it’s so important to go back to the original documents before we make up our minds on a subject.

As for the law itself, I can easily see the justification for the heartbeat of the child being the delineation for when life must be protected. However, I do have concerns over the scope of who can sue. As for the Roe opinion, I wish more people would recognize it for what it is: A flawed opinion based on outdated science that considers only one side of the issue. Roe v. Wade is not law. To my knowledge, Congress has never passed a law legalizing abortion across the country. Then again, such a law would be unconstitutional, since not only has the Constitution not delegated such an authority to the United States, the very idea of unlimited abortion violates the Due Process Clause of the Fifth Amendment.

While I don’t expect it from what passes for our judicial class today, I would hope a rational and reasonable look at the law would guide the courts. I fully expect that advocates on both sides will use the Texas law and the court’s decision to demagogue, vilify, and yes, fundraise, for the foreseeable future. I only hope that this article has helped cut through some of the noise and misdirection to help you find the truth.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Eviction Moratorium Fiasco

By Paul Engel

Contrary to much of the reporting, the Supreme Court did not find this moratorium unconstitutional, only not authorized by the law.
While the courts have almost universally agreed that the CDC does not have the legal authority to issue a nationwide evictions moratorium, they have also tended stay or leave a stay in place rather than stop it.
Each and every court has missed one very crucial and constitutional point, this moratorium is a violation of the Fifth Amendment.

There has been a fair amount of focus lately on the CDC eviction moratorium, including court findings and the fact that President Biden ignored them. By doing some research, we can find out the facts of this case, including the good, bad, and ugly when it comes to the constitutionality of the different actions taken. Let’s take a look at those details, and determine for ourselves what we should do about it.

Tiger Lily, LLC

Our story starts back in March, 2020.

In March of 2020, Congress passed the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act. … Among other things, the CARES Act imposed a 120-day moratorium on evictions from rental properties that participated in federal assistance programs or had federally backed loans.

TIGER LILY, LLC v US Dept. of Housing and Urban Development

In March we knew relatively little about the SARS-COV-2 virus and the disease it caused, COVID-19. The models used were absolutely frightening, so many Americans were terrified of COVID-19. Did that fear mean the Constitution doesn’t matter?

Did Congress have the authority to dictate how our private owners of property run their businesses because they receive federal assistance from federally backed loans? The answer to both questions is no. They could make the federal assistance contingent on voluntary moratorium standards, but unless the loan contract allows the United States to change the requirements without approval of all parties involved, the loans should be unalterable. However, in no situation does Congress have the legal authority to enact such a moratorium.

After that congressionally enacted moratorium ended, the CDC stepped in. It issued an order entitled “Temporary Halt in Residential Evictions To Prevent the Further Spread of COVID-19.” … The Halt Order imposed a broader eviction moratorium than Congress had, one that prohibited eviction of all “covered persons”—without regard to whether the rental property relied on federal funds or loans—through December 31, 2020. The CDC explained that the Order is a necessary measure to facilitate self-isolation, support state lockdown orders, and prevent congregation in settings like homeless shelters.

TIGER LILY, LLC v US Dept. of Housing and Urban Development

When Congress’ illegal moratorium ended, the CDC enacted its own. Not only did the Trump administration continue this illegal act, it expanded it to all covered persons regardless of whether there was federal financial involvement or not. The CDC explained that the order was necessary to help people isolate themselves and support the illegal lockdown orders the states had been issuing. Where did the CDC claim it had received the authority to issue such an order?

The CDC found authority for its entry into the landlord-tenant relationship in the Public Health Service Act of 1944, which authorizes the Secretary of Health and Human Services to “make and enforce such regulations as in his judgment are necessary to prevent the introduction, transmission, or spread of communicable diseases.” 42 U.S.C. § 264(a). To carry out and enforce “such regulations,” the Secretary can “provide for such inspection, fumigation, disinfection, sanitation, pest extermination, destruction of animals or articles found to be so infected or contaminated as to be sources of dangerous infection to human beings, and other measures, as in his judgment may be necessary.”

TIGER LILY, LLC v US Dept. of Housing and Urban Development

I’m wondering how does the authority to create regulations to provide for inspection, fumigation, disinfection, sanitation, pest extermination, and destruction of infected animals or articles morph into the authority to interfere with the contract between a landlord and their tenant? The answer is it’s only in the mind of petty tyrants who will use any excuse to get the outcome they want. This, the latest example of the philosophy that the ends justify the means, is not only destructive to rights and liberty, but also to the very idea of the rule of law.

It didn’t take long for people to seek a redress of this grievance. Tiger Lily, LLC, that owns and manages rental properties, filed suit in district court seeking both a declaratory judgment and a preliminary injunction barring the moratorium’s enforcement. The district court denied the injunction because it found that the loss of income was not an irreparable injury. However, after the court heard the case it found that the moratorium did exceed the statutory authority under 42 USC §264(a). Not surprisingly, the government immediately appealed and requested both the district and circuit courts issue an emergency stay pending the appeal.

The circuit court denied the request, stating they thought the government was not likely to succeed. Sure enough, after hearing the appeal, the circuit court found that 42 USC §264(a) does not authorize the CDC to implement a nationwide eviction moratorium.

Before we go on, notice the details of what both the district and circuit courts found. Not that government interfering with the rental contract is not a power delegated to the United States. And not that a blanket prevention of landlords from evicting renters who violate the contract is a deprivation of property without due process of law or a violation of the Fifth Amendment. No, they found that Congress, when it passed 42 USC §264(a), did not authorize the CDC to issue such a regulation. This mistake will be repeated as this fiasco continues.

Alabama Association of Realtors

Alongside the Tiger Lily case, the Alabama Association of Realtors filed suit against HUD. The District Judge for the District for the District of Columbia vacated the order. Why?

The Court recognizes that the COVID-19 pandemic is a serious public health crisis that has presented unprecedented challenges for public health officials and the nation as a whole. The pandemic has triggered difficult policy decisions that have had enormous real-world consequences. The nationwide eviction moratorium is one such decision.

It is the role of the political branches, and not the courts, to assess the merits of policy measures designed to combat the spread of disease, even during a global pandemic.

The question for the Court is a narrow one: Does the Public Health Service Act grant the CDC the legal authority to impose a nationwide eviction moratorium? It does not. Because the plain language of the Public Health Service Act, 42 U.S.C. § 264(a), unambiguously forecloses the nationwide eviction moratorium, the Court must set aside the CDC Order, consistent with the Administrative Procedure Act, see 5 U.S.C. § 706(2)(C), and D.C. Circuit precedent, see National Mining Ass’n, 145 F.3d at 1409.

Alabama Association of Realtors v. U.S. Dept. of Health and Human Services

Yes, COVID-19 has become a crisis. As the evidence mounts that not only is COVID not a generally deadly disease, but that the data that has been used to scare the world into serfdom is suspect at best. Even taking for granted the courts statement that COVID-19 is a serious public health crisis, the law is the law, and the law does not authorize the CDC to issue a nationwide eviction moratorium. Once again, nothing is mentioned about the Fifth Amendment’s prohibition on taking property without due process of law, but only that Congress did not authorize the CDC to issue the moratorium. This decision was appealed to the circuit court, with a request that the court issue an emergency stay, pending appeal., which was granted by the judge, meaning the eviction moratorium remained in place. The Alabama Association of Realtors filed an emergency motion to vacate the stay, but that was denied. This request made its way to the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court, who referred it to the court. This request was denied, but this is also where the reporting gets extremely questionable.

News media and pundits alike have claimed that the Supreme Court “ruled” that the moratorium was unconstitutional. Not only did the Court issue no such opinion, no court record I’ve found even questioned the constitutionality of the moratorium, but only whether the CDC had been granted the authority by Congress. If fact, when the court denied the application to vacate the stay, they left the moratorium in place. While the court did not publish an opinion on its decision, Justice Kavanaugh did publish a concurrence.

I agree with the District Court and the applicants that the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention exceeded its existing statutory authority by issuing a nationwide eviction moratorium.

Alabama Association of Realtors v. U.S. Dept. of Health and Human Services – Kavanaugh Concurrence

So, if Justice Kavanaugh agrees with District Court that the CDC exceeded its legal authority in issuing a nationwide moratorium, why did he vote to deny the motion?

Because the CDC plans to end the moratorium in only a few weeks, on July 31, and because those few weeks will allow for additional and more orderly distribution of the congressionally appropriated rental assistance funds, I vote at this time to deny the application to vacate the District Court’s stay of its order.

Alabama Association of Realtors v. U.S. Dept. of Health and Human Services – Kavanaugh Concurrence

Because the moratorium was scheduled to end in a few weeks, Justice Kavanaugh “punted” both his responsibility and his oath to support the Constitution of the United States. We don’t know why the other justices who voted to deny the motion did so, only that justices Thomas, Alito, Gorsuch, and Barrett would have granted it. As if this dereliction of duty were not bad enough, Justice Kavanaugh went on…

In my view, clear and specific congressional authorization (via new legislation) would be necessary for the CDC to extend the moratorium past July 31.

Alabama Association of Realtors v. U.S. Dept. of Health and Human Services – Kavanaugh Concurrence

If these “legal eagles”, supposedly the best legal minds in the nation, cannot see the blatant violation of the supreme law of the land in this moratorium, who can? Justice Kavanaugh admitted in his concurrence that he believes Congress has the authority to authorize this type of moratorium. We are being led by idiots.

I’ve heard “experts” claim that this is a violation of the Taking Clause, but it’s not. Not only is the property not taken, it’s not being used for public purposes.

nor shall private property be taken for public use, without just compensation.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment V

What I have not heard is a single lawyer, judge, constitutional professor, or anyone that participates in the judicial system, point out that this is a violation of the Fifth Amendment’s due process clause.

No person shall … be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment V

This should be an open and shut case. Any judge with the slightest knowledge of the Constitution shouldn’t need more than 30 seconds to decide it. The CDC’s eviction moratorium deprives the landlords of this country their property (specifically the control of their property), without due process of law. No one has shown that these landlords violated any law. No evidence has been provided showing a widespread right to occupy rental property without paying rent. Only the concern by those at the CDC that should people be evicted, they may go to a homeless shelter, creating an overcrowding condition. Of course, that situation only exists because governments, starting with state and local governments, shut down their economies, preventing people from working to earn the money to pay the rent. And nowhere has anyone made any accommodation for the landlords, who are still expected to pay mortgages, utilities, and yes, taxes on the properties they can no longer generate income from.

And the atrocities did not stop with the Supreme Court’s decision.

Executive vs Judicial

When the moratorium expired on July 31st, guess what happened? President Biden’s CDC simply extended it yet again. Not only has Justice Kavanaugh been shown to be a fool for thinking this would not happen, but District Court judge Dabney Freidrich has shown herself to be one as well. According to the opinion memorandum for her stay, she notes the “substantial economic hardships as a result of the CDC’s nationwide moratorium on evictions.” However, she states that “given the public health consequences cited by the CDC, a stay is warranted.” Even if the CDC used a study that has not been peer reviewed, they made claims about cases and deaths which seem more like wild guesses than actual scientific data. How big was this tremendous spike that should crush the rights of the American people? The wild guess from the CDC expected about a 1 to 1.5% increase in cases and deaths nationwide. Based on the CDC’s recent history of exaggerating numbers, I don’t have much trust in those numbers.

People far and wide cried “foul”, claiming that President Biden was violating the rule of law by ignoring the opinion of the Supreme Court. Lost in the hew and cry was the fact that the court itself decided not to vacate the stay of the District Court’s opinion. Or the fact that, as a separate branch of government, the court has no authority to order the executive to do anything.

The authority, therefore, given to the Supreme Court by the act establishing the judicial courts of the United States to issue writs of mandamus to public officers appears not to be warranted by the Constitution,

Marbury v. Madison Opinion

There were two questions the Marbury v. Madison court had to decide. First, did Mr. Marbury deserve the commission to the position he had been appointed to by the previous administration? And second, did the court have the authority to order the President to issue the commission, in legal terms a writ of mandamus. Issuing this writ would have effectively placed that court and Congress above the President, something not authorized by the Constitution. Since the courts in this case did not find the moratorium unconstitutional, only not authorized by statue, the claims that the President’s actions were unconstitutional seem somewhat hyperbolic. Yes, the President was not faithfully executing the laws of the United States, but that is not what was being claimed. The fact that the President disagreed with the court, and acted based on his opinion, is not a violation of the Constitution, even if the eviction moratorium is.

Conclusion

It’s not just that the court trusted the questionable expected outcome from the CDC, but that they put it above the law.

Marbury v. Madison Opinion

Here we have an executive department claiming powers not included in their statutory charter. Powers that, even if Congress had authorized them, would violate the Constitution of the United States and therefore be illegal. What truly disturbs me though, is the absolute disregard for the oath of so many in both the executive and judicial branches of our government. When those we have hired to protect our rights abuse them so badly, how can we trust them at all?

Declaration of Independence

What do we do when governments created to protect our rights not only fail to do so, but actively subvert them? Yes, we have the right to alter or abolish such government. It is not insurrection to attempt to restore the Constitution to its rightful place as the supreme law of the land. As Abraham Lincoln said:

The people — the people — are the rightful masters of both Congresses, and courts — not to overthrow the Constitution, but to overthrow the men who pervert it

Abraham Lincoln, [September 16-17, 1859] (Notes for Speech in Kansas and Ohio)

Ultimately, it is up to us to overthrow those who are perverting the Constitution. That includes the judges and justices of the courts, the members of Congress, and those in the President’s administration who are betraying their oaths. The future of America rests in the hands of its people.

But when a long train of abuses and usurpations, pursuing invariably the same Object evinces a design to reduce them under absolute Despotism, it is their right, it is their duty, to throw off such Government, and to provide new Guards for their future security.

Declaration of Independence

Will our future be secure? Or will we fall under the absolute despotism of those in the federal government?

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Arizona Voting Integrity Laws

By Paul Engel

How far can States go to protect the integrity of their elections?
Is it racist to limit who can collect early ballots and where you can vote in person?
What can States expect voters to do to exercise their right to vote?

There have been a lot of claims lately that all voter integrity laws from republicans are racist while all from democratic are a move toward free and fair elections. Beyond the partisan propaganda, a recent case at the Supreme Court asked the question if Arizona’s election laws are racist? Specifically, does the out-of-precinct policy or ballot-collection law violate Section 2 of the Voting Rights Act?

Voting Rights Act

Let’s start with the Voting Rights Act. The Democratic National Committee (DNC) claimed that Arizona’s voting laws violated section 2 of this act.

(a) No voting qualification or prerequisite to voting or standard, practice, or procedure shall be imposed or applied by any State or political subdivision in a manner which results in a denial or abridgement of the right of any citizen of the United States to vote on account of race or color.

52 U. S. C. §10301(a) – Voting Rights Act

Subsection (a) of the Voting Rights Act is Congress making law that’s necessary and proper to execute the Fifteenth Amendment to the Constitution.

The right of citizens of the United States to vote shall not be denied or abridged by the United States or by any State on account of race, color, or previous condition of servitude

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XV

The Voting Rights Act went on to detail what might deny someone the right to vote.

(b) A violation of subsection (a) is established if, based on the totality of circumstances, it is shown that the political processes leading to nomination or election in the State or political subdivision are not equally open to participation by members of a class of citizens protected by subsection (a) in that its members have less opportunity than other members of the electorate to participate in the political process and to elect representatives of their choice. The extent to which members of a protected class have been elected to office in the State or political subdivision is one circumstance which may be considered: Provided, That nothing in this section establishes a right to have members of a protected class elected in numbers equal to their proportion in the population.

52 U. S. C. §10301(b) – Voting Rights Act

There are a few things to notice with this part of the legislation. First, it’s not enough to show that a single circumstance of discrimination based on race or color is a violation of the law, it’s the totality of circumstances. Second, since this act covers both elections and nominations to office, it would apply to primaries and caucuses as well. Also, this law does not establish a quota. There is no right to have a certain number of those elected to office based on their proportion of the population.

Now, let’s get to the meat of the law as it relates to this case.

it is shown that the political processes leading to nomination or election in the State or political subdivision are not equally open to participation by members of a class of citizens protected by subsection (a)

52 U. S. C. §10301(b) – Voting Rights Act

There are several ways the election process could not be equally open to a group based on race or color. While the most obvious, a law restricting such access would be a violation, the law takes into consideration other ways of unlawful discrimination.

in that its members have less opportunity than other members of the electorate to participate in the political process and to elect representatives of their choice.

52 U. S. C. §10301(b) – Voting Rights Act

This is what the DNC alleged in their lawsuit. That two parts of Arizona’s election law provide less opportunity for blacks, American Indians, and hispanics to vote. The first was the law requiring that ballots cast in the wrong precinct not be counted, the second that only certain people are allowed to collect early ballots was claimed to be enacted with discriminatory intent. Let’s look at these complaints separately.

Precinct Voting

First, Arizonans who vote in person on election day in a county that uses the precinct system must vote in the precinct to which they are assigned based on their address…. If a voter votes in the wrong precinct, the vote is not counted.

Brnovich v. DNC

Some counties divide themselves up into voting precincts. According to Arizona law, citizens must vote in the precinct where they live. According to Justice Kagan, and justices Breyer and Sotomayor, who joined in her dissent…

…the out-of-precinct policy—results in Hispanic and African American voters’ ballots being thrown out at a statistically higher rate than those of whites.

Brnovich v. DNC

Does the fact that hispanic and black voters cast their ballots in the wrong precinct at a higher rate than white (a fact I did not find the dissent providing any evidence of) mean that they have less opportunity to vote? Justice Kagan also claims that Arizona has more offenders of their out-of-precinct law than any other state. Again, I ask the question, how would the fact that out-of-precinct voting happens more often in Arizona than other states show that the law provides less opportunity to vote based on race or color? According to the majority of the court, it doesn’t.

Having to identify one’s polling place and then travel there to vote does not exceed the “usual burdens of voting.” … In addition, the State made extensive efforts to reduce the impact of the out-of-precinct policy on the number of valid votes ultimately cast, e.g., by sending a sample ballot to each household that includes a voter’s proper polling location. The burdens of identifying and traveling to one’s assigned precinct are also modest when considering Arizona’s “political processes” as a whole. The State offers other easy ways to vote, which likely explains why out-of-precinct votes on election day make up such a small and apparently diminishing portion of overall ballots cast.

Brnovich v. DNC

Third-Party Ballot Collection

Next, let’s look at the second claim by the DNC, that limiting third-party ballot collection is racist.

Arizona’s law mostly banning third-party ballot collection also results in a significant race-based disparity in voting opportunities. The problem with that law again lies in facts nearly unique to Arizona—here, the presence of rural Native American communities that lack ready access to mail service.

Brnovich v. DNC

At first, this argument by the dissent seems to have merit. However, as I reviewed their argument, one thing stood out. Justice Kagan only discussed the option of mailing in an early ballot. The majority of the court noted that postal service is only one of several methods of sending in early ballots:

Arizonans can submit early ballots by going to a mailbox, a post office, an early ballot drop box, or an authorized election official’s office.

Brnovich v. DNC

The majority also compared the effort required to find a mailbox, post office, ballot drop box, authorized elect officials office, or a family member, household member, or caregiver to do so for you, with the “compelling interest in preserving the integrity of its election procedures”. Dissent mentioned that it’s a crime in Arizona for someone to tamper with a ballot, but as we’ve seen, laws don’t stop people from committing crimes. While the dissent agrees with the District Court that:

“tamper evident envelopes and a rigorous voter signature verification procedure” protect against any such attempts.

Brnovich v. DNC

Recent elections show that’s not entirely true, with significant problems with signature verification reported in Nevada, Texas, Michigan, and Georgia. Furthermore, while such procedures may limit the tampering with ballots, they do nothing to prevent the introduction of fake ballots into the system by third-parties with political agendas.

Conclusion

Again, setting aside the partisan question, do the Arizona laws provide unequal opportunities for people of all races and colors to vote? Not inherently, though a case could be made that there needs to be sufficient legitimate ballot drop off locations where postal locations are not readily available. I decided not to go through the legal mumbo-jumbo this time, and there was plenty, but to focus on the question of racism, since it’s used as a bludgeon so often in society today.

As the court found, it’s not racist to put in basic laws to insure voter integrity. It’s not racist to require that people vote in the county or precinct where they live. And it’s not racist to limit who has access to the ballots before they are counted.

Sometimes I wonder who is racist: The person claiming everyone’s vote should be protected, or the one who claims rules to limit opportunities for fraud are racist?

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

A Grimm View of Truth

By Paul Engel

Does absolute truth exist? And if so, does it matter?
Do “transgender” people have the right to force others to comply with their “feelings”?
Do the words “sex” and “gender” have any meaning anymore?

Does truth matter? I know, many people claim truth is personal, that you have your truth and I have mine, but can a society survive without a recognition of objective truth? The Supreme Court recently declined to hear a case out of the Fourth Circuit that revolved around a simple question: Is truth defined by what is or by what people think?

In a 2-1 opinion published by the Fourth Circuit, a very simple question was asked.

At the heart of this appeal is whether equal protection and Title IX can protect transgender students from school bathroom policies that prohibit them from affirming their gender.

GRIMM v. GLOUCESTER COUNTY SCHOOL BOARD

When the judges are referring to Title IX in this context, they mean Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, 20 U.S.C. § 1681(a).

No person in the United States shall, on the basis of sex, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any education program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance,

Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, 20 U.S.C. § 1681(a)

Seems simple enough. Title IX says no one shall be discriminated against under any education program or activity receiving federal funds because of their sex.

1a: either of the two major forms of individuals that occur in many species and that are distinguished respectively as female or male especially on the basis of their reproductive organs and structures

b: the sum of the structural, functional, and sometimes behavioral characteristics of organisms that distinguish males and females

c: the state of being male or female

Definition of sex – Merriam Webster Dictionary

Single sex bathrooms are, by definition, based on sex, which is a physical attribute, as opposed to gender which can be based on non-physical attributes.

a: SEX sense 1a the feminine gender

b: the behavioral, cultural, or psychological traits typically associated with one sex

Definition of gender – Merriam Webster Dictionary

So, the question should be quite simple. Can a law that protects against discrimination based on sex be used to force schools to allow students to use bathrooms based on what they think is their gender?

At the heart of this appeal is whether equal protection and Title IX can protect transgender students from school bathroom policies that prohibit them from affirming their gender. We join a growing consensus of courts in holding that the answer is resoundingly yes.

GRIMM v. GLOUCESTER COUNTY SCHOOL BOARD

Notice, this court did not come this decision based on the law, but has decided to rewrite both the law and the dictionary based on the “growing consensus” of other courts.

Background

Now a twenty-year-old college student, Plaintiff-Appellee Gavin Grimm has spent the past five years litigating against the Gloucester County School Board’s refusal to allow him as a transgender male to use the boys restrooms at Gloucester County High School.

GRIMM v. GLOUCESTER COUNTY SCHOOL BOARD

Since I believe that language matters, I have to note that what the court calls a “transgender male” is a female who thinks her body is wrong. Since she has the reproductive organs of a female, by the definition of sex, she is a female.

Grimm’s birth-assigned sex, or so-called “biological sex,” is female, but his gender identity is male.

GRIMM v. GLOUCESTER COUNTY SCHOOL BOARD

The linguistic legerdemain continues when the court referred to Grimm’s “birth-assigned sex”. It’s not her biological sex that’s “so-called”, but the term “birth-assigned” that’s a linguistic lie. No one on earth assigned a sex to Ms. Grimm, she was born that way. That she doesn’t like that she’s a girl doesn’t change the fact that she’s female.

Accommodation is NOT enough

Beginning at the end of his freshman year, Grimm changed his first name to Gavin and expressed his male identity in all aspects of his life. After conversations with a school counselor and the high school principal, Gavin entered his sophomore year living fully as a boy.

GRIMM v. GLOUCESTER COUNTY SCHOOL BOARD

Notice that Ms. Grimm changed her name, not her body. If all she has changed is her name, then she still has female reproductive organs. That means she’s a girl in boys clothing, but if she wants to live as a horse, but that does not make her one.

At first, the school allowed him to use the boys bathrooms. But once word got out, the Gloucester County School Board (the “Board”) faced intense backlash from parents, and ultimately adopted a policy under which students could only use restrooms matching their “biological gender.”

GRIMM v. GLOUCESTER COUNTY SCHOOL BOARD

While the school didn’t seem to care that a girl was using the boys bathroom, it appears a significant number of parents did. This goes to show one of the most overlooked problems with our nation’s fascination with treating facts as inconvenient truths when it comes to sex. This court seems concerned with the “feelings” of Ms. Grimm, but shows absolutely no concern for the other students they want to forcibly impose Ms. Grimm’s delusion upon.

While the court doesn’t seem to care about the majority of students, the school board attempted to come to some reasonable accommodation.

The Board built single-stall restrooms as an “alternative” for students with “gender identity issues.” Grimm suffered from stigma, from urinary tract infections from bathroom avoidance, and from suicidal thoughts that led to hospitalization.

GRIMM v. GLOUCESTER COUNTY SCHOOL BOARD

In an effort to accommodate all sides, the school built single-stall restrooms. That way, Ms. Grimm, and anyone else with “gender identity issues”, could use the restroom without infringing on the rights of the rest of the school. The court claims that Ms. Grimm “suffered from stigma” from using the single-stall restrooms. According to the opinion, that’s not exactly true:

Moreover, the single-stall restrooms made Grimm feel “stigmatized and isolated.”

GRIMM v. GLOUCESTER COUNTY SCHOOL BOARD

In the opinion, not one example is given of someone stigmatizing Ms. Grimm for using the single-stall restroom. This court has placed the feelings of Ms. Grimm above both the law and the rights of the other students. And as for her unwillingness to use a restroom that did not “stigmatize” the other students leading to urinary tract infections, that was her choice. I’m not saying it was a wise choice, but the school did make a reasonable accommodation of Ms. Grimm’s desire to live as a boy. But this wasn’t good enough for her. She demanded that the school and everyone else not only accommodate her delusion, but embrace it as if her feelings could change reality itself. The fact that Ms. Grimm suffered from suicidal thoughts because she thought that her body was wrong shows this was not a physical problem but a mental one. However, rather than seeking assistance, Ms. Grimm has decided to sue the school board to force everyone else to join her in rejecting reality and substituting her preferences for the science based facts. In doing so, Ms. Grimm is claiming that her desire to impose her will on the rest of the world supersedes everyone else’s rights. She expects reality itself to bend to her wishes, and apparently does not care what damage must be done to make that happen. And the courts of Virginia agreed with her.

Nevertheless, he persevered in his transition; he underwent chest reconstruction surgery, received a state-court order stating that he is male, and amended his birth certificate to accurately reflect his gender. But when he provided the school with his new documentation, the Board refused to amend his school records.

GRIMM v. GLOUCESTER COUNTY SCHOOL BOARD

In pursuit of this mental confusion, Ms. Grimm amputated her breasts and then got a court in Virginia to lie for her. Meanwhile, this order continued the lie, by ordering the state to amend her birth certificate to “accurately reflect his gender”. First of all, the Commonwealth of Virginia does not record gender on birth certificates, it lists sex. And since, by dictionary definition Ms. Grimm’s sex is female, the state-court ordered the Virginia Department of Health to lie on an official state form. By conflating sex with gender, this court not only furthers the state-court lie, but creates a lie of its own. And now, when the Gloucester County School Board refused to participate in the lie, they are taken to court and ordered to lie and infringe on the rights of the vast majority of its students by two judges who not only have a problem with the truth, they also have a problem following the law.

Conclusion

Ms. Grimm is claiming that by using scientifically provable facts, the Gloucester County School Board is violating the Equal Protection Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment.

nor shall any State … deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV

Of course, violating the Equal Protection Clause is exactly what Ms. Grimm is asking the school board to do. The law clearly states that she cannot be discriminated against based on sex, but she wants the right to discriminate against boys who do not wish to use the bathroom in front of a girl. She also claims that not affirming her delusion that she is a boy constitutes discrimination based on sex, yet she is asking the school to discriminate against the boys who do not wish to share a bathroom with a girl. She is also claiming that the fact that the school board refused to lie for her also violates equal protection and Title IX. Not only has the Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit committed a gross violation of their oaths and judicial ethics by placing their opinions above the law, they have themselves violated equal protection by applying Title IX differently based on the feelings of someone before their court.

By this point there may be some of you wondering why I referred to the plaintiff as Ms. Grimm throughout this article. My intention is not to harm or shame her in any way. However, I do not think it is caring or helpful to perpetuate a lie simply to soothe someone’s feelings. I do not hold any animosity against Ms. Grimm, nor do I wish her ill no matter how she wishes to live her life. If we live in a free country, then Ms. Grimm should be allowed to live her life as she sees fit until she infringes on the rights of others. So it’s Ms. Grimm’s infringement on the rights of others with which I have an issue. If she wishes to live her life based on how she feels, either she allows others to do so as well, or she is a liar and a hypocrite. By pretending objective truth does not exist and supporting her lie we do not help Ms. Grimm. Rather we condemn her to a life of pain, suffering, and possibly more suicidal thoughts. This is not merely my opinion, but the results of studies of those who have gone through gender transition. Personally, I would rather see Ms. Grimm get the help she needs to live with the reality that she is a girl. If she wishes to dress like a boy and act like a boy, that’s her choice. Expecting the mutilation of her body to bring peace to her life though, is a fool’s errand I would council Ms. Grimm against pursuing.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Adoption in the Keystone State

By Paul Engel

The Supreme Court sided with Catholic Social Services in its case against the City of Philadelphia.
Touted as a victory for religious freedom, a look beyond the headlines shows that this opinion is really a Trojan horse.
According to the court, religious freedom is not protected by the Constitution, but on the opinion of a few judges.

What is the role of government in enforcing societal norms? Does the state have the legal power to force compliance with its preferred worldview? A religious freedom case pitting the city of Philadelphia against Catholic Social Services has had its day at the Supreme Court. While the court correctly found for Catholic Social Services, the details prove that judges and lawyers at all levels have a serious comprehension problems when it comes to reading the Constitution of the United States.

For those of you not familiar with the details of Fulton et al. v. City of Philadelphia, let me quote from the syllabus of the court’s opinion:

Philadelphia’s foster care system relies on cooperation between the City and private foster care agencies. The City enters standard annual contracts with the agencies to place children with foster families. One of the responsibilities of the agencies is certifying prospective foster families under state statutory criteria. Petitioner Catholic Social Services has contracted with the City to provide foster care services for over 50 years, continuing the centuries-old mission of the Catholic Church to serve Philadelphia’s needy children. CSS holds the religious belief that marriage is a sacred bond between a man and a woman. Because CSS believes that certification of prospective foster families is an endorsement of their relationships, it will not certify unmarried couples—regardless of their sexual orientation—or same-sex married couples. But other private foster agencies in Philadelphia will certify same-sex couples, and no same-sex couple has sought certification from CSS.

Fulton et al. v. City of Philadelphia Syllabus

The City of Philadelphia contracts with several agencies to place children with foster families. One of these agencies is Catholic Social Services (referred to as CSS for the remainder of the opinion). What should be a surprise to no one is that CSS, being under the Roman Catholic Church, holds to a Roman Catholic view of marriage and families. For this reason, CSS will not place children with unmarried or same-sex married couples. The court notes that CSS is not the only foster care agency that the City of Philadelphia contracts with, some of who will place children with same-sex couples.

Against this backdrop, a 2018 newspaper story recounted the Archdiocese of Philadelphia’s position that CSS could not consider prospective foster parents in same-sex marriages. Calls for investigation followed, and the City ultimately informed CSS that unless it agreed to certify same-sex couples the City would no longer refer children to the agency or enter a full foster care contract with it in the future. The City explained that the refusal of CSS to certify same-sex married couples violated both a non-discrimination provision in the agency’s contract with the City as well as the non-discrimination requirements of the citywide Fair Practices Ordinance.

Fulton et al. v. City of Philadelphia Syllabus

Everything was fine until an article pointed out the Archdiocese of Philadelphia refused to let CSS consider same-sex married couples as potential foster parents. Remember, according to the court no same-sex couple had even asked CSS to foster a child with them, so no one has been refused anything. However, the article, and subsequent calls for investigation (by whom isn’t mentioned) was sufficient for the city to inform CSS that, unless they agreed to place children with same-sex couples, the city would not longer refer children to them. Why did the City of Philadelphia do this? They claimed it violated the non-discrimination provisions of both the contract the city had with CSS and the city’s Fair Practices Ordinance.

Catholic Social Services and three affiliated foster parents sued to keep the city from enforcing its decision not to do business with them anymore, claiming it violated the Free Exercise Clause of the Constitution of the United States. The District Court denied CSS’s case and the Third Circuit agreed, claiming both the contractual requirement and the city’s ordinance were both neutral and general applicable. CSS and the foster parents appealed to the Supreme Court, which held:

The refusal of Philadelphia to contract with CSS for the provision of foster care services unless CSS agrees to certify same-sex couples as foster parents violates the Free Exercise Clause of the First Amendment.

Fulton et al. v. City of Philadelphia Syllabus

First Amendment

Let’s start with the question of the First Amendment. This case cannot be a violation of the First Amendment to the Constitution of the United States . The First Amendment states:

Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof;

U.S. Constituiton, Amendment I

Congress did not create the Fair Practices Ordinance or the contractual requirements for foster care agencies, the City of Philadelphia did. Therefore, these actions are by the city, not Congress, and do not fall under the restrictions of the First Amendment. They do, however, fall under the Constitution of Pennsylvania:

All men have a natural and indefeasible right to worship Almighty God according to the dictates of their own consciences; no man can of right be compelled to attend, erect or support any place of worship, or to maintain any ministry against his consent; no human authority can, in any case whatever, control or interfere with the rights of conscience, and no preference shall ever be given by law to any religious establishments or modes of worship.

The Constitution of Pennsylvania, Article I, §3

Since the Constitution of Pennsylvania prohibits interference with the rights of conscience, the laws of the City of Philadelphia cannot compel CSS to violate theirs. What about those who do not wish to support a ministry of the Roman Catholic Church? Or what about the citizens of Philadelphia who do not wish to support ministries that discriminate against religious teachings? Both questions are moot, since no law can give preference to any religious establishment or mode of worship. Since faithful Roman Catholics believe that marriage is between one man and one woman, and that the best place for children to be raised is with a legally married couple, to deny them the opportunity to exercise their religion by the dictates of their own conscience would be to give preference to those religious establishments that to not hold to the same convictions.

What about the neutral and generally applicable test? This “test” comes from an opinion authored by Justice Scalia in the case Employment Division v. Smith (referred to in the opinion simply as Smith.

Although a State would be “prohibiting the free exercise [of religion]” in violation of the Clause if it sought to ban the performance of (or abstention from) physical acts solely because of their religious motivation, the Clause does not relieve an individual of the obligation to comply with a law that incidentally forbids (or requires) the performance of an act that his religious belief requires (or forbids) if the law is not specifically directed to religious practice and is otherwise constitutional as applied to those who engage in the specified act for nonreligious reasons.

Employment Division v. Smith

In the Smith case, which involved the denial of unemployment benefits for the use of peyote during religious ceremonies, Justice Scalia admits that the State of Oregon was prohibiting the free exercise of the respondents religion, but the justice said that was OK, because the law was not specifically directed at their religious practices. Hence the neutral and generally applicable test is unconstitutional, because the Constitution says Congress “shall make no law”, not “shall only make neutral and generally applicable laws related to freedom of religion”. Based on the logic of Justice Scalia, both the state and federal governments can abridge the right to freely exercise your religion as long as they didn’t target only religious practices. A flagrant violation not only of the Constitution of the United States, but of Justice Scalia’s oath of office, this is an excellent example of bad behavior indeed. Since courts today inflate their own opinions above the Constitution they’ve sworn or affirmed to support, we see Justice Scalia’s mistake has expanded and grown to the point that some judges believe churches can be classified as “non-essential” and shut down in an emergency.

In the Fulton v. Philadelphia case, the court found that CSS’s freedom of religion was abridged.

The City’s actions burdened CSS’s religious exercise by forcing it either to curtail its mission or to certify same-sex couples as foster parents in violation of its religious beliefs.

Fulton et al. v. City of Philadelphia Syllabus

The rest of the syllabus goes on to support their opinion with egregious arguments. Not because the City of Philadelphia violated the Constitution of Pennsylvania’s religious freedom clauses, nor because it denied Roman Catholics the equal protection of the law (a violation of the Fourteenth Amendment). No, the only reason Justice Roberts used in the syllabus, and to which all of the other justices agreed in part or in whole, was that the City of Philadelphia’s contractual requirements were not “generally applicable”. How do they find that?

The non-discrimination requirement of the City’s standard foster care contract is not generally applicable. Section 3.21 of the contract requires an agency to provide services defined in the contract to prospective foster parents without regard to their sexual orientation. But section 3.21 also permits exceptions to this requirement at the “sole discretion” of the Commissioner. This inclusion of a mechanism for entirely discretionary exceptions renders the non-discrimination provision not generally applicable.

Fulton et al. v. City of Philadelphia Syllabus

Since exceptions to the contract requirements are, according to the court, at the sole discretion of the Commissioner, they are not generally applicable. That means all the City of Philadelphia has to do is remove the exception from the language, and the Supreme Court says they can abridge the free exercise of the CSS’s religious beliefs all they want. As for the city’s Fair Practices Ordinance, the court said it did not apply because CSS did not meet the definition of a “public accommodation” under that law.

Conclusion

So it appears Catholic Social Services of Philadelphia lives to foster another day. However, this victory is not based on the law, but the fickle opinions of a handful of judges. What if another court does not think an exception clause violates general applicability? And what if the City of Philadelphia modifies the exception clause to make it more neutral? Not only has the court told the City of Philadelphia exactly what they need to do in order to compel CSS to consider same-sex couples for adoption or lose their contract, they have pulled the wool over the eyes of the American people. They have claimed that they are upholding the rule of law, while bringing in yet another Trojan Horse full of judges claiming the power to overturn the Constitution based solely on what they think. This may be a victory for Catholic Social Services, but it is a pyrrhic victory for the American people.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Update On: “Save A Young Mothers Life”

By Jytte Walter

Dear NWV Readers,

As promised, this is an update about my daughter-in-law’s, Tiffany, cancer treatment progress at the Hope4Cancer clinic in Tijuana, Mexico.

She is now back home again and baby Keira is so excited, she wants to cuddle with her mom all the time. Daddy, Sten, is happy to have his wife back! It’s wonderful to have her home again. Every three months, for a whole year, she will return to the clinic for a weekend of treatment and further testing and then return to continue treatment at home.

We are very excited to report that after three weeks of treatment, her breast tumor has already shrunk a little! What a blessing! Needless to say we are all getting a little relief. In the letter below, Tiffany tells her story of the emotions she went through when first finding out she had breast cancer, her experience with seeing various conventional doctors and how she finally decided on the integrative way of treatment. I think you will find it very enlightening and highly recommend you pass it on to someone you know in the same situation.

You may follow her journey in beating breast cancer on Instagram.com or on your smart phone. Her user name is: newborn living. You have to download the app on your smart phone. This way you can see it in real time. She will continue posting on Instagram and GoFundMe.com. through her year long treatment. You may also communicate with Tiffany via email at Newbornlivinginfo@gmail.com and NWV will also continue with periodic updates.

Again, thank you so much for your support!

E-Mail Jytte Walter: walterj@newswithviews.com

The following letter was written and posted by Tiffany Kerwin on her Go-Fund-Me page.

——–

Why I Choose An Integrative Approach To Fight Breast Cancer

By Tiffany Kerwin

Hi Everyone,

First, let’s talk about the role of fear. When you hear the words “you have cancer”, your whole world gets flipped upside down, your emotions go sky high, mental chaos ensues and you barely hear the words spoken after that.

Physically your body seizes, cortisol floods your body, fight or flight kicks in, your heart races and drops to your feet and ultimately you’re in a complete state of shock.

It’s impossible to have a clear thought, suddenly your body starts shaking and the tears pour out like a waterfall.

Nothing will ever prepare you for the words “you have cancer”.

The first few weeks are a blur. Suddenly you have a million things on your schedule, doctors visits, scans, poking, prodding, white coats, clip boards… all you really hear is Charlie Brown’s teacher. You know, the inaudible “blah blah blah”.

Fear sits with you, looming over you. Ultimately dictating what you will do… IF you let it! You CANNOT make life altering decisions based on heightened emotions and fear… yet conventional doctors capitalize on this and it’s why we “believe” that surgery, chemo and radiation are the only way. (Not to mention how they down talk holistic care… again this is what they’re taught and rarely do they do their own research to know for sure and don’t get me started on the “studies” they quote to “prove” their point)

For me, I knew I needed to sit on these emotions, let the shock take its course, BUT I also knew I could not live in that space. Clear, precise action needed to be taken. FEAR had no place here!

Denial crept in for a little bit after all my blood tests kept coming back normal. “If the blood panels show I’m good, then I must be cancer free, it’s benign” is what I kept telling myself.

Then, we got final results and it was Stage 3 Invasive Ductal Carcinoma AKA Breast Cancer well, sh*t, so much for benign.

My husband and I knew we had to take action quickly. For me and my research brain, my task was to learn everything I could about ALL treatments.

I needed to know everything about conventional, integrative and straight up natural treatments. The more I could gather, the better to make an INFORMED decision. Everything the doctors told me, I would research. I didn’t just take their word for it. (Read that last sentence again)

I reached out to patients from different clinics asking about their Diagnosis, stages, what treatments they had done, and how their journey was to date.

I prayed. I listened. I sat on all the information I could. Friends sent me what they had learned (I had a team researching without knowing it) and then it came down to decision week.

I had “final” interviews with all the doctors in one week. We gave ourselves a deadline to make a decision on our course of action by Sunday night of that week.

But here’s what sealed the deal for me to go with integrative medicine. It’s the best of both worlds. If you have been following me, you’ll know that I believe that there should be a beautiful synergy between conventional and holistic practices. As it gives you the full picture of what’s going on as well as having the resources to take care of all your needs.

In that week, when I sat with the oncologist, I looked him directly in the eye and asked him “ while you will be pumping me full of toxins with chemo, what will you be doing to help support my body and build my immune system and keep my liver, kidneys and overall health up to par?”

His response, “Well, I think what your husband and you are doing is really great.” (we had been doing a lot of holistic therapies to help build my body’s natural abilities to heal) but he offered nothing outside of his empty response. (“Typical!”, I thought to myself)

When I asked him if he had done any other research and education outside of conventional practices, he tried to dodge the question and essentially ended up trying to say not to go into debt with holistic practices and that conventional practices were “proven”. Followed by his pride in all the conferences he’d been to, etc, blah blah blah.

Every time I tried to talk about a holistic approach, he would nod his head “ok” and then he would change the topic and get back to “chemo is the way, followed by surgery and radiation to make sure we get it all.”

At this point I had learned enough to know that chemo doesn’t kill the cancer stem cells. It in fact exacerbates them!! In the long run, it makes the cancer stem cell stronger and more aggressive, which is partly why there is such a high recurrence within a few years. Not to mention why chemo is less effective next time because the stem cell got smarter and stronger, building a stronger resistance to treatment. (Remind me: why would I want to do this?)

What they’re doing with chemo is killing cancer cells (which is good) BUT they’re not getting to the root cause (bad)!. They’re not killing circulating tumor cells (CTCs) [look up “Truth About Cancer” for deeper resources on this and cancer info] which is why cancer is “coming back”. Once they see the cancer is “gone” they tell patients they’re in remission. But more often than not, those CTCs are still there, waiting for their next opportunity to grow again.

Therein lies the problem… conventional doctors are treating ONE aspect. They are not looking at the WHOLE picture. They’re treating the disease, not the person. That’s an issue. A really big one!

So, when I asked how we would treat me as a whole and support my body while simultaneously poisoning it (let’s call a spade a spade here) How could I possibly work with a Doctor who didn’t have the whole picture of body, mind and soul? He didn’t understand how all three are integrated and affect each other.

The fact is you cannot separate any of them, every psychological reaction creates a physiological reaction! That’s the straight truth. Psychology 101.

How could I work with someone who thought science was smarter than the innate ability the body has to heal when given the right support??

I knew right then and there that integrative was the way to go. Not to mention every time he would talk about the cookie cutter, one-size-fits-all approach sent my insides SCREAMING.

After consulting with Hope 4 Cancer, speaking to their patients online, and reading through Dr. Tony’s book, it was an obvious choice!

All this to say, YOU have to be your own advocate. You need to interview your doctors, question everything, do your research before you sit down with them. EDUCATE yourself! Make a list of questions, and hard ones too!

Ask ALL of the questions. This is YOUR body. This is your LIFE! Listen to your intuition! If it doesn’t feel right, honor that and explore WHY it doesn’t feel right. You owe it to yourself to understand. Without knowledge how can you make an informed decision?

The sad truth is, conventional doctors aren’t taught about health. They are taught about emergency and extreme situations. They are taught about SICK care. And we need that, don’t get me wrong, but that should be the minority of the time, not the majority! There is far TOO much medical intervention happening!

Pregnancy and birth is a perfect example of that. Women are created for childbirth, but conventional medicine has brainwashed us into thinking we “need” intervention to avoid complications. The truth is those interventions are creating HIGHER risks! Pitocin is one of the worst things you could give a woman. It doesn’t induce labor, 9/10 it prolongs it and puts stress on the mother and unborn child, often times leading to C-section.. something that could be totally avoided!

Now, I don’t want to demonize all conventional doctors. There are some that are waking up to the broader picture of health and doing the research and there absolutely IS a time and place for intervention. But we have a long ways to go until we reach that point of more open minded, progressive practitioners on a broader scale… who are looking at you as WHOLE!

I want to encourage you to step up and do the research. Seriously, this is your life! This is the difference between life or death!!

Cross your t’s, dot your i’s and feel good when you lay your head down at night that you are making an informed decision and that you are at peace! ♥

Do not let fear override you. Pray! Seek wise counsel. Get hands on prayer, ask for healing. Trust that God wants health, healing and joy for you!

His will is NOT sickness, fear or death. That’s why he died on the cross to SAVE us! I have worked through quite a bit of spiritual and emotional work (and more to go) and I can confirm what the Bible says:

“For our struggle is not against flesh and blood, but against the rulers, against the authorities, against the powers of this dark world and against the spiritual forces of evil in the heavenly realms.” -Ephesians 6:12 NIV

Friends, there IS freedom! There IS healing! We are over-comers! We are fighting a battle against the enemy. He attacks us in so many ways everyday. There are spirits of infirmity. It’s all through the New Testament. Jesus healed the sick, cast out demons of sickness. Look it up.

You CAN do this. You CAN overcome whatever your obstacle is with Jesus! ♥ But you also have to do your part. Educate. Research. Learn. Ask. In all things, Pray.

E-Mail Tiffany: Newbornlivinginfo@gmail.com

Re-Declaration of Independence

By Paul Engel

As we celebrate the anniversary of the adoption of the Declaration of Independence, I think it’s important that we take some time and perform a self-examination of the independence to which those men pledged their lives, fortunes, and sacred honor. If we compare the federal government today to the king we declared independence from then, I think we’ll find them much more alike than we would find comfortable. So today, let us redeclare our independence, not from the government in Washington, D.C., but from the men and women who have corrupted the legacy we celebrate today, from the unjust powers they are exercising, and the tyranny they are attempting to impose on the American people.

As I studied the Declaration of Independence anew, I was hit by the realization of how many of the grievances that the colonist had with King George could just as easily be made by the citizens of the United States against their governments, both state and federal. While writing and teaching on the subject, I was again and again brought to the understanding that the situation of the states today bears a striking resemblance to that of the colonies in 1776. In many ways, I believe the tyranny lorded over the states is worse than what drove our Founding Fathers to declare themselves independent. So I decided to go through the Declaration one more time, updating it with the abuses and usurpations currently being exercised by the government of the United States. I call this document, The Re-Declaration of Independence. To help you, I’ve highlighted the language that I have changed.

Re-Declaration

The Declaration of the citizens of the fifty united States of America, When in the Course of human events, it becomes necessary for one people to regain control of their government, and to assume among the powers of the earth, the separate and equal station to which the Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God entitle them, a decent respect to the opinions of mankind requires that they should declare the causes which impel them to this action.

The Re-Declaration of Independence

No significant change to the abuses of rights and liberty will come from politicians. They have no real incentive to fix what can be used so greatly to their own benefit. No, if change is to come, it will not come from Washington, D.C., neither is it likely to originate from our state capitals. If a restoration of independence and liberty are to come to America, it will come from the American people.

And no, “united States” is not a typo. This document is not the viewpoint of the union called the United States of America. Rather, it is coming from the citizens of the several states who have voluntarily united into a compact between the states. While the distinction between the union called the United States and the states that have united together is often lost in today’s discourse, the freedom and independence of these states are just as vital to our liberty today as it was in 1776.

The purpose of this document is not to overthrow the government of the United States, but to return it to its proper place, exercising the limited powers delegated to it by the Constitution that created it.

Justification

We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.–That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed, –That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their Safety and Happiness. Prudence, indeed, will dictate that Governments long established should not be changed for light and transient causes; and accordingly all experience hath shown, that mankind are more disposed to suffer, while evils are sufferable, than to right themselves by abolishing the forms to which they are accustomed. But when a long train of abuses and usurpations, pursuing invariably the same Object evinces a design to reduce them under absolute Despotism, it is their right, it is their duty, to throw off such Government, and to provide new Guards for their future security.–Such has been the patient sufferance of these States; and such is now the necessity which constrains them to regain control of the Systems of Government. The history of the present government in Washington, D.C. is a history of repeated injuries and usurpations, all having in direct object the establishment of an absolute Tyranny over these States. To prove this, let Facts be submitted to a candid world.

The Re-Declaration of Independence

There is little to change here. We should recognize that the government in Washington, D.C., has taken the place of King George when it comes to the abuse of power. Also of great importance is the call to regain control of that government rather than replace it. This is not a call for insurrection, but for a restoration to the proper role of government in a free republic.

Since no call of this magnitude should be made on a whim, it is important that We the People give facts to show the rightness of what we are calling for.

Grievances

The Federal Courts have refused their Assent to Laws, the most wholesome and necessary for the public good.

The federal government has forbidden the States to pass Laws of immediate and pressing importance, unless suspended in their operation till their Assent should be obtained; and when so suspended, they have utterly neglected to attend to them.

The federal government has refused to pass other Laws for the accommodation of large territories held in trust for the people, requiring the people of new states relinquish the right of control of public territories as a condition of admission to the union, a right inestimable to them and formidable to tyrants only.

The labyrinth of bureaucratic departments and agencies have created confusing, contradictory, and ruinous regulations for the sole purpose of fatiguing the American people into compliance with their measures.

Federal courts have dissolved state legislative acts repeatedly, for opposing with manly firmness the federal government’s invasions on the rights of the people.

The President has refused to enforce laws protecting the borders of this nation, the States remaining in the mean time exposed to all the dangers of invasion from without, and convulsions within.

Congress has refused to adopt immigration laws necessary and sufficient for the needs of the people, leaving in place outdated laws that inhibit the economy and promoting illegal immigration.

The President has obstructed the Administration of Justice, by politicizing the appointment of judges, requiring their fidelity to certain opinions rather than the supreme law of the land.

The Senate has made Judges dependent on their Will alone, for appointment to their offices, and threaten them with impeachment for political reasons.

Congress has erected a multitude of New Offices, and sent hither swarms of Officers to harass our people, and eat out their substance.

The President has kept among us, in times of peace, Standing Armies by militarizing our police forces.

The President has affected to render the Military and police independent of their oath to the supreme law of the land.

The President has combined with the Senate to subject us to a jurisdiction foreign to our constitution, and unacknowledged by our laws; giving their Assent to the Acts of pretended Legislation from the United Nations and entering into international agreements without the advice and consent of the Senate:

For Quartering large bodies of armed law enforcement among us, including arming non-law enforcement departments and agencies:

For protecting law enforcement and government officials, by a mock Trial and qualified immunity, from punishment for crimes which they should commit on the Inhabitants of these States:

For cutting off our Trade within a state:

For imposing Taxes on us without our Consent and in violation of the Constitution:

For depriving us in many cases, of the benefits of Trial by Jury:

For transporting us beyond Seas to be tried for pretended offenses

For abolishing the free System of United States Laws, establishing therein arbitrary government agencies, and enlarging the Boundaries of their power so as to render it at once an example and fit instrument for introducing the absolute rule into these States:

For effectively taking away our State Constitutions, abolishing our most valuable Laws, and altering fundamentally the Forms of our Governments:

For suspending the actions of our own Legislatures, and declaring themselves invested with power to legislate for us in all cases whatsoever.

The federal government has abdicated Government here, by declaring us out of its Protection and by failing to enforce immigration, naturalization, and Constitutional laws.

The federal government has plundered our seas, ravaged our Coasts, burnt our towns, and destroyed the lives of our people through regulation of domestic policy not delegated to the United States by the Constitution.

The Congress is at this time transporting large armies to act as mercenaries to complete the works of death, already begun by previous executive administrations, in an effort to impose their political will, and the will of our allies, on those we disagree with.

The federal government has constrained our fellow Citizens to bear Arms against their fellow citizens, to become the executioners of their friends and Brethren, or to fall themselves by their Hands.

The federal government has excited domestic insurrections amongst us by allowing it to go unopposed in cities across the land, and has endeavored to bring on the inhabitants of our borders, the merciless criminal cartels, whose known rule of warfare is an undistinguished destruction of all ages, sexes and conditions.

The Re-Declaration of Independence

What Can We The People Do?

In every stage of these Oppressions We have Petitioned for Redress in the most humble terms: Our repeated Petitions have been answered only by repeated injury by legislative, executive, and judicial actors alike. A government whose character is thus marked by every act which may define a Tyrant, is unfit to be the ruler of a free people.

The Re-Declaration of Independence

From time to time, states have pushed back against federal overreach. More often than not, it has been through the federal judiciary. However, that branch of government has shown itself to be just as susceptible to overreach as the rest of the federal government. Human nature being what it is, we should not be surprised that those who seek power in government work to maintain and expand it.

Nor have We been wanting in attentions to our brethren who work for the government in Washington, D.C. We have warned them from time to time of attempts by their legislature to extend an unwarrantable jurisdiction over us. We have reminded them of the circumstances of our settlement here, and the conditions by which we entered the union. We have appealed to their native justice and magnanimity, and we have conjured them by the ties of our common kindred to disavow these usurpations, which, would inevitably interrupt our connections and correspondence. They too have been deaf to the voice of justice and of consanguinity. We must, therefore, acquiesce in the necessity, which declares our sovereignty, and hold them, as we hold the rest of mankind, Enemies in War, in Peace Friends.

The Re-Declaration of Independence

Few Americans seem to realize that the states created the federal government, not the other way around. Furthermore, as the parties to the Constitution that created the federal government, the states establish the limits on its power. Even the governments of the several states do not realize that legally, they are masters of the federal government, not its servants.

We, therefore, the Representatives of the united States of America, appealing to the Supreme Judge of the world for the rectitude of our intentions, do, in the Name, and by Authority of the good People of these States, solemnly publish and declare, That these united States are, and of Right ought to be Free, Independent and Sovereign States; that they are the creator of the United States and its government; and that as parties to the compact of the Constitution of the United States, they have full Power to oversee their creation, establish the boundaries of its power by the consent of their citizens, and enact all of the powers of a state not delegated to the United States, nor prohibited by the Constitution to the states. And for the support of this Declaration, with a firm reliance on the protection of divine Providence, we mutually pledge to each other our Lives, our Fortunes and our sacred Honor.

The Re-Declaration of Independence

As the parties to the Constitution, the states are not only free, but sovereign. The states have the full and legitimate power to oversee the government of the United States. Furthermore, they have the responsibility to do so. It is just as much the responsibility of the states to protect the rights of their citizens as that of the federal government.

Conclusion

Our Founding Fathers had to fight a war and overturn their government to regain their rights. Thankfully, we do not need to take such drastic actions. However, if we do not regain control of our governments, at all levels, while we still can, we will doom our children either to servitude or to war. On this Independence Day, will you choose to re-declare that our states are free and sovereign, or will you leave your children to fight for the rights you were unwilling to fight for?

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Oregon Counties Vote to Secede Into Idaho

By Paul Engel

Five counties recently vote to leave the State of Oregon and join the State of Idaho.
Pundits have claimed this is nothing new, that several states have done this before. But is that true?
What are the constitutional ramification if that were to happen?

By now most of you have probably heard the reports of counties that have voted to break away from Oregon and become part of Idaho. While this type of vote is not an unheard of development and many pundits have claimed there is precedent, should these counties get their wish it would be a first time event in American history. Let’s cut through the political positioning, wishful thinking, and questionable constitutional analysis to see what it would take for these counties to move between states.

On May 18, 2021 the voters in five counties voted to secede from the state of Oregon and join the state of Idaho. Malheur, Sherman, Grant, Baker, and Lake counties join Jefferson and Union counties, who had already approved measures last year. I’ve read and heard quoted a few comment on this vote, many claiming that there is precedent for it. They point to the states of Kentucky, Maine, and West Virginia as examples. What is being proposed in Oregon though, is unique in our history.

Why Change States

Oregon, like many states with large urban populations, has a schizophrenic personality. Voters in urban areas tend to prefer centralized control, large government programs, and restrictions on rights that are disfavored by the political class. For these reasons, they tend to vote for members of the Democratic Party. Rural areas, on the other hand, tend to prefer local control, different government programs, and like exercising the rights disfavored by those in the urban areas. In other words, they tend to vote for members of the Republican Party. In states where the urban population is around half of the state’s number, this tends to lead not only to a serious divide in how people think the state should be run, but an almost “tail wagging the dog” mentality, when the voters in the majority of the state are overruled by the population of a major city. Having lived most of my life in upstate New York State, I am very familiar with this phenomenon.

Most people in this situation, like me and my family, simply move to another state. But what if you don’t want to move? Do you stay and suffer under a regime you disagree with? Do you fight to change the system which is stacked against you? Or, do you try to move your county rather than your family?

Oregon’s Solution

New states have been created from other states in the past. Kentucky in 1792 and West Virginia in 1863 were created out of Virginia, and Maine was created from Massachusetts in 1820. There has been talk for years of California dividing up and creating new states as well. However, what the voters in Oregon are asking to do has never been done before in American history. Rather than creating a new state, which has been done, they wish to transfer territory from one state to another.

The U.S. Constitution includes a process for new states to be formed from the territory of one or more states, but there is nothing about territory being transferred from one state to another. Should the move continue, it brings up some very interesting constitutional questions.

Most people I’ve read or heard talk about this secession say that the move would have to be approved by the legislatures of both Oregon and Idaho, and then be approved by Congress. After all, this is the process used to create Kentucky, Maine, and West Virginia, isn’t it? Is that what the Constitution says?

New States may be admitted by the Congress into this Union; but no new State shall be formed or erected within the Jurisdiction of any other State; nor any State be formed by the Junction of two or more States, or Parts of States, without the Consent of the Legislatures of the States concerned as well as of the Congress.

U.S. Constitution, Article IV, Section 3, Clause 1

There would be no new state being admitted to the union. So, unlike the states used as examples in these articles, Article IV, Section 3, Clause 1 does not apply. Does that mean the states wouldn’t require the approval of Congress? No. Even though a new state would not be admitted to the union, what these counties are asking for is an agreement between the two states, an interstate compact.

No State shall, without the Consent of Congress, lay any Duty of Tonnage, keep Troops, or Ships of War in time of Peace, enter into any Agreement or Compact with another State, or with a foreign Power, or engage in War, unless actually invaded, or in such imminent Danger as will not admit of delay.

U.S. Constitution Article I, Section 10, Clause 3

If these states wish to enter into an agreement to transfer territory between them, Article I, Section 10, Clause 3 of the Constitution says they would need the consent of Congress.

While I try to avoid political discussions here, I don’t see how you can discuss the transfer of territory on this scale without doing so. The Oregon legislature is currently controlled by the Democratic Party, while the legislature of Idaho by the Republican. Would the democrats in Oregon want to transfer the representation in Congress to a republican held state? Would the Republicans in Idaho want to take on the responsibility of this new territory? There may be additional tax revenue from these new citizens, but what about the costs of maintaining this new territory? And don’t forget the re-organizing of both legislatures. Not only would this move require redistricting, depending on each state’s Constitution, but it may also require changing the size of their legislature. Since the census will not be taken again until 2030, no change in apportionment would happen until then. Would the legislature in Oregon trade the short-term consolidation of power for the long-term loss of representation? Then there’s the politics of Congress to consider. Would Congress, which is currently controlled by the Democratic Party, wish to see this territory and the associated seats in the House and Presidential Electors transferred to Idaho? My instincts are that the legislatures both in Oregon and Washington, D.C. would not look favorably upon such an agreement.

Conclusion

The Oregon vote is quite interesting to me. It shows both the desire of the people to change and their willingness to fight for their land. Is that enough? As of the writing of this article, I don’t know how the legislature of Oregon will respond to this vote. Are the legislators willing to trap people in an unhappy situation to further their political goals? We’ve seen that before in world history, and it doesn’t end well. Does Oregon let these counties go, like a jilted lover wanting only what is best for the target of their affection? Do Idaho legislators want these counties? Sure, they mean more representation in Congress and the Presidential elections, but that does not come without a cost. What do the people of Idaho think about absorbing some of their neighbors?

I think the answer of how Congress would respond is a simpler one to answer. Whichever party controls the houses will do what is best for their party, not for the residents of these two states. Therefore, I doubt a house of Congress controlled by the Democratic Party would approve, while one controlled by the Republican might. Since it would probably take years before such an agreement would even make it as far as consideration by Congress, your guess is as good as mine as to how they would vote.

What this vote, along with prior votes in California, should prompt among all Americans is a fundamental question of freedom in a Constitutional Republic. What is the responsibility of a state when dealing with minority opinions? Should population centers overrule the will of the people of the rest of the state? How can these legislatures best represent the will of the people? We have a bi-cameral Congress specifically to prevent large population states from running rough-shod over those with smaller populations. Should states look at that model and consider something similar in their legislature? Should our states have one house with district apportioned by population and another by land? Would allowing counties to transfer to a state where they think they would be better represented be a good thing? And what about the long-term ramifications of having more fluid state lines? To me, these are all valid questions that we should be asking, not just in Oregon and Idaho, but in every state of the nation. The discontent shown in Oregon, California, and probably several other states, should not be brushed off as if they’re just “sore losers”. These are symptoms of a much more serious problem in our nation and the growing divides between us. Our unwillingness to allow others to live as they see fit and our desire to impose our will on others, is creating schisms this nation not seen since the 1860’s. Rather than looking for politicians or programs to solve our problems, perhaps we should listen to George Washington:

George Washington’s First Inaugural Address, 1789

If we are to preserve the sacred fire of liberty and this experiment in self-government, We the People must be worthy of the trust our Founding Fathers placed in us. I pray we figure that out soon. Because the last time this nation was so divided, we had a Civil War.

E-mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Thank You for Giving To Save Our Daughter-In-Law’s Life

Jytte Walter

For the last three weeks NWV have been making a plea through the eyes and feelings of their grandchild, Keira, to help save her mother, Tiffany, from stage three breast cancer by donating through GoFundMe.com.

We can all identify with a little 15 month old baby girl loosing her mother. The Kerwins , Keira, Tiffany and husband Sten are a close and loving little family. Three peas in a pod. It would be wonderful to keep it that way.

Will you give it one last effort through GoFundMe.com? Memorial Day is the last day to reach the $45,000 needed for Tiffany’s treatment at Hope4Cancer in Mexico. Cancer treatment without chemotherapy and surgery!

Your giving and compassionate hearts have been amazing and it has touched us deeply. We will be forever grateful to you. Thank you from the bottom of our hearts. May God bless you.

We will keep you informed about her progress.

Sincerely,

Jytte Walter

E-Mail Jytte Walter: walterj@newswithviews.com

Only Three Days Left To Help My Mommy

Only Three Days Left To Help My Mommy

And I’m so excited, I just want to jump up and down! It looks like my mommy will be able to have special treatment in Mexico to treat her breast cancer without chemotherapy and surgery!

I’m so grateful to all of you for being so generous and my tummy doesn’t hurt so much any more. Now, I feel my mommy has a chance. Family and friends have also given but we still need about $5,000 more. Will you help save her life too?

If you missed my previous pleas for help, this is my mommy, Tiffany and me. My mommy has stage 3 Invasive Ductal Carcinoma breast cancer. While I’m too young to understand, I love my mommy and want her here with me forever. My dad, Sten, knows the right treatment is a matter of life or death and that’s why he wants mommy to have treatment at Hope 4 Cancer in Mexico.

Hope 4 Cancer is a world renown, respected cancer treatment center with the best doctors and great treatment programs. They have been highly successful in defeating cancer without chemotherapy and surgery; their survival rates give great hope to patients. But, the treatment is not covered by my parents insurance.

Please go to the GoFundMe page set up by friends who love my mommy too. On the home page, click on Search and enter my mom’s name, Tiffany Kerwin.

Please go read her story on Go Fund Me Page. Tiffany is a NWV’s close family member fighting for her life. If you would rather send a check, please make it out to Tiffany Kerwin and send it to: NewsWithViews.com, PO Box 990, Spring Branch, TX. 78070-9998, c/o Tiffany Kerwin

Help Save My Mommy’s Life

Help Save my Mommy’s Life!

This is my mommy, Tiffany and me. My mommy has stage 3 Invasive Ductal Carcinoma breast cancer. While I’m too young to understand, my dad, Sten, does know the right treatment is a matter of life and death.

Their health insurance would cover chemotherapy treatment in the U.S., but that would be very toxic for my mommy. After doing much research my mommy knows her best chance of survival will be across the border in Mexico. Hope 4 Cancer is a world renown, respected cancer treatment center with the best doctors and great treatment programs. They can cure cancer without chemotherapy and surgery and their survival rates give great hope to patients.

While I’m only 18 months old, I want my mommy to live to bring me up, laugh at Christmas over silly presents, see me graduate from high school and go on to fulfill my hopes and dreams.

I don’t want to grow up just looking at a picture of my mommy on the fireplace mantel. My daddy loves my mommy very much. I don’t want to see him sad if she dies.

Cancer is a terrible, horrible disease. But, the odds of beating it have increased tremendously over the past 20 years. I want my mommy to have a chance. Will you help her?

Please go to the GoFundMe page set up by friends who loves my mommy too. On the home page, click on Search and enter my mom’s name, Tiffany Kerwin.

The goal is to reach $45,000 which will pay for her treatments at Hope 4 Cancer. The hospital needs it by the end of this month. Time is critical for my mommy right now.

Please go read her story on Go Fund Me Page. Tiffany is a NWV’s close family member fighting for her life.

Death by a Thousand Executive Orders and Court Opinions

By Lexington Greene

Anyone who has read the U.S. Constitution, or their own State Constitution, knows that in the USA, lawmaking is the exclusive power of the lawmaking branch of government, the State legislatures, or in D.C., Congress. Anything hoisted on the people that was not passed constitutionally by the lawmaking branch is NOT “law,” it’s an “unlawful and unconstitutional order.”

Federal lawmaking authority rests solely with the Article I lawmaking branch, Congress. Only that which passes a constitutional legislative process is “law,” or carries with it the force of law. The same is true in every State. Everything else is merely “acting under color of law.”

EXAMPLE I: Congress has never passed any law making abortion (the taking of an innocent life, not in self-defense, aka murder) legal anywhere in the USA, nor can they ever, due to a natural Right to Life guaranteed every American, born, and unborn.

Instead, a 1973 Supreme Court opinion known as Roe v. Wade, allegedly legalized abortion in the USA. Since that court order, more than 62,502,904 natural born American children have been murdered in the womb, which was once the safest place on earth for any child. We WILL be judged by how we care for the totally defenseless among us.

Contrary to public justification for these murders, abortion has nothing to do with “women’s Rights.” It’s all about stripping the child of their “inalienable natural Right to Life,” guaranteed every human being in our Declaration of Independence, as a free people.

EXAMPLE II: Congress has passed no laws depriving citizens of their constitutionally protected natural Rights regarding COVID19. Every “rule” or “order” issued regarding COVID19 restrictions has come from either a Federal or State executive branch, sometimes backed by unlawful court orders. Not one of these “orders” is a “law.”

When legal challenges of these “unlawful orders” has made it to the proper Supreme Court, the court was forced to rule on behalf of the people and their “inalienable Rights,” such as in the Michigan case wherein the State Supreme Court ruled 7-0 in October 2020 that all of Governor Whitmer’s COVID19 orders were both “unlawful and unconstitutional” after April 2020. The court also ruled 4-3 that the 1945 Law Whitmer was abusing to issue her unlawful orders, was unconstitutional as well. The court went on to rule against Whitmer again a few days later.

Unfortunately, the good people of Michigan still live under Whitmer’s boot simply because they do not know the difference between “laws” and “unlawful orders.” Fear grips the good people of our nation, simply because the people no longer know their Rights, or lack the courage to enforce them upon their elected or appointed public servants. Every State Supreme Court would be forced to rule exactly the same, which is why most States try to keep similar cases from reaching the high courts.

So, the USA is dying a death by a thousand cuts, largely due to a thousand “unlawful orders” from executive and judicial branch actors, none of whom hold any lawmaking authority whatsoever.

In just the past year, U.S. citizens have been stripped of their natural Rights under the guise of some “greater good” and all of it has been blamed on the “Wuhan Flu” (aka COVID19, SARS2). None of it has come from the lawmaking branches of government, in fact, almost all of it has been vehemently opposed by both Federal and State legislators. Still, the unlawful orders continue to drive our people and the nation towards the brink of no return, as millions of citizens become first-time government dependents and the nation is driven deeper and deeper into unrecoverable debt.

EXAMPLE III: Pseudo-President Biden promises to “ban guns” by “executive order.” Once again, not only does the executive have no such constitutional power or authority, the entire Federal government, all three branches, are strictly prohibited from doing any such thing. The 2^nd Amendment couldn’t possibly be any clearer –“SHALL NOT BE INFRINGED.”

First, neither the Executive nor Judicial branches have any lawmaking authority whatsoever. So, they can issue whatever “orders” or “opinions” they want and none of them carry the force of law. Law enforcement agencies had best learn the difference between “laws” they are sworn to uphold and enforce, and “unlawful orders” which they are sworn NOT to uphold or enforce against the American people. No decent even half-intelligent law enforcement officer anywhere in the USA would dare attempt to enforce any such “unlawful and unconstitutional” orders.

Thomas Jefferson saw the problem not long after the adoption of the U.S. Constitution. “The great object of my fear is the Federal Judiciary. That body, like gravity, ever acting with noiseless foot and unalarming advance, gaining ground step by step and holding what it gains, is engulfing insidiously the special governments into the jaws of that which feeds them.” (Jefferson Letter to Judge Spencer Roane, 1821)”

Today, the U.S. Supreme Court issues totally lawless decrees based solely upon their political agendas and their most common tool for undermining the Constitution, Bill of Rights and Rule of Law is their claim that “nobody in the USA has legal standing” to bring a case in their court, unless it’s a case they want.

EXAMPLE IV:The “unlawful and unconstitutional” elections of 2020, wherein executive and judicial branch officials in numerous states (swing states in particular), changed election laws during the process by “unlawful and unconstitutional” means, as was just affirmed in a recent Michigan case against Secretary of State Benson. These officials changed election laws to suit the Democrat Party effort to steal the 2020 elections. They had no legal authority to do so and under real law, the results of any unlawful election process are also unlawful.

Clearly, following the theft of the 2020 elections, socialist democrats feel completely unregulated in their pursuit of total control of the entire population, for the “greater good” of their global commune. If there’s any good news here, it’s that they feel so embolden after getting away with the greatest election theft in world history, that they are rushing ahead with reckless abandon to convert the USA into a 3^rd world member of the global commune long before any 2022 elections.

That may be a good thing, because their reckless ambush against the American people may finally ignite a massive public backlash long overdue. I suspect this is why they feel the need to hide from American citizens, behind troops, fencing, and razor wire, just in case Americans eventually figure out what they are doing to destroy our country and way of life.

There has been no real threat of violence against D.C. politicians yet.But they all want defenses at the ready through the end of this year just in case they trigger a public backlash with their anti-American actions underway.

SOLUTION #1: The people, working in concert with their State legislators, must force the federal government and all Executive and Judicial branch officials back into complete Constitutional Compliance and fast! If we don’t, the nation will die of a thousand unlawful and unconstitutional cuts, all at the hands of Executive and Judicial branch tyrants, with no such authority. We must have our State governments on our side of this to succeed.

The people cannot and will not stand up for their Rights until they at least know what their Rights are! They also lack any power to address this alone, so we must work in focus groups.

United States of America Is Not a Private Corporation: Analysis of the “Act of 1871” Nonsense

by Larry Becraft

For almost the last 20 years, there has been frequently circulated among concerned Americans a baseless argument that the United States of America, and indeed all state, county and municipal governments, are private corporations. This argument is nothing but pure mythology and has mislead too many innocents. The argument fails to recognize the clear history of corporations, which recognizes the fact that there are both public corporations and privately owned corporations. Let me explain.

The concept of corporations was developed centuries ago when Rome was becoming an empire. As geographical areas became populated and formed into small towns and cities, there was a need for formal and established governmental institutions. The first corporations were cities empowered to adopt and enforce laws for the local community. That local government was recognized as a separate, legally existing “person” in the eyes of the law. That separate entity could own property, enforce laws it had adopted, and engage in the many acts of “governance.” It was an artificial “person” separate and distinct from the humans that composed it. No human being “owned” that municipal government.

But this concept of a legally recognized, artificial “person” was also suitable for large commercial enterprises, and thus some of these businesses of antiquity were eventually recognized as distinct, legal “persons” separate and different from the people who operated and owned them. The profits or losses of a particular business were shared among the owners. The above few statements do not fully explain the complicated history of public and private corporations, and if you wish to learn more, please read this law review article: The Status of the Municipal Corporation in American Law. But certainly, history reveals the establishment of public corporations, which nobody owns, and private corporations, that are privately owned.

During Medieval times, monarchs granted exclusive privileges to certain businesses, and they typically were private corporations or trusts. During these times, there were no general laws that allowed private corporations to be formed in a different manner. At the time of the Revolutionary War and thereafter, all private corporations were specifically created by legislative act. But, this manner of creating private corporations was eventually replaced starting in the 1870s when legislatures enacted laws that permitted private corporations to be created by a specific process authorized by state law, usually by submitting certain types of papers with some public official like a Secretary of State. By doing this, a legally recognized “person”, a private corporation, was thus created. To identify a business as a private corporation, more recent laws have required the corporation to include “Inc.” in its name.

But, what is Washington, D.C.? Is it or the United States a private corporation? Was this private corporation created by the “Act of 1871”?

At the time of the Revolutionary War, the Congress established by the Articles of Confederation met in Philadelphia. In the summer of 1783, soldiers demanding payment from Congress for their services during the war marched on that Congress sitting at Independence Hall, creating a tumult. In response to this Pennsylvania Mutiny, Congress fled to Princeton, N.J., and later to Annapolis. This event demonstrated a need for a separate capital for the United States which was not within to the jurisdiction of a State. When the Philadelphia Convention met in 1787, its members remembered this event and concluded that there must be an established capital for the United States, its size being 10 miles square. See Art. 1, § 8, cl. 17. See also this website discussing the multitude of cases involving this provision of the Constitution. Gradually after the first Congress met, steps were taken to create this “home city” for Congress and the Government of the United States.

The Residence Act of 1790 (1 Stat. 130, July 16, 1790), started the process of establishing the District of Columbia, but in the interim, the United States government continued to meet in Philadelphia. On December 19, 1791, Maryland adopted “An Act concerning the territory of Columbia, and the City of Washington,” which ceded lands and jurisdiction for the Maryland part of the District. President Washington played a critical role in the selection of the actual site of the District, as well as laying out the plans for the city. Finally, on February 27, 1801, 2 Stat. 103, Congress adopted an act concerning the District, and created two counties, Washington County on the Maryland side, and Alexandria County on the Virginia side. See also amendments to this act, 2 Stat. 115, and 2 Stat. 193. On May 1, 1802, the then existing Board of Commissioners for the District was abolished, replaced with a superintendent under the control of the President. See 2 Stat. 175. On May 3, 1802, Congress adopted an act to incorporate the city of Washington in the District. See 2 Stat. 195, and amendments at 2 Stat. 254 and 422. For some of the other acts regarding the District, see 3 Stat. 691, 4 Stat. 294, and 4 Stat. 517.

This was the form of government for the District until February 21, 1871. On this date, Congress adopted a new act for the government of the District. See 16 Stat. 419-429. As seen by a simple review of this act, it did not create a government for anything but the District of Columbia, it wasn’t a private corporation, and it certainly did not purport to be a government for “federal” citizens living in the States. See also the first couple of pages from the 1873 Revised Statutes for the District of Columbia.

Scandal was the reason that this form of government for the District lasted only a mere 7 years. After the act of February 21, 1871, public officials of the District incurred tremendous debts for the District, eventually requiring Congress to take over that government. See 18 Stat. (Part 3) 116, ch. 337, for repeal of 1871 act. An act of June 11, 1878, 20 Stat. 102, provided “a permanent form of government for the District of Columbia.” Much later, the District of Columbia Home Rule Act, Public Law 93-198, 87 Stat. 774, approved December 24, 1973, created the government for the District which exists today.

What has the Supreme Court stated about the “Act of 1871”? In District of Columbia v. Camden Iron Works, 181 U.S. 453 (1901), the Court held:

“June 20, 1874, an act was passed entitled ‘An Act for the government of the District of Columbia, and for Other Purposes.’ 18 Stat. 116, c. 337. By this act, the government established by the act of 1871 was abolished and the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, was authorized to appoint a Commission, consisting of three persons, to exercise the power and authority vested in the governor and the board of public works, except as afterwards limited by the act.”

For a number of years, there have been individuals claiming that the “Act of 1871” created a private corporation known as the United States of America, Inc., USA, Inc., or some other similar name. It was obvious that the parties making this argument had never read the actual 1871 act of Congress because they never provided a citation to the act. They also attempted to describe what the act provided, but these descriptions were false. This argument has been created for the purpose of misleading people with false information. Regrettably, this has become a common occurrence in today’s America.

How was the federal government of United States of America created? It was preceded by the government of the United States of America established by the Article of Confederation. That government proved to be ineffective, and in the summer of 1787, delegates from the States then in the Union met in Philadelphia to form a more perfect Union. The product of that convention was the United States Constitution, submitted to the Articles Congress on September 17, 1787. Nine States ratified that proposed Constitution by June 21, 1788, and it then became effective. George Washington became the first President of that government of the United States of America, and the first Congress convened in March, 1789. Since then, the federal government of the United States of America has been operating. It is not a private corporation as some illiterate people may think.

[BIO: Lowell (Larry) Becraft, Jr., is a constitutional attorney based in Huntsville, Alabama, who specializes in criminal defense cases, primarily involving the federal income tax.]

E-Mail Larry Becraft: becraft@hiwaay.net

Website: http://home.hiwaay.net/~becraft/

The View from Israel on Biden

By Barry Shaw

Biden’s Blunders. Day One.

In a knee-jerk reaction to remove anything linked to Donald Trump, newly elected President Biden took out his pen and reversed several rulings that will negatively impact every American citizen.

With a stroke of his pen, Biden cancelled the Keystone pipeline. Result? The loss of over eleven thousand jobs. As his Transportation Secretary and former small-town mayor, Pete Buttigieg contemptuously said, in so many words, “No big deal. Let them find other jobs.”

But when Biden followed up by imposing a moratorium on new oil and gas drilling, including fracking, on federal land, this will effectively wipe out thousands more jobs in key states dependent on the oil industry.

The loss to the American economy will run into billions of dollars in oil and gas exports, higher gas prices to every American household. The loss of so many jobs will impoverish thousands of households.

The resulting rise in unemployment at a time of stringent pandemic lockdowns will clash with yet another of Biden’s blunders.

Biden’s Executive Order to open the southern border permitting tens of thousands, potentially millions, of undocumented and unverified economic migrants from central America to freely enter America at a time of rising unemployment and desperation within America, will inevitably exacerbate the sinking job market and local economies.

While American citizens are being ordered to lose their jobs and to lock themselves into their homes, Biden is opening the southern gates of America and welcoming an unlimited number of undocumented migrants to enter the country in search of cheap jobs and American welfare benefits.

This can only result in an economic crisis of national proportions. Add to this Biden’s order for a $15 minimum wage. Whoever dreamed up that combination of unfolding events clearly does not understand economics or sociology.

Would this minimum wage apply to agricultural labor? How much would that add to America’s food bill?

Has Biden, or his advisers, taken into consideration that the first Americans to be negatively impacted by a tsunami of economic migrants will be the African-Americans and minorities that Biden’s election campaign promised to protect?

Obviously not.

These newly imported workers will take the place of American low wage earners in agriculture, the packing and restaurant industries, and other local low wage jobs? It is clear that Biden paid no heed to the inevitable friction that is bound to cause with his ill-conceived Executive Order.

Another consideration ignored by Biden is the impact on the current pandemic by the mass import of thousands of migrants sweeping into America. The juxtaposition of imposing limits to people flying into America in the name of public health and an unbridled and unchecked mass migration arriving on foot through the southern border is dangerously foolhardy.

The result of this blunder will inevitably lead to yet another spike in infections that America can ill afford, plus the potential of friction and a rise in violent crimes.

And the issue of violent crimes brings me to the final Biden blunder.

His pen-stroke that halted the deportation of thousands of criminal illegal immigrants was soaked in the blood of innocent Americans murdered and maimed by criminal immigrants included the notorious MS-13 gang members and drug dealers who have torn a hole in the soul of inner cities and have impacted the lives of their victims.

It raises the question. Why was this such an urgent high priority for President Biden on Day One and during a pandemic?

On its face, Biden seemed to be putting his moral force behind illegal migrants above the interests of American citizens.

And It was horrific to see Biden’s Press Secretary, Jan Psaki, smilingly wave off a critical question by saying, “The wall did not work, even to keep bad actors out.” Wrong!

The Press Secretary lied to the American people.

Biden’s first act has made America less safe. It has made American citizens second class citizens with urgent preference given to foreigners and imported criminals.

While they are locked out of their businesses and jobs and into their homes, the criminal migrants within America, already protected by sanctuary cities and liberal judges have received the green light to remain in America and continue their life of crime knowing the threat of deportation has been lifted off their shoulders.

A sociological Biden blunder was his Executive Order forcing sports organizations to accept transgender males into girls and women’s sports. Whereas transgender women are unlikely to impact the top levels of male sports transgender males will be at a physiological advantage at all levels of female sports. As gay men and lesbian athletes continue to try and find their place in sports their efforts to highlight their cause will be dimmed when the controversial participation of trans-males in top level women’s events will be spotlighted in televised domestic and international events, including championships and Olympic Games.

Indeed, the gay and lesbian committees have been at the forefront is voicing their opposition to the intrusion of trans people into gender sports. They feel that trans sportspeople should have their own categories. It is puzzling why the MeToo Movement is not rushing to support the protests of sporting girls and women. They will be forced to do so as this controversial issue continues to develop.

This will be an issue that will bite Biden throughout his presidency. It will highlight what former intelligence analyst, Robert Gates, once said. That Biden has been wrong on almost every issue throughout his political career.

And this was only Day One.

[Bio. Barry Shaw is a Senior Associate at the Israel Institute for Strategic Studies. Author of several books including ‘Fighting Hamas, BDS, and Anti-Semitism’ and ‘BDS for Idiots.’]

E-Mail Barry Shaw: theviewfromisrael@gmail.com

Censorship in America: A historical Perspective

by Caren Besner

“As long as I don’t write about the government, religion, politics, and other institutions, I am free to print anything.” Beaumarchais

In 1982, seventy years after the fall of Saigon, General William Westmoreland, the former US Commander in SE Asia declared: “Vietnam was the first war fought without censorship. Without censorship, things can get terribly confused in the public mind.”

Censorship in America is not a modern phenomenon. During the early days of the American Civil War, Abraham Lincoln shut down all pro-secession newspapers in the state of Maryland and even had known pro-Southern state legislators thrown in prison. Had Lincoln not acted as he did, Maryland would have joined the Confederacy and the position of the nation’s capital at Washington DC would have become untenable. The history of the US would have been very different.

Censorship really came of age during WWII when military censors routinely opened and read letters sent by US servicemen to loved ones back home. Some of this mail survives to this very day, their blackened or cut out sections attesting to the effectiveness of the military censor.

During the first and second Gulf Wars, information was disseminated to the media through controlled briefings. The lesson of Vietnam had been learned: images of dead and mangled bodies are not conducive to maintaining public support during wartime. The lesson yet to be learned is that censorship can be used, but only in times of war and even then, only on a very limited basis.

Some two and a half centuries ago, the great English poet and critic Samuel Johnson wrote: “Every society has a right to preserve public peace and order, and therefore has a good right to prohibit the propagation of opinions which have a dangerous tendency … No member of a society has a right to teach any doctrine contrary to what the society holds to be true.” This argument is inherently flawed. It presumes that the ideas held by the controlling elites are always correct. Every single totalitarian ruler from Hitler and Stalin to Mao and Saddam Hussein would agree. So too, would religious extremist groups such as ISIS and the Taliban, who not only executed anyone who disagreed with them, but in the process, also destroyed priceless historical artifacts all in the name of religious and ideological purity.

During the early days of the Third Reich, the Nazis made a very public spectacle of the burning of books; heaping on the flaming pyre any writings which did not conform to their ideals. Among them was the works of the great 19th century German philosopher Heinrich Heine who wrote: “Wherever books will be burned, men also, in the end, are burned.” History has proven how prophetic those words were. The Communists achieved their goals not through a display of arson, but by sentencing to prison or exile anyone who did not conform, including Alexander Solzhenitsyn, who wrote of these times in “The Gulag Archipelago.”

Make no mistake; censorship of thought, ideas, and speech are the hallmarks of a totalitarian state and will inevitably lead to tyranny and oppression. Given the growing power of mainstream media and especially big tech, our ability to access accurate information, our freedoms and ultimately our democratic institutions, are all in peril.

In today’s age of information, more people get their news from the Internet than from newspapers/periodicals. The situation becomes even more acute given the anonymity of the Internet executives and their algorithm writers. This concentrates enormous power in the hands of big tech, who use censorship as a means to advance an ideological and political agenda. Defenders of these practices claim that they are protecting the public from harmful ideas; yet the censorship is invariably one-sided. It is always Republican or Conservative voices who are silenced or deleted. This is reverse McCarthyism and is nothing less than the weaponization of the means to access and disseminate information. It is an abrogation of the right of free speech in order to advance a radical agenda, and thanks to Section 230, they have complete immunity to do exactly as they wish. This is a far more insidious form of censorship than anything previously because it is silent and unseen. There is no public display of burning books and no Gulag Archipelago (as of yet), to which dissidents can be exiled. The burning book has been replaced by the deleted post as the weapon of choice for the ideological censor of today.

Years ago, the late Hubert Humphrey once stated: “Freedom is hammered out on the anvil of dissension, discussion and debate.” It is sad to note how far we have strayed from this simple rule.

In the light of history, one cannot help but wonder what Heinrich Heine would say if he were alive today. Although one cannot say with absolute certainty, it might be something like this: “Wherever posts will be deleted, people also, in the end, are deleted.” A long time ago, Thomas Jefferson warned the American people: “When government fears the people, there is liberty. When the people fear the government, there is tyranny.” As of this writing, more and more Americans are beginning to fear their own government.

[BIO: Caren Besner is a retired teacher who has written articles published by American Thinker, Sun-Sentinel, Dr Swier, News With Views, The Front Page, The Published Reporter, Washington Examiner, The Algemeiner, Jewish Journal, Independent Sentinel, Jerusalem Post, Arutz Sheva, San Diego Jewish World, The Times of Israel, The Moderate Voice, IsraPost, The Jewish Voice, JooTube, The Florida Veteran, and others.]

E-Mail Caren Besner: greta1953@aol.com

A Repeat of the Battle Athens, TN?

By Paul Engel

Edmund Burke said “Those who don’t know history are destined to repeat it.” As I read the reports of questionable vote counting practices, if not actual fraud, I am eerily reminded of a part of our past I’m sure most Americans would not like to repeat.

In the small town of Athens, the seat of McMinn county in eastern Tennessee, an election was held in 1946. With a history of investigations into election fraud that were never resolved and multiple claims of vote tampering on both sides, the news could just as easily be describing the Presidential election of 2020.

Many veterans had returned from the battlefields of World War II to find that their county was being run by a corrupt political machine. After fighting for the rights of their fellow citizens abroad, they decided to fight for them again at home. Several of these veterans ran for political office in direct opposition to the county’s political machine. To say the least, the campaigns were contentious. Accusations of stuffing ballot boxes, bringing in people from other counties for assistance, and even calls to the federal government were part of the lead up to election day.

Trouble began early on election day, 1946, with the largest voter turnout in local history. Legally appointed poll watchers were arrested for protesting voting irregularities and people were denied the opportunity to vote while illegal votes were allowed to be cast. Voting was even suspended in some precincts after poll watchers challenged illegal voting processes.

Trouble also began early on election day 2020. Even before election day, disputes over voting procedures, primary elections that were delayed due to problems counting votes, and even reports of ballots being disposed of or hoarded, all pointed to a challenging election day.

When the polls closed in 1946, county officials hid away in the jail in order to count ballots without any prying eyes. In certain counties in 2020, counters worked behind closed doors, had poll watchers removed, or prevented them from entering to observe the process. In one instance caught on video, the windows of the counting room were covered over to prevent the observation of the count. In Pennsylvania, several counties mixed late mail-in ballots with legitimate ones, in violation of a supreme court order, thus spoiling the entire election in that county.

In both 1946 and 2020, the election had turned into a powder keg just waiting for a match to set it off.

In 1946, several county officials locked themselves inside the jail and posted armed deputies outside to guard them while they counted the ballots. No poll watchers, no observers of any kind, were allowed into the jail during the vote count. Even if they were not changing any of the ballots, these violations of a free and fair election were intolerable and the veterans were sure that the election was being stolen. Not just their rights, but the rights of every citizen of McMinn county were being taken away in the county jail. While most people felt powerless to protect their rights, these veterans did not. As one of the organizers is quoted as saying:

You call yourselves GIs—you go over there and fight for three and four years—you come back and you let a bunch of draft dodgers who stayed here where it was safe, and you were making it safe for them, push you around. … If you people don’t stop this, and now is the time and place, you people wouldn’t make a pimple on a fighting GI’s a**. Get guns!” Bill White – The Battle of Athens, American Heritage Magazine, Volume 36, Issue 2

If the election, their very right to self-government, was being stolen while other stood by and watched, these men decided to do something about it. The veterans armed themselves, surrounded the jail, and demanded that those inside come out with the ballots. At some point a significant firefight broke out. Around 2:30AM two of the three county officials in the jail escaped in an ambulance that the veterans had allowed in and out to evacuate wounded deputies. Finally, at 3:30AM, the remaining deputies surrendered. What was found inside were tally sheets reporting 15 to 1 for the machine’s candidate for Sheriff. In an ironic twist, the veterans who had battled the deputies then had to guard them from the very townsfolk they had been terrorizing for years.

I fear Mr. Burke was right. Many of the county officials in America today have made the same mistakes those in McMinn county in the 1940s did. While the techniques may have changed, the allowing of illegal voting and the secret counting of ballots are reminiscent of what led to The Battle of Athens, TN. How long before some in America are so fed up with the secrecy and lies that they see no other option than to “get guns”? To hold their elected county officials accountable with force of arms? The truly sad thing about the disaster that the 2020 election has become is that it could have easily been avoided.

Just as in McMinn county in 1946, instances of voter fraud have been reported in elections for years. And while many in the media and politics claimed there was no evidence of wide-spread voter fraud, that small weed in the garden of liberty has grown to the point where it chokes out even the hardiest of our freedoms. Every fraudulently cast or destroyed ballot steals the right to vote from another American. Every count done in secret steals from the people the confidence in the election process. And every time one of those thefts is dismissed as unimportant, another brick is taken out of the bulwarks of our rights and liberties in America.

As I said earlier, this could have easily been avoided. The county election officials all work for the people of that county. Board members are elected, and they in turn hire and oversee poll workers. If you hired a store manager and found out they were allowing the employees to steal, wouldn’t you fire them? Then why didn’t the citizens of these counties fire these officials? When those in politics brushed off claims of fraud as unimportant, why didn’t the people fire them as well? And when those in media suggested that claims of voter fraud were not worth dealing with, why did the American people ever listen to them again? Could it be that the American people just don’t care? Could the siren song of “the ends justify the means” have lured us onto the rocks of utilitarianism? We have hired charlatans and frauds to work in our governments and to exercise sovereign power in our name. And now we are shocked, SHOCKED, that they steal and defraud us of our rights? That guilt may belong to those who are stealing our elections, but the responsibility rests squarely on the American people who have put them in position to do so. As James A. Garfield states at the nation’s centennial:

Now more than ever before, the people are responsible for the character of their Congress. If that body be ignorant, reckless and corrupt, it is because the people tolerate ignorance, recklessness and corruption. If it be intelligent, brave and pure, it is because the people demand these high qualities to represent them in the national legislature … If the next centennial does not find us a great nation…it will be because those who represent the enterprise, the culture, and the morality of the nation do not aid in controlling the political forces. James A. Garfield – U.S. Centennial

Was Mr. Burke correct? Have we become so ignorant of our history that we are doomed to repeat it? There is a fight going on for the future of this nation. My question to you is, are you willing to fight it today at the ballot box, or will you doom our children to fight on the battlefield? Because history shows another quote from Mr. Burke to be just as true.

The only thing necessary for the triumph of evil is for good men to do nothing. —Edmund Burke

E-Mail Paul: paul@constitutionstudy.com

[BIO: No bio was provided from Paul Engel]

Rules for Revolutionaries: A Guide to Understanding the Radical Left’s Plan to Reimagine America

by Caren Besner

Since the horrific death of George Floyd, events seem to be spiraling out of control. The American public is being bombarded, almost on a daily basis, with reports of large protests in major cities, accompanied by rioting, looting, burning, assaults, and even murders.

Observing these events unfold, the average U.S. citizen, watching tv from the purported safety of their home might seem bewildered by these transformative events, the purpose of which is nothing less than a “re-imagining” of America. To better understand exactly what is happening, let’s take a cue from my Revolutionary Handbook. There are ten rules to explain what the radical left is planning. It is nothing less than an overthrow of the American political and economic system and its replacement with a Socialist/Marxist government, which will mean the end of the United States of America.

#1: Inertia is fatal to a Revolutionary Movement

What does a great white shark have in common with a Revolutionary Movement? Both must continue to move forward or die. The overtures of the late 60s movement are eerily similar to what is happening today. The problem was that back then, the revolution was centered around the anti-Vietnam War Movement. Once peace came, the impetus of the revolution died out. The 2008 Occupy Wall St Movement had the zeal, but cold winter months in NY were not conducive for this type of protest. The lesson: choose your cause carefully. Today’s cause celebre is “systemic racism” and its offshoots. Recently, the Mayor of Louisville, KY declared racism to be a public health crisis.

#2: Do not identify your ideology by name, nor state exactly what you will do after you are in power. Speak only in vague generalities and use simple 2- or 3-word phrases the public can identify with

Most Americans are fair-minded by nature and want to do the right thing. Terms such as “Socialist,” “Communist” or “Marxist” generally have a negative connotation and would not be well received by the populace at large. Do not look to antagonize them any more than is necessary. The revolution will need its army of “useful idiots” for the future. Instead, use terms such as “progressive” or “social justice warrior” to describe oneself. Other terms, such as “environmental justice,” “racial/income inequality,” “redistribution of wealth,” “globalism,” ‘undocumented worker,” and “reimagine the police” are also useful. These are far less threatening to the average American. Fidel Castro initially identified himself as a “humanist.” Only after he felt secure in his new position did he announce to the world: “I am a Marxist Leninist.”

#3: The revolution must get control over mass media and the education system

It is an historic fact that once in power every single Communist or Fascist dictatorship closes down ALL oppositional voices. Truth is defined by whatever the revolution says it is, and anyone who dares speak out is immediately silenced. The only information heard and taught is what advances the revolutionary cause. This was true in Nazi Germany and the Soviet Union, and just as true today in Communist China, North Korea, Cuba, and Venezuela. This point cannot be stressed enough. Once the revolution gains control over mass media, it controls ALL the information that is disseminated, and once the revolution gains control over the education system, it controls the future.

#4: All the apparatus of the state: the ministries,the civil service,the justice system,the military,and law enforcement must be brought under control

This rule is simple. Whatever the revolution cannot control could eventually be used against it. Hitler, Stalin, and Mao all dealt with the problem of supposed anti-revolutionary activists by instituting a series of purges aimed at crushing ALL potential opposition, which extended even to family members. Stalin himself is alleged to have remarked that it was fine if innocents were punished along with the guilty, because “that sends an even stronger message.”

#5: All vestiges of the old must be destroyed in order to build anew. This includes all history, traditions, culture, and iconography that cannot be made to conform to the new ideals

“Who controls the past controls the future; who controls the present controls the past.” George Orwell, 1984

In the late 1950s, Mao unleashed the cultural revolution on China. It was based on a repudiation of what Mao called the “four olds”: old ideas, customs, habits, and culture. Estimates vary as to the number of people killed but it was most certainly in the millions. Coming as it did after the disastrous policies of the “Great Leap Forward,” China was left an economic and cultural wasteland.

#6: Conventional ideas about religion and family are an anathema to a Revolutionary Movement

“We have created a child who will be so exposed to the media that he will be lost to his parents by the time he is 12.” David Bowie

Absolute loyalty to the revolution must come first; this extends to one’s family. Children are encouraged to inform on their parents if they hear anything that can be interpreted as “counter-revolutionary; organized religion must also go. The revolution cannot have loyalty to God supersede loyalty to the state.

#7: The revolution can only succeed in times of extreme economic, political, and social unrest

This is an important point. A generally content, gainfully employed, and prosperous populace is not likely to support a revolutionary movement aimed at overthrowing the government, party or individual that has provided these benefits. In order for the revolution to be successful the population must be brought low and kept in a state of abject misery. Years ago, former White House Chief of Staff and Chicago Mayor Rahm Emanuel stated: “Never let a good crisis go to waste.” Activist/actress Jane Fonda brought this up when she noted: “Covid is God’s gift to the left.”

#8: Ultimate victory in the revolution will go to that segment of the revolutionary body that is the best organized, best financed, and most ideologically dedicated

A revolutionary movement can be composed of a number of divergent groups, each of which has a peeve with the central government. In our country we have, among others, minorities, LGBTQ, and feminists all rubbing shoulders with liberals, socialists, anarchists, globalists, Islamists, and hardcore Marxist revolutionaries. The last group is the best organized and funded. They are completely devoted to the “righteousness” of their ideology and even have their own para-military group – Antifa. Their ultimate goal is the complete destruction of the American political and economic system. They will settle for nothing less than total power, which they will use to impose their will on ALL aspects of life.

#9: A majority of popular support is not needed in order to force your will on an entire population

Most people assume that any revolution must have popular support in order to succeed. This may have been true in some cases, but not all. The Bolsheviks swept into power in Russia in Nov 1917 with a simple slogan: “Peace, Land, Bread.” Although one cannot be certain of the precise number of hardcore committed Communists among the masses of disaffected citizenry, it would have been comparatively small.

#10: After victory, the revolution will turn in directions not initially anticipated. Once the revolutionary genie is let out of the bottle, it will be difficult, if not impossible, to control events as they transpire

In addition to exacting revenge on their opponents, revolutions usually turn on many of the very people who were its most ardent supporters. One only has to look at Hitler’s “Night of the Long Knives,” Stalin’s “Gulag Archipeligo, and Mao’s “Cultural Revolution, for examples. French revolutionary, Pierre Vergniaud, best expressed this idea when he noted, “There was reason to fear that the revolution, like Saturn, might devour in turn, each one of her children.” Revolutionaries also speak in lofty terms about “justice and equality,” promising a true “classless” society, but in reality, wind up creating an entirely new class of elites based on party loyalty and affiliation.

Here then are my Rules for Revolutionaries to better understand today’s America. An important point is that regardless of who is in the White House, violence on the streets will not stop. The radical left is already looking to extract major concessions from the incoming Biden administration. They want something for their support and if they don’t get it, they are prepared to take to the streets. That will leave the new administration with two choices: to either put down the insurrection by the use of force or appeasement – offering bribes and concessions in the hope they will be placated. The problem with the latter approach is that appeasement as policy generally does not work and only prolongs the inevitable confrontation. Winston Churchill said, “An appeaser is someone who feeds a crocodile in the hope it will eat him last.”

Where then does this leave us as a nation? There is no doubt that as a society we have made enormous strides in the last half century, yet we are still struggling to come to grips with our past. Sixty years ago, the election of an African-American with the unlikely name of Barack Hussein Obama to the highest office of the land would have been impossible, as would be the election of a number of minorities and women to seats in the House, Senate, and even the new VP Elect. Do we now throw all that away and adopt the failed economic and political system of our former Cold War adversaries?

There is NO perfect economic or political system, but there are systems that generally work better for more people than others. As imperfect as it is, capitalism works better than communism. Capitalist systems encourage innovation, individualism, personal responsibility, and independence. Marxist systems mandate conformity of ideas, thought, belief, and speech. Whatever our many problems, a revolution aimed at the overthrow of the entire system is not the answer.

As for the revolution itself, George Bernard Shaw stated it best when he wrote: “Revolutions have never lightened the burden of tyranny; they have only shifted it to another shoulder.”

E-Mail Caren Besner: greta1953@aol.com

[BIO: Caren Besner is a retired teacher who has written articles published by Sun-Sentinel, American Thinker, Jewish Journal, The Algemeiner, Jerusalem Post, IsraPost, The Jewish Voice, Independent Sentinel, San Diego Jewish World, The Times of Israel, Jewish Press, The Front Page, The Florida Veteran, Jootube, and The Moderate Voice.]

It’s Hard to Go Forward When You’re Stuck in Reverse

By Carolyn Alder

The battle every four years to capture the White House is a lose/lose situation. It seems we are on the verge of self-destruction as the battle rages in the streets, in the media, in congress and in the courts. We have civil unrest instead of domestic tranquility. The other party is not the enemy, party politics is the enemy. I do not like being stuck in reverse in the political swamp of deceit, revenge and despair. But how do we move forward out of the political quicksand pulling us under? The solution is staring us in the face, but we have been ignoring it and abusing it for over 200 years—return to the Constitution.

The original Constitution was designed to select a president without a battle. Sadly, even many of the Founders and Framers took up party banners and were part of the trend to become partisan politicians instead of statesmen. Instead of following the non-partisan path to statesmanship designed in the Constitution, they pushed toward a democracy of party politics. George Washington expressed his dismay of this reversal in his farewell address:

“The alternate domination of one faction over another, sharpened by the spirit of revenge, natural to party dissension, which in different ages and countries has perpetrated the most horrid enormities, is itself a frightful despotism. But this leads at length to a more formal and permanent despotism. The disorders and miseries, which result, gradually incline the minds of men to seek security and repose in the absolute power of an individual; and sooner or later the chief of some prevailing faction, more able or more fortunate than his competitors, turns this disposition to the purposes of his own elevation, on the ruins of Public Liberty.”

When all else fails—go back and read the instructions. The original Constitution outlined a far superior, non-partisan, multi-step, indirect process to elect a statesman (rather than a partisan politician) to be President of the United States.

The Presidential Electors were to be the first step in the process—not a meaningless rubber-stamp, after years of campaigning, advertising, political revenge and a popular vote based on campaign promises and government handouts.

Article II, clause ll:

“Each State shall appoint, in such Manner as the Legislature thereof may direct, a Number of Electors, equal to the whole Number of Senators and Representatives…”

It was presumed that the Presidential Electors, would be persons carefully chosen based on their wisdom and experience.

“The Electors shall meet in their respective States, and vote by ballot for two Persons, of whom one at least shall not be an Inhabitant of the same State with themselves.”

The constitutionally assigned duty of each Elector was to nominate two presidential possibilities worthy of such a high office. (Voting for two precluded campaigning for one.) There were no pre-printed ballots, because the Electors were to provide the names of potential candidates, not choose between predetermined candidates. The Electors were independent and expected to always vote their conscience. Now, if an Elector casts a vote different than the name submitted by their party, he is called a faithless Elector. The Electors in each State did not need to agree. Each Presidential Elector was to submit names of outstanding individuals who had proven themselves to be wise, responsible, uphold the principles of freedom, and the Constitution. Then,

“They shall make a List of all the Persons voted for, and the Number of Votes for each; which List they shall sign and certify, and transmit sealed to the Seat of the Government…”

This was the original nominating process outlined in the Constitution. Now we send party delegates to party conventions and support candidates who have effectively self-nominated, to decide who is most likely to defeat the opposing party’s candidate.

The machinations of party politics early-on hijacked the constitutionally assigned duty of the Presidential Electors. These machinations led to a hastily written and hastily ratified 12^th Amendment in order for parties to select both a President and a Vice-president. It states:

“The Electors shall meet in their respective states, and vote by ballot for President and Vice President, one of whom, at least, shall not be an inhabitant of the same state with themselves, they shall name in their ballots the person voted for as President, and in distinct ballots the person for as Vice-President, and they shall make distinct lists of all persons voted for as President, and of all persons voted for as Vice-President, and of the number of votes for each, which lists they shall sign and certify and transmit sealed to the seat of the government…”

Even with separated lists, Presidential Electors could discuss outstanding statesmen with other Electors in their State. Each Elector was to be an independent thinker, not a rubber-stamp to someone else’s opinion or even to a consensus of opinions. They were the ones charged with the nominating process.

Then in a joint session of Congress, the President of the Senate opened the sealed certificates and the votes were tallied. This is when the candidates would be known. A majority vote of the whole number of Electors appointed (This would be extremely rare without manipulation.) is required for each office. Otherwise,

“the House of Representatives shall choose immediately, by ballot, the President, the votes shall be taken by states, the representation from each having one vote…a majority of all the states shall be necessary to a choice,”

This type of federal system construction meant that the States (the House of Representatives) would, with with extremely rare exception, make the final election. Each State having one vote is an important safeguard to liberty in a federal republic.

Even the 12th Amendment did not actually authorize a popular vote for president even though it greatly facilitated this perversion by political parties of the original plan.

Party politics has destroyed constitutional government in many ways, too numerous to describe here. Every State Legislature has turned their constitutionally assigned duty of choosing wise Presidential Electors over to the political parties.

The battle of an endless war rages on. We can’t go forward because we are stuck in reverse in the political swamp. To go forward; a start to restore the Constitution, would be for the States to take back their constitutional responsibilities, such as appointing Presidential Electors who can do their job as described above.

The structure of the original Constitution was intelligently designed to establish and safeguard freedom. The United States was to be a constitutional representative republic not a democracy.

E-Mail Carolyn Alder: carolyn@freedomformula.us

[BIO: Carolyn and Gary Alder are the authors of: The Evolution and Destruction of the Original Electoral College. This book provides an in-depth analysis of the ingenious system that the Framers designed to identify the best possible presidential candidates. Unfortunately the original system has been subverted, perverted, obscured, ignored, and discarded by the machinations of party politics. All patriots interested in restoring the Framers’ original design will recognize the need to understand this unique process.]

Elect a Solid Oregon Republican to US Congress

By Cliff Bentz

I am a third generation Oregonian, rancher, farmer and businessman, and I believe that I can help improve the lives of my fellow Oregonians as their congressman from Oregon’s Second Congressional District.

I was raised on a cattle ranch in Eastern Oregon and realized at an early age that if our ranching business was going to grow, it needed someone who knew the law and knew politics. With this in mind, I went to college and then to law school, where I focused on natural resources law, tax, and real estate.I returned to eastern Oregon and joined the law firm of Anthony Yturri (former state senator) in the small town of Ontario. As a young lawyer I learned how to be a trial and business lawyer, representing farmers and ranchers all across CD2. I practiced law— with a focus on water, real estate, and business organization for 30 years. I learned a lot about the state legislature and Congress from the many Republican politicians who stopped by to visit the office as they toured Oregon.

I met my wife, a veterinarian, when she came to Ontario to practice veterinary medicine. We have been married for 33 years and have two wonderful children.

I was appointed to the Oregon Water Resource Commission, where I served for eight years, elected to the Ontario 8C school district where I served for three years, and in 2008, I was appointed to the Oregon state legislature, where I served 10 years in the House and 2 years in the Senate. I was and will remain a strong and reliable advocate for rural Oregonians and the state’s farmers, ranchers, and forest land owners.

As I have traveled CD2 running for Congress, I am often asked the following questions:

Q1: What issues do you plan to address head on in D.C.?

Wildfire recovery is critical for CD 2. This year Jackson County saw the destruction of nearly 2500 homes, and Klamath County residents have seen significant fire damage. Communities need assistance, now, if they are to rebuild following these devastating natural disasters.
Oregon’s Forest management needs to change, now, if the residents and forests of CD 2 are to be protected. I will be an advocate for the immediate improvement of forest management.
Water is the lifeblood for everyone in CD2. Water availability and storage is certainty something I will focus upon in Washington D.C.
Housing, the cost of health care and health insurance, school choice, school loan debt, child care, social security, and addressing the challenge of homelessness continue to be difficult problems across all of CD2. I will make sure that these issues are also addressed.

Q2: What is top of mind for your constituents today?

As I have traveled the twenty counties in CD2, I have heard about wildfires, water, COVID-19 illness, health care costs, reopening K-12 schools and protecting social security and Medicare, to name a few of the many issues people are worried about.

Q3: What committees do you hope to serve on?

House Natural Resources Committee
House Transportation and Infrastructure Committee
House Agriculture Committee
House Judiciary Committee

Q4: How will you remain connected with the district during those long periods in DC?

I plan to travel back and forth between CD2 and Capitol Hill frequently. I will spend time all across the district listening and reporting to CD2 residents about what is going on in Washington DC. I also will emphasize use of social media and will have team members in various areas of the District visible and available. “Zoom” is an option that allows for more participation in the process, which I hope to use more frequently, along with all other means of communication that we may find available. (Such as News with Views!)

Contribute to Cliff Benz (R) for US Congress
P.O.Box 1048, Ontario, OR. 97914
Online contribution click here.

Contact Our Future US Congressman Cliff Bentz

What Would Mark Twain Say About America Today?

By Art Robinson

Dear Friend,

Mark Twain advised “Never pick a fight with people who buy ink by the barrel.”

What do we do, however, when they pick a fight with us? What do we do when they promise to destroy our Constitutional Federal Republic and replace it with “socialism?”

What do we do when they promise to destroy our nation’s faith in the gospels, faith in the ethics, and faith in the responsibilities which we have from times past?

Our adversaries in this nearing election do not buy their ink by the barrel. They already own their “ink” – most of radio and television network news, most of print newspapers, and most of Internet communications. These people are confident that they can “fool all (or enough) of the people some of the time” wherein that time includes the American people during the next 25 days.

Grass roots Americans do not want socialism, and they do not want socialism enforced by government power (communism). And – they are fighting back. In their homes, in their neighborhoods, and in their workplaces, they are opposing this threat. And, they are giving campaign funds generously to candidates who oppose this madness. Astronaut Scott Carpenter recommended our work in this.

There are many battlefields – local, county, state and federal, and many principled candidates – all of whom need campaign funds.

The Robinson family is using its influence and skills to help many of these principled candidates and is running one of its own – Art Robinson for Oregon Senate. This Senate campaign, like the multitude of others, needs campaign funds. We have won our primary, and need funds to win in the general election.

We know you. We know that you hold very close to the ancient imperatives of our nation – to our Republic, to our faith, to our traditions, and to our way of life. We know that you are helping many candidates to win in this election. Please keep our candidacy in mind.

Thank you for your consideration!

Art Robinson

P.S. Oregon laws place no limits on the amounts of campaign funding from specific donors in Oregon state political races. Contributions to our campaign can be made here.

To read a biography about Art, his family, and his candidacy click here.

E-Mail Art Robinson: art@rfcre.com

Qui Bono?

A.M. Byrd

In the past few weeks, NWVs has published some of the most inspiring and informative columns I have seen in ages, from some of the most gifted, prolific writers around. Devvy Kidd’s weekly taped commentary is always outstanding and well worth the few minutes it takes to listen as she knocks the subjects far out of the ballpark. My efforts are dwarfed by most of the other writers here, so I wasn’t going to write another column. Yet, the situation in our nation brought me to a place of anger, frustration and despondency. It got the better of me for about…well, about 5 minutes, after which I felt motivated. So I sat down at my computer to re-watch a video I was sent 2 weeks ago to take notes in preparation of a meeting with some like minded people next Sunday, and I wrote out the phrase: Qui bono? This is the Latin phrase for ‘to whom is it a benefit”, or, simply, “Who benefits”?

What does all this turmoil achieve? Why does only the United States thus suffer this insolvency into moral vacuousness? How, in a land that was sanctified for freedom and individual God given rights, have we sunk into the stupefying abyss of an anarchist’s wet dream? People that come to our service desk in the store I work for whisper to me, “I don’t understand any of this”. It’s because you’re not suppose to, I whisper back.

No. We’re not SUPPOSE to understand it. It is the Hegelian dialectic and Cloward-Piven’s ‘strategy’ rolled into one tight little short-fused bomb of social destruction, intended only for the United States. Why? Because we are the last bastion of freedom and liberty anywhere on earth. That is to say, TRUE freedom; protected ownership of private property and the right to equal justice under codified law…at least, we used to be. Enemies who have infiltrated within our gates and avowed enemies outside our gates, have turned our Constitutional Republic into a living nightmare because of raging envy, greed and the most basic avarice a human being can fathom: the desire for all consuming, all powerful control of their fellow humans, no matter the cost to human life.

Riddle me this: How, in God’s name, can a conglomerate system of ‘leaders’ rage about protecting society from a virus that has a 98.7% recovery rate among healthy individuals CONDONE the intentional MURDER of 42 Million unborn children worldwide in 2019? Those unborn babies will never have a recovery rate attached to their numbers. Some of them were murdered AFTER they were born, healthy…their “mothers” (if you can call a woman who engages in infanticide a mother) chose to end their responsibility to their offspring…because they would be denied their freedom from responsibility to care for that infant. That is gross moral wickedness on an unprecedented level! But that isn’t really why I am writing this.

In my very first submission to News With Views I asked the question: What is the bottom line to achieving control? Answer: the installation of FEAR. If you can instill fear into a person or group, you can control everything they do. If you inflict enough terror upon a person or a society, you can obtain their complete submission to whatever insane agenda you have. Case in point: face masks everywhere, even a single person in a car with the windows rolled up…I have seen it with my own eyes!! Clearly, the Powers That Be have an agenda that is worthy of hell itself…..AND they are getting ready to impose it on the entire planet.

I found this intriguing , from a British site:

“There is, though, a common theme for the western democracies, a global technocracy templated historically with eighteenth century monarchy & aristocracy. The technocrat comes in many guises, they share one thing in common, they have access to those levers of power which transcend the electorate which they hold in undisguised contempt. They control unbelievable wealth: George Soros, Bill & Melinda Gates, the Clinton Foundation, the great spigot of sovereign wealth wrung from taxpayers by central bankers & chancellors, big pharma bankroll thousands of commentators presented to the public as neutral professionals.”

When did all our uneasiness finally break through the surface? In my opinion, it happened back when We The People finally said enough is enough; we don’t WANT fundamental transformation of our country; we rejected Act II of the Obama’nation, in the personage of the Queen of Unhallowed Depravity herself, Hillary Clinton: that vile beast with a thousand faces and a thousand excuses. Everything in the Collective’s World was going along quite smoothly until WE decided to buck their system in 2016.

From the moment JFK was murdered, some say by “The Activity” of our own CIA, when the insidious LBJ took over the reigns of power, who then got us eyebrow deep into VietNam because his friends coveted and received lucrative gov’t. contracts (and other more nefarious reasons) while LBJ got boatloads of quiet kickbacks from all those billions, until Carter did NOTHING in four years except get our embassy in Tehran overrun by thugs with rifles, until ex-CIA chief Bush Sr took to the floor of the UN humming strains of Kumbaya while openly admitting to the entire planet he was endorsing a New World Order of Elites who would bring to fruition a Utopian fantasy that simply does not and cannot exist here on earth, until Clinton brought an intern to her knees in the Oval Office to service his lascivious “needs”, until Bush Jr sat there like a SIMP in a school room while New York and by extension, the entire nation, witnessed the most horrific mass murder anyone had ever seen LIVE in real time thanks to the 24-7 news cycle.

Then, the ultimate insult to Patriots: the first verifiably ineligible Usurper to sit in the Oval Office pretending to be a president was worshiped day and night by the slobbering anchors on the nightly propaganda stage while the wheels of the obfuscation machinery went to work on the public’s psyche…and boy oh boy, did they plant a whole universe of poisonous seeds into the minds of weak, insipid, sheeple voters.

If it wasn’t the K-12 public school system adulterating young minds with all sorts of alternative options to ‘right living’, it was the Marxist subterfuge of the university professors preying upon the still formative minds of 2 generations of youngsters in this country; it was the droning on and on and on and on of the ruthless, inflexible brainwashing on television, EVERYWHERE, from sitcoms persuading humans that any choice of lifestyle is perfectly fine, as long as you own it and defend it, to the History Channel twisting and falsifying KNOWN history! It is positively staggering, the way history has been tortured into bending to the whims of social engineers.

So I ask again: Qui bono?

It’s simple: the people who brought you Agenda 21 and now the Green New Deal (which is in reality, just a repackaging of A21). The IMPERIAL “THEY” benefit…by crafty, sophisticated design.

This is the Holy Grail of movements, and the plan has been long in producing the result; it has been worked diligently toward by every single monarch, aristocrat, corruptocrat, parliamentarian, dictator or wannabe dictator on the planet, for the past 100+ years. Theirs was a generational plan and they fully realized it would take generations to eliminate the patriotism of a nation of people who found freedom, even at a high cost, to surrender to their overarching plan to bring all lesser humans back to heel under the mighty Controllers whose gluttonous desire for absolute power knows absolutely no bounds. None. They are gods unto themselves and they want unresistant homage paid by the lowly peasants they rule over. They know no Sovereign except their own insatiable lust for complete capitulation of all lesser citizens of the planet. “Bow down to ME” they say, “and I will give you food and water…find your own place to sleep…”.

The Enemy has been working on the human weaknesses through the 7 deadly sins for over 7000 years. Do you really think he is going to suddenly stop? No. It’s going to take something truly supernaturally Divine to put an end to his wickedness on this planet. The Enemy seduces humans with the sorcery of delusional thinking; He causes them to replace the Creator God with their Own self-worshiping assumed omnipotence. I can’t understand how people have forgotten the fact that we were TOLD this was going to happen. 2 Timothy 3 is just one place where we find this egregious rebuke of the Creator in favor of themselves…they worship the man in the mirror, not our Lord and Savior. They heap burning coals upon their heads…BIG MISTAKE!

There is no desire stronger in a fallen human than that of ultimate power and control over (an)other human(s). Daniel Webster said, “There are men in all ages who mean to govern well, but they mean to govern. They promise to be good masters, but they mean to be masters”. What, then, is the result of such ambition? “Power corrupts; absolute power corrupts absolutely.” Lord Acton

We have endured, reluctantly I might add, the past 4 years of unbridled histrionics of a mainstream media conglomerate hell bent on serving their Masters in the Corporate Oligarchy. Oh, I might want to mention that the media is not the genesis of the manipulation…your very own unelected government bureaucracy is at the heart of this Monument to Destructive Contrivance…the very unelected bureaucracy your taxes DON’T pay for. No! That money is borrowed AT INTEREST and then the gov’t sends YOU the bill for that interest, while they go on spending and borrowing in an endless circle of misery while the wealth of this nation goes down into the sewer drain of bankruptcy.

THIS is the video I mentioned was sent to me 2 weeks ago. It is 1hr and 22 ins of sheer amazement, as the story unfolds to reveal what is REALLY going on behind the Curtain in Oz…It is well worth your time, and I humbly ask you to take the time to watch it.

Additionally, it might be worth your consideration to contemplate what we have been through with the previous iteration of evil, Barry Soetoro and his hand picked Band of Criminals, before we seek to mistakenly elect a hideous liar and obviously senile life-long political operative, Joe Biden-be-Hidin’ and another completely unqualified, ineligible person to take over the reigns of power. Biden will NOT be in office 6 months before the 25th amendment is invoked, because of his dementia and THEN, you will have the ending to this glorious nation…or should I say, this once glorious nation.

In my opinion, America is still worth fighting for. Not necessarily for myself, as I am up there in age now, but for my descendents who do not have the fulfilling memories I have of saluting my flag and reciting the Pledge of Allegiance every morning in school…of having a neighborhood that we could leave our doors unlocked at night and play in the streets without getting run over or shot. A place where loving your country was a way of life and the recounting of stories of our parents and grandparents who came to this country to build a better life, as LEGAL immigrants, as well as their struggles during the depression and their survival against all the horrors of battle and war.

You may not agree with me, but I genuinely believe that God intervened on our behalf, to place Mr Trump in the presidency. I can think of no other power that could have overridden the extremely diabolical attempts to fraudulently secure a presidency by the most dangerous woman ever born, in my estimation, next to Madeline Murray O’Hare or Margaret Sanger.

Something has been nagging at me though: what’s up with Ukraine? What is it about Ukraine that is so dangerous? Why is everyone trying to protect Ukraine? Crowdstrike? Maybe it’s because that is where the real story lies. Who all was skulking around in Ukraine? Joe and Hunter? Hillary? Manafort? Hillary knew she could make a really big deal out of Manafort, so she did through her proxy’s. Was it to protect DNC server queries? Donations to politicians from foreign countries or foreign politicians? Was the world “betting” on who was going to win the election, and buying access ahead of time??

This seems to be just a small fraction of what is going on under the cover of ‘national security’ by the thousands of untouchables who push and pull the levers (and leverage) of information technology; Faceless cubicle drone-workers who compile hundreds of billions of pieces of data on every US citizen and foreigner they possibly can, to build a database of psychological profiling to facilitate getting inside YOUR heads. Gigantic international corporate conglomerates are then the recipients of this data so they improve their “marketing” capabilities…I call BS. This is about finding ways to further indoctrinate and manipulate the entire global population of “useless eaters”. The Controllers at the top know everything about you, how to push your buttons and exactly which buttons to push for a specific result. We’re nothing more than lab rats…and just as expendable.

They have given us smart phones, Smart Meters, smart grids, smart homes, smart appliances…and all these inanimate objects are smarter than you are, and 100 times more dangerous in the long run. Now they are introducing even more dangerous 5G technology to tie all these time-saving technologies together, as another wonder of the modern world…faster internet access, for the millions of millennial mom’s who hand their toddlers a Smart Phone to bombard their little bodies with even more microwaves and the vulgarity of Teletubbies prancing around in their rainbow subliminal messaging about all things sexually acceptable…entertainment for those toddlers while “mom” checks her Etsy, Pinterest or Facebook page 100 times a day. I don’t call that parenting.

The corporations and their leaders/board members who brought you these “time saving” devices have a more interesting objective, though. What it really does is further increase dependency on technology and less intimate involvement in the personal investment to real life. This is the path to an artificially directed digital society; a Minority Report nightmare which is controlled by the flick of a switch in the office of some bureaucrat or their down-line lackey who decides if there is enough ‘energy’ to serve your air conditioning in the summer or not; after all, do you think those at the top are going to sweat along with the rest of us? I could give you a hundred other examples, but I’ve already taken a lot of your time.

This is about CONTROL, total and absolute control. Control by The Collective Oligarchs over the Common People. Look into the associations of the Atlantic Counsel and the Open World Leadership Center. Look at who is leading these ‘public private partnerships’ and then you’ll begin to understand who is directing this plan to destroy our freedom here is the US. “Open World is a nonpartisan agency of the Congress”; it’s a lot more than that and has some dubious characters who have served on their board of directors. (This link will include OWLC information about how it ties into Ukraine and the genesis of the 2016- present coup against the president)

Open World has had on it’s board of directors, such people such as Amory Houghton, a “centrist” Republican (meaning, Democrat with a Republican mask on) from Corning NY, who was Chairman of the Board for Corning, Inc. coming from a long line of political power brokers from upstate NY…Nelson Rockefeller was one of his mentors/role models…tells me everything I need to know.

James W. Symington, (D) Missouri, attended both Yale and Columbia Universities; Son of Stuart Symington, also (D) Missouri Symington served as director of The Atlantic Counsel from 1986 to 2001, and as director of the Library of Congress Russian Leadership Program in 2001. In 1992, he founded the American-Russian Cultural Cooperation Foundation, which he chaired from its inception until 2015. Very well connected to the elitist upper reaches in Massachusetts and New York.

Then there’s the ever vulgar, deeply anti-American devotee of life extension therapies (yes, that’s a real thing; people actually undergo certain unorthodox therapies to extend their life span indefinitely) George “I hate America” Soros. Enough said there.

The Global Cabal of One Worlders are closer than ever to getting what they want. I will again post the link to “Shadowgate”, the video I highly recommend you watch. It will answer a lot of questions or cause you ask some important questions that I pray you are ready to ask.
Let us contemplate again: What is really going on behind the scenes? WHY is this segmentation of our society happening? What is the purpose of all this ugly moral degeneracy…this well orchestrated, well funded, visceral anarchy? Does it have an identifiable central objective? Of course it does, and it is staring us right in the face. Fundamental Transformation: from a free nation under a republican form of government with a steadfast Constitution, to a Marxist Socialist society where your life is about as precious as a dog’s. They eat dogs in China, by the way.

QUI BONO??

Some final thoughts:

Through the compounded, ever expanding, intentional artificially created panics, the current ridiculous and wanton HYPERINFLATED hysteria over a well constructed PLANNEDEMIC, the incessant neuronal mantra of ‘racism’, the obscene charges of white privilege EVERYWHERE except where it belongs (in the higher reaches of elegant but wildly perverse high society circles), the demands for “social justice’, the noxious screams to defund all police departments across the nation (who you gonna call? Ghostbusters?), the conspicuously well planned, well organized, extremely well funded anarchy, rioting, looting, destruction by murderous Marxist BLM and nihilistic p’antiFA’cist thugs who nightly burn our cities and destroy INNOCENT people’s lives by destroying the small businesses those people have scraped and saved for, labored intensely for and sacrificed greatly for, to build toward THEIR American Dream, all while the “government” Corruptocrats on BOTH sides of the aisle have not only sat on their hands and done NOTHING to reign in this treachery except flap their flabby pieholes; indeed and instead, they have eagerly tolerated or even encouraged this wickedness and unbelievable moral turpitude in furtherance of THEIR, the Corruptocrat, Agenda! They have even worked relentlessly behind the scenes to sabotage the efforts of good people in the gov’t (the number of which is dwindling rapidly) and especially the president the People elected to represent them in the world, protect them from harm at home and to stand as a beacon of hope for our decaying society.

A very clever man once told me, “If God doesn’t punish this nation’s leaders for their vicious defamation toward The People and their faith, He will have to apologize to Sodom and Gomorrah.”

E-Mail Alice Byrd: alliebyrd77@1791.com

What IF Everything You Hear Is Nothing More Than Complete Garbage?

A.M. Byrd

George Orwell is credited with the quote, “In a time of universal deceit, telling the Truth is a revolutionary act”, but the consensus is, it is unknown who actually said it. It really doesn’t matter; the fact is, it’s true. We are now experiencing that Truth, in it’s absolute fullness. First, some of my observations and opinions, then, some incredibly unsettling information. Please bear with me.

What IF everything you hear in the multi-faceted, snake haired Medusa media (TV, print, socially acceptable online content, etc) is nothing more than complete garbage; finely tuned, beguilingly styled provocative propaganda, exquisitely designed specifically to condition and manipulate the world population’s psyche. What IF there really WAS an elitist cabal that decided (long ago) that it didn’t like slavery being eradicated from the shores of the world’s most daring group of humans to ever form a national government, for the sole purpose of giving FREEDOM from tyranny to a country of people, so that The People could prosper and reach the heights God had said He wanted for His creation?

What IF the Adversary, Satan, took human form(s) to continue his wicked purposes of dividing Humans from their creator? With all the tricks he amassed in his bag, it wouldn’t be hard. Man fell under the mesmeric seduction of being “gods” themselves…and man fell HARD by the lust in his heart for superiority over the authority of God. It hasn’t gotten any better with the advancement of our so-called sophisticated civilization. Indeed, it’s gotten much, MUCH worse.

We are currently living in a time of complete emotional anarchy, brought to the “common people” by the unimaginable wickedness of unrepentant degenerate ‘leaders’ and financial manipulators who have taken up residence in the loftiest places on the planet…villas, estates, resorts, private islands, the rarefied air of the uber rich dwelling places; the most completely decadent form of human flesh the world has ever known, Nero and Caligula be damned. I used to think that prolific debauchery was a thing of ancient history…I was profoundly wrong. Even the complete absence of moral behavior in the ancient Greek, Roman and Bedouin worlds cannot compete with the unparalleled depravity of the current mutant livestock that currently inhabit the world’s finest mansions. Hedonism barely begins to describe the depths of their perversions. Dante failed to write about the deeper reaches of The Inferno, where these vulgar miscreants spring forth from. I think one of the doorways to this pit was found on Epstein’s island pedo-farm. We all know who visited there more than once.

Money = power = control. It’s just that simple. Human beings who believe they have self elevated themselves into the stratosphere of absolute power, have done so without the slightest restriction of any sort of conscience, whatsoever. None. Nil. Niente mai. They may have the human form, but they are utterly bereft of a human spirit or soul. They are given over to the Darkness completely and irrevocably. Sadistically so, it seems. They are collectively the embodiment of Geothe’s Faust…and they mean to destroy as many of us as they possibly can for their Utopian dialectic FANTASY, where they regain their godlike positions in Mount Olympus and fancy us as nothing more than tools, resources, assets, to PRODUCE for their enjoyment, whatever that may happen to be on any given day, or night.

What IF the ‘human beings’ I am alluding to are ones that you have heard their names, over and over and over again, in hundreds of articles, columns, reports and expose’ for years now? What IF you have become so used to seeing the same old report’s, time after time, that you have become inured to the vast meaning of their fiendish villainy? What IF you have become so desensitized to the horror of the Powerful and their designs for the rest of us, that it’s nothing more than white noise to you at this point?

The past 4 years has been a nightmare for a lot of us. We could see the handwriting on the wall for decades, but all our outrage and screaming from the mountain tops didn’t accomplish a single thing…and now we are all staring down the barrel of the Communist Gun, pointed right between our eyes. McCarthy was right, and no one listened.

When the fraud named Barack Hussein Obama announced for the 2008 election, in which a president would be elected, I bought a book. It was by James R. Corsi, PhD, titled “The Obama Nation”. I knew it was a play on words, but I could not put it down. I read it in 36 hours. (I know, that’s slow to some people). Immediately I started doing some digging into Barry’s past. Then I started sharing the information with neighbors and friends. I got the usual remarks; racist, partisan, conspiracy nut; but I was unmovable on the fact that he was a Manchurian, and I didn’t give a flying crap about his color or lack thereof!! He was a fraud; he was not eligible; he was a litmus test as to how far the Powers That Be could push us, before WE slammed on the brakes, defending our nation and our blood-won freedoms. The Corporate Industrial Complex put that beast in the White House and our nation was doomed. 7 years later the same International Corporate Complex put forth the candidate that would seal the deal on the long desired, long advertised, long and incrementally built organization of individual power players to finally bring their deep state “New World Order” out from the shadows and into the bright sunlight for all to see and worship; and if you didn’t fall on your face and worship these flesh encased demons of Darkness, your name would be eradicated forever from the knowledge of men. Extraordinary Rendition??? You better believe it. They have no soul and no hesitation to destroy anything that stands in their way. G.H.W. Bush TOLD us that was what “They” wanted for the world…DOES IT GET ANY PLAINER???

As punishment for our resistance to and rejection of their Queen of the Sewer Dwellers, over the past 4 years now, they have been beating us with whips of propaganda, chains of political dysfunction and mischief, a roller coaster of financial fluctuations, and finally a hybrid, genetically manipulated triune virus that exists NOWHERE in nature. Their new sign of ownership and submission is a not a cattle brand; it’s a mask.

A mask not unlike the one The Imperial “They” all wear. They are NOT what they seem: they are far, FAR worse. Now we’ll get to it.

The barely human malevolent horror monster who financed the Usurper’s rise to the White House, is George Soros. He is nothing short of unambiguously diabolical; he has stated conclusively and repetitiously that he wants to destroy the United States because it stands in the way of a universal, single planetary government…a Marxist Socialist/Communist government. He (and others) pay for it’s implementation, no matter how they have to do it and how many people have to die to achieve it. He was an informant to the Nazi’s on Jewish residences/citizens in his youth; he therefore assisted in the culling of the Jewish people. Racist? Absolutely, 100%. Oh, and he’s WHITE!

He funds most of, if not all, the anarchist, radical leftist, Marxist socialist groups you see on your TV’s everywhere in the news (more conditioning)…He does it while keeping his hands “clean”. I will quote from a remarkable article I read just days ago at Neon Revolt:

“…Soros has been in the business of disrupting governments and nations for some time now. There have been a number of color revolutions around the world, and many of them have been both directly and indirectly funded by George Soros – which means, they’ve been funded by taxpayer dollars.

How does this work? Well, Soros, through his NGO, the Open Society Foundation, will take funds in, and then donate those funds to other radical leftist/neo-Marxist funds and activist groups. In truth, the term “color revolution” might be too limiting for what Soros funds these days. When the term is invoked, we might think of more “traditional” color revolutions such as Georgia’s Rose Revolution, or Serbia’s Bulldozer Revolution, where Soros ousted then-president Slobodan Milosevic by funding “pro-Democracy groups” (hint: they’re always “pro-Democracy” when it comes to Soros, and yes, that’s code for Commie queef grease) but the flow of money extends well beyond just opportunistically funding groups during times of chaos to cause the maximum amount of social chaos.”

Kelly Riddel, another extraordinary journalist wrote in the Washington Times in 2015, in reference to the Ferguson shooting of Michael Brown (“hands up don’t shoot”) “There’s a solitary man at the financial center of the Ferguson protest movement….it’s liberal billionaire George Soros, who has built a business empire that dominates across the ocean in Europe while forging a political machine powered by nonprofit foundations that impacts American politics and policy, not unlike what he did with MoveOn.org.

“Mr. Soros spurred the Ferguson protest movement through years of funding and mobilizing groups across the U.S., according to interviews with key players and financial records reviewed by The Washington Times. In all, Mr. Soros gave at least $33 million in one year to support already-established groups that emboldened the grass-roots, on-the-ground activists in Ferguson, according to the most recent tax filings of his nonprofit Open Society Foundations.

“The financial tether from Mr. Soros to the activist groups gave rise to a combustible protest movement that transformed a one-day criminal event in Missouri into a 24-hour-a-day national cause celebre.

“Our DNA includes a belief that having people participate in government is indispensable to living in a more just, inclusive, democratic society,” said Kenneth Zimmerman, director of Mr. Soros‘ Open Society Foundations’ U.S. programs, in an interview with The Washington Times. “Helping groups combine policy, research [and] data collection with community organizing feels very much the way our society becomes more accountable. (personal insert: my opinion? HORSE PUKEY)

“The plethora of organizations involved not only shared Mr. Soros‘ funding, but they also fed off each other, using content and buzzwords developed by one organization on another’s website, referencing each other’s news columns and by creating a social media echo chamber of Facebook “likes” and Twitter hashtags that dominated the mainstream media and personal online newsfeeds.

“Buses of activists from the Samuel Dewitt Proctor Conference in Chicago; from the Drug Policy Alliance, Make the Road New York and Equal Justice USA from New York; from Sojourners, the Advancement Project and Center for Community Change in Washington; and networks from the Gamaliel Foundation — all funded in part by Mr. Soros.” (all emphasis are mine)

This sickening wickedness is done through non-profits, which gives the groups tax exempt status…while YOU pay for the damage it does to your nation, your cities, your neighborhoods and your way of life. Are you sick of it yet? No?? because it gets even worse.

Where did the Usurper start out?? Alongside other notable Communists such as Frank Marshall Davis and domestic terrorist social anarchists, William Ayers and Bernadette Dorhn. Again from the above linked article, “…it should be noted that The Gamaliel Foundation, which is described as a “net-work of grassroots and interracial organizations,” is not only funded by George Soros, it was the Foundation where President Barack Obama began his career as a “community organizer” in Chicago.”

I sincerely urge you to go to this site and read about the deep rabbit hole of the Gamaliel Foundation. If you want to know how the Jesuit Catholics have wormed their way into the deep state of Washington DC’s hideous nefariousness, you can find it here; it will make you want to vomit. Oh and by the way, save your hate mail. I don’t read crap from those of you who adhere to the heresy of the Jesuits, or people who follow like blind sheep behind those soothsaying imposters of the faith that God warned me about, calling them seducers and sorcerers. WHAT IF you are wrong about everything??? Those of you who profess faith in Christ and belief in the Scriptures, need to read Matthew 24, 2 Thessalonians and Revelation a lot more. In the end times a decline into madness will arise from the “fullness of deception” that takes place on this earth. Everything will be corrupted…including the churches!!

This video is long (1hr 18mins) but will begin to open your eyes to the fact that everything you see and hear is complete BS, from The Powers That Be: from the sewers of Hollywood to the halls of Congress to the network stages where the actors become “news anchors”. They have an agenda and that agenda is to confine and control YOU! You are already wearing their masks like good little robots who dare not question a damn thing they say! They’re the experts you say? Yes. Experts at mind control, psychological reconditioning and behavior modification! They are moving right now to eliminate your snug little enclaves of suburbia, because “IT’S RACIST”. Doubt me? read the linked article above (confine and control YOU).

I don’t want to leave out the repulsively hideous William Gates, either. His absolute intention is to vaccinate every breathing human being on this planet. He’ll make gazillions, as he is a stake holder in several vaccine patents (along with Dr. Tony “the Twerp” Fauci, the lying Dr. Redfield, and Birx the Scarf Lady), the NIH, the UN and some other rather dubious “non-profits”. I want to know what is REALLY in those vaccines! Gates doesn’t have a very good record at this game. In fact, the vaccines he promotes and pays people for “taking” (sometimes involuntarily) end up causing ‘unforeseen’ negative consequences for the vaccine receivers.

For instance, “In December 2012, in the small village of Gouro, Chad, Africa, situated on the edge of the Sahara Desert, five hundred children were locked into their school and threatened that if they did not agree to being force-vaccinated with a meningitis A vaccine, they would receive no further education. These children were vaccinated without their parents’ knowledge. This vaccine was an unlicensed product still going through the third and fourth phases of testing.

Within hours, 106 children began to suffer from headaches, vomiting, severe uncontrollable convulsions and paralysis. The childrens wait for a doctor began. They had to wait one full week for a doctor to arrive while the team of vaccinators proceeded to vaccinate others in the village. When the doctor finally came, he could do nothing for the children. The team of vaccinators, upon seeing what had happened, fled the village in fear.

The original report was written in a small, local newspaper called La Voix. The newspaper stated that forty children were finally transferred to a hospital in Faya and later taken by plane to two hospitals in N’Djamena, the capital city of Chad. After being moved around several times, many of these sick children were finally taken back to their village without a diagnosis and each family was given an unconfirmed sum of £1000 by the government. No forms were signed and no documentation was seen. They were informed that their children had not suffered a vaccine injury.

However, if this were true, why would their government award each family £1000 in what has been described by their parents as hush money? The groups behind this project were PATH (Program for Appropriate Technology for Health), the World Health Organization, UNICEF, and the Gates Foundation, and during Vactruth’s investigations, it was discovered that in fact the whole project was run by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation.” It seems that Billy likes to prey on people of color in under-developed nations…(is HE racist too, with all his staggering white privilege?). After all, the volume of test subjects is almost limitless as there are SO MANY of them.

There is more chilling information coming out about this fall’s (pre-planned) “2nd surge” of Covid-19 (a total misnomer, if there ever was one).

“The CDC, and therefore the state, will recommend the flu vaccine followed by the Covid vaccine, and both will infect all recipients with multiple viruses and poisons at a time when the bulk of society is most vulnerable. This is by design.

The state’s scandalous pandemic response is the major part of this plan that can guarantee more sickness and death; sickness and death purposely sought by the perpetrators of this fraud in order to perpetuate great harm through the manipulated weakening of the immune systems of most all Americans.

After several months of lockdowns, a carrot was dangled for a brief period, with promises of reopening. That reopening never actually happened in full, as the restrictions remained during the pause, and then the stopgap plan of arranged fake racial strife, rioting, looting, and property destruction was allowed to continue until the next part of this plot could be released on the public.

The beginning strategy of this second phase was based on false case increases, enough to instill fear in an already beaten down populace that is once again being told to isolate, mask, distance, and lockdown.” See the article.

Masks are more detrimental to a person’s health than people are willing to confess. They trap biological toxins in the fibers of the masks, they inhibit the free flow of oxygen into the lungs, instead, bringing the moist, warm Co2 back into the body, which the body was trying to get rid of in the first place! Additionally, the SARSCovid20 virus is 0.1micron across, while the weave and fiber spacing in cotton, cotton blends, the cheap blue texture masks China is so generously is sending us and all the other home-made crap all the mommies and aunties keep making by the millions, are 20 microns wide. Think the virus is going to be stopped THAT WAY? Not on your life.

Additionally, Bill is a devoted disciple of Population Reduction to around 500M globally, like the Georgia Guidestones demand (…”sitting atop the structure is the basic message: “Let these be guidestones to an age of reason”, meaning eliminate faith in God and look to the Human Man as the ultimate arbitrator of what is right and wrong (considering the current stable of politicians and corporate whores, that is already a failed concept). The Elites consider the planet’s resources to be in serious jeopardy with 6 billion people all running around needing something to eat and someplace to sleep, after all. This is not the only case of devious testing on human beings Gates has been involved with…See this; It’s startling!!!

Moving on. This video, when I called it up, came with a warning: “The following content has been identified by the YouTube community as inappropriate or offensive to some audiences”. Even YouTube is attempting to control your thoughts! I don’t need need YouTube to protect me from anything that might cause me to think critically about a subject. I’m NOT stupid. I know how to THINK and use my critical reasoning skills. However, the Gods at YouTube believe they can implant the suggestion that TRUTH is dangerous to you. Not me, buckwheat. I WANT to hear the truth, especially when I can find support for it through my own eyes and ears! I’M NOT BUYING THEIR BRAND OF VODKA! I can see the result of the madness on the streets of our major cities that are being burned to the ground, while the “authorities” refuse to defend small business owners and citizens from the insanity of the riotous maniacs who defecate, urinate and perform other forms of violent lawlessness on the streets and in the surrounding neighborhoods, while killing innocent children and parents, simply trying to have a semi-normal day at a park with their babies!……….not to mention defending those same communities and small business owners from “the virus”, which is in reality a bio-weapon manufactured in a level 4 virology lab in Communist China! For God’s sake People wake the hell up!

What IF ‘re-imagining’ the role of police in our country included ‘re-directing’ resources to social workers, instead of crime fighting law enforcement officers, which is what the police are? What IF a couple of hoodlums break into your house in the middle of the night, brandish their illegal firearms and says “Choose: your money or your life?”, while they hold that firearm to your forehead, rape your wife and strangle your 5 year old? What the hell good is a 911 operator in that circumstance? What are they going to do? … send out a social worker to counsel the perps, while they sing Kumbiaya with you on the other end of the phone? This is complete insanity!

What IF this is all about destroying your nation, in favor of the complete takeover by a centralized, unaccountable, unelected bureaucracy of Performance Artists who only care about keeping you alive to till the fields, harvest the food, process it for their consumption and then give you rice and fish heads for supper? The Progressive actors claiming to be representatives of the People are determined to eliminate the Electoral College after the next election cycle, when they will install a feeble, dementia patient into the White House, not unlike hanging a picture on a wall…while the Socialist nightmare of Bernie Sanders and the glorified bartender cum Rep, The Mighty AOC and her gang of 3 want to defund police, remove our first in the world status as oil producers, and give 30Million illegal invaders free everything for life. That brings me to slavery.

Slavery goes back for eons. There were slaves in the Bible, slaves in Egypt under Pharoah, slaves in the Middle East, slaves in Greece, slaves in Northern Europe, slaves in the Orient, slaves throughout history somewhere, and everywhere. Slavery STILL exists in parts of the world today! North Korea and China come to mind!

The United States of America is the FIRST nation to unilaterally outlaw and cease slavery in its most vile form, with the 13^th Amendment to the Constitution. Who were the ones who most wanted to eliminate slavery and the poverty that came with it for people of color? THE NORTHERNERS who formed the Republican Party (which came after the Whig Party had been decimated). Who wanted to keep slavery, as most of them were plantation owners? The confederacy and the DEMOCRATS. That is a long and tortured discussion so I will leave it at that for now; Where did the KKK come from? How about the Knights of the Golden Circle?

The 1619 ‘movement’ talks about slavery beginning in 1619. Not so. That is when the first ship carrying captured Angolan adults landed in Jamestown Virginia, a British colony at the time. The ship, The White Lion, traded some 20 adult black Angolan’s for food in Point Comfort, Virginia. These Angolans became indentured servants. Indentured servants usually had a contract of 4 to 7 years of service where they would be provided food, accommodation, clothing in return for labor. Upon the completion of their service most were given land, a cow, arms, clothes and a years supply of free corn. They were essentially not owned by land owners, instead entering a contract with the land owner in return for work and freedom. The first slave owner in the America’s was a black man, a former indentured servant himself, by the name of Anthony Johnson; He had arrived in 1621, having been captured by Arab traders in Angola; by 1635 he had completed his indentured contract; “by the late 1640’s he had acquired 250 acres of land. As a land owner he started using indentured servants himself, acquiring five. In 1654 one of his servants, a black man by the name of John Casor was due for release from his service. Johnson decided to extend his service and Casor left to work for Robert Parker who was a free white man. That year Johnson sued Parker in Northampton Court, and in 1655 the court ruled that Johnson could hold Cason indefinitely. The court gave sanction for blacks to hold slaves of their own race. This made Anthony Johnson the first American slave owner and John Cason the first slave in the American colonies. It was another 15 years before the colonial assembly granted free whites, blacks and Indians permission to own black slaves.”

I’m sick to the point of nausea of the incessant mantra that the White Privilege of current American’s is to blame for every sordid thing that has happened to minority people since time immemorial. It isn’t TRUE!

So. What IF, we just start telling the truth to each other? Isn’t that better than killing each other? OR, shall we allow Them to bring a new form of slavery to US and to this planet? I’m willing to bet they won’t be giving us any land, cattle or free corn.

It’s YOUR choice. November is coming quickly…and so is God.

**********

[BIO: A.M. Byrd is the granddaughter of Italian and Dutch immigrants who came to love and revere this nation and it’s opportunities. She is the daughter of an USAF Lt Col (now deceased) and the mother of an honorably retired Army SSgt, 2 men who served this country with distinction. Coming of age in the 60’s, contributed by living in the nest of the anti-war fervor of the San Francisco Bay Area, Berkeley in particular, she is a first hand witness to the ravages of the Viet Nam war on her classmates and racial upheavals born in Oakland, Ca. with the Black Panthers.

E-Mail Alice Byrd: alliebyrd77@1791.com

American Bolsheviks and Social Media Lynch Mobs

By Johnny Rowland

Even under the best of conditions, the practice of “civilization” tends to be a somewhat messy affair. Humanity has a long history, going all the way back to the Garden of Eden, of having difficulty in following the best path; I reference a rather well known account of a nefarious serpent providing maliciously erroneous information to unassuming people. Unfortunately, I must report that the serpent is alive and well in the modern world today, and is happily and enthusiastically directing talking points for much of major media!

The original goal of our Democratic Republic was more about providing a reasonably equitable environment for citizens to live, work, and raise their families in, as opposed to an arbitrary communistic system of dictatorship. Our Founders promoted equality of opportunity, but not equality of results; this fact is apparently lost on many of our modern day social prognosticators! The current crop of invasive punks, whose mailing address is in their parents basements, along with other rabble rousers on the streets who want to destroy our country and remake it into their socialist or communist fantasy, would do well to review the historical record of what happens to idealistic idiots when their puppeteer’s purposes are gained. Are these clowns really so stupid as to believe that millions of armed Americans are going to mimic gutless and or criminal so-called leadership, and give up hard earned homes and businesses to construct a socialist paradise? Obviously, these nitwits are unfamiliar with the term: “Fire For Effect!”

Let’s cut to the chase: the real issue that our country is struggling with is the battle for “other people’s stuff!” The tragic video images we have all been subjected to in recent weeks has given license and opportunity for well funded and well organized groups of Bolshevik types, including Antifa and Black Lives Matter, an excuse to riot, steal, batter others, (including other minority citizens) and even commit murder, while garnering praise from criminal office holders and globalists. The planning was already done, with resources in place and just waiting for a suitable event to smokescreen their assault. And this sad and needless calamity has also given a number of celebrity retards and political prostitutes, demonstrating their feigned “righteous indignation” and “virtue signaling,” a platform to create what amounts to a social media lynch mob. If the sanctity of Black Lives really mattered to most of the so-called “outraged-and-shedding-crocodile-tears” demonstrators, then the first group to be called to account for black murders would be other black people, who kill many more blacks than all other attacking groups combined, excepting, of course, for Planned Parenthood, which is far and away the main extinguisher of black lives. If the truth be known, then much of this moral fury on display, is more about the re-distribution of wealth than concern for the well-being of any others, downtrodden or not. (We don’t really know what happened in Minnesota. We saw sickening pictures that we (as remote viewers) cannot verify to this point, and thus cannot make a rational or final judgment— that is what courts and juries are for. As a professional investigator, I have seen time and again where circumstantial evidence was wrong, and even eyewitnesses are not always reliable. And this is why mobs should not conduct hangings on the spot of a supposed crime! The media has already had the trial and conviction, but who said media was ever impartial or objective!— There is a famous tombstone in Tombstone’s Boot Hill which reads: “He was right; we was wrong; we hung him anyway; now he’s gone!”)

Other indications of communists at work would include the demand for “purity of intent,” whereas offenders must continually grovel and beg for forgiveness from self appointed (or self-anointed?) moral judges, for supposed past politically incorrect thoughts and or actions. We can look to a number of examples of how this works out: the Chinese communists, in their rabid effort to achieve cultural cleansing and perfection, eliminated millions of their own citizens in the “Great Leap Forward,” and Pol Pot, the Cambodian monster, punished anyone who wore glasses, as it was suspected that they could actually read— these poor folks were under suspicion of being intellectuals, and REAL intellectuals don’t make good communists! And speaking of intent, the North Korean dictator had one of his military officers executed because said dictator didn’t think the officer clapped enthusiastically enough after one of his speeches!

For a little history lesson here, former President Lyndon Baines Johnson can take a lot of credit for the current climate of racial tension in our country today. His Great Society’s expansion of Aid for Families with Dependent Children (AFDC) turned out to be hugely detrimental to the existence of two parent black families. This do-gooder debacle encouraged removal of black fathers from black family homes, and helped create an ongoing climate of entitlement dependency. And dependent segments of society, regardless of race, tend to become voting blocs and tools for unscrupulous politicians in their unquenchable thirst for power. (Fatherless children often become unruly teenagers, who regularly become incarcerated adults!) Entitled groups become “protected,” and then, “untouchable,” and finally come to be regarded as generally “incapable!”

LBJ was only one of a long line of political and globalist manipulators. Years ago, I remember hearing some people make fun of and deride the John Birch Society for having the temerity to question the real mission of the United Nations and the deterioration of our culture. Well, guess who turned out to be correct! Governmental takeover and centralization of education, devaluation of human life through abortion on demand, the adoption of atheism as governmental policy, promotion of sexual confusion, the utter abandonment of Biblical directives and Christian mandates by mainline denominations, endless wars with no clear objective, desecration and removal of memorials commemorating heroic figures of the past; these are only a few of the societal broadsides our country has had to endure. And yet, we continue. Getting through the nonsense may not be pretty, but I am confident that our country will overcome it. I believe that there are still enough of us left, who read history before it was “revised” by the Liberal insurgency, to help get things turned in the right direction— there is no acceptable alternative.

Emergency Survival Suggestions:

♦ Purchase a gun if you don’t have one; (have at least one shotgun, one .22 Rimfire, and one BB gun in your weapons battery)
♦ Become familiar with the guns you may already have on hand;
♦ Buy all the ammunition you can afford and store;
♦ Form a plan of cooperation with like minded neighbors and associates;
♦ Have some extra food, medications, supplements, and first aid supplies on hand, as well as extra batteries and fuel;— don’t forget pet and other animal food!
♦ Picnic supplies (drinking cups, plates, and eating utensils) and trash bags— multiple can openers;
♦ Have a way to purify water for drinking;
♦ Purchase an AM/FM/SHORTWAVE radio;
♦ Procure a solar battery charger;
♦ Devise ways for communication other than with cell phones;
♦ Have multiple flashlights and lighting devices, including at least one headlight or hands free light;
♦ Have a good supply of matches and fire starters along with flammable materials for outdoor cooking fires;
♦ Have plenty of disinfectant and insect repellant, dish and laundry soap;
♦ Procure emergency shelter materials;
♦ Have extra rugged clothing as well as extra bedding supplies;
♦ Have extra changes of shoes and socks along with anti-fungal ointment or spray;
♦ Have extra cutting devices and tools, including several knives, (and sharpener!) axe and shovel, hammer, pliers, and crow bar, nails and screws, etc;
♦ Utility ropes, rolls of duct tape, plastic ties, utility chain and padlocks;
♦♦ A Good Start!

E-Mail Johnny Rowland: johnny460rowland@gmail.com

[BIO: Johnny Rowland is a widely known television and radio personality, firearms and automotive engineer and designer, recording artist, award winning movie producer, and widely read columnist. He developed the world famous 460 Rowland line of guns and ammunition, had a Top Ten Music recording as a performer and writer in 2013, and has had well over 1 Million product views on YouTube. Hundreds of his “Shooting Show” TV programs are now on YouTube for viewing as well. He is a serving Arizona Ranger and is based in Tombstone, Arizona]

The Ends Justify the Means

Paul Cappadona

This Communist Mantra “The ends justify the means” has and is being used to destroy Liberty, Freedom, Common law and individual achievements. The only good thing about it is it has been getting easier to see it for what it is. The “means” in all their cunningly deceitful Machiavellian manor has become painfully obvious.

Atheism is at the very heart of Communism. The word “atheism” comes from two Greek words: a meaning “no” and theos meaning “God.” An atheist wants God ridiculed, outlawed, and forgotten. Separate the people from their Creator and in that vacuum, they hope to usurp His seat of power. If as the Good Books says God is all truth and does nothing in secret, these want-a-be gods are gods of deception and subversion. Socialism, Communism, free-thinkers, secret societies, are all power-hungry want-to-be tyrants bearing rule wherever they can. Devising unjust counsel against Common Law seeking to break the bands asunder and cast their cords from them. They will not rule under God. All this with deception so as not to give their victims a reason to fight back.

The Deep State’s satanic control is the result of a very well-organized long-term conspiracy with the purpose to establish the New World Order, based on the Luciferian revolution against God and Natures good and common laws. They are identified as the Global Elite or Deep State-cabal, who see us as their slaves and property, to do with us as they please. All such Evil works best in secret, behind the scenes, basements, secret societies, churches, appointed bureaucratic positions of power and posing as caring friends.

“A nation can survive its fools and even its ambitious. But it cannot survive treason from within. An enemy at the gates is less formidable, for he is known and carries his banner openly. But the traitor moves amongst those within the gate freely, his sly whispers rusting through all the alleys, heard in the very halls of government itself. For the traitor appears not a traitor; he speaks in accents familiar to his victims, and wears their face and their arguments, he appeals to the baseness that lies deep in the hearts of all men. He rots the soul of a nation, he works secretly and unknown in the night, (darkness), to undermine the pillars of the city, he infects the body politic so that it can no longer resist, A murderer is less to fear.” Cicero Marcus Tullios.

Their ends justify their destructive means. The ends of all such ideocracy is a utopian world where they rule without God and as gods.

Their Deep State is organized of top-echelon employees of over a dozen powerful agencies, like the CIA, FBI, NSA, IMF, CFR, BIS, top generals, admirals, and other military operatives, long-term congressmen and senators, directors of important supervisory agencies and CEO’s of most of the big multinationals, all in the hands the banksters and the corporations that grow up around them..

The Deep State is hidden; however, it is hidden in plain sight. As camouflaged as they are,the nearer they slither toward their goal, the more they come into focus. For those willing to wake-up and take notice, it reveals itself as many deadly poisonous multiple headed snakes indeed.

The Deep State is the protector of this sinister rebellion in the world today. As we travel the path of life, we must keep an eye open for danger or lose all. The vipers must be dealt with and pulled down.

In order to accomplish their destruction, it is essential to understand what is at stake, FEAR not. Their symbolisms and deed will be their undoing.

Take your stand do right to implement justice decide who you will follow. Compare the power of your choices versus the choices of madmen, anarchists, and would-be tyrants, knowing there are thousands of us for every one of them. This is America. Not some Third World Hell Hole where they think they can enslave us by creating “the Corporate US”.

Of the three branches of this government the Judicial is the peoples branch. No crime goes to the court unless indicted or presented by the people’s Grand Jury and there is no dismissal or punishment without the people’s trial jury. These things have been hidden from us, Take them back. Grand Juries should oversee any governmental corruption investigation. If we do not have a government under God, we will have one ruled by tyrants that believe the end justifies the means.

E-Mail Paul Cappadona: devisegood@gmail.com

[BIO: Paul Cappadona, Author, “Taking Back America, the party’s over”.]

We Are Currently Facing Political, Economic, Ideological Corruption on a Global Scale

Alice M. Byrd

“There is danger in the exuberant feeling of ever growing power which the advance of the physical sciences has engendered and which tempts man to try, ‘dizzy with success’… to subject not only our natural but also our human environment to the control of a human will. The recognition of the insuperable limits to his knowledge ought indeed to teach the student of society a lesson of humility which should guard him against becoming an accomplice in men’s fatal striving to control society–a striving which makes him not only a tyrant over his fellows, but which may well make him the destroyer of a civilization which no brain has designed but which has grown from the free efforts of millions of individuals.” —Friedrich Hayek

“The illusion of freedom will continue as long as it’s profitable to continue the illusion. At the point where the illusion becomes too expensive to maintain, they will just take down the scenery, they will pull back the curtains, they will move the tables and chairs out of the way and you will see the brick wall at the back of the theater.” —Frank Zappa

“There are men in all ages who mean to govern well, but they mean to govern. They promise to be good masters, but they mean to be masters.” —Daniel Webster

We are currently facing political, economic, ideological corruption on a GL0BAL scale. Perhaps even beyond our globe; perhaps it’s become interstellar. The Imperial Fascists of the NWO aren’t even hiding it anymore. They have announced their NWO is coming to YOU in mere moments. (Oops, my bad…it’s already here and kicking the door down. Sorry.)

I’ve heard every kind of description from prudent and necessary to draconian and tyrannical, regarding the different viewpoints on this virus. Personally, I find it is teetering on the knife edge of demonic in it’s impact. The outwardly cool, but inwardly frenzied wickedness of those who have long sought to utterly restrain the general population under their austere and consummate power and control has never been more naked in it’s relentless aggression than it has shown itself to be in the past 5 months.

Perhaps the Round Table Council of 300 has determined that the American People just became too free, too personally liberated and too empowered by their brightening economic future under this Republican president, which has caused me to consider somewhere a decision was made to impress upon us that our new found market health was not going to be tolerated by The Powers That Be. As a response to our burgeoning economic possibilities, they put their suppressive measures into full unfettered force and imposed the most virulent kind of oppression possible onto those ‘unwashed masses of genetically and chronologically inferior humans’ which, in their view, are using up the earth’s natural resources too fast, thereby threatening any surplus for their aristocratic entitlements. Thus, their artificially derived concept of “Sustainable Development and Biodiversity” came crashing down on the world of people the ‘Imperial They’ ascertain to be morally, intellectually and congenitally contemptible.

WE are expendable. WE must move aside for the Humanists to determine what is in the best interests of the Whole of life on this planet. That means reducing the population by any means necessary, but in a way that will provide “plausible deniability” as to any kind of manipulation by those in power. So, enter THE VIRUS APPROACH and possibly the introduction of a vaccine that sterilizes large swaths of humans…it’s been done before with great success…in Africa…by the Gates Foundation. Margaret Sanger would be very proud. I’ll get to that in a moment.

The Queen’s consort, Prince Phillip famously remarked, (more than once, mind you) “Human population growth is probably the single most serious long term threat to survival. We’re in for a major disaster if it isn’t curbed. We have no option. If it isn’t controlled voluntarily, it will be controlled involuntarily by an increase in disease, starvation and war….If I were reincarnated I would wish to be returned to earth as a killer virus to lower human population levels”.

His Royal Highness, Prince Charles Philip Arthur George, Prince of Wales, KG, KT, GCB, OM, AK, QSO, CC, PC, ADC, Earl of Chester, Duke of Cornwall, Duke of Rothesay, Earl of Carrick, Baron of Renfrew, Lord of the Isles and Prince and Great Steward of Scotland (yes, those are all his legal titles) once said, “Wherever you look, the world’s population is increasing fast,” he said. “It goes up by the equivalent of the entire population of the United Kingdom every year. Which means that this poor planet of ours, which already struggles to sustain 6.8 billion people, will somehow have to support over 9 billion people within fifty years.” The prince told his audience that it must “face up to the fact more honestly than we DO, that one of the biggest causes of high birth rates remains cultural”.

So say the elite of the elites; The titled gentry of the castle class of monarchs who are obviously more worthy and important than the laundry lady who is soaking up THEIR precious, “endangered” resources, by having more than 1.3 children. There you have it; the entire argument for massive birth control, especially in developing nations, like Africa! Like Indonesia! Like India! Like Kenya, home of the Usurper.

I must remind myself at this point of what Margaret Sanger said about those “unfit to reproduce”: according to Ms. Sanger, “All of our problems are the result of overbreeding among the working class… Knowledge of birth control is essentially moral. Its general, though prudent, practice must lead to a higher individuality and ultimately to a cleaner race” from her speech “Morality and Birth Control”, 1918 (I think Hitler said something similar). Or this, from Ms. Sanger’s “Women and the New Race” 1920: “Birth control itself, often denounced as a violation of natural law, is nothing more or less than the facilitation of the process of weeding out the unfit, of preventing the birth of defectives or of those who will become defectives… If we are to make racial progress, this development of womanhood must precede motherhood in every individual woman.”

The smug pomposity of her contemptuousness is far beyond shocking; it is positively scandalous!

Sanger believed in racial purity, just like Hitler did. She even warned against anyone exposing the fact that she meant to eliminate the “negro” population; to wit: “We do not want word to go out that we want to exterminate the Negro population…and the minister is the man who can straighten out that idea if it ever occurs to any of their more rebellious members” (Margaret Sanger commenting on the ‘Negro Project’ in a letter to Clarence Gamble, Dec. 10, 1939) Why? Because in Sanger’s estimation they were of an inferior breed and otherwise a scourge upon the earth, bent on having large families with “immoral and wanton abandon”, thereby exhibiting no respect for those of higher genetic quality, ie the White Race.

Those statements should stun people who support the most wicked of women and sexual predator enablers, Mrs. Hillary Clinton, who holds Margaret Sanger up as an icon and one of her role models; she said, “I admire Margaret Sanger enormously, her courage, her tenacity, her vision… I am really in awe of her; there are a lot of lessons we can learn from her life”. I am prompted to ask, “Mrs. Clinton, exactly what part of murdering human beings is so inspirational to you?”

Let’s examine The Gates Foundation for a moment and their relationships to the CDC, the WHO and Dr’s Fauci, Birx and Redfield. Bill Gates committed $10B to the WHO in 2010. In 2014, Kenya’s Catholic Doctors Association accused the WHO of chemically sterilizing millions of unwilling Kenyan women with a ‘tetanus vaccine campaign. Independent labs found a sterility formula in every vaccine tested…. Despite all of this, Gates appears on prime-time TV news shows in the US and the UK pushing his undemocratic and unaccountable pro-big pharma vaccination and surveillance agendas and is afforded deference by presenters who dare not mention any of what Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. outlined a few weeks ago, as mentioned in an excellent recent column by Devvy Kidd:

“Mr. Kennedy is in very safe territory by reporting that the CDC has over 20 patents that create vast, undisclosed conflicts of interests in vaccine safety. He is understating the problem by more than half. “This brief look at current patents held by the CDC deserves an in-depth review to determine exactly what current financial relationships with vaccine makers now exist and what the current impact those revenue streams are likely having on vaccine safety positions. Furthermore, one must closely look at the financial relationships between the CDC and vaccine makers it is currently courting, to include the potential exploitation of new patents for financial gain. These are merely a few lines of inquiry, among hundreds, needing to be examined and why the potential RFK commission on vaccine safety must be impaneled.

Mr. Gates is never questioned for his impartiality; in fact, he is treated like royalty. His Imperial Eminence, William “Gates is a life-long eugenicist, an advocate for abortion to insure population control advocate, and his heart’s desire is to give everyone on the planet a vaccination with a digital ID. Right now, Gates stands on the precipice of seeing his lifelong dream of a New World Order come true in spectacular style. Only one thing standing in his way, America, and he needs to shut her down.”

So, we are to conclude that our existence is a scourge upon the earth, with our cultural identity, according to Sanger’s way of thinking (and ringing endorsement by Mrs. Clinton) of wanting to reproduce after our likeness?

Alas, I could go on and on, but I find the subject so degrading and repulsive that I feel spiritually filthy simply typing the words of these unholy villains.

After doing an enormous amount of reading over the past couple of months from a multitude of various sources, (since there is no more yard work I can do and the floors are now double waxed) I have come to realize that the all inclusive Aristocracy of Humanists mean to cull the herd, no matter the cost. The World of Controllers have imposed their will in every way possible during this ‘lock down’ of freedom. They are phrasing the snail’s pace re-opening as a ‘new normal’ to be ‘observed by all responsible members of society’. If you DON’T observe their parameters you will be shunned, marginalized and diminished publicly, or better yet, put on notice that by leaving your dwelling or personal property, you will be endangering the rest of humanity with your willful negligence to others’ safety. Don’t forget, we may well need certificates of vaccination to move about freely. Yes, I have read where that is a distinct possibility being considered by the hierarchy of the controlling bodies.

We are watching the accelerated unfolding of their new order of existence of limitations on a grand scale…and it’s meant to completely reorganize life on this planet, to THEIR design. Gone will be the US Constitution, because of it’s liberating protection of inherent human rights. After all, these folks believe that human rights are what the almighty ‘government’ SAYS they are, not what God gave us in the first place. No longer will people be able to claim that their rights are unalienable, as it states in our Declaration of Independence, and further ensconced in our Constitution, but rather what The Powers That Be decide your rights are, limited and austere, so as to protect the earth’s environment with it’s ‘limited resources’ thereby providing for their allegorical global goal of sustainable development.

We find a hint at the globalist mindset from one of the mack-daddy’s of all globalist Puppet Masters, the insidiously evil Henry Kissinger: “While the assault on human health will – hopefully – be temporary, the political and economic upheaval it has unleashed could last for generations. No country, not even the U.S., can, in a purely national effort, overcome the virus. Addressing the necessities of the moment must ultimately be coupled with a global collaborative vision and program.” Wall Street Journal, 4/3/20. The man is simply horrifying.

The virus didn’t unleash economic upheaval, the Bureaucracies of Control did!

Did you think that Agenda 21 was a dead letter? It has morphed through the efforts of the international cabal of spiritually vacuous, self worshiping megalomaniacs who will be loathe to ever give up the reins of power they have incrementally tightened over the past 100+ years. In fact, you are seeing the most rapid withdrawal of freedom and liberty of the masses there has ever been. Unless we consider the rise of the most evil person ever born (aside from Caligula or Nero) meaning Hitler, we have no other flesh and blood entity to compare this utterly heinous devolution of society to, in the entirety of history. It is emotionally staggering to watch this unfold on a macro scale. Perhaps that was the intention; to emotionally paralyze the world’s population into cowering, total obedience.

Count me out. I will not go quietly into the night. Patrick Henry’s cry, ‘Give me liberty or give me death’, will become the mantra across this planet, as people wake up to the obscenely nefarious plans of Those who want to reduce our living conditions and ability to be prosperous by way of our own entrepreneurial spirit: the spirit of progress in a divinely inspired soul. I do not mean “progressive” either. There is nothing progressive about regression to barbaric living conditions, which is what the Globalists have in mind for the ‘useless eaters’. Look around; our nation is tearing itself apart at the seams.

“They” envision themselves to be gods, with the power of life and death at their fingertips. This is completely antithetical to the way human life was designed. Why were we given brains with limitless possibilities to imagine a better world guided by the Eternal Spirit of righteousness? We have seen how mankind has evolved intellectually to the pinnacle of inventiveness and understanding! Archimedes, DaVinci, Galileo, Newton, Pasteur, Curie, Einstein, Tesla, and others who have improved the physical life and understanding of humans which in turn has enabled us to go on to find ever greater ways of enjoying what God has given us. Spiritually, we are the recipients of the greatest Truth ever revealed to Man, in that we are able to tap into the exquisite freedom of choice, limited only by knowledge and respect of ‘Do no harm to others’ in the process. LIVE and LET live. Be merciful; be forgiving; Be wise without arrogance or conceit.

In stark contrast to these ideals, we have been corralled into a depraved form of despotism previously unknown, except for the inhuman tyranny of dictators who find the reduction of the human species to be entertaining, in order that they may elevate themselves to the zenith of ultimate power over all. In our current era, this objective is held by a consortium of individuals irrespective of life, forming a conclave of dictators working in unison with each other, driving the balance of humanity to the inevitable cliff of physical and intellectual disaster. We can see it in the edicts of those mindless monsters blathering on endlessly day after day, instilling as much hypersonic propaganda into the minds and hearts of citizens as they possibly can; the objective is to inseminate as much psychological dystopia into the public at large so as to achieve the ultimate control over our lives in general.

They believe they can persuade you and I to believe their psychobabble to the point where we will happily give them the right to make our choices for us. Their desire is to turn us into zombie-like automatons who surrender to the priorities of the Elite and their thoroughly rapacious appetite for unlimited control over the masses. NO THANKS!

In 1982 I bought a small, short book titled “When Your Money Fails” and shortly after that, a second book “The New Money System” both of them written by Mary Stewart Relfe, PhD. I prize them both, as they are first editions; her first book was printed, dated February 1982. I was intrigued by it. I was also very alarmed by it. The Bible and it’s contents is a road map for me, as well as a historical account of how my faith was born, from where and inspired by Who. The book of Revelation was of considerable difficulty…but one of the things I was most concerned over was the ‘mark of the Beast’ and how it would manifest. I had NO clue, as Revelation is quite esoteric. However it started me thinking, and Ms. Relfe’s book stoked the fire. Subsequently an obsession developed to find out as much as possible, what and how this possibility might occure. In Mary’s book, she gave a prophetic suggestion: The “mark” would be a computer code electronically imprinted in or under the skin, forehead or right hand. The POS, or scanning, terminals were still a very new thing in 1982…little did we know.

Fast forward 38 years and here we are. Bar codes and RFID tracking stickers are on hundreds of thousands of products. Animals are being chipped, humans are willingly, willfully having microchips implanted in their hands and arms; the elderly are being chipped “for their own protection”; In 1998, Time Magazine published an article on the coming national ID card (at that time) which would eventually be phased out in favor of a personal ID chip that would be implanted, having every possible bit of personal information on it, from your drivers license number to your health record and bank/financial history record and ultimately, to your favorite kind of ice cream (ok, that last part I made up, but you get the picture).

The Powers That Be are seriously intent on vaccinating the entire planet and with it, it is being suggested, you will receive a ‘document’ (the Covid Pass?) that states ‘you’ have been vaccinated, so that the collective ‘unwashed masses’ might be able to travel somewhat freely and buy and sell…apparently. Will businesses be required to have regular inspections for compliance with new, ever more draconian sterilization and virus-free environmental requirements? Will we need to be scanned for virus infection prior to being let in to do grocery shopping? Will the “chip” or RFID thread (which is now in production) be in the vaccination itself negating the need for a door monitor to scan your temperature or ask for your Covid Pass prior to letting you in?

We didn’t get here by accident either. If we look back a few decades (or more) we’ll find agribusiness booming with new chemicals that when considered cumulatively, have weakened our immune systems and caused immeasurable harm to life, on almost all levels…from animal health to human and environmental health. My God look what they have been putting in our food supply for decades and what they have been putting in the soils for that long as well!! Monsanto, Dow, Bayer and the multitude of other research/chemical/pesticide producers and their genius GMO’s!! From tomatoes and peaches to chickens, beef and milk, they have adulterated our food sources with all kinds of nasty little biologic’s to increase yields in crops and faster growth in animals (from artificially introduced hormones) to get them to market quicker, fatter and therefore more profitable. Such hormones and GMO’s altered HUMAN biology in the process; Hormone injections in animals especially. Little girls began developing breasts and getting their menses at much earlier ages. HORMONES in beef, pork, chicken and milk! TERRIFIC! Or, how about the use of pesticides?

I seldom, if ever, quote anyone from the UN, but I feel it’s instructive to include this RARE eruption of sanity, for once, from Hilal Elver, the UN’s Special Rapporteur: “The Special Rapporteur on the right to food, Hilal Elver, and the Special Rapporteur on Toxics, Baskut Tuncak, told the Human Rights Council in Geneva that widely divergent standards of production, use and protection from hazardous pesticides in different countries are creating double standards, which are having a serious impact on human rights. They say: “excessive use of pesticides are very dangerous to human health, to the environment and it is misleading to claim they are vital to ensuring food security.” “Chronic exposure to pesticides has been linked to cancer, Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s diseases, hormone disruption, developmental disorders and sterility. Farmers and agricultural workers, communities living near plantations, indigenous communities and pregnant women and children are particularly vulnerable to pesticide exposure and require special protections.”…”They express concern about aggressive, unethical marketing tactics that remain unchallenged, and huge sums spent by the powerful chemical industry to influence policymakers and contest scientific evidence… and heavy lobbying of governments which has “obstructed reforms and paralysed global pesticide restrictions”. What is their solution you ask? Why, a Global Treaty on pesticide restrictions…maybe it’s not a bad idea. Alternatively, perhaps individual nations can form an alliance to NOT use these destructive chemicals that might allow invasion of our biological systems with every new germ that surfaces! Some, that they create themselves!

The so-called Covid-19 is a manufactured hybrid virus. IT IS REAL. It has proven itself to be DEADLY. We know that, and the only origin variation suggested in the Mass Media Monologue of Ill-Intentioned Fraudsters who perpetually regurgitate the profound nonsense is that the virus came from a deep-fried bat in some back alley wet market. COMPLETE HOGWASH! People are being terrorized by fear mongers pushing this insane propaganda. The hybrid virus, was CREATED in a lab “SOMEWHERE” and is not a product of an original manifestation in a wayward bat.

While there is currently much talk of the coronavirus placing immense strain on the NHS, (Dr. Rosemary) Mason highlights that the health service is already creaking and that due to weakened immune systems brought about by the contaminated food we eat, any new virus could spell disaster for public health. But do we see a ‘lockdown’ on the activities of the global agrochemical conglomerates? Not at all. As Mason has highlighted in her numerous reports, we see governments and public health bodies working hand in glove with the agrochemicals and pharmaceuticals manufacturers to ensure ‘business as usual’. So, it might seem strange to many that the UK government is seemingly going out of its way (by stripping people of their freedoms) under the guise of a public health crisis but is all too willing to oversee a massive, ongoing one caused by the chemical pollution of our bodies. Mason’s emphasis on an ongoing public health crisis brought about by poisoned crops and food is but part of a wider story. And it must be stated that it is a ‘silent’ crisis because the mainstream media and various official reports in the UK have consistently ignored or downplayed the role of pesticides in fueling this situation.”

In conclusion, I prefer to make my own mistakes, which is how I learn to make GOOD choices!

From the insidious machinations of Bill Gates and his soon to be international vaccination program (along with a tiny tracking molecule) to the economic totalitarianism of the unified world financial system just waiting to be unveiled, to the exploitation of the working man for the benefit of the Plantation Owners (better known as the Global Masters); we are being herded and coerced into the cattle-pen, thus willingly abdicating our God given right to live free:

Free from forced compliance of ultra-restrictive decrees from unelected bodies of international bureaucrats;
free from suppression of open, free speech;
free from impeded movement and travel;
free from restricted reproduction;
free from religious persecution;
free from dictated employment options;

free from reduced nutritional options through the restriction of naturally grown, healthy organic food.

Yes, we ARE being herded. We are being victimized by the Powerful for THEIR physical benefit and financial empowerment over us. Our property rights and right to a healthy living environment (think Smart Meters and 5g) will no longer be available to us, but reserved for those who hold the reins of power, in their remote conclaves of privilege and luxury. Our choices will be gone in the blink of an eye, if we do not, as a civilization of free people, stand up at once and remind them they are NOT GOD(S).

Or we can sit down and go silently to the slaughter. It’s YOUR choice.

E-Mail Alice Byrd: alliebyrd77@1791.com

[BIO: A.M. Byrd is the granddaughter of Italian and Dutch immigrants who came to love and revere this nation and it’s opportunities. She is the daughter of an USAF Lt Col (now deceased) and the mother of an honorably retired Army SSgt, 2 men who served this country with distinction. Coming of age in the 60’s, contributed by living in the nest of the anti-war fervor of the San Francisco Bay Area, Berkeley in particular, she is a first hand witness to the ravages of the Viet Nam war on her classmates and racial upheavals born in Oakland, Ca. with the Black Panthers.

Transference + Hegelian Dialectic = Mind Control

David Ruben

Transference is the process of projecting one’s feelings toward an important figure in your life onto someone else I.e., President Trump is evil and deranged therefore if you agree with Trump you are insane.

Here is what democrats/leftists have been doing since the Russian revolution and are doing daily via Soviet thought reform techniques originally developed by German philosopher Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel (1770 to1831). Now you can begin to understand what you have been watching play out in the propaganda-media and politics in the raging social debates concocted by evil social scientists, including ever-raging controversies over “civil rights” from gun control and abortion to illegal immigration and removal of God from our institutions to putting our children on psychotropic drugs to pacify them. Through the use of emotional change techniques American society has been systematically steered unconsciously into acceptance of varying degrees of insanity… As an example, in 2000 Derren Brown on his UK television special ‘Mind Control in 2000’ demonstrated his unique powers of psychological mentalism, hypnotism, misdirection and showmanship by using the power of compliance to persuade a member of the public into believing that they have pushed someone to their death. What follows is the breakdown of how and why Marxist/Socialists have been able to nearly dismantle the greatest experiment of freedom the world has ever experienced.

Kantian philosophy was the basis on which the structure of Marxism was built—particularly as it was developed by Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel. Hegel’s dialectical method, which was taken up by Karl Marx, was an extension of the method of reasoning by antinomies (a contradiction between two beliefs or conclusions that are in themselves reasonable; a paradox.) that Immanuel Kant (1724–1804) used. Kant’s Formula of Humanity is this: The “humanity formulation” of the categorical Imperative demands that every person must act in such a way that you treat humanity, whether in your own person or in any other person, always at the same time as an end, never merely as a means. The word “end” in this phrase has the same meaning as in the phrase “means to an end”. If you say that something is a means to an end, you mean that it helps you to achieve what you want, although it may not be enjoyable or important itself. I.e.,something done only to produce a desired result – For her, marrying a rich man was just a means to an end. All she really cared about was money.

The Hegelian dialectic, usually presented in a threefold manner, was stated by Heinrich Moritz Chalybäus as comprising three dialectical stages of development: a thesis, giving rise to its reaction; an antithesis, which contradicts or negates the thesis; and the tension between the two being resolved by means of a compromise. His goal was to reduce reality to a more synthetic unity within the system of absolute idealism. Note the use of the word synthetic. Something made of artificial material, not natural… The adjective synthetic is sometimes describes an emotion that is feigned or not genuine.

The 3 basic laws of dialectics

Engels discusses three principal law of dialectics: the law of the transformation of quantity into quality, and vice versa; the law of the interpenetration of opposites; and the law of the negation of the negation.

1- Thesis refers to an idea, usually an intellectual proposition.
2- Antithesis refers to the refutation of the idea.
3-Synthesis is the moulding of the idea and its refutations into a new idea.

The German term that is translated as “opposite” in Hegel’s description of the moments of dialectics (EL §§81, 82)—entgegen setzen—has three root words: setzen (“to posit or set”), gegen, (“against”), and the prefix ent-, which indicates that something has entered into a new state. The verb entgegenstehen can therefore literally be translated as “to set over against”. Marx, like Hegel, conceived of the movement of modern society as a dialectical process, but his totality was the mode of production rather than the “Idea.” At the same time, there is a technical sense in which a later determination would still be the “opposite” of the earlier determination. Since the second determination is different from the first one, it is the logical negation of the first one, or is not-the-first-determination.

Thought Reform and the Psychology of Totalism: A Study of “Brainwashing” in China is a book by psychiatrist Robert Jay Lifton on the psychology of mind control.

Lifton’s research for the book began in 1953 with a series of interviews with American servicemen (The Manchurian Candidate is a 1962 American psychological political thriller film about the Cold War and sleeper agents) who had been held captive during the Korean War. In addition to interviews with 25 Americans, Lifton also interviewed 15 Chinese who had fled their homeland after having been subjected to indoctrination in Chinese universities. From these interviews, which in some cases occurred regularly for over a year, Lifton identified the tactics used by Chinese communists to cause drastic shifts in one’s opinions and personality and “brainwash” American soldiers into making demonstrably false assertions. The book was first published in 1961 by Norton in New York.

In the book, Lifton outlines the “Eight Criteria for Thought Reform”:

Milieu Control. This involves the control of information and communication both within the environment and, ultimately, within the individual, resulting in a significant degree of isolation from society at large.

Mystical Manipulation. The manipulation of experiences that appears spontaneous but is, in fact, planned and orchestrated by the group or its leaders in order to demonstrate divine authority, spiritual advancement, or some exceptional talent or insight that sets the leader and/or group apart from humanity, and that allows reinterpretation of historical events, scripture, and other experiences. Coincidences and happenstance oddities are interpreted as omens or prophecies.

Demand for Purity. The world is viewed as black and white and the members are constantly exhorted to conform to the ideology of the group and strive for perfection. The induction of guilt and/or shame is a powerful control device used here.

Confession. Sins, as defined by the group, are to be confessed either to a personal monitor or publicly to the group. There is no confidentiality; members’ “sins,” “attitudes,” and “faults” are discussed and exploited by the leaders.

Sacred Science. The group’s doctrine or ideology is considered to be the ultimate Truth, beyond all questioning or dispute. Truth is not to be found outside the group. The leader, as the spokesperson for God or for all humanity, is likewise above criticism.

Loading the Language. The group interprets or uses words and phrases in new ways so that often the outside world does not understand. This jargon consists of thought-terminating clichés, which serve to alter members’ thought processes to conform to the group’s way of thinking.

Doctrine over person. Members’ personal experiences are subordinated to the sacred science and any contrary experiences must be denied or reinterpreted to fit the ideology of the group.

Dispensing of existence. The group has the prerogative to decide who has the right to exist and who does not. This is usually not literal but means that those in the outside world are not saved, unenlightened, unconscious and they must be converted to the group’s ideology. If they do not join the group or are critical of the group, then they must be rejected by the members. Thus, the outside world loses all credibility. In conjunction, should any member leave the group, he or she must be rejected also.

The language of the totalist environment is characterized by the thought-terminating cliché. The most far-reaching and complex of human problems are compressed into brief, highly reductive, definitive-sounding phrases, easily memorized and easily expressed. These become the start and finish of any ideological analysis.

In George Orwell’s 1949 novel Nineteen Eighty-Four, the fictional constructed language Newspeak is designed to entirely eliminate the ability to express unorthodox thoughts. Aldous Huxley’s Brave New World society uses thought-terminating clichés in a more conventional manner, most notably in regard to the drug soma as well as modified versions of real-life platitudes, such as “A doctor a day keeps the jim-jams away”.

In her 1963 book Eichmann in Jerusalem, Hannah Arendt described Adolf Eichmann as a pseudo-intellectual who used clichés and platitudes to justify his actions and the role he played in the Jewish genocide of World War II. For her, these phrases are symptomatic of an absence of thought. She wrote “When confronted with situations for which such routine procedures did not exist, he [Eichmann] was helpless, and his cliché-ridden language produced on the stand, as it had evidently done in his official life, a kind of macabre comedy. Clichés, stock phrases, adherence to conventional, standardized codes of expression and conduct have the socially recognized function of protecting us against reality, that is, against the claim on our thinking attention that all events and facts make by virtue of their existence.

In conclusion, hopefully the information above will from this point forward help you to clearly identify how both media and governments cleverly erode our innate sense of truth and our ability to recognize the actual right and wrong as objectively understood. You must resist anger toward these change agents and liars who assault our common sense, our president and patriotism. They diabolically rely on their ability to assault our decency and sense of innate goodness to produce anger as their ultimate weapon to turn us to their darkness. Their days are now numbered as the demise of the world order is rapidly decaying under the strain of the weaponized Chinese Coronavirus. Be ready to be alive in a newer, better world after the chaos… the world of free-thinking, awakened spiritually liberated people who will have the opportunity to reshape a society that is free of Hegelian/Marxist oppression.

E-Mail David Ruben: snowman4848@gmail.com

[BIO: David Ruben is the Vice President of FHU – Foundation of Human Understanding, P.O. Box 1000, Grants Pass, OR 97528, United States]

Let’s Practice Socialist Distancing NOW

David Ruben

Because of the Covid-19 Chinese pandemic distancing has been proven to work just by staying away from people in our communities. Now, based on proof of concept its time for TOTAL Socialist Distancing! Just imagine how our great country will rebound from decades of social engineering and ideological demoralization.

Imagine our how many industries would return from China back to our country employing millions of people not to mention the much-needed resurgence of American manufacturing and our pharmaceutical Industries coming back to our own shores that would ensure we would no longer be held hostage by foreign socialist change agents being in charge of our much needed medications and creation of goods and products.

We would also be out from under the New World Order in the sense that the green mentality that flourishes in Europe and Asia would be set back 100 years if we were to do complete and total socialist distancing and return to the values of our founding fathers that once made America the ultimate shining example of a Democratic Republic unlike any in the history of the world. All of the leftists in media would also be forced to re-examine how they conduct their evil-left agenda driven reporting and commentary or be relegated to the realm of those in the tent cities among the homeless.

No one needs out of touch and ideological broken people telling us exactly the opposite of what is true and giving us corrupt misinformation on such a massive scale that it is has no relevance to reality. Our Common Sense would be reinvigorated as would our school systems as teaching right from wrong and no more fuzzy math or outcome-based education would allow children’s minds to learn naturally so that the stress of our youth would diminish by such a degree that our children will become happy and look forward to life, jobs and family again.

There’s only one solution to the problems that plague our country today and it is the socialists burden that has now shown and proven its ugly, evil intentions to destroy our economy to destroy our president to destroy our social order and to replace it with some draconian upside down evil belief system that only works when there’s totalitarian control and fear that governs the people.

Socialism in fact has never really worked. It has only caused the deaths of hundreds of millions of people and proven that it drains and contaminates every system of human experience that it touches. Let us commence socialist distancing on a scale that is unprecedented in the history of social systems and rid ourselves of the burden and the evil in the agenda driven madness that has plagued the world for the last century… and for God sake we must do it with all haste.

[BIO: David Ruben is the Vice President of FHU, Foundation of Human Understanding, P.O. Box 1000, Grants Pass, OR 97528, United States ]

E-Mail David Ruben: snowman4848@gmail.com

Another Crisis to Survive or Just the Greatest Manipulation?

By A.M Byrd

I had plans for my vacation. This was not one of them. However, here I am, stuck at home, because of this manufactured panic and aggressively promoted hysteria affecting the globe by means of the relentless, explicit regurgitation and droning on and on and on from every “news” media agency and outlet on the earth. Well, I have had enough. ENOUGH, I tell you!

With my own innate disinclination to accept doomsday scenarios, I question: why, when the number of cases in the US is, thus far, lower than that of a bad seasonal flu, and the death toll far lower than for either flu or sepsis, are we in the midst of an official crisis that requires shutting down major, morale-boosting events? Social exercise? Travel to see loved ones? And why, if deaths are overwhelmingly occurring among the economically inactive elderly, is this epidemic creating such havoc in the markets? I was supposed to travel a measly 200 miles through mostly farm lands to my daughter’s to help with pet sitting and painting. She called me and suggested that perhaps I should not visit, because after all, I am “in that age range of persons more susceptible to the virus”…I admit to you now, my head almost exploded! I was furious with her! My good friend, a nurse, had to talk me down off the cliff of rage.

I am much calmer now and accept that my daughter may just be under the influence…of treacherous propaganda. She’ll come to her senses. She always does.

However, the Global Masters of (other people’s) Destiny have manipulated everyone into a state of frenzy over a virus that was genetically concocted and highly modified in a bio-weapons laboratory…which one, I cannot declare, as the jury is still out…mainly because the information is not only tainted, it’s largely fraudulent. Why tell the truth to people you want to control through fear and panic?? It goes against the demented rationale of the Evil System we are living under.

So let’s talk about FEAR…and what it does to people.

I remember the FEAR that gripped the United States on the morning of Sept 11, 2001, and has lasted to this day. I remember the FEAR that permeated every conversation on and following the afternoon of Nov 22^nd, 1963…How about the FEAR over the Spanish Flu epidemic of 1918-1919? It is widely accepted that worldwide, between 20 and 40 MILLION people died because of the avian H1N1 virus.

“ The pandemic affected everyone. With one-quarter of the US and one-fifth of the world infected with the influenza, it was impossible to escape from the illness. Even President Woodrow Wilson suffered from the flu in early 1919 while negotiating the crucial treaty of Versailles to end the World War. Those who were lucky enough to avoid infection had to deal with the public health ordinances to restrain the spread of the disease. The public health departments distributed gauze masks to be worn in public. Stores could not hold sales, funerals were limited to 15 minutes. Some towns required a signed certificate to enter and railroads would not accept passengers without them. Those who ignored the flu ordinances had to pay steep fines enforced by extra officers. Bodies piled up as the massive deaths of the epidemic ensued. Besides the lack of health care workers and medical supplies, there was a shortage of coffins, morticians and gravediggers. The conditions in 1918 were not so far removed from the Black Death in the era of the bubonic plague of the Middle Ages.”

Bubonic plague? How many died from that horrifying epidemic? That particularly nasty little pestilence, was spread by a bacillus (bacterium) called Yersina pestis. The bacteria travels from person to person pneumonically (through the air) as well as through the bite of infected fleas and rats. Both of these pests could be found almost everywhere in medieval Europe, but they were particularly at home aboard ships of all kinds – which is how the deadly plague made its way through Messina, Italy on ships coming from the trade routes of the Near and Far East. Indeed, in the early 1340s, the disease had struck China, India, Persia, Syria and Egypt. It went on to infect people in the port cities and beyond of Marseilles, France and Tunis, North Africa…it then reached into Rome and Florence, two cities at the center of an elaborate web of trade routes. By the middle of 1348 the Black Death had struck Paris, Bordeaux, Lyon and London. In the end, over 25 million people perished…the world population at that time was significantly lower than the present…so the mortality rate was approaching almost 3% of the world’s population.

Which brings us to another interesting point…world population and depopulation goals. Recently, in October 2019, a fun little exercise was conducted by a group of the world’s foremost proponents of social engineering and climate change cheerleaders. It was hosted by the Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security in partnership with the World Economic Forum and the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation.

As those supposed do-gooders luxuriate in fuel guzzling private jets, attending benefits, galas, conferences and symposiums to SAVE THE PLANET FROM HUMANS, we witness the Unseen Hand of Privilege blocking anyone from looking at their ulterior motives. These few extremely……no, OBSCENELY… wealthy humans feel it is their duty to save us from ourselves; so, who was the instigator of this little gathering of self-anointed Masterminds to ensure Gaia’s survival? The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and their co-conspirators of Global hegemony for the powerful, elites of industry (of their choice mind you), finance and arrogant aristocracy. Did you know that Bill Gates’ children were never given vaccines, and yet he is on record as INSISTING that vaccines are the way to a better life and lower populations!!!! In that fully twisted, contorted, diseased mind of his, vaccines will encourage lower birth rates by upwardly mobile yuppies who put careers and personal interests before regeneration of the species…and Mr. Gates self satisfied smirk really makes me want to vomit… (caution, strong language at the beginning)

Of note here, The Pirbright Institute owns the patent on corona-virus/COVid-19:

“The patent page for corona-virus explains that it “may be used as a vaccine for treating and/or preventing a disease, such as infectious bronchitis, in a subject,” suggesting that this is just another weaponized viral strain designed to sell more useless, deadly vaccines, while at the same time killing off a few thousand, or perhaps a few million, people”. Bill and Melinda’s ‘foundation’ are major funders of the Pirbright Institute.

Remind me again where the first noticeable outbreak for this virus was? China?

Ah…the woke GENERATION! Woke, they AIN’T, I guarantee that! More like lulled into complacency under the cozy blanket of magnified self interest, self importance, self focus and self actualization.

Let’s move on; One of the Internet’s favorite fear inspiring “conspiracy theories” is the Georgia Guide-stones, which has 10 ‘rules’ for mankind:

#1 is Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature. #2 is Guide reproduction wisely – improving fitness and diversity. #3 is Unite humanity with a living new language. The rest: Rule passion – faith – tradition – and all things with tempered reason; Protect people and nations with fair laws and just courts; Let all nations rule internally resolving external disputes in a world court; Avoid petty laws and useless officials; Balance personal rights with social duties; Prize truth – beauty – love – seeking harmony with the infinite; Be not a cancer on the earth – Leave room for nature – Leave room for nature.”

Since the Guide-Stones are in fact REAL and observable in 8 modern languages (English, Spanish, Swahili, Hindu, Hebrew, Arabic, Chinese and Russian) I’m nearly certain it is not a conspiracy theory…but, is it another Collectivist cult run at institutionalized Eugenics? This is the Fabian Society gone stratospherically insane.

The Guide-stones actually exist in Elbert County, GA, were commissioned by one, R.C. Christian (a pseudonym). He commissioned the guide-stones in 1979, from the Elberton Granite Finishing Co and purchased the land where they would be erected from farmer Wayne Mullinex…Mr. Christian’s true identity has never been disclosed. He said he represented “a small group of loyal Americans”. Apparently, these were “loyal American’s” who valued population control through targeted elimination, realized completed globalism, and forced compliance with climate/land regulations designed to protect nature at the expense of human habitation and life!…OH, and to put REASON above everything else. Reason dislodges God and faith from all conversations. The “mind of man” is elevated above the omnipotence, omniscience and deity of God as the Creator. Here’s a perfect example:

Now the serpent was more subtle than any beast of the field which the LORD God had made. And he said unto the woman, ‘Yea, hath God said, Ye shall not eat of every tree of the garden?’

And the woman said unto the serpent, ‘We may eat of the fruit of the trees of the garden:

But of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden, God hath said, Ye shall not eat of it, neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die.’

And the serpent said unto the woman, ‘Ye shall not surely die: For God doth know that in the day ye eat thereof, then your eyes shall be opened, and ye shall be as gods, knowing good and evil.’ Gen 3:1-5

People, we are living side by side with the serpent of deception…mankind was tempted to “be as gods” by the aberration and hallucination that we could elevate ourselves to ‘godship’, by the use of our minds. Man’s egotistical arrogance over the worship of our Creator and trusting His leadership over our lives. The “Guidestones” don’t make me afraid of the globalist’s agenda…it enrages me no end! Thomas Paine be damned!

Resuming, I draw your particular attention to the first 3 ‘guidelines’, plus, this little gem; “Balance personal rights with social duties”. Bill Gates didn’t commission that American Stone Henge (as it is known), down in Georgia but he sure preaches that doctrine anywhere and everywhere he can find an open chair on a dais. Gates rail’s against vaccine whistle-blowers and declares through his own exaggerated hubris that he knows better than the scientists who have researched the downsides of vaccinations, in children especially.

Here is an example of a scientist trying to warn of the inherent dangers of vaccine contents:

“Congressional investigation of the NEUROTOXIC adjuvants, excipients, and growth medium in vaccines and vaccinations, e.g., mercury–a hazmat (Thimerosal), formaldehyde–an EPA-declared carcinogen, aluminum–a neurotoxin damaging the brain and central nervous system, polysorbate 80–induces sterility in lab rats, MSG–an excitotoxin that excites brain glial cells so much so that they can self-destruct, aborted fetal (diploid) cells, plus foreign species DNA (pig, chick, monkey, insect) and numerous other ingredients that are causing severe health damage to infants, toddlers, teens (HPV vaccines), adults, and senior citizens… Congress must do something about poisons and toxins in vaccines that are mandated to be injected into children starting at BIRTH.”

Do those things sound like something you want to put into your child’s body?

The question has been approached several times on the “news”. Why is the US in such dire straights when it comes to access to drugs, drug manufacturing and urgently needed medical supplies?? Maybe one answer is this:

“A rogue industry out of control due to the U.S. Congress in 1986 bailing out the pharmaceutical industry because of a ‘boatload’ of lawsuits against their vaccines. Big Pharma threatened not to make any more vaccines, if it didn’t get product liability legal exemptions for damages from their vaccines. It’s rather interesting that Big Pharma wanted, threatened and obtained their vaccine exemptions, but humans, parents, children and pets cannot have exemptions!”

Let’s remember, Big Pharma is nothing more than gargantuan chemical companies making all sorts of good things for our lawns, cosmetics, hair care, pesticides as well as pharmaceutical and pharmacological drugs…AND whose company lobbyists contribute very heavily to career politicians cushy lifestyles and habits. And let’s not forget about the thoroughly malignant Council on Foreign Relations and their vociferous cheer-leading for Chinese antibiotics and their chemical company owner: The Chinese Communist Government.

Wanna talk pollution? The reason the Chinese and other Asian people wear masks all the time, is because their air isn’t fit to breathe!!!!! They endure some of the most heavily polluted air on the planet! Checking the world air quality index just now, the air quality in Bain Al Jessrain, UAE, the air quality is so bad, their ranking is “very unhealthy” with a PM (particle pollution) of 10; In Yingkou, China the air is also “very unhealthy”.

Linked here is an explanation of air standards associated with pollution, from the EPA. Note, “Primary standards provide public health protection, including protecting the health of “sensitive” populations such as asthmatics, children, and the elderly. Secondary standards provide public welfare protection, including protection against decreased visibility and damage to animals, crops, vegetation, and buildings.” A “PM10” indicates that both primary and secondary standards are being violated….usually by ALOT!

Do your own research on what these levels of worldwide pollution cause. You can check out other nations from this link as well.

What does this mean? It means there are countries, regions that don’t give a damn about the quality of life in their nations, nor the health of their people… why in God’s name would they care about us?

Or, why don’t we chat about the spraying of our skies? Another “conspiracy theory” by people who don’t know what they are talking about and wish to produce “fear” in the population, according to the lame-stream media moguls and their mouthpieces prattling endlessly on TV???

I can’t tell you how many times I have been viciously ridiculed for trying to alert people to ChemTrails!!! Well, folks, it’s not a conspiracy theory if it is indeed provable FACT! I know the difference between a contrail, which is condensation from an aircraft climbing into higher altitudes, and the long lingering billowy, plumes of toxic chemicals being released into our atmosphere by the billions of pounds every year. If you have a chance to look up some of Dane Wiggington’s data, you will find a plethora of supporting information that our atmosphere is being manipulated…and poisoned. Here is the 2010 video that got me to digging into this phenomena. (skip the ads, the video is 1hr, 37 mins and well worth watching)

So you ask, why would the NWO do that, and poison themselves? That’s a good question I don’t have an answer for. Yet, let’s not forget, the powerful have built astronomically expensive, fully self sufficient, impenetrable bunkers for their own safety and survival. All I know is that the spraying is taking place and has been for well over 10 years.

But let’s get back to the subject…FEAR.

The Masters of the Universe and their sycophants who live and work in Washington DC, it’s surrounding areas, and the major US metropolitan cities, such as NY City, as well as in West Coast states, Florida, northeastern seaboard, will stop at nothing to reduce the average person’s standard of living in our nation. They are protected by their clever financial handling, holdings, accountants, investments, black book offshore accounts, etc, while most of the average populace have not had the benefits of insider knowledge and savvy market info by which to protect their portfolios, if they have any left at all right now. “Within the current stock market crash, the tech-heavy Nasdaq is down more than 23% year-to-date through Monday’s close. Meanwhile, the S&P 500 and Dow Jones Industrial Average are down 30.7% and 34.9%, respectively, through March 23.” This translates to a staggering ‘wealth’ loss of +/- $6Trillion dollars… Where did it go?

MAYBE, it was never really “money” in the first place:

“Robert Shiller, an economist at Yale, puts it bluntly: The notion that you lose a pile of money whenever the stock market tanks is a “fallacy.” He says the price of a stock has never been the same thing as money — it’s simply the “best guess” of what the stock is worth.

“It’s in people’s minds,” Shiller explains. “We’re just recording a measure of what people think the stock market is worth. What the people who are willing to trade today — who are very, very few people — are actually trading at. So we’re just extrapolating that and thinking, well, maybe that’s what everyone thinks it’s worth.”

Shiller uses the example of an appraiser who values a house at $350,000, a week after saying it was worth $400,000. In a sense, $50,000 just disappeared when he said that,” he said “But it’s all in the mind.”

Did you read that?? IT’S ALL IN THE MIND.

More civilizations have been destroyed out of the results of a cacophony of ruling elite superiors controlling the masses through emotional manipulation (fear, uncertainty, chaos and crisis) than any outside manifestation of real physical danger, ever to hit the planet. Fear is a mind disease the Enemy uses with enormous tactical success. It castrates the human will and destroys healthy initiative. It does so on purpose. The ultimate design of any ruling class is to suppress and modify the population in favor of it’s own survival and superiority. Power…….Control. It’s as simple as that.

Utilizing FEAR is their ultimate weapon…and if you go into your TV room and turn on the news today, you will see it at work in all it’s grotesque profane glory. When all else fails to sway the public sentiment, use fear and chaos; constrict their living conditions; deny them personal freedom; restrict their choices; halt the economy at large and destroy the people’s livelihoods. It’s a sure fire way to destabilize the population and bend them to the will of the Ruling Class. The proof of this is all around us TODAY. Our nation has been put into a gyroscope of emotional turmoil and a majority of people have surrendered to “The Masters of Seduction”…(one of the best books I have ever read, by Jeri Lynn Ball). It’s all in the mind…result: the MIND, and by extension, the behavior, has been successfully manipulated!!!

In 2001, all it took was 4 airplanes and a magic act in the fully conscious, hypersensitive birdseye-view of 300 Million American’s and the rest of the world. The “Patriot Act” which was written, ready and waiting in the wings to be implemented, was wheeled out like the panacea of perfect organization and protection for The People, and that would cure the problem. But what did it really do? It RESTRICTED MOVEMENT (freedom) and put all humans under the veil of suspicion. You didn’t have to be a Middle Eastern man with a beard and a turban to excite the TSA, it just took a grandma with a big purse to make people uneasy…and the alarm bells to go off down the long lines of airline passengers.

Now, I’m really gonna invite the rage of believers in the official story of the Trade Center collapse by way of fires: I call TOTAL BS on that! Those 2 (actually 3) towers were brought down by controlled demolition, and anyone with ½ a functioning brain cell who knows how to look up “controlled demolition” on the internet can plainly see that was EXACTLY what happened. Sept 11^th is not a subject I will dive into now, but rest assured, that was just the 2^nd salvo of the personal war against We The People’s sovereignty, and the accelerated erosion of our Constitutional rights and protections. In my estimation the opening salvo was in 1913 when the Federal Government turned us into indentured servants of the Universal Monied Class, the aristocracy of the European Banking Families and their hand picked puppets in the US Power base. Same template of panic and fear…start a rumor, cause a panic (in this case, through the financial system)and then slide into home base with the “solution”…after creating the manufactured crisis in the first place. INGENIOUS, and completely diabolical.

It is my sincere belief that the Collective was getting tired of waiting to implement their universal government plan, so they prodded the process along by either allowing the devastation of 9/11 to occur or artificially producing the crisis in total and then dancing in with their solution: The Patriot Act…then more crisis after crisis; when the People said enough is enough and we would rather stick hot spikes into our eyes than have a maniacal miscreant who is a psychologically unstable sociopath (Hillary Clinton) as president, We The People chose Mr Trump to save us from the hedonists who would enslave us as quickly as possible in their great agenda to subdue the planet in favor of their insatiable appetite for power over us…and we still fight them to this day.

FEAR. Whip people up into a frenzy over a perceived biological threat and watch them be willing to have everything around them shut down to ‘protect themselves’ from the malevolent virus someone cooked up in a research lab, and then…POOF…you have a compliant, herd of sheep who will do whatever you ask them to, for the ‘good of humanity’ and the safety of their homes, health and money.

“Don’t worry; We’ll send y’all some cash so you don’t have to worry about paying the rent”, while we strip everything out of the market and create another crisis on the horizon, just waiting to be unleashed after we stop the spread of this contagion…

Putting fear into the hearts and minds of the public modifies their natural behaviors and reconditions their psyche. Hindered by confusion and uncertainty, the public will allow grave restrictions to their autonomy and freedoms, until they are so weakened by the propaganda of social responsibility to OTHERS, they lose sight of their own evaporated rights.

Human rights did not come from Almighty Government; they came from Almighty GOD Himself. Those inherent human life rights were ensconced and codified into our Constitution, which our nation has rested upon, for generations and hundreds of years. It has been the solid foundation of the greatest nation ever to exist on the face of this planet; It has been a beacon of hope and possibility the world over; It has supported the rest of the world with it’s inspired works by the People who have lived by it, and shared their wallets with the rest of the planet, because we BELIEVE in the goodness of God and that we should share with those less fortunate, or those caught in tragic circumstances. Our nation has given her last full measure of talent, and treasure to the world by way of our beliefs in the fact that all men are created equal and have the divine right to self directed prosperity and freedom.

FEAR crushes that inspiration by way of the oppressive distortions by evil men who feel they are more adept at determining our fates then we ourselves are. That is not how Man was created in the beginning…but that was the supreme seduction practiced in the garden, and Eve bit at the apple. Fear is not a fruit of the Spirit; indeed it is diametrically opposed to Truth; Fear is the result of doubt and the absence of confidence

Though I am nothing nearly resembling a fan of FDR, he made an extraordinary statement in his first inaugural address: “We have nothing to fear, but fear itself”. I’m sure he meant something other than what I do, but I agree with the underlying sentiment.

After all that has been done to us as a country of people, by the very wicked people who take an oath to preserve, protect and defend our Constitution and our way of life, we are survivors and our foundation on the Rock of Truth will sustain and save us….IF we have the courage to challenge the Globalist’s dark machination to return us to the archaic caste system of European Lords, Counts and Barons and pauperize us as their indentured serfs.

It’s time to start over.

E-Mail Alice Byrd: alliebyrd77@1791.com

Why Government fears Christianity and not you

By Paul Cappadona

Christianity in America is quite pathetic and most everyone knows it. We will explore why and how the lukewarm assembly of believers have been divided, weakened and pushed aside. No one likes to support a losing team and team Christian has been getting bad press since the founding of this Nation.

“I am not here because you know not the truth, but because you know it. I’m here to tell you that no lie is of the truth. I’m here concerning them that seduce you, which seek to bring you into bondage and separate you from the Gospel of Liberty.” H.B.

The lies of the press, the government and many other sources have been working on us and the people. We have been brought into bondage and seduced from the liberty of God’s way. Little by little, no cost was spared, we were seduced from the foundational Rock.

“O my people, they which lead thee cause thee to err, and destroy the way of thy paths. 3:12 Woe unto them that call evil good, and good evil; that put darkness for light, and light for darkness; that put bitter for sweet and sweet for bitter! Woe unto them that are wise in their own eyes, and prudent in their own sight! Which justify the wicked for reward and take away the righteousness of the righteous from him! Because they have cast away the law of the Lord of hosts and despised the word of the holy one of Israel.” Isaiah 5: 20, 21, 23, &24 The meaning of Israel is RULED BY GOD. Are you or do you desire to be ruled by God or man, the choice is that simple? Only by being ruled by God can you help your fellow man and keep the Nation under God. If we have bad, foolish, or wicked leaders they must be brought to justice.

“He that ruleth over men must be just, ruling in the fear of God.” 2 Sam 23:3

“Be wise now therefore, O ye kings: be instructed, ye judges of the earth. Serve the Lord with fear and trembling. Blessed are all they that put their trust in him.” Psalms 2:10-12

We have been led away from the fact that leaders or rulers of any kind MUST rule justly. When they do not rule justly it is our duty to stand up to tyranny. We have been lied to preventing righteous judgement. We have enemies and we have battles to be won.

“An unjust man is an abomination to the just: and he that is upright in the way is an abomination to the wicked.”Proverbs 29: 27

Abominable: hateful; detestable; loathsome.From where I sit the just been neutralized.

How long will ye judge unjustly, and accept the persons of the wicked?

Not only should we be reprimanding poor, mis-guided, and wicked legislation we should be working with-in the system to help keep it pure.

“When the righteous are in authority, the people rejoice: but when the wicked bearth rule, the people mourn.” Proverbs 29: 2.

“Scornful men bring a city into a snare: but wise men turn away wrath.” Proverbs 29:8

Snare is anything by which one is entangled and brought into trouble; to bring into unexpected evil. N.W. 1828.

“To account for the misery that men bring on themselves, notwithstanding that, they do all in earnest pursue happiness; we must consider how things come to be represented to our desires under deceitful appearances.” Locke, 2. 21. 61.

Truth and real love are inseparable, we must learn again that standing up for truth is love indeed. We must offend if we are to be honest.

“He who dare not offend cannot be honest.” Thomas Paine

We must begin to take our place as the salt of the earth.

“In question of power let no more be heard of confidence in men but bind him down from mischief by the chains of the Constitution.” Thomas Jefferson

The tyrants and perverts of this world will do everything and anything to remove those chains and keep them off. It is and always have been the Christians duty to keep the governments from becoming tyrannical.

“Kings of the earth, and all people; princes, and all judges of the earth: Both young men and maidens; old men, and children: Let them praise the name of the Lord: for his name alone is excellent; his glory is above the earth and heaven.” Psalms 148: 11, 12, &13

This next one is where Thomas Jefferson came up with the chains of the Constitution. However, the Constitution does not exempt us from our duties. In fact, it is our strength and honor.

“Let the high praises of God be in their mouth, and a two-edged sword in their hand; To execute vengeance upon the heathen, and punishments upon the people; To bind their kings with chains, and their nobles with fetters of iron; To execute upon them the judgment written: This honor have all his saints. Praise the Lord. Psalm 149: 6-9

We have been lied to, we have a duty to judge, NOT our judgements, but His judgements. There is no such doctrine that separates Christians from the governments. The truth can be arrived at and opinions must take a back seat. Tolerance is and evil device used get people to except iniquity and perversion as a right equal to truth.

“Learn to do well; seek judgment, relieve the oppressed, judge the fatherless, plead for the widow.” Isaiah 1:10 & 17

“It is high time to AWAKE out of sleep: …cast off the works of darkness, and let us put on the armour of light. … Let us walk honestly …not in strife and envying.” Ro. 13: 11-13.Strife and envy is democratic socialism or covetousness.

“Thus saith thy Lord the Lord, and thy God that pleadeth the cause of his people. Behold I have taken out of thine hand the cup of trembling … I will put it into the hand of then that afflict thee; which have said to thy soul, Bow down, that we may go over: and thou hast laid thy body as the ground, and as a street, to them that went over.” Isaiah 51.22 & 23

Its high time we take the side of Truth and when that is done just watch the people chose sides. Blessed are those that take the battle to the courts. Free Grand Jury Creed to all that ask.

E-Mail Paul Cappadona: devisegood@gmail.com

[BIO: Paul Cappadona ls a professional home builder in Massachusetts and the author of his first book “Taking Back America“]

Russian Hypersonic Nukes In America’s Back Yard – Venezuela and Nicaragua

Dr. Bill Deagle, MD AAEM ACAM A4M

John W Spring at 22, in 1960, was the US Intel analyst who mailed JFK with logical intel that Russia placed in Cuba intermediate range nuclear missiles. One year later with a U2 Flight and CIA FBI NSA intel agency corroboration, JFK contacted Russian President to remove this imminent back door threat to America, Canada and our allies. For many years, John W Spring has been an hour three Tuesday co-host on the NutriMedical Report on GCN Network, Rense Network and now CRN Talk Radio in LA. He was told by me, Dr Bill Deagle MD intel and above top secret as well as visions of Russian submarines in Venezuela Orinoco River and hypersonic launch sites in an island North of Venezuela under their territorial control. Two months of research and John W Spring, who had watched Nicaraguan long runway build by Russia and intel that these technologies for the Russian Bear Bombers and Antonov-124 heavy lift jets were placing intermediate missible launch technologies for up to ten years prior.

Three sources of information are corroborated to come to conclusions, Internet aka Sewer-Net, Intel Contacts and Scientists, Super Natural Inspiration. Two years plus ago, I was at my desk in my Vista, CA Studio Study and was prompted to Pray on A Standing Vision. In this wide awake Vision I Saw Russian Nuclear Subs Tunneling Into the Sides of the Deep Orinocho River in Northern Venezuela, and Russian Hypersonic Missie Launch Facilities in an island North of Venezuela, with Long Runways for Russian Heavy Lift Jets Setting Up for Nuclear Intermediate Range Missiles to Hit America or Our Allies in the West. When I told my colleague, John W Spring, he came back after several months, John W Spring came back confirming La Orchila Island under Venezuelan Control with Russian Intel Proof. John W Spring was at 22 in 1960 the genius IQ 225 who notified JFK US President and Cuban Missile Crisis of Russia, and the 1983 Reagan Granada Island Russian Bear Bombers and Missiles Lauch Facilities.

We have presented the evidence directly to POTUS, US President Donald J Trump for over two years, with regular responses that do not admit to US Agency corroboration of our intel and satellite photos. August 2019, I gave a prophecy ON AIR, a Sept 12^th 2019 reply signed by POTUS, Donald J Trump, would arrive to John W Spring. It did, but with admittance of imminent dangers of Russian bombers and hypersonic missile batteries in Nicaragua and La Orchila Island, Venezuela. There was not admission that THADD and our missile defense are very inferior and cannot stop a high altitude Weapon of Indignation attack on US Power Grid from a tropospheric nuke, or attack on US Naval or Military Bases. There was no admission to the terrible dangers to a totally unprepared US population from a Nuclear Blackout or direct Nuke Treat to US Cities and Towns.

My friend and cofounder of A4M, the American Academy of Antiaging Medicine, Dr Bob Goldman MD and my colleague and friend Dr Ron Klatz MD, have regular direct contact with Ivanka Trump and POTUS, Donald J Trump and in December 2019, had a direct representation of my concerns and intel to President Trump.

The letter sent with updated info from me, Dr Bill Deagle MD, directly to President Trump on Tuesday, January 21^st 2020, received a quick response from White Hours staff, that on his return from DAVOS Summit, Donald J Trump would respond.

Please email the White House, by searching “Contact the White House” and emailing your concerns to POTUS, Donald J Trump.

I have a simple powerful missible defense proposal for total defense from incoming missiles, called Laser Net Interferrometry, with video on my NutriMedical.com YouTube and Vimeo Channels.

Listen to my show via links on NutriMedical.com and monitor videos on my Vimeo to YouTube to social media video channel out of NYC and websites, Deagle-Network.com and CLAYandIRON.com for the latest on this dire situation and our defenselessness from an ever present danger.

Pray for Truth, Peace and Will of the Most High GOD for a Repentant and Vigilant Leader and Our Nation, USA and All Our Allies and Human Race on our Dear Planet EARTH.

E-Mail Bill Deagle: drbilldeaglemd@gmail.com

[Bio Summary: BSc Hon Biochemistry Chemistry Physics, PhD Project Completed without final Thesis Marine Genetics of Biotransformation of ChrondrusCripus by Genetically Enzymatically Selected Vibrio Marinus, Research in Medicine: Autoimmune Arthritis, Toxicology of Chemically induce Autoimmunity Cancer and Cardiac Conduction Abnormalities, Surface EMF Mapping for Pain and Motor Disorders, Sensory Nerve A Delta and C Fiber Mapping Pain Generators, Magnesium for ACLS, Cardiac Research Affilate of Harvard Cardiologist Laser Blood Hyperviscous Viscometry and Lipid Electrophoresis, 1994 CCOM St. Francis Hopital Above Top Secret Doctor on Contract tor Military and Techs in US Space Command Schriver AFB Colorado, Lockheed Martin Colorado Springs, Storage Tech, IBM Special Classified Projects, Virtual World Project Schriver AFB, Operation Top Off and Dark Winter with Reserve Admiral Hughes and FBI CDC FEMA and U of Colorado Infectious Disease Dept 1997, US Patented Red Deer Velvet 2019 July Antiaging 300 biomolecules six hormones return host to fetal Zero aging stem cell support stage, EpiGenetic Scalar Therapies First Lecture 1982 to Dr Rowlands PhD U of Calgary and 40 plus scientists on Phonon Mase Epigenetic Gene Contro, EpiGenetic Scalar Nucleoplasm mRNA Induction Therapy Technology for Protein Enzyme induction Antiaging, NutriMeds Supplement Design e.g. Nutriodine Plasma Monatomic Iodine kills all pathogens including Bioweapons and reverse Halide Toxicity… and many other projects over 40 plus years … Intel Contacts with CentCom NSA Pentagon CIA FBI either on shows or videos over 21 years or intel contacts after shows providing intel evidence for corroboration of insights and conclusions. I am a born again Spirit Filled Believer in the Most High GOD and his incarnation to mankind as Yeshuah ha Meschiach, and act as a End Time Prophet and Lamed Apostle bringing End Time Apostles forward to provide Intel Mannah and Spiritual Truth and Prophecies to a World in Great Tribulations.]

Conservative To The Core

by Darol Dickinson

Dad took a lot of heat from my mother for driving around town, hunting the lowest gas price. He said we must be loyal to the low-price provider to save money, and we owe them our business because they have to sell more gas to maintain a profit. Mom said No! She alleged he burned more gas hunting a good deal than the savings he was searching for. Historically, conservative economics were argued in our old car’s front seat while I was a little kid in the back seat — I heard it over and over, even when gas was thirty cents a gallon.

Being conservative is a way of life: Rich people stay rich by living like they are broke. Broke people stay broke by living like they are rich.

The definition of conservative is “holding to traditional attitudes and values and cautious about change or innovation, typically in relation to politics, religion or financial expenditures.

Bankruptcies, national debt, poverty, and sometimes gun-fights are often caused by lack of conservative decisions. These problems can begin at very simple, low levels and move up — really fast. At first, they can sound so harmless, so low-budget, then they explode in a costly nightmare.

Once I was appointed to fill a vacant seat on the board of the Belmont County Farm Bureau — the local, not the state, association. We met in a nice office at 100 Colonel Dr, in Barnesville, Ohio. I enjoyed the information that flowed. I liked the people, who were neighbors and fellow workers, mostly at some agriculture endeavor. In my heart I had a good feeling to be a helping part of this huge association. I was honored that they had appointed me. For months I attended late-night meetings, went over the budgets, fund-raising, volunteer solicitation, membership drives, and then at the end of the evening, was rewarded with some pastry and coffee. I liked the people, hard-working cattle and farm people — my kind of people.

Then it happened! An older lady passionately told the heart-wrenching story of how she was driving the Interstate and saw a deer that had been smacked to the pavement edge. Not to be real graphic — parts of the deer were in disarray, not connected, creating the appearance of an unhappy animal. She went on to describe her granddaughter’s sickened reaction to the “red color visual” followed by a loss of the little girl’s previous meal. She was serious. She was graphic. Everyone agreed this was bad. Around the room, rapid-fire ideas were offered about how the State of Ohio (ODOT) should clean up these dastardly splatulations. How could they be so barbaric to leave them lie — nasty, visual?

Now, to historically regress: in many states, anyone who signs up for Farm Bureau insurance automatically becomes a member of the Farm Bureau. That explains why the American Farm Bureau Federation (AFBF) boasts 6 million members when the United States has only about 2 million farmers. This is a big number. When the American Farm Bureau lobbies in Washington, elected representatives “think” they are hearing the direct voice of the American farmer, but quite often they’re not even close.

Part of AFBF meetings is a “Policy Committee Report.” Policy in AFBF is big. All it takes is passion and an eloquent pusher. Any ideas in the local county level can go up-stream to state, then on to national. Then the AFBF lobbyist takes it to the elected ones in Washington, D. C.

When representatives of a federation with 6 million members in all “57” states walk into a D. C. office, they get the listening ear. The more colorful, bloody, or exotic, the quicker their proposals turn into law, followed by taxpayer funding.

Now back to the local Farm Bureau board room. Everyone pretty much agreed the ODOT should have trained staff cleaning up the Interstates. Policy wording was being formed. In fact, one board member came with a written policy in hand. Policy was quickly moving along.

As strong agreement moved forward, my conservative raising kicked in. The hair begin to bristle on my neck. I recommended we hold up and think this thing through. The cost to taxpayers currently is zero, because the elements of nature already take care of highway clean-up. That price is hard to improve on. We were looking at adding a whole new branch of government.

Delusional are all people who think the government is so big it will cost them only a few pennies. They assume that all the costs will be shared by millions of other taxpayers. When you add this hallucination on top of an ambiguous, unknown budget, there is no end to the ease of growing government responsibilities.

Ohio has numerous Interstate highways adding up to 1,572 miles. The policy being proposed would have had one pick-up person per 200 miles. Each new government employee would have a special truck with a power-lift. There would be safety training and special reflective uniforms. Disposal dump fees. Road disinfection procedures where the deer were removed. Special paid holidays for employees. Part-time employees all with vacation and health benefits, retirement, Social Security, etc. Vehicle maintenance, special training, and writing of regulations. There would be a 17% office budget to do payroll, keep records. and report to the elected ones on how many bodies were removed — for the good of all. The first year’s cost would be over 4 million dollars in new tax money, with increases annually for just Ohio. Plus other states.

This is how easy ”simple” taxes can increase. These increases start in what was previously “smoke filled rooms.” Many other non-profits smaller than AFBF are thinking up “wonderful” things as you read this.

Today as you drive through Ohio, a few dead animals will be beside the road. You can thank me, in part. But they don’t require a vote for a bigger tax levy or personal property tax increase. Clean-up is not always beautiful, but naturally happens at no additional cost.

Being conservative is not always popular. When I called for slowing down to think about costs at our local Belmont County Farm Bureau meetings, I found the friendliness changed a little. I was never again placed on the ballot for Farm Bureau director.

Not every “good” idea is practical. Not every new technology is profitable. Not every nice, well meaning person has good ideas. Bad ideas can cost a lot of money, especially if a large group agrees with the costly movement.

The take-away is this: fight to be conservative and to lead the way in conservative thought. I offer this challenge to every small board, church deacon, committee, township trustee, school board, council — right on up to Senators and Representatives in Congress. It is much easier to never start a costly program than to kill it once a staff is hired — and funded.

Nancy Reagan said, “Just say no!”

Josey Wales said, “Buzzards got to eat, same as worms.”

E-Mail Darol Dickinson: darol@texaslonghorn.com

Website: Dickinson Cattle Co.

[BIO: Darol Dickinson is general manager of Dickinson Cattle Co. LLC near Barnesville, Ohio. Darol has judged major cattle shows including the Houston Livestock Show. He writes articles, speaks at cattlemen’s events, does livestock judging clinics, and talks the animal circuit.

The Dickinson diversified ranch involves public narrated bus tours, Certified Texas Longhorn Beef, seasonal hunting, year round marketing of registered cattle, and a private gated development called Longhorn Hideaway, for those who enjoy a quiet ranch life where the Longhorns roam.

Darol has illustrated 4 books and written several. His autobiography is Fillet of Horn which has been on the Fairview best seller list for 14 years. His how-to book on Livestock Photography sold out 5 printings. The Color of Horses book with 34 color illustrations is now in the 7th printing. Darol’s new non-fiction book is Horn Stew.]

Ever-Expanding Definitions of Child Abuse Promote False Allegations, Enable Political Agendas

Everett Bartlett

During the early 1970s, Senator Walter Mondale launched a crusade to address the plight of low-income children.In 1974, Mondale finally succeeded in persuading Congress to enact the Child Abuse Prevention and Treatment Act. CAPTA’s definition of child abuse seems reasonable enough:

“Any recent act or failure to act on the part of a parent or caretaker which results in death, serious physical or emotional harm, sexual abuse or exploitation; or an act or failure to act, which presents an imminent risk of serious harm.”

In rapid succession, states began to pass laws that expanded on this definition. So if your child exhibits “an observable or substantial change in in behavior, emotional response, or cognition,” you are likely to be found guilty of emotional abuse. in 25 states, if you fail to have your child properly educated, that could well be considered a form of “neglect.” [Link] Any of these scenarios will likely trigger a child welfare investigation. But in the vast majority of cases, the investigation does not find anything amiss. The Health and Human Services’ report, Child Maltreatment reveals:

“For FFY 2017, the data show approximately 3.5 million children are the subjects of at least one report. A total of 17.0 percent of children are classified as victims with dispositions of substantiated (16.3%) and indicated (0.7%). The remaining children (83.0%) are not determined to be victims of maltreatment or received an alternative response.” [emphasis added] [Link] Got that? Only one in six investigations turns up a problem. In the other five out of six cases, there was no child abuse.Case closed.

In many states, the definition of child abuse has been expanded so that a child who merely observes domestic violence between his or her parents is deemed to be a victim of abuse. This may become the justification for removing the child from the family home, pushing the child into the highly dysfunctional child welfare system. [Link] In one case, an abused woman’s supposedly confidential statements were passed along to the state child abuse agency. Shortly afterwards, the agency ordered the daughter to be removed from the home. The daughter, who had never suffered any physical abuse, was not returned home until 13 months later. [Link] Some persons take advantage of thesewobbly definitions to wreak legal havoc, making accusations of child abuse to enhance their odds of winning child custody. According to a survey conducted by SAVE, 17% of persons know a person who has been the target of a falsely allegation of abuse. Of these persons, 66% had been falsely accused of child abuse. [Link] The National Child Abuse Defense and Resource Center is a non-profit group working to preserve the rights of the falsely accused. The group explains,

“In child abuse cases, there is the continued working hypothesis among professionals charged with protecting children that if the allegation is made, abuse must have occurred and that the accused person must have perpetrated the abuse. Further, it becomes the responsibility of the accused to prove otherwise.” [Link] In other words, the presumption of innocence flies out the window, causing endless grief for the accused.

It gets worse.

Definitions of child abuse are now being manipulated to promote political agendas. In Virginia, the House Health, Welfare, and Institutions Committee is currently debating HB 580, a bill that would expand the current definition of an “abused or neglected child” to include a child whose parent “allows to be created or inflicted upon such child a physical or mental injury on the basis of the child’s gender identity or sexual orientation.” [Link] So if a Virginia parent were to object to a public school promoting transgender lifestyles or sexual practices, this father or mother could well be branded as a child abuser.

Such nefarious tactics are used by proponents of what has been called the Victim-Industrial Complex.

Child abuse is a problem in our country. But engaging in definitional gymnastics and subordinating the issue to advance political agendas will only serve to discredit the important work of legitimate abuse reduction programs, weaken families, and harm children.

[Read: Taken Into Custody: The war against fathers, marriage, and the family]

[BIO: Edward Bartlett, PhD, an Army veteran, worked as a professor at the University of Alabama-Birmingham and for 15 years as a research manager in the federal Department of Health and Human Services.]

E-Mail Edward Bartlett: Edwardbartlett52@gmail.com

Senate Violence-Reduction Bills Push the Progressive Agenda, Ignore Conservative Principles

Edward Bartlett

The Violence Against Women Act is one of those laws with an innocent sounding name, but in practice toes a hard-left agenda. First passed in 1994 thanks to the efforts of then-Senator Joe Biden, VAWA is now up for its five-year reauthorization.

On November 13, Dianne Feinstein introduced the Democrat version of VAWA in the Senate. Her bill was modeled on the bill that had previously passed in the House along mostly party-lines. Replete with progressive provisions and new entitlements, leading conservatives issued a statement strongly critical of the House bill, charging it represented “an act of immense political overreach.”[1]

A week later, Sen. Joni Ernst introduced her version of the Violence Against Women Act (VAWA) reauthorization, S. 2920. In her press release, Ernst emphasized how her bill would dramatically boost funding for victim services.

But as a Republican senator from Iowa, the more important question is, How well does her bill advance Republican ideals and conservative principles?

To answer this question, I compared her bill to the tenets outlined in Principles of Conservatism, published by the Heritage Foundation.[2] Seven of the Heritage Principles are directly relevant to the Violence Against Women Act. Key parts of each Principle are shown in bold, below.

Conclusion

Senator Ernst’s bill fails to address six of the Heritage Principles. And for the seventh Principle – not worsening the federal deficit – the Ernst bill would make the situation considerably worse.

In terms of upholding and advancing recognized conservative ideals, Sen. Ernst’s VAWA bill rates an ‘F.’

PRINCIPLE 1

The federal government exists to preserve life, liberty and property, and it is instituted to protect the rights of individuals according to natural law. Among these rights are the sanctity of life; the freedom of speech, religion, the press, and assembly; the right to bear arms; the right of individuals to be treated equally and justly under the law; and to enjoy the fruits of one’s labor.

ANALYSIS: Over half of domestic violence victims are male, according to the Centers for Disease Control. But these persons are underserved and even excluded by VAWA programs.[3]

CONCLUSION: Concern not addressed.

PRINCIPLE 2

The federal government’s powers are limited to those named in the Constitution and should be exercised solely to protect the rights of its citizens. As Thomas Jefferson said, “The government closest to the people serves the people best.” Powers not delegated to the federal government, nor prohibited by the Constitution, are reserved to the states or to the people.

ANALYSIS: Article I, Section 8 of the Constitution does not authorize the federal government to enact criminal statutes. Within the context of VAWA, this Principle could be addressed by means of instituting block grants to the states.

CONCLUSION: Concern not addressed.

PRINCIPLE 3

Judges should interpret and apply our laws and the Constitution based on their original meaning, not upon judges’ personal and political predispositions.

ANALYSIS: VAWA funds judicial training programs that have been found to be biased in their content,[4] thereby undermining the fairness of judicial adjudications.

CONCLUSION: Concern not addressed.

PRINCIPLE 4

The family is the essential foundation of civil society, and traditional marriage serves as the cornerstone of the family.

ANALYSIS: VAWA has been documented to contribute to family break-down in a number of ways, e.g., by enabling false allegations.[5]

CONCLUSION: Concern not addressed.

PRINCIPLE 5

Justice requires an efficient, fair, and effective criminal justice system—one that gives defendants adequate due process and requires an appropriate degree of criminal intent to merit punishment.

ANALYSIS: With the exception of due process provisions in the Safety for Indians Title VIII, the Ernst bill does not address the myriad of due process problems created by VAWA, e.g., the issuance of restraining orders without proper due process[6] and widespread mandatory arrest policies.[7]

Worse, the Ernst bill would promote guilt-presuming criminal investigations, often referred to a “trauma-informed” (Sec. 205).[8]

CONCLUSION: Concern not addressed.

PRINCIPLE 6

America is strongest when our policies protect our national interests, preserve our alliances of free peoples, vigorously counter threats to our security, and advance prosperity through economic freedom at home and abroad.

ANALYSIS: VAWA currently allows a foreign national to receive priority treatment in getting employment approval and citizenship by claiming to be a victim of domestic violence, no evidence required.[9] This policy is now believed to pose a security risk, since a terrorist could become intimately involved with an American citizen, and then bypass numerous security checks by playing the abuse card. The issue of VAWA-induced marriage fraud was highlighted in a recent GAO report.[10]

CONCLUSION: Concern not addressed.

PRINCIPLE 7

The federal deficit and debt must not place unreasonable financial burdens on future generations.

ANALYSIS: The Ernst bill would worsen government debt in two ways:

Increase the VAWA authorization from $658 million to $1,127 million, a whopping $469 million increase.
Expand the definition of “victim,” thereby placing far greater burdens on state crime victim assistance and compensation funds.

CONCLUSION: The Ernst bill would dramatically increase federal and state government expenditures.

E-Mail Edward Bartlett: edwardbartlett@comcast.net

Footnotes:

[1]http://conservativeactionproject.com/conservatives-oppose-economic-social-gun-policy-in-the-violence-against-women-act/

[2] https://www.heritage.org/truenorth

[3] https://www.reuters.com/article/us-health-domestic-violence-men/male-victims-of-domestic-violence-struggle-to-disclose-abuse-idUSKCN1UC2EF

[4]http://www.saveservices.org/downloads/SAVE-DV-Educational-Programs

[5] https://www.verywellmind.com/false-domestic-abuse-claims-4100660

[6]http://www.saveservices.org/downloads/VAWA-Restraining-Orders

[7] http://www.saveservices.org/downloads/Justice-Denied-DV-Arrest-Policies

[8]https://www.theatlantic.com/education/archive/2017/09/the-bad-science-behind-campus-response-to-sexual-assault/539211/

[9] http://www.immigrationfraud.com/news.html

[10] https://www.gao.gov/assets/710/701807.pdf

Qasem Soleimani, Iran, and the Rule of Law

Robert Peck

[DISCLAIMER: The opinion in this article is the sole opinion of the author and is not the opinion of NewsWithViews.com, it’s employees, representatives, or other contributing writers.]

As with most political issues, there are those who praise the United States assassination of Iranian general, Qasem Soleimani, and those who decry it. And, as per usual, the division is mostly along party lines, with some calling it wise, virtuous, and a necessary act that will prevent war with Iran, while others call it foolish, evil, and an unnecessary act that will lead to war with Iran.

What is also as per usual is the fact that most are merely arguing for or against the act, but few are asking questions and even fewer are discussing matters of principle and the rule of law. My friend, Jake MacAulay, of the Institute on the Constitution, was the first that I’m aware of to actually drag the U.S. Constitution into the debate in his weekly commentary.

The first questions that Christian people committed to honoring God, upholding the U.S. Constitution, and maintaining the rule of law must always ask are, 1) What does the word of God say? 2) What does the U.S. Constitution say? 3) What will limit the power of government and maximize liberty? To fail to ask these three questions is to throw ourselves open to Godlessness, lawlessness, and tyranny.

Considering that government derives its just power from the consent of the governed (as stated in the Declaration of Independence), then government can have no power except that which the people first possess in themselves, then delegate to government. In like fashion, people only possess that power, and those rights, which our Creator first bestowed upon us.

In other words, civil government only possesses the aggregate authority of the people who establish it. Anything that it is right, or authorized by God for us as individuals to do, we, acting in the collective, can authorize government to do. Conversely, anything that God has not authorized us as individuals to do, we, acting in the collective, cannot authorize government to do.

God clearly prohibits murder. However, His word also makes it evident that he approves of protecting the innocent, even to the point of using leathel force to stop an aggressor. From this we derive laws in the civil society that prohibit murder but allow killing in self-defense, calling it justifiable homicide.

Similarly, Christian people, beginning with Saint Augustine, developed a Just War Doctrine which, among other things, concludes that a just war is a defensive war because government only possesses the authority given it by people who themselves possess only the rights granted to them by God. Therefore, if it’s wrong for an individual to murder, it’s wrong for government to murder. If it’s right for an individual to defend themselves, it’s right for government to defend its citizens.

With God’s word, the U.S. Constitution, and my friend Jake MacAuley’s commentary in mind, I came to the following conclusions regarding General Soleimani, Iran, and the Rule of Law.

1) If it can be verified that the nation of Iran poses an imminent threat to the lives, liberty, or property of American citizens, that all reasonable diplomatic efforts have been exhausted, and that American lives will be lost if immediate action is not taken, then it is the duty of Congress to issue a declaration of war against the sovereign nation of Iran pursuant to Article I, Section 8, Clause 11 of the U.S. Constitution, and of the President to prosecute that war through military force in defense of our God-given rights.

2) If the nation of Iran is not an imminent threat to the God-given rights of Americans, but if it could have been verified that General Soleimani had killed Americans, had led a group that killed Americans, or was planning an imminent attack on Americans, then it would have been the duty of Congress to issue a letter of marque pursuant to Article I, Section 8, Clause 11 of the U.S. Constitution naming the general as its target.

3) If neither a declaration of war, nor letter of marque and reprisal are passed by Congress and signed by the President, then the killing of any person, either within the borders of the United States or abroad, without due process of law (arrest, trial, execution), is an ordinary act of murder for which both the President ordering the act and those carrying out the order are liable (military personnel take an oath to “support and defend the Constitution of the United States” making it incumbent upon them to disobey an unlawful, i.e., unconstitutional order).

Following the simple criteria laid out in the U.S. Constitution for declaring war and issuing letters of marque and reprisal would address the major concerns that I have with the assassination of General Soleimani and our apparent determination to engage in hostilities with Iran.

We have long been told by our government, the news media, and a whole host of talking heads, that Iran is our enemy. We are now told by the same people that General Soleimani was a terrorist killing Americans. My concern is that the same government told us there were weapons of mass destruction in Iraq and the same news media told us Donald Trump colluded with Russians. I have no confidence in either our government or the news media to tell us the truth in such matters. I’m not paranoid nor waxing conspiratorial, I’m just not that gullible.

My concerns with killing Soleimani as a terrorist and pursuing hostilities with Iran as an enemy are, 1) Where’s the proof of the allegations? 2) Where’s the Constitutional authority for the actions?

I’m not saying the allegations against Soleimani and Iran aren’t so, and I know my conservative friends can assure me they are so because Fox News and their favorite talk radio hosts have told them so day and night. What I am saying is that it’s foolhardy to trust the government, believe the news media, and based on their assertions, give Presidents a license to kill without requiring verification of the claims and clear Congressional authorization through a declaration of war or letters of marque and reprisal. (Last I checked, we do not have a declaration of war with Iran but are operating under the 2001 AUMF which authorizes the President “to use all necessary and appropriate force against those nations, organizations, or persons he determines planned, authorized, committed, or aided the terrorist attacks that occurred on Sept. 11, 2001…” But no one is even trying to argue that Iran, Soleimani, or for that matter, Syria, Yemen, etc, participated in 9-11.)

So, where’s the proof? Where’s the declaration of war? Where’s the letter of marque? And where’s the Constitutional rule of law?

Iran may be an enemy, and Soleimani may have been a terrorist, but requiring Congress to issue a declaration of war, or grant a letter of marque, would necessitate debate in Congress and the establishing of the facts necessary for “we the people” to be assured that our government is acting lawfully, not engaging in unnecessary hostilities, nor assassinating persons whose actions do not rise to the occasion. Such debate and establishing of facts would go a long way toward building public trust and support for our government’s actions.

And this isn’t just about Soleimani, Iran, or Trump. This is about Trump, Obama, and Bush before them. It’s about Iran, Iraq, Syria, Yemen, Afghanistan, Pakistan, and however many other places around the world we have military personnel engaged in hostilities, advisers directing military actions of other countries, arms being provided to various factions, and U.S. Presidents authorizing assassinations based on computer-generated “kill lists.”

This isn’t about one incident or one man, but about holding Presidents accountable to the people’s representatives in Congress and holding Congress accountable to the U.S. Constitution and the rule of law.

By not requiring a debate in Congress, nor the establishing of facts, nor a declaration of war or letter of marque, “we the people” are effectively signing a blank check and saying that it’s okay for this, and future Presidents (who may be of another party), to kill whoever they want, whenever they want, wherever they want, and to order America’s sons and daughters to fight and die for whatever cause they want, whenever they want, wherever they want – no proof of allegations required; no Congressional authorization required; no rule of law required.

If “We the people” do not hold our Presidents accountable to our Congressional representatives and their Constitutional duty to declare war and grant letters of marque and reprisal, then we have abandoned the republic and its Constitution, replacing them instead with an elective imperial executive.

E-Mail Robert Peck: rwpeck59@gmail.com

Website: https://robertpeck.net

[BIO: Robert Peck lives in Spokane Valley, Washington, where he owns and manages residential rental property. As a Christian man who finds himself compelled to take a stand in the civil arena, Bob has served in political campaigns, promoted Constitutional education in the community, provides technical assistance to various Constitutional causes and also manages to write the occasional article. Having served in the Constitution Party, both as a county chairman, state chairman, and national committee member, Bob counts party fonder, the late Howard Phillips, as the example of boldly uncompromising Christian Constitutionalism that he hopes to emulate.]

ADDITIONAL RESOURCES

The Constitutionality of Long Distance Air Strikes – Weekly commentary by Jake MacAulay, CEO Institute on the Constitution.
Trump and the General – Analysis by Darrell Castle, 2016 Constitution Party Presidential candidate.
Rick Steves After Travelling to Iran: “Why Death To America” – Travel writer and television personality, Rick Steves, shares his personal experiences with the Iranian people and their way of life (5 minutes – see the 1 hour version here).

Angry People Have No Hope

David Ruben

The phrase “fear not” is used at least 80 times in the Bible, most likely because He knows the enemy uses fear to decrease our hope and limit our victories. What does the Bible say? Philippians 4:6-7 states: “Do not be anxious about anything, but in everything, by prayer and petition, with thanksgiving, present your requests to God. And the peace of God, which transcends all understanding, will guard your hearts and your minds in Christ Jesus”.

But, what if you not only don’t believe in God but actually fear and hate God! That is why liberals and democrats live with dread, anger and worry about things they believe they have no control over. Angry people have no hope… and there are thousands of legitimate reasons for everyone to be angry, and even more reasons why the anger is inside of us.

From out of control ‘climate change’ to obsessive Trump hatred those on the left are constantly channeling rage and fear because they are hopeless. It is abundantly obvious that the core of all their fear and emotions is the fact that these kinds of people are hopeless and void of faith. They rage against what they perceive will endanger them in their already hyper-insecure emotional state and see everything that does not conform to their warped sense of reality as the enemy.

Revelation 21:4 states: He will wipe away every tear from their eyes, and death shall be no more, neither shall there be mourning, nor crying, nor pain anymore, for the former things have passed away.” But imagine not having even a mustard seed of faith is the higher power… Imaging living in the agonizing belief that humans are on our own, and that hopeless humans have to save the world from another tribe of hopeful ones.

Can you see what is really at work in the culture wars playing out on the news every day? Yes, it is a spiritual war, the same war that has been ongoing since the beginning of human kind. The weapons are lies and truth that clash and thunder on the battlefield of the mind and in the very souls of all. So, pity, don’t hate the hopeless, know the truth of their miserable existences and find the grace to forgive them for trying to destroy everything our tribe believes in and holds true, but never turn your back to them, never trust them, and in every way possible do your best to hold up the light of truth as your weapon.

For the most part they will never stop living in fear and hopelessness… but stay hopeful, because there is always the possibility that some, if not many will one day know the truth. In fact it’s already happening as the result of good men and women republicans standing strong in defense of our great president in the halls of injustice, shining the light into the shadows and revealing the lies and deceptions of the squirming hopeless.

Even now the tide is turning because our Lord is greater than their fear and anger, Our God is a forgiving and a loving and redeeming God that welcomes the fallen and fearful into our land of joy and wellbeing. Embrace their return to the light! Rejoice in their turn toward reason and sanity! Reward their rejection of lies and fear, and our numbers in the light will be enlarged with more faithful. Jesus said, “Ye shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free” (John 8:32).

[BIO: David Ruben is the Vice President of “The Foundation of Human Understanding“]

E-mail David Ruben: snowman4848@gmail.com

Don’t Look at Things From a Group Think Perspective

Paul Cappadona

The first duty of a people’s government is to protect the individual from the mob. Protecting the individual from all crimes and infringements of his common rights is the only way people can live peaceably in a society. No one has a right or power to separate a person from his spouse, children, faculty, or property without a crime being committed. Any governmental mob or gang that seeks to take from one and “share” with another is outlawed in a nation of Common Laws. The Individual must be protected above all because he is all. We can see that when a street criminal takes from the individual with threat of harm that it is wrong and in need of punishment. Somehow, we do not feel outraged when the political mob does the same thing with no consequence of action.

Ben Franklin, when asked the type of government we had, he wisely said “a Republic if you can keep it.” When a group offers something to you with the intent to take it from another it is still theft and we are being denied a Republican Form of Government. By the way we have a Republican form of government (if) we keep it or more correctly take it back.

The gang is not doing anything for us while doing things to us. Doing things for us appeals to group covetousness. Socialism is covetousness. Socialism is a violation of Common Law in a Republican form of government. If you wish to return to a Republic, socialism must be removed from the government. For far to long we have allowed our servants to trample and violate the individual for votes, profit, and power. For the sake of our children and their children we must eliminate all forms of governmental socialism.

The first thing to do is Vote straight republican no matter what, we were never meant to have two parties. Even George Washington gave the people warning about the danger in party politics in his farewell address. The constitution was a contract between the people and the servants hired to work for them. Anything done in contradiction to the contract should be made subject to immediate termination. Really, we shouldn’t care about what they think, just do the thing on the contract called the constitution or get fired. One of the reason for the need to get rid of the democrats is that they profess no right or wrong. It’s based on mob rule and anything goes, and anything goes has become very sick and wicked. The Republicans at least profess right from wrong and will resign if caught in wrong doings. Anyone serving in Government, from now on, must be held to a very high standard continuously holding them to the fire. The Price of Freedom is eternal vigilance.

The next thing would be to free the Grand Jury. The Grand Jury is eternal vigilance. The Judicial Branch of government is the people’s branch and no crime can go to trial without the bookends of the citizen’s jury. Grand Jury presents or indicts for likely crimes and it is up to the petit Jury to dismiss or convict after hearing the evidence. All juries, Grand and Petit, should be selected from the local registered voters. The District Attorney works for the Grand Jury and not the other way around. Common law must be returned to this nation which would place it back under God’s laws and remove it from man’s whims. The knowledge of the power of the grand juries throughout this nation has been hidden and it must be reclaimed. I will send anyone that asks a Grand Jury Creed in a return email.

Voter fraud is a lot bigger problem than one may think. Voter Fraud is taking a torch to a people’s constitution and usurping governmental power. The people’s choices have been taken from them along with the way of our protection against the tyranny of Marxism. This is a world-wide problem and will take many courageous individuals to fix. Implementing ways to make voting honest and fair is badly needed. Voter ID would be a good start. Punishment for voter fraud should be to a point of fear to anyone attempting it. A check and re-check should be possible. I have no qualms in signing ballets that then could be used to double check of action. Allowing anyone access to view of all voting and counting of votes. It is said that “when the righteous are in authority the people rejoice, and when the wicked bear rule the people mourn.” Notice that the wicked do not have authority but simply bear rule. Voter fraud must be viewed as the highest of crimes against peace and an assault against freedom.

The best chance for the people is an unshackled local government that will not violate the individual. Federal Government is far too powerful and corrupt. Local governments can be more responsive to the needs of their communities.

Other things needed we will come to, but protecting the individual is the key.

Paul Cappadona, Author of “Taking Back America the Party’s Over.”

E-Mail Paul Cappadona: devisegood@gmail.com

Some Nasty Anti-President Quotes to Offer Perspective

Seth Swirsky

Here are just a few choice quotes leveled at the president (read to the end):

“The president has continued during the last week to make a fool of himself and to mortify and shame the intelligent people of this great nation.”

“He is evidently a person of very inferior character.”

“The president is a fungus from the corrupt womb of bigotry and fanaticism, a worse tyrant than has existed since the days of Nero.”

“Those who vote for the president’s re-election are traitors.”

“He is universally an admitted failure, has no will, no courage, no executive capacity.”

“There is a strong feeling among those who have seen the president, in the way of business, that he lacks practical talent for the job. It is thought that there should be more readiness.”

Yes. These nasty things were said about President…Lincoln. By Democrats and “NeverLincolns” of their day. All while he won the Civil War and ended slavery.

So keep fighting, President Trump. While your opponents try everything they can to demean, demoralize, and depose you, the decent people of this country appreciate your tireless efforts in giving us this great economy, a stronger military, better trade deals, and a restored sense of America’s true greatness.

[Bio: Seth Swirsky is a songwriter and filmmaker living in Los Angeles]

E-Mail Joan Swirsky: joanswirsky@gmail.com

Science Warns Us Not to Rely on Witness Accounts

David Ruben

Witness testimony is fickle and, all too often, shockingly inaccurate

Being convincing isn’t the same as being accurate. Witness testimony is more fallible than many people assume. The claim that witness testimony is reliable and accurate is testable, and the research is clear that eyewitness identification is vulnerable to distortion without the witness’s awareness. The IMPEACHMENT of President Trump can be measured by state of the art science and objectively proven to be impossible to find Trump guilty of the alleged offenses.

When memory serves as evidence, as it does in many civil and criminal legal proceedings, there are a number of important limitations to the veracity of that evidence. This is because memory does not provide a veridical representation of events as experienced. Rather, what gets encoded into memory is determined by what a person attends to, what they already have stored in memory, their expectations, needs and emotional state.

It is clear that the Democrats, the Whistleblower and the witness’s involved in the Impeachment hearings are people that have emotional issues and biases associated with the desire to inflict damage on Trump.

One of many examples: IN 1984 KIRK BLOODSWORTH was convicted of the rape and murder of a nine-year-old girl and sentenced to the gas chamber—an outcome that rested largely on the testimony of five eyewitnesses. After Bloodsworth served nine years in prison, DNA testing proved him to be innocent. Such devastating mistakes by eyewitnesses are not rare, according to a report by the Innocence Project, an organization affiliated with the Benjamin N. Cardozo School of Law at Yeshiva University that uses. How could the witnesses, the jury and the system get it so wrong? What was going on inside the minds of these people that rendered them in such a powerful delusion of Bloodworth’s guilt?

Such illusions can emerge spontaneously in an individual, being created autogenously, defined as “self produced,” or independent of outside influences, or can arise due to the suggestion of another person, being created exogenously. Although the source or origin of these memory illusions/defects might differ, because their memorial consequences are essentially the same, we will use the term false memory to refer to both types of memory illusion.

What gets retrieved later from that memory is determined by that same multitude of factors that contributed to encoding as well as what drives the recollection of the event. Specifically, what gets retold about an experience depends on whom one is talking to and what the purpose is of remembering that particular event (e.g., telling a friend, relaying an experience to a therapist, telling the police about an event).

Moreover, what gets remembered is reconstructed from the remnants of what was originally stored; that is, what we remember is constructed from whatever remains in memory following any forgetting or interference from new experiences that may have occurred across the interval between storing and retrieving a particular experience. Because the contents of our memories for experiences involve the active manipulation (during encoding), integration with pre-existing information (during consolidation), and reconstruction (during retrieval) of that information, memory is, by definition, fallible at best and unreliable at worst.

This fallibility of memory includes not only the omission of details from the original experience, but extends to errors of commission including the creation of memory illusions. This view of memory has emerged over the past few decades of intense scientific research about memory processes, much of which was inspired by memory researchers interacting with the judicial system.

That is, when memory researchers serve as memory experts in the courtroom, new translational questions emerge about the nature of memory particularly as it pertains to memory accuracy for traumatic events. As well, questions arise as to how well people involved in forensic settings understand how memory works. Numerous studies have shown that police, judges, jurors and others involved in the legal system have a number of naïve beliefs about memories, ones that contradict scientific research (e.g., Benton, Ross, Bradshaw, Thomas, & Bradshaw, ²⁰⁰⁶; Magnussen, Melinder, Raja, & Stridbeck, ²⁰¹⁰; Rubin & Bernstein, ²⁰⁰⁷).

Once examined in the proper light of the intensely negative emotional state of the left, the memory issues based on emotions can be properly evaluated by the Republican committee and exposed, so that the public can see the illusion being foisted on America based on the Hegelian dialectic. In the classic movie “The Manchurian Candidate,” the Chinese Communists brainwash a POW to kill a presidential candidate upon receiving a hypnotic phone message that “awakened” him after being a “sleeper” for years disguised as an “upstanding citizen.” Clearly, the democrat left uses such incidents that happen today as a mechanism to gain more ground through the mainstream news media’s use the “Hegelian Dialectic.”

The Application of the Hegelian Dialectichas only three steps:

• Step one: INVENT A “PROBLEM”: Make an outrageous accusation, propose an absurd theory as if it were truth, (Global Warming) or focus on an issue that already exists and distort it out of all rational proportion.
• Step Two: PROMOTE AND POLARIZE THE “PROBLEM”: Use the news media newspapers, magazines, radio, and television. Elevate the issue to a fever pitch so that soon even people who don’t usually care about politics become drawn in to the conflict and then demand a “solution” to the problem.
• Step Three: OFFER A “SOLUTION”: Through the dialectic any answer always involves either compromise or complete capitulation to a solution that takes away one or more of our rights and further undermines the constitutional protections we all are guaranteed.

The process is designed to turn the unsuspecting mind in the direction of the PROBLEM INVENTOR. The science has shown that by introducing a shock, or crisis of faith collectivle into the victims minds the influence takeover begins to insidiously warp the thought processes of those involved in the process. Of course, the science of memory is an ongoing project, but our current understanding of recollective experiences is that they are fragmentary, contain amnesic gaps, information is often out of order, contain guesses and often contain incorrect details.

Sometimes the incorrect nature of these details are known to the rememberer although oftentimes they are not, having been produced and inserted into the narrative in an automatic fashion, outside of conscious awareness. As the Republicans continue to chip away at the inconsistencies of the witnesses just keep in mind the truth of what you are watching… the attempted overthrow of our constructional democracy by hostile, bad actors using mass mind manipulation to grow their ranks with the collusion of the corrupt media.

[Bio: David Ruben is the Vice-President of “The Foundation of Human Understanding” in Grants Pass. Oregon]

E-Mail David Ruben: snowman4848@gmail.com

A View From The Street: What Are We Willing To Allow And For How Long?

Alice M. Byrd

Writing to William Stephens Smith, from Paris in Nov. 1787, Thomas Jefferson opined,

“The people can not be all, & always, well informed. The part which is wrong will be discontented in proportion to the importance of the facts they misconceive. If they remain quiet under such misconceptions it is a lethargy, the forerunner of death to the public liberty…what country can preserve it’s liberties if their rulers are not warned from time to time that their people preserve the spirit of resistance? Let them take arms. The remedy is to set them right as to facts, pardon & pacify them. What signify a few lives lost in a century or two? The tree of liberty must be refreshed from time to time with the blood of patriots & tyrants. It is it’s natural manure.”

Then, in the opening salvo of accusations, the writers of the Declaration of Independence, of which Jefferson was one, wrote:

When in the Course of human events it becomes necessary for one people to dissolve the political bands which have connected them with another and to assume among the powers of the earth, the separate and equal station to which the Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God entitle them, a decent respect to the opinions of mankind requires that they should declare the causes which impel them to the separation.

Prudence, indeed, will dictate that Governments long established should not be changed for light and transient causes; and accordingly all experience hath shewn, that mankind are more disposed to suffer, while evils are sufferable, than to right themselves by abolishing the forms to which they are accustomed. But when a long train of abuses and usurpations, pursuing invariably the same Object evinces a design to reduce them under absolute Despotism, it is their right, it is their duty, to throw off such Government, and to provide new Guards for their future security.–

I now posit: If we have not arrived, in a regressive fashion I might add, at the exact same place as our Founding Fathers found themselves in their break from the oppressive manipulations of the Monarchy of England and King George, then have we sunk even further, possibly irretrievably, into intellectual oblivion to declare the obvious? If so, then to what do we owe the debt of blame? I would say, COMPLACENCY. The old axiom, ‘the only thing needed for evil to prosper is for good people to do nothing’, applies full score. Let us acknowledge the root of our discomfort.

If politicians, on either side, actually DID something about the massive proliferation of CORRUPTION, they wouldn’t have anything to campaign on, now would they?? They certainly wouldn’t need to bleed us of our earned incomes! They NEED the conflict they have created to retain their positions of power: constantly promising and never delivering. They are perpetually drunk on the aphrodisiac of confiscated wealth from We The People, as well as the power that obsession engenders.

That is why the Career Politicians have thus devised this vulgar dog and pony game show of “Upside Down and Backwards”. Logical human beings have a natural revulsion to illogical endeavors. GOOD people won’t run for seats in Congress…why? They don’t want to get down into the slime and sludge to toil in the pit of vipers, because they desire to remain honorable, ethical HUMANS. They are acutely aware they would get eaten alive in the greater Washington, DC region. Additionally, they have no “name recognition” and can’t raise FUNDING, which is the bottom line of every sick, depraved game ever played by politicians who have to PRODUCE mega bucks to gain power and control, not to mention their acquisition of those highly coveted seats on powerful committees, especially as chairmen…

So, are we answering our own questions? what is the purpose of this monumental oppositional alacrity? PROFIT!! MONEY! POWER! CONTROL! But, most ardently, the drive for power above all else.

How does one achieve power? They BUY it. The game is about their lusting for MONEY, MONEY, MONEY… which, as we know, is the root of all evil; Power corrupts and absolute power corrupts absolutely. Absolutely!

We witness daily how the elitist condescension has reached stratospheric intensity. The handmaiden’s of political power, the vile, villainous media, have willingly reduced their honor of possessing unchallenged free speech, are now nothing more than purveyors of intellectual pornography, declaring the most hideous outrage while they actively gaslight the entire nation…some of us can see right through their duplicity…we’ve lived long enough to learn about and readily identify their cosmic corruption.

“This know also, that in the last days perilous times shall come. For men shall be lovers of their own selves, covetous, boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, unthankful, unholy, without natural affection, trucebreakers, false accusers, incontinent, fierce, despisers of those that are good, Traitors, heady, highminded, lovers of pleasures more than lovers of God; Having a form of godliness, but denying the power thereof: from such turn away (2Timothy 3:1-5)

Witness the zeal of the Progressive Liberal women on that nauseating quasi-talk show (The View) who are all so drunk on the poisonous mind numbing cocktails their Puppet Masters brew up for them, I cannot fathom why anyone still watches them…except for the glassy eyed, micro-chipped zombies (ages 13 to 44) who can’t get through their morning routine without a jump start from their KCup narcotics and/or cannabis tainted, cherry flavored vapes…

In a recent undercover video, we find that CNN employees and Jeff Zucker in particular have unwittingly shown us their hold card. The whole purpose of their artifice is to MANUFACTURE PROFITS! God forbid someone tell the Truth in Media…that is now the unpardonable SIN!

The goal of their deceitful perfidy is clear: a world under unified, but singular, ruler-ship of Elitist Globalism. Their vehicle of choice? Socialism, which always ends in full blown Communism.

Lenin, exposed this goal when he remarked,

“The goal of Socialism is Communism”. Is that clear enough now??

The Progressive Party (consisting of both wings, R and D, on the same bird of prey, as my cousin would say) is singularly focused on obtaining this objective. They also have the method with which to accomplish their objective: TAXATION = REDISRIBUTION OF WEALTH…from YOUR hands to THEIRS.

Make no mistake. They have absolutely NO INTENTION of solving the problems of homelessness, illegal immigration, failing schools, drug addiction, poor water quality, ‘global climate change’, “clean” energy and/or corruption in politics…indeed it’s what they live for! It’s the “hook” of psychological manipulation and behavior modification they have been incrementally infecting our culture with for GENERATIONS. Who said the interwoven, incestuous international intelligence systems aren’t (and haven’t for long decades) being used for nefarious reasons against the public at large??? You better believe they are!

Don’t forget: These mental mutants are manically driven by their self-worship and self promotion…not to mention their unlimited appetite for obscene wealth. When is enough enough? There is no concept of that in the rarefied airs of upper crust hypocrisy. We see it in the exposure of the globally knitted blanket of corporations, their lobbyists, their bought-and-paid-for politicians, and heads of state (oh, and let’s not forget their black bag emissaries and “ambassadors”).

Take Joe and Hunter Biden… old ‘QuidPro’ Joe…another devious financial plot that went south just when the Globalists thought they had the bag cinched up tight. I actually feel sorry for Mr. Biden…his late onset dementia has progressed to the point that he can’t remember what he said 5 minutes ago, stumbling continually through speeches, he is becoming an embarrassment to their party. Not that it matters to me one whit, but even the Millennial Fraud hasn’t shown him the courtesy of endorsing him; instead, Barry Soetoro (aka Barack Obama) endorsed a pig in Canada, who just won re-election; I am befuddled as to why…obviously, a preponderance of Canadians have been vaccinated with stupidity.

The current TDS (Trump derangement syndrome) uproar and illegitimate “impeachment” (which is nothing of the sort) was once again pretzel twisted into another tentacle of the ongoing coup d’etat salaciously, relentlessly targeting the President and conservatism, anew. It seems the branding iron got a little too hot and a lot too close; to protect their life giving queen bee of the hive-mind sycophants (Slithery Clinton) the Deep State had to make it out to be a phony tit for tat quid pro quo.

Case in point: the exposure of the Biden’s activity in Ukraine and China, was actually intended by the President to find out more about what Mrs. Clinton, the DNC and her voluminous, extended sordid affiliations (think: the Podesta Brothers among others) did in the 2016 election…namely, how was Crowdstrike used?? It has indelible links to Slithery Clinton. The Deep State MUST build softly padded walls around her incompetence, so she doesn’t hurt herself…the intersection of interests and names involved are a virtual tapestry of treachery… [Link]

Or this little tidbit: 96 percent of the media is controlled by 5 corporations. The same corporations that own all the establishment globalist politicians like Biden…and Romulus Romney. [Link]

Maybe we should be asking our prior felonious administration and the Podesta Brothers, where 3.6B of our Tax dollars went (down the black hole of Ukraine/US corruption?)…and while we’re at it, where, in God’s name, is the $2 Trillion that Mr Donald Rumsfeld reported that they had “lost” at the Pentagon, on Sept 10, 2001??? That subject was never to be heard about again after the next days events: 9/11/01. Maybe ask the Globalist banksters where 5 trillion dollars of wealth went when they crashed the market in 2008??

How about the UN?? It’s a deep black hole of money laundering. Just for starters, “There are over a dozen U.N. agencies and operations that American dollars support. The single largest is ‘peacekeeping’ with a price tag of about $7.8 billion this year alone. The U.S. share of that cost is over 28 percent, or $2.2 billion. The next three U.N. agencies, all roughly in the $100 million per year range, are the World Health Organization, the Food and Agriculture Organization and the International Atomic Energy Agency. All told, the United States provides about $3.3 billion a year to finance U.N. activities.” Yet, the Globalists tell us they are determined to ‘end poverty and starvation around the globe’…whose globe? THEIR globe!!

But I digress.

Amazingly, America is yet surviving the onslaught of deranged propagandists at least for the time being. Something keeps stopping the Progressive’s sadistic totalitarian agenda from being fully implemented…what is it? Could it be that this nation, founded on the principles of the Ten Commandments and dedicated to God in it’s birthing moments, is being protected by a force stronger than human will??? I’ll let that sit for the time being.

Perhaps we would be better served to return for a few more moments to a basic consideration: where, how, did this unrest really begin? I would posit that it began before our Constitution was written…back in the very earliest days of our colonists landing on the shores of this continent and ultimate separation from England, their monarchy and their control.

Here is a fascinating statement: “The bank hath benefit of interest on all moneys which it creates out of nothing.” William Paterson, founder of the Bank of England in 1694.

“After the revolution, the new United States adopted a radically different economic system in which the government issued its own value-based money, so that private banks like the Bank of England were not siphoning off the wealth of the people through interest-bearing bank notes. The refusal of King George III to allow the colonies to operate an honest money system, which freed the ordinary man from the clutches of the money manipulators, was probably the prime cause of the revolution.” Benjamin Franklin, Founding Father.

No kidding? Push another crate of tea over the side of the ship, boys.

“Following the revolution, the US Government actually took steps to keep the bankers out of the new government! Any person holding any office or any stock in any institution in the nature of a bank for issuing or discounting bills or notes payable to bearer or order, cannot be a member of the House whilst he holds such office or stock.” Third Congress of the United States Senate, 23rd of December, 1793, signed by the President, George Washington.

But bankers are nothing if not dedicated to their schemes to acquire your wealth, and know full well how easy it is to corrupt a nation’s leaders.” [Link]

From the same article: “The few who understand the system will either be so interested in its profits or be so dependent upon its favors that there will be no opposition from that class, while on the other hand, the great body of people, mentally incapable of comprehending the tremendous advantage that capital derives from the system, will bear its burdens without complaint, and perhaps without even suspecting that the system is inimical to their interests.” The Rothschild brothers of London writing to associates in New York, 1863 (in reference to the Civil War)

“I am afraid the ordinary citizen will not like to be told that the banks can and do create money. And they who control the credit of the nation direct the policy of Governments and hold in the hollow of their hand the destiny of the people.” Reginald McKenna, as Chairman of the Midland Bank, addressing stockholders in 1924.” (end of excerpt)

How can any moral human fathom the unmitigated hubris of the dripping condescension in those remarks??

A very smart lady I know, awakened me to this TRUTH way back in 1997…she produced an incredibly astute video tape, that has worn out due to YEARS of repeated viewings, citing the insidious evil within our midst, devouring our national treasure: our Citizens’ hard earned incomes, their blood, sweat and human toil. Amazing woman! It set my feet on a journey of discovery and knowledge to which I am now an insatiable captive.

“I think if you were to go back and try to find and review the ratification of the 16th amendment, which was the internal revenue, the income tax, I think if you went back and examined that carefully, you would find that a sufficient number of states never ratified that amendment.” – U.S. District Court Judge James C. Fox, Sullivan Vs. United States, 2003.

The “income tax is nothing more than redistribution of wealth, ala Karl Marxist theology…to siphon off excess wealth from We the People back to the Central Bank and the European model of producer enslavement…” The odious bloodsucking parasites of the international hegemony of moneychangers literally feed, thus live, off the productive efforts of Our People.

Let us consider this: EO 13603 produced for and signed by Obama giving him the power over all commodities and products capable of being ingested by human beings and animals; all forms of energy; all forms of civil transportation; all usable water from all sources; health resources; forces labor such as military conscription; and federal officials can issue regulations to prioritize and allocate resources.”

Resources, such as fiat currency?? It certainly can be considered a “resource” of the population. This EO has not been rescinded. Does Trump even know about it?

That being said, The Federal Reserve can, and most likely would, recall all paper currency/bills in the event of “a severe national emergency” in order to render the population completely powerless to sustain their lives. Remember, the Progressive Globalists care not for human life. They have shown that in their zeal for the protection of “during and/or after birth abortion rights for women”. People, we live in a very, VERY sick environment.

Now, in support of the foregoing and to illuminate the plan of how do they get us there: let me share the following article. The entire article is copyrighted, so I must legally observe it’s ownership….published by Neon Nettle, written by Jay Greenberg, Dec 23, 2018:

“The entire “Transforming Our World” document is cast in a stream of consciousness of pious platitudes for a utopian future.”

This one sentence is the key to understanding WHY there is so much venomous antipathy focused on President Trump and the American People who voted for him: a highly coalesced conclave of resistance that continues to grow, much to the abject horror of the Global Controllers. We conservatives and independent minded citizens have effectively stood in the way of the “forward leaning”, ever advancing movement of the unified global cartel of hegemonic aristocrats, who, through incestuous corruption in and between themselves, have placed our planet into the maelstrom of venal hatred and struggle, intentionally pitting one class, race and religion against another. There is a reason we have had intentional segregation, even though there is the infusing of different cultures and languages into our own. It feels like the resurgence of the Tower of Babel. When humans act like an ant colony, it spells disaster…the reason God destroyed the ‘tower’ was to prevent humans from considering what the devil inspired…that we could be “as gods”…pride, arrogance, and challenge to God ultimately is not a healthy endeavor for humans.

The continual, horrific psychological manipulation is staggering, in that more people don’t understand it’s genesis; the gov’t has been honing it’s mind control tools for 4 generations…probably longer. Is the current stable of puppet plow horses inhabiting the Supreme Society (House) of Progressives (Democrats and Republicans) engaged in mutinous behavior, covered by Section 3 of the 14th amendment?? I might have to place myself in a concurring position on that front. It’s their use of herd mentality, sensationalized hype, perpetually encouraged through various multi-layered social triggers and finally, the media’s reprehensible institutionalized insanity that fuels their power. Nothing succeeds like class warfare. NOTHING!

Indeed, I feel an ever increasing sense of invincible repugnance toward the establishment as a whole. The Imperial “They” are incandescent ignoramuses who exhibit behaviors approaching a nearly clinical fugue state, one bordering on the existence of multiple personality psychosis…even their “other selves” are mentally ill!!!!! Their UTTER lack of intact ability to make any sense at all is alarmingly stunning!! On full exhibition, it is a total absence of human logic and reason!!! Are they really just trying to “dig up dirt”, trying to get to the bottom of corruption?? BS! It’s unadulterated Projection!! That is what they enemy does: accuse the opponent of the filth THEY are engaging in! To them, trying to penetrate corruption at the highest levels is “digging up dirt” on one’s opponents.

I am not a big fan of Glenn Beck, but in this 52min video, I MUST admit his team of investigators have tied all the loose ends up in a very tight little knot. It exposes, what I believe, is the nexus of the coordinated attacks against President Trump for his “interference” into Ukraine. If indeed, AG Barr and Atty Gen Durham are going to look seriously at the multidimensional, multi-layered, malfeasance that went on during the years between 2010 and early 2019, then there are a lot of people who should be more than a little concerned. As I hear it, a lot of these serial liars are retaining some very talented legal representatives. I will leave the pernicious duplicity of the Bush dynasty for another day…

“Do the persons who rave at this rate imagine that their art or their eloquence can impose any conceits or absurdities upon the people of America for infallible truths?” (Alexander Hamilton, Federalist 29)

Nay. They believe themselves to be giants of artful verbal conveyance, while being in truth, purveyors of misery to which there is no limitation…and certainly, no limit of conscience.

At the center of this epic criminal treachery is one woman…Hillary Clinton, who is up to her crows feet in a cesspool of moral hypocrisy so foul, it makes the submerged dinosaur detritus in the LaBrea Tar pits sound like a day at the spa. The Progressive Leftist heathens would have nothing to wring Their hands over and whine to Their gods about, if They didn’t FIRST create victims to USE for the benefit of Their stump speeches. The NWO trolls NEED victims to feed Their ambitions. Their souls have been so devalued, so depraved and perverted, so immersed in fealty to the ultimate Liar Extraordinaire, that They’ve become spiritually drunk with the odious deception of moral superiority…and They will believe the strangest of concepts, all in an effort to fulfill their deepest ancient desire…”to be as gods”.

These six things the Lord doth hate; yea, seven are an abomination unto him: A proud look, a lying tongue, and hands that shed innocent blood, an heart that deviseth wicked imaginations, feet that be swift in running to mischief, a false witness that speaketh lies, and he that soweth discord among brethren. Proverbs 6:16-19

Have another bite from the apple, you foolish sock-suckers.

E-Mail Alice Byrd: alliebyrd77@1791.com

The View From The Street: Utopian Delusions And Absolute Power

A.M. Byrd

Lord Acton is credited with the phrase, “Power corrupts; absolute power corrupt absolutely”. But there were those before him saying the same thing: British Prime Minister in 1770, William Pitt the Elder, addressed the House of Lords with “Unlimited power is apt to corrupt the minds of those who possess it”. Subsequently, in an essay dated in 1848, “France and England; a vision for the future”, Alphonse Marie Louis de Prat de Larmartine (French poet and politician) wrote, “…for absolute power corrupts the best of natures” (meaning the nature of man).

In fact, before even those lofty sentiments, in Matthew 7 we find the genesis of such musings…” Ye shall know them by their fruits….every good tree bringeth forth good fruit; but a corrupt tree bringeth forth evil fruit…A good tree cannot bring forth evil fruit, neither can an evil tree bring forth good fruit. Every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire…Wherefore by their fruits ye shall know them.

The question surfaces, are humans born inherently predestined to moral distortion and devolution of character? Can a nation of humans supposedly predisposed to such inclinations, survive the disintegration of their society when “voluntarily” led by men and women who have surrendered their assumptive “moral” fabric to the wickedness of heathen appetites toward even greater power than they are able to harness within their UN principled control? Nay.

Can the united States citizenry really reign their elected leaders back in to the Constitutional confines and restrictions of appropriate, principled political behavior? Certainly we, as a national people, so glaringly diluted by outside influences and cultures in 2019, are feeling the overwhelming pressure of a cacophony of UNELECTED bureaucrats who seem to be running the clown show from behind red velvet curtains, who are given to the premise that an open society is a humane and virtuous one.

I beg to differ. The Puppets and Puppeteers squatting in Congress have become intoxicated beyond redemption with their self-delusion of omniscience, so as to never be able to refrain from the further contamination of even greater immoral licentiousness. Yes, Dorothy, absolute power corrupts absolutely. The proof of that idiom resides in Washington DC…I would exclude only a handful of people from that galactic pit of poisonous vipers.

The Enemy of the American People (the legal American People who have a natural born right or naturalized right to be called Americans) has infested our political system with it’s seething cauldron of pernicious and deadly ideology, ie: social “equality”, signaling as it’s goal the death of this country’s representative form of government of the People, by the People and for the People. It is no longer a philosophy of humanitarian objectives for all those less fortunate, but one of complete annihilation of a sovereign country’s ability to choose, and then form, it’s own destiny. Daniel Webster be damned, right?

Everyday, we see the rapidly accelerating decline of sanity within the vaunted halls of government. The nobility of good men and their higher desires to do good for their fellow man has been replaced with the complete breakdown of honor and virtue as we witness their relentless striving for more and more control over the Citizenry; less freedom and greater dictation; less market innovation and greater market manipulation; less entrepreneurial growth and far more monopolization by “the friends and donors” of those political prostitutes the Corporate Lobby can endebt within government…and nearly ALL of the actors sitting in those high back leather chairs have their pockets (and offshore bank accounts) FULL of corrupted, never ending cash flows. The elite live behind high gilded walls, while the rest of the nation must pray their local law enforcement agencies will be able to stem the rising tide of dangerous criminal intentions brought into our country by ideologically foreign practices the propagandist mouthpieces in media label “religion and culture”. The acceptance of parallel judicial systems (for instance, Sharia courts) into our Constitutional framework is abhorrent to our national identity. A house divided cannot stand…a homeland at war internally cannot survive. THIS is the disease that has been allowed to poison our national body…and we are losing the fight. The doctors we elect to save us, have been utterly corrupted by their own grandiosity and self-delusion of ultimate omnipotent power. They are all “Dorian Gray”’s.

“Our Constitution was made only for a moral and religious people; it is wholly inadequate to the government of any other.” —Thomas Jefferson.

“The philosophy of the school room in one generation will be the philosophy of government in the next” —Abraham Lincoln.

Since I was in school, the nation has gradually taken on an aura of imaginative, but grotesquely twisted, illusion. I grew up in the 60’s in the East Bay area of California. Oakland, San Leandro, San Lorenzo, Hayward and Castro Valley. Needless to say, there was ALOT going on in the 60’s and early 70’s. The proverbial SHTF in the SF Bay area. The UC Berkeley protests, bloody murders by the Black Panthers, Watts riots in Southern Cal, the unmitigated depravity of Haight Ashbury…there was social upheaval all over the place…all of it completely manufactured for a specific purpose. Eliminate normal and replace it with social conditioning. There were the Communist scares, residues of the McCarthy footprints; Nixon’s Watergate and the lead off: the trans-formative Kennedy assassination. My father was a Lt Col in the USAF who retired to then work civilian for the Navy, rising to the level of a GS13…the chips were nice, and I was bestowed with a gleaming white Chevy Impala convertible for my 16th birthday. Life was good…and then I grew up.

For a period of time, I was a divorced, single Mom, exorbitantly blessed with 2 remarkable children; I opened up my fridge door one evening and found a gallon container of water, 2 onions and a half a bag of potatoes. That was our supper for 4 days. I worked 2 full time jobs to keep a roof over my children’s heads when I kicked their father out of my house for repeated unsavory drug behavior. I’ve had to tell my children no so many times, they ceased asking for things. It broke my heart.

I currently work in retail, and I have to tell you, I am convinced this generation will NOT save itself from the Technocracy that it has been lulled into sheepish compliant behavior by. Mothers approach my service desk (in a chain store fabric dept) with their phone in hand, eyes glued to ETSY and Pinterest, rather than the 3 year old dangerously trying to climb out of their cart. The toddlers who DO stay in the cart, are given their mother’s phone, streaming the TeleTubbies dancing and prancing to the most manipulative socially acceptable BS available…rainbow creatures desensitizing infant minds…and it doesn’t get any better folks.

Many women can’t articulate what they are trying to accomplish with the miles of fabric they buy…and they rarely come to the department with measurements of their projects…seriously!! They say, “I don’t know what I’m doing, can you help me?” with an insipid little giggle. My internal reaction to that fatuous question is, “Frankly, no Madam. If you don’t know what you’re doing, I’m the wrong person to contact. Please check with your local mental health hotline.”

On the other hand, they must have known what they were doing when they married the idiot who asked for their hand, because on it, is a 24pound diamond set in platinum…and then they ask how much of a discount they are getting with this week’s ad!!! UGH! Oblivion must be a beautiful land to live in. Another of my favorite questions is, “Can you cut those 8 yards I am buying, into 2 yard sections? It’ll make it so much easier for me at home”. Why? Did they ever consider buying themselves a pair of scissors, so they could DO IT THEMSELVES??? I guess it’s just easier on their tight schedule to have someone else do the work for them! I’d like to have a nickel for each time I’ve been asked that question…I’d bloody retire this afternoon! The obtuseness of GenX and Millenials, and even the 30-40 yr olds is staggering…their lives are stuffed full of soccer games, play dates, FaceBook and fast food. Apparently the cook book section of Barnes and Noble is suffering a severe lack of interest. But I digress.

Recently I purchased a book (my library needs another shelf unit) that exposed the inner workings of the Enron/Merrill Lynch disaster.. a man made disaster, designed and executed by the same reprobate wizards who have been deliberately, shamelessly, conspiring to destroy the Trump presidency; more ominously, they want to destroy our Constitutional form of government. We can extrapolate that to it’s full extension: the Powers That Be are sending a message to those of us who revere our Constitution and Bill of Rights, those who voted for our President, and those who still believe in the Rule of Law: “Shut up and sit down, because WE RULE THE WORLD now…the “law” is what WE say it is, not what you THINK IT IS”. And if you do not surrender to their self-anoited ruler-ship, then you will have you chips turned off. Oh yeah! They can and will certainly make a person suffer if that person DARES to defy their authority. Why do you think there are micro-chips in your bank cards?? The news is chock FULL of examples of people who have stood their ground, only to be perpetually hounded, financially tortured, personally demeaned, excoriated publicly, vilified nationally and dismissed altogether with an impudent wave of The Master’s hand…some have even been suicide’d to make a point… and then there’s always the convenient plane crash or sudden heart attack…

The Rulers of Evil persist in their philosophy that victimization is a perfected method to advance somatic control over a population. Victims can easily be manipulated to feel sorry for themselves permanently, thus allowing the “White Knights” to come riding in on their Entitlement brood mares and save them from the selfish Conservatives who don’t want to share their hard earned wages with the “less fortunate” freeloaders. The latest crop of Communists (they call themselves Democratic Socialists, which is a RIDICULOUS contradiction in terms) to occupy those high back leather chairs in Congressional hearing rooms, have shoveled so much bovine and equine shyte into the halls of “justice” that I can’t even imagine how putrid the stench must be in Washington DC…wait a minute: yes I can. I can smell it from here in South Dakota and it smells like death…which is what Socialism is. Death of freedom. The progressive, ongoing, bloodless coup that this nation has been suffering since 1913 is nearing it’s conclusion. Either we choose liberty or we choose death.

There has been treason committed against our national fabric, by those in powerful positions, from the heinous Woodrow Wilson all the way up to and including the former seat warmer, Barry Soetoro Subarkah, alias Barack Hussein Obama, who was never the president; the perversely degenerate sociopath, Hillary Clinton; the disgusting enablers below them, the DOJ, the CIA, the DNI, the NSA and the leaders of those diabolical agencies: Brennan, a Muslim apologist at the least and a Communist at best; Clapper, who is so egregiously dysfunctional and dim, that he can’t remember the lie he told on CNN 30 seconds ago, so he makes up a new one; Loretta “I love golf” Lynch, who was incompetent AND corrupt; the REAL basket of Deplorables: Susan “Benghazi” Rice, Samantha “The Unmasker” Power (and her husband Cass Sunstein, “Obama’s” own personal Joseph Goebbels), Huma Abedin (who has to keep her husband on a Nanny Cam all the time to make sure he doesn’t post/send anymore pictures of his penis to underage females); the inane, contemptible Boy Scout Master, James Comey; McCabe; Strzok; Page; the Ohr twins; and the Wizard himself, Robert Mueller; his right Hand of the King, Andrew Weissman and the Princess of Prevarication herself, Kathryn Ruemmller, not to mention all those deviant enemies of the nation who have come before them to brutalize the American conscience, with their unwavering ambition to achieve the complete and utter eradication of independent thought, choice and action of We The People.

The objective of the Enemy, who has been in power since the turn of the 20th century, is to institutionalize dependency. First they took our money away from us by giving us fake “money” to conduct commerce with; then they began to limit and restructure our available choices…now they are confiscating our thoughts. “Hate Speech” is whatever they deem it to be, and the gatekeepers, Google, FakeBook and Twitter design the parameters. If you question authority, you are racist, homophobic or misogynist (among other more colorful labels). If you dare to challenge their monarchical powers you are marginalized, defamed and banished from society at large. You become a social pariah to be scorned. A leper. A sebaceous cyst on the buttock of the social conscience to be lanced and excised from existence.

Recently, one of the passionate, talented writers I greatly respect at News with Views suggested that a Citizens Grand Jury be enjoined to address the horrific invasion of illegals jumping our borders. It’s a terrific idea! I love it!! There are people coming into this country unabated by law enforcement, but not because the LEO’s are lax…it’s because the Border Patrol Agency officers are completely overwhelmed, and being re-tasked as babysitters, nursemaids and waiters. The invaders are bringing disease, pestilence and poverty back to our shores, from places like Camaroon, Angola, the Congo, Somalia, Algeria, and other even less savory places. There has been a calculable rise in measles, TB, chicken pox, and other viruses; bacteria strains that we eradicated decades ago are showing up in petrie dishes everywhere…and then there is the big one: Ebola. Recently, National Geographic had an 8 part series on the outbreak in 1989, in Reston VA, of that deadly filovirus: it turned out to be a mutated form of Ebola Zaire. Now, we have something to really be concerned with:

“The World Health Organization is considering whether to declare the current Ebola outbreak in central Africa a global health crisis after new cases spread to Uganda from neighboring Democratic Republic of the Congo, where the disease has already killed nearly 1,400 people. “ NPR, June 13, 2019

What happens if an infected child gets into a school room? Or an adult carrier gets into a mall? How about a grocery store, where a sweaty hand grips a shopping cart handle?? Maybe a detention center, where the sanitary conditions are questionable at best? The disease has an incubation period of 2 to 21 days; sometimes, but rarely, a bit more (26 days). There are 4 known strains of Ebola: Marburg, Sudan, Zaire and Reston. Ebola is spread through direct contact with bodily fluids, such as blood, saliva and vomit. (I’ll just bet it transmits through sweat and other body fluids, though) Red eyes, fever, uncontrolled vomiting of black blood, sloughing off intestinal tissues, fulminating liver failure, brain damage, veins bursting, and liquefaction of tissues are some of the horrendous symptoms of Ebola. Sound like something any of us would care to toy with?? The death rate for Ebola-Zaire is 97%. The virus can mutate as it changes hosts and locations. Bats and monkeys are the suspect carriers…along with humans who travel to areas the WHO deems at-risk areas.
Anyone up for a Safari to Uganda?

While it is gloriously inspirational to consider that a Citizens Grand Jury can address the issue of illegal immigration, the CGJ has no ability to issue warrants or make arrests and it has never achieved recognition by a formal judicial court. In 2009, 172 individuals declared themselves a CGJ and held hearings. They produced an indictment of the fraud (I agree) named Barack Hussein Obama. However, when introduced to the US District Court for the District of Columbia, Judge Royce Lamberth declared “[T]here is no authority under the Rules of Procedure or in the statutes of the United States for this court to accept [a presentment]… The individuals who have made this presentment were not convened by this court to sit as a grand jury nor have they been selected at random from a fair cross section of this district. Any self-styled indictment or presentment issued by such a group has no force under the Constitution or laws of the United States.” July 2, 2009.

Constitutionally, I believe there is a sacred right of the Citizen to bring a serious complaint into a court of the government as is enshrined in our 1st Amendment; to wit:

“Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the government for a redress of grievances.”

When it comes to the domestic safety and security of this nation and it’s inhabitants personally, it is the executive officer’s most solemn duty to ensure that safe condition for the Citizens; It is the Chief Executive’s primary responsibility that the nation and it’s citizens be protected from invasion (from which the porous southern border certainly suffers) at the hands (and feet) of those who would cause our national life and liberties to decline and be diminished, or to present a possible domestic threat of violent terrorist action, not to mention a possible pandemic. We simply do not know who is coming across our southern border, what they are infected with or what their intentions TRULY are!!…and that is a clear and present danger to our safety!!!! Our President is trying to establish security for our country, but the cowardly Corruptocrats in Congress won’t hear of it! Chaos is their bread and butter! That being said, there is a bigger problem with presenting a “true bill” of indictment to a court: you have to have standing, and the courts have ruled against our “standing” every time we have approached them over viable and valid complaints (like the ineligibility of a foreign actor to the office of president, or the truth about 9/11).

I DEEPLY desire that the scenario was different…but remember what I said in the beginning: the courts have become monumentally narcissistic, self-righteous, slobbering power-mad Junta’s sitting in their black robes of unhinged power, while through the decades of complacency, We The People have lost our ability, indeed, our zeal for righteous redress…without as much as a whimper, it seems. NOW, we say, It’s time to do something about it!?

Where was everyone when the liars, frauds and money managers decided to keep NikolaTesla from showing us how to harness the planet’s energy, freely, out of thin air?? Oh, that’s right! Thomas Edison and his filthy rich pal’s on Wall Street and in the vaunted government realized they would be financially much better off if they could fund the development of a power grid, receive the interest off the loans, then tax and drain the wallets of WE The People, instead of doing something virtuous for them. And don’t even get me started on the avarice of the wretched Craken that materialized on Jekyll Island in 1909…

Corruption in the hearts of men (and women…I don’t want to be sexist by leaving the broads out) has taken this nation, abundantly blessed by God, from it’s idealistic but VALIDLY FORMED foundations, and has beaten her, leaving her bloody and dying in the sewage of their exaggerated, gluttonous appetites for ascension to the highest thrones of power imaginable. All one has to do is look to the detritus on the streets of Progressive social experiments like San Francisco, or Los Angeles, or New York, or Cleveland, or Detroit…or Washington DC. The People on the streets of LA (etc) live in tents and cardboard boxes, surrounded by a bacteriological nightmare of fecal material and human urine, mixed for good measure with syringes of heroin, cocaine, meth, and lately, fentanyl…

The only difference between the streets of LA (et,al) and the halls of Congress is their choice of drug…the junkies prefer chemicals they can inject or smoke, while the truly decrepit addicts in Congress choose to take the power of life, liberty and freedom away from the people any way they can, in every way possible. The Almighty Government Politicians’ addiction is to Money, Power and Control…and YOUR rights don’t matter one whit to them. In fact, your LIFE isn’t worth a tinker’s damn to them! Your “rights” are now what THEY tell you they are…and the Power Brokers are loathe to let us lowly bondservants think we have any consolation prize coming for giving them the Keys to the Kingdom. I mean…it’s now legal to murder children born ALIVE, if the mother decides post-birth, she doesn’t think it conducive to her health or well-being to be responsible for that born alive HUMAN BEING…God must be enraged with wrath for the human race, right about now…

We have been seduced by the evaporation of responsibility and accountability. We have believed the illusion that freedom is granted by “Man”. We have been beguiled by the siren song of free ‘everything’… We have willingly ingested the pernicious kool-aid prescribed by the multitude of “Jim Jones” acolytes in congressional, senate and presidential offices or political ‘races’…and where has it gotten us?

“Now the serpent was more subtil than any beast of the field which the LORD God had made. And he said unto the woman, Yea, hath God said, Ye shall not eat of every tree of the garden? And the woman said unto the serpent, We may eat of the fruit of the trees of the garden: But of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden, God hath said, Ye shall not eat of it, neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die. And the serpent said unto the woman, Ye shall not surely die: For God doth know that in the day ye eat thereof, then your eyes shall be opened, and ye shall be as gods, knowing good and evil.” Gen 3:1-5

The presidential election of Nov 2016 showed us there is a way to change things. Peaceful and legal. We can passionately encourage and support worthy men and women to run for elected seats, local, regional and national. Patriotism is infectious and inspiring. We CAN resist the lies the boob tube INCESSANTLY REGURGITATES, and we can all step up to the plate and defend this nation and our precious Constitution with consistent action in groups that are honorable, virtuous and selfless…or… we can just send our bank and credit cards to all the nightcrawlers in Congress right now, and then get in line for microchip implants.

E-Mail Alice Byrd: alliebyrd77@1791.com

Roger Stone Is Innocent – Caught In The Path Of A Runaway Corrupt Special Prosecutor

By HARRY HURLEY, Political Columnist

Roger Stone has been unjustly criminally charged and the federal judge, U.S. District Judge Amy Berman Jackson slapped him with a highly restrictive gag order, so that he can longer defend himself.

There’s something very un-American about this whole thing. Stone has spent the past 50-plus years as a very effective communicator. It’s the very heart of his brand. And, now as the seriousness of his freedom potentially being taken away from him, he has been ordered to stand parked on the sidelines? That’s wrong.

Judge Jackson’s gag order is so rigid that it also prevents Stone from having a surrogate speak on his behalf. However, the crazy, unhinged Democrat media isn’t gagged and they have gotten away with regularly savaging Stone for the past several years.

These criminal charges have also taken Stone’s ability to earn a living for the past two-plus years. Think about it. Who will hire a national political consultant/strategist who is facing a multi-count federal criminal indictment?

Judge Jackson has set the Stone trial date of November 5, 2019; yes, it’s opening on General Election Day, which seems to be no coincidence, either. Jackson also presided over the Paul Manafort and Richard Gates trials.

Stone currently faces a seven-count federal indictment. Here is a link to the official indictment.

Stone stands charged with seven counts of lying to the House of Representatives Intelligence Committee about his testimony regarding Wikileaks, who hacked the Democratic National Committee and released thousands of documents during the 2016 Presidential General Election campaign.

Stone has maintained his innocence from the beginning. In lengthy interviews that I have conducted with Stone, he has offered compelling explanations to counter the seven criminal counts that he currently faces.

Here is a link to my March 24, 2017 comprehensive on-air interview with Roger Stone. It’s 47 minutes and 39 seconds (uninterrupted) in length.

The federal government alleges that Stone lied to Congress and tried to tamper with a witness and that he tried to obstruct the Russia investigation. Yet, in the end, they never charged him with collusion or obstruction.

It’s important to note that no American was charged with collusion or obstruction … which was the whole stated purpose of the Special Counsel’s mission in the first place.

I don’t say this lightly. The criminal charges against Stone are completely bogus and they allegedly center around supposed inconsistencies regarding Stone’s sworn testimony from September 26, 2017 before the United States House Intelligence Committee.

Stone stands so ludicrously over-charged that the evidence collected by prosecutors, if printed on paper and stacked, would be twice as tall as the Washington Monument. Digitally, the evidence can be measured in terabytes.

I landed the first interview (September 27, 2019) with Stone the very next morning following his sworn testimony. Stone discussed at length how he had just hours before “shoved their words down their throats,” said Stone.

Stone is a proud man, who has worked on the Presidential campaigns of Reagan, Bush 1, Bush 2 and Trump. He is the architect of former New Jersey Governor Tom Kean’s upset victory over the heavily-favored future Governor Jim Florio.

Despite the fact that Stone has been charged with series of non-violent, process crimes, he was treated beyond how the most heinous suspects would be treated. Stone was the subject of an over-the-top, Osama Bin Laden, El Chapo or Pablo Escobar (style) pre-dawn raid of his home.

Incredulously, “more men were sent to raid my home then were used to protect our compound In Benghazi,” said Stone. Let that sink-in for a moment. Despite being no flight risk whatsoever, Stone also had his travel restricted, despite the fact that he doesn’t even possess a Passport to leave the country.

In one of his last interviews before the gag order, Stone said on the WPG/Hurley in the Morning” program that the raid, “a pre-dawn raid stormed my house with greater force than was used to take down terrorists or drug lords and terrorized my wife and my dogs. It was unconscionable,” said Stone.

They federal government sent enough armed agents and fire power to overthrow a Central American country. They handled the Stone home raid with assault weapons, a tank, amphibious vessels and more. And, of course CNN cameras were allowed to set within the security parameter 35 minutes before the raid took place to memorialize it all during Mueller Time.

By any fair examination, this was excessive force and pure theatrics by former Special Counsel Robert Mueller. It’s easy to believe to believe that this circus stunt was to prejudice any potential jury pool against Stone.

The only things that Stone is permitted to do under Judge Jackson’s gag order is to proclaim his innocence and raise money through his legal defense fund. Any other comment from Stone would be a violation; which if he committed such an offense would surely land Stone in jail immediately.

The criminal charges have cost Stone his home, savings, insurance coverage, and his ability to pay for basic necessities: rent, food, medical care, etc.

Stone estimates that it will cost him more than $ 2 million to mount his legal defense and win at trial this November, 2019. Also, Stone’s trial will be held in the District of Columbia, an extreme liberal bastion of Americana. You can just imagine the potential jury pools that there will be to choose from. There is no worse location for Stone, except perhaps sections of California and New York City.

Everyone deserves the right to a fair trial. Stone has faced the unimaginable stress and daily pressure of a runaway Special Prosecutor, who had possessed unlimited taxpayer funds at his disposal.

In the entire history of our country, you almost never see people charged with these kinds of “process crimes.” Much of the successful Mueller prosecutions to date have been their aggressive efforts to go after people, who know President Donald Trump and relentlessly employ a process of searching for a crime.

Mueller and his band of pro-Democrat Prosecutors wanted to take down President Trump in the worst way. To get to President Trump, they were willing to mow down anyone who wouldn’t cooperate with their agenda.

Stone has been unwilling to turn on the President and he’s currently paying a heavy price for it. It’s extremely rare to defeat the federal government at trial. They have a high 90 percentile success rate.

However, I strongly believe that Stone will be acquitted at trial. It’s very tough to run the table on seven different counts. That’s why the federal government always over-charges a defendant.

In the unjust event that Stone is convicted at trial, he is a “poster child” for the reason why the President is granted unlimited power to pardon an individual of such federal criminal convictions.

A potential Stone conviction would be much like Scooter Libby. Libby had committed no crime whatsoever. Yet, that didn’t stop an overzealous prosecution in succeeding to convict him of completely bogus charges.

President George W. Bush commuted Libby’s sentence, but he refused to pardon him. That was a sad mistake that Bush made.

I have decided that I will personally lend my support and help to organize an Atlantic City area fundraiser to benefit the Stone Legal Defense Fund later this summer. Details will follow in the very near future.

The Roger Stone Defense Fund can be accessed at: www.StoneDefenseFund.com

[BIO: Harry Hurley is the president of Harry Hurley Consulting and Communications, LLC. He hosts the daily talk radio program “Hurley in the Morning” 6-10 a.m., weekdays on Townsquare Media, WPG Talk Radio 104.1 FM & 1450 AM, where he also serves as the senior programming consultant. Harry was elected to both the Philadelphia (2013) and New Jersey (2015) Radio Broadcasting Hall of Fame. Harry Hurley has also been selected (2015-2018) as one of the Top 100 Most Important Talk Radio Hosts in America by Talkers Magazine. Hurley is also doing national fill-in, on-air talent work for FOX News Radio on their nationally syndicated platforms. He has hosted various programs for local television and is the editor and publisher of his news and information.]

Website, HarryHurley.com.

E-Mail Harry Hurley: HarryHurley@aol.com

The First Woman President Will Be. . .

Attorney Lloyd Pearcy

In 1872, forty-eight years before the nineteenth amendment to the U.S. Constitution allowed women to vote, Victoria Woodhull ran for president. Between 1872 and 2016, sixteen women ran unsuccessfully for the presidency.[i]

In 2016 Hillary Clinton seemed destined to fulfill the 144-year quest to elect a woman. She was so certain of victory that she scarcely bothered to campaign! Not only was her opponent a novice who had never held political office, but she had spent a billion dollars to rig the election. How could she lose?

To Hillary and her horde of reality-deniers who are still trying to decipher how she lost, I offer a sobering explanation: divine providence intervened in 2016! And I believe the same unseen hand of providence is now at work to orchestrate the election of the first woman president.

Who will she be? When will she be elected? What circumstances will propel her into the oval office? Here’s a hint: It will not happen in 2020 and it will not be Hillary or any of the six women who have officially declared as candidates for next year’s election.[ii]

The Scenario

My predictive intuition foresees the following confluence of events which will propel the first woman into the White House:

The 16-months from today until late August 2020 when the Democrat and Republican conventions end will prove to be the most turbulent era in American political history, with the following developments:

Disclosure of a multitude of Democrat illegalities will decimate the party’s credibility to the point its 2020 candidate will be a sacrificial lamb; indeed, it is possible the Democrats will not even field a candidate!
The scope of sedition which could decimate the political left is breath-taking: Benghazi; selling America’s uranium to Russia; weaponization of the FBI, Department of Justice and IRS for political purposes; Clinton Foundation mischief; Obama’s computer-generated birth certificate and multiple social security numbers; a covert coup attempt by government officials to overthrow a duly-elected president; the FISA court deceptions; Senator Feinstein’s long-time employment of a China spy; the CIA-controlled media; shadow-banning conservative voices on social media. . .the list seems endless!

The fallout from 80,000 sealed federal indictments will include information that discredits Vice President Pence. This may involve confederacy with Paul Ryan in an alleged midnight machination on October 10, 2016 to oust Trump as nominee and replace him with a Pence-Ryan ticket;
For his new Vice President Trump will select a woman to reinforce his standing with suburban women, the voting demographic where he is weakest;
The migration toward Trump among the middle 60-percent of American voters who are conservative-to-moderate, will insure him a landslide victory in 2020[iii]. Notwithstanding psychopathic hatred of Trump by a delusional fringe, the president’s popularity will accelerate;
On November 3, 2020, Trump wins the biggest landslide in presidential history;
Having engineered transformative changes in the country’s governance, economy and institutions over the eight-years of the “second American revolution”, Trump will retire as the consensus reincarnation of George Washington! His 2020-24 vice president becomes the heir-apparent, with a mandate to continue his policies;
In November 2024 the woman who has served as Trump’s second vice president is elected the nation’s first female president.

What manner of woman

The woman who succeed Trump will mirror his political and personal values. She will embody:

America-first patriotism;
Bedrock conservatism;
A genuine reverence for the Constitution;
She will instinctively assign the interests of ordinary citizens over those of government;
Impeccable integrity;
Plain-spoken candor;
Decisiveness;

In addition to these attributes, she will have prior governmental experience in the executive branch; and proven campaign skills.

A prophet describes this woman

In 1987 my wife Jenny and I visited a tiny inner-city church in Denver. We went to hear Kim Clement, a young South African who was reputed to be a modern- day prophet. We were seated about two-thirds toward the back of the church. Suddenly in the middle of the service Kim pointed at me and said, “Sir, you in the blue sweater, come up here. I must pray for you right now. And bring your wife!” As we walked to the front I thought, “How did he know we are married? There is an 18-year difference in our ages. I am caucasian and Jenny is Asian”. We had never been to that church and nobody there knew us.

At the podium Kim first prophesied to my wife, who then went into deep silent prayer. Kim turned to me and said, “Tell me about her sister in Los Angeles.” My sister-in-law had recently moved to LA from Denver. Kim spoke several prophecies about her, all of which came to fruition within a year! That night and several years later in Loveland, Colorado, Kim prophesied numerous things to me. Some have been fulfilled and others are still in process.

I followed Kim Clement’s remarkable ministry for the next thirty years until his untimely death in 2016 at age 60! Kim became renowned throughout the world! He moved to the U.S., eventually landing in Hollywood, where he felt called to bring light to an industry turned sinister. Over more than three decades, Kim Clement proclaimed thousands of verified prophecies, including prescient references to Donald Trump which seem to be still unfolding.[iv] Kings, presidents and prime ministers summoned him for private counseling. He became the most influential Christian prophet since Biblical times. His weekly broadcasts were heard around the world.

In 2011 in Nashville, Kim announced:

“There shall be a woman that shall rise up. A woman that shall be strong in faith, virtuous, beautiful in eyes . . . round and big. I have crowned her says the lord, as I crowned Esther . . . And God says, they will say ‘we hated her but now we love her’ . . . For she shall take the oil of healing and she shall pour it upon the scars of those left and those right and of the new party that has emerged, and they shall say, ‘Christ will reign, and we shall not implement at all socialism.’

Therefore, the healing that is necessary for this nation shall come at a time in the middle of the presidency. There shall be a woman that shall come . . . For the soul of America has been corrupted with bitterness and anger. And God said, ‘she shall say, no more bitterness, no more anger, no more division . . .” [v] (Emphasis added).

January 20, 2025

The first woman American president is inaugurated. She is a deeply patriotic woman of the people who got her start in government as a small-town mayor. She became governor of her state, where her approval rating exceeded 80%.⁶She was nominated for vice president. In her first national campaign she demonstrated rare political acumen, even though her RINO handlers muzzled her message. The insane left spared no effort in attempting to demonize her, mercilessly smearing not only her but also her husband and minor children. The left was so terrified by her populist appeal, unapologetic conservatism, and common-sense approach to governance that they schemed to destroy her personally and politically. Until this inauguration day, they thought they had succeeded.

Welcome to the oval office, Sarah Palin!

E-Mail Lloyd Pearcy: lgpearcy@comcast.net

[BIO: Lloyd G. Pearcy recently retired after practicing law for 50 years, during which time he believes he appeared in every court (federal, state and municipal) in Colorado. He was legal counsel to hundreds of local and national Christian organizations. As a young prosecutor assigned to juvenile court, he saw first-hand the need for out of home placements. He founded and for 11 years served as president and director of Excelsior Youth Centers, a premier residential treatment center for children with campuses in Denver and Spokane.]

Footnotes:

[i] The women candidates were Victoria Woodhull (1872), Belva Ann Lockwood (1884), Margaret Chase Smith (1964), Shirley Chisholm (1972), Patsy Mink (1972), Linda Jenness (1972), Ellen McCormack (1976 & 1980), Sonia Johnson (1984), Pat Schroeder (1988), Lenora Fulani (1988 & 1992), Elizabeth Dole (2000), Carol Moseley Braun (2004), Hillary Clinton (2008 & 2016), Carly Fiorina (2016), Jill Stein (2008 & 2016), and Michele Bachmann (2012). Rebecca Bohanan, “12 Women Who Ran for President Before Hillary”’, Huffington Post, July 25, 2016. See also “Women Presidential and Vice-Presidential Candidates: A Selective List”, Rutgers University Center for Women and Politics, 2019 (Internet).

[ii] Rep.Tulsi Gabbard (HI), Senators Kirsten Gillibrand (NY), Kamala Harris (CA), Amy Klobuchar (MN), Elizabeth Warren (MA) and author Marianne Williamson.

[iii] See my article, “Trump will be the most Transformative President in History”, Canada Free Press archives.

[iv] “Trump shall become a trumpet. I will raise up the Trump to become a trumpet, says the lord.” Kim Clement, Bethel Church, Redding, CA. Nov. 10, 2007; “God says, ‘I will put at your helm for two terms a president who will pray, but he will not be a praying president when he starts . . .’I will put him in office and then I will baptize him with the Holy Spirit and my power, says the Lord of Hosts . . . There will be a praying president, not a religious one”; “For the Spirit of God says, ‘Yes, he may have hot blood, but he will bring the walls of protection on this country in a greater way and the economy of the country shall change rapidly,’ says the Lord of Hosts.” Kim Clement, February 10, 2007 (emphasis added). Videos of prophecies and other information can be seen at kimclement.org.

[v] Kim Clement, Nashville, Tennessee, March 25, 2011.

6 “Sarah Palin Approval Rating”, Godvoter.org (2008).

What’s Wrong With Being Transgender?

By Robert W. Peck

If, as we’re told, being transgender sets a person free to be who they really are, then why does it make them so distraught that 35 percent of transgender youth attempt suicide? That statistic makes encouraging children to experiment with transgenderism the equivalent of handing them a revolver with two loaded chambers and encouraging them to experiment with Russian roulette.

Believing oneself to be something other than what one’s own body clearly reveals him to be is indeed correctly diagnosed as a mental disorder. Whether it’s a matter of a male believing he is female, or a human believing they are a horse, it’s an equally psychotic break with physical reality.

While some mental disorders can be the result of damage to the brain, or a chemical imbalance in the body, the source of a person with an otherwise sound mind and body believing something that clearly defies reality is found outside of one’s self.

True, or full transgender identity – as opposed to a young child merely being sexually confused – is the product of demonic deception in which satanic spiritual agency administers unnatural, and false, thoughts and impulses to a person’s psyche, then leads the victim to believe that the impulses are his own actual thoughts and feelings and that to be true to himself he must accept, or “take” the thought, thus making it his own and acting upon those feelings. In believing the lie and acting on the impulses in an endeavor to be true to one’s perceived real-self, the victim is deceived into attempting to be something that he is not, and which he can never become.

Believing we are something that we are not, separates us from the reality of who we actually are and what we were created to be. This separates us from the God-ordained purpose of our existence and thereby separates our existence from meaning. A person without a sense of purpose attempting to live a life without meaning will obviously be much more susceptible to confusion and depression.

In the case of the American youth who have been deceived into believing they are a gender that they are not, it has opened the door to such mental distress that five times more than the national average are attempting suicide in search of relief. Of course, this too is the work of demonic agency that preys upon the now mentally distraught, selling them the lie that death is the only cure for the life they’ve been deceived into living.

The good news is that only 2 percent of America’s youth have succumbed to this lie and accepted a transgender identity. This is a reminder that Satan’s power is limited to the ability to deceive and that even his ability to deceive is quite limited. Deception of this sort generally requires catching the right person, at the right time, in the right circumstance, to be able to sell them on the right lie.

Things like a child being sexually molested, verbally abused, or subjected to the psychological trauma of divorce, to name just a few, can help create favorable conditions for such deception by placing the child into a circumstance that their psyche is not equipped to handle. It leaves a gap of understanding in the child’s mind that the devil will all too gladly help them fill with thoughts like “your father left because you’re unlovable,” or “that adult did sexual things to you because there’s something wrong with you,” and a thousand more.

No, Satan doesn’t play fair. His minions will prey upon the weak, the innocent, and the traumatized. He’s the original child abuser and will sow twisted thoughts and deceitful lies into the mind of a child whenever he gets the chance. Whether it be transgender thoughts or using grades in school to help convince a child they are inferior and setting them up for a life-long complex, the mind is indeed a battlefield. This is why children need to be protected spiritually, mentally, and emotionally even more than physically.

I’m not condemning anyone who has been victimized by the transgender deception. In fact, if that’s you, I have compassion for you and want you to know there is hope. The God who created you still loves you, has a plan for you, and wants to restore you to his purpose for your life. If you’re ready to find God’s plan for your life, you can get started here.

However, who I have considerably less tolerance for are the adults, some in the media, some in schools, and some even masquerading as clergy, who make themselves a mouthpiece for the devil, spreading the doctrine of demons by telling innocent children that they might not be what their Creator made them to be, their body shows them to be, and their very genetic encoding proves them to be. (Gender is genetically encoded from birth and cannot be changed through medical treatment. Transgenderism is psychological only and has no physical basis. Listen to this interview with Dr. Michelle Cretella to learn more.)

While justly disapproving of those who assist in spreading the transgender lie, we need to remember that what we’re really wrestling with is not flesh and blood. It’s not as though the purveyors of transgenderism thought this up on their own and just woke up one morning saying “hey, I’ve got an idea, let’s go lie to some kids and see if we can really screw up their sexual psyche.”

Like the youth who have been taken in this trap, the proponents of transgenderism have also been deceived by lies administered to the inhabitants of this planet by satanic principalities, powers, rulers of the darkness of this age, and spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places (Ephesians 6:12). The degree to which each of us is susceptible to believing those lies, and falling prey to those powers, will be in proportion to our knowledge of, love for, and devotion to truth, remembering that God’s word is truth (John 17:17). Rejection of truth will leave us doomed to delusion as there is nothing left to believe but a lie (2 Thessalonians 2:10-11).

While transgender propaganda alone does not force a child to believe they are of the opposite sex, it certainly opens the door to gender confusion which creates the atmosphere in which hard-core deception can prosper at convincing children to imitate the opposite sex; adolescents to take puberty-blocking drugs; adults to have their bodies surgically mutilated; and 35 percent of youth to attempt suicide. Those in our society who are telling children that transgenderism is normal are effectively acting as the accomplice to a molester, convincing unwary children that it’s safe to get into a car with a stranger who is going to use and abuse them until their minds become so twisted and tormented that many will wish they were dead.

Even on a purely natural level, not considering the spiritual nature of the matter, for adults to “support” children engaging in something known to make them far more likely to use drugs, and which puts them at five times greater risk of attempting suicide, is reckless child endangerment. Certainly, anyone who chose to “support” children who were intrigued with Russian roulette by assuring them “it’s okay,” and that “it’s a natural curiosity,” then buying them a box of live ammo to play with, would be prosecuted and imprisoned.

[Bio: Robert Peck began his political activism in the 1990s, first with the Ross Perot independent Presidential campaign, followed by the Republican revolution of 1994, then the Pat Buchanan Presidential primary bid of 1996, which lead to his acquaintance with former Nixon administration official and Constitution Party founder, Howard Phillips. It was through Phillips, and involvement in the Constitution Party, that Bob was introduced to the principles of Christian Constitutionalism that have come to shape his political views.]

E-Mail Robert Peck: rwpeck59@gmail.com

View From Street Level: Shining Light On A Hill Is Being Snuffed Out

By Alice Byrd

Nasty Legosi, more commonly known as Nancy Pelosi, recently declared that a wall of security at our southern border was/is/would be “immoral.” Personally, I find 98% of our “CONgress” and it’s extended institutions, immoral…and getting worse every single second.

There is no MORALITY, nor any accountability, anywhere, for the Cretans who live and work in Washington, District of Corruption currently, or have, within the past 30 years; I can count on one hand the good people who have tried to reign in this manically out of control Faustian circus act and the sociopath actors engaged therein; yet I won’t want to name them for fear the federal gestapo will show up at their doors with guns drawn and brown bags for their computer hard drives.

Without any scent or whiff of hyperbole whatsoever, I declare the very worst example of what I am trying to convey, in the entire history of America, to be Barry Soetoro’s diabolically heinous Marxist objectives, with his “hope and change” mantra of death and destruction to our national heritage, to our virtue-seeking rule of law and the very firm foundation our nation was constructed upon, our United States Constitution. Every chance he and his hedonist worshipers got, they proudly flew their middle fingers at our long held traditions and our historical national fabric. The intent of the vile Socialists and Communists who are now breeding neophytes and acolytes in the halls of our national capitol (as well as our state houses and public schools/colleges and universities) is to completely dismantle the Constitution and the US as a sovereign nation. There is a concept that everyone who still has a functioning brain in their cranial expanses should get intimately familiar with:

The not so privately stated intention of the globalist elites who now have their hands FIRMLY around the throat of the country we live in, is to strangle her freedom to death…and their grip is getting so tight, that our states are turning “blue”. The infection is killing the patient and the “doctor’s” are all standing around with Appletini’s in one hand and coke spoons in the other… as the blood drips from their fingers. It is beyond malevolent, malignant and wildly pernicious; it has become an incomprehensible moral cataclysm.

NO ONE in the Washington hierarchy is innocent; they are ALL heretics and evil doers. I include the pantyhose wearing progressive Republicans along with the toxic waste infused brains of the Communists in the DSA who are actively participating in the decimation of our Constitutional protections: life, liberty and the pursuit of property, ie ‘happiness’. The most recent example of this is the state sanctioning of infanticide. Living children born of the most horrific procedure imaginable, late term abortion, can now be left to die an unconscionable death…they suffocate on their own fluids, as the doctor watches from his/her elevated view, hands tied willingly behind their backs. The people who endorse such a demonic act should be made to witness the live birth of a failed abortion, and watch as the infant dies it’s unwanted death. Who protects the CHILDREN?????? Certainly not the abomination of desolation called the US Government!!! They now sanction outright murder of living children. I am waiting for the wrath of God to descend from on high and sink us like Atlantis. BOOM!

This might end up being the straw that broke the public’s comatose condition of complacency. MAYBE, but I know better than to hold my breath when it comes to the public’s inability to recognize the death of morality, even when it smacks them square in the kisser!

We, who cherish life and righteous law, who have made long, loud efforts to awaken the public to the protection of our freedoms, liberties and rights as they are institutionally enshrined in our Constitution, WE who have warned constantly of the dangers the infiltration of The ENEMY into our government institutions and extended bureaucracies presents, including the insidious vampire institution which gleefully facilitates all this madness with it’s insatiable financial witchcraft, the international wizards of Wall Street and the utterly immoral Federal Reserve (with it’s revolving door of gov’t manipulating puppeteers)…WE THE PEOPLE who weep for the loss of our safety and security from the invading international marauders coming through our southern border, are FED THE HELL UP!

The WALL is immoral? I’ll tell you what is IMMORAL!! : Infanticide and abortion at will is IMMORAL!!

Stealing the hard earned income from American workers to feed, water, house, medicate and sanitize half the planet, while there are homeless military veterans sleeping in tents on feces lined streets in San Francisco is IMMORAL; (send all your thank you memos to Nancy, Jerry Moonbeam and that other cow, Maxipad Waters)

“Immoral” is supporting and protecting drug barons, so the wicked wizards of Wall Street can party like rock stars (which they do on a VERY regular basis, according to sworn testimony from one of the most notorious madam’s in NY who facilitated “beautiful escorts” and uber-luxury modes of transportation for these tycoons of financial terror…not to mention the myriads of debauched politicians who frequently enjoy the services of such purveyors of licentiousness)

“Immoral” is when politicians protect their own incomes and assets in and behind off shore accounts, conglomerate/corporation stock portfolios, municipal/federal bonds, foreign investments (like Slithery’s facilitation of Russian control of US uranium), and dozens of other creative financial hocus-pocus activities their extremely well paid CPA’s, tax attorneys and corporate counselors provide, while the American middle class carries the burden of the earth’s voracious appetite for “equality” on it’s back:

“Immorality” is sending thousands of billions of American workers’ dollars to dictators who do NOTHING for their oppressed, starving masses, but instead, watch their bank accounts expand off the creamy fat of American “humanitarian (or) foreign aid” provided from “US Tax Dollars”…what it REALLY is, is an international financial laundromat for corrupt criminal enterprise junkies, usually called US politicians and their fat cat funders/bundlers, corporate lobbyists, their uber wealthy owners/controllers…and of course, their friendly foreign luminaries. The magic money machine prints $$$, the politicians send it overseas, it ends up in fat foreign bank accounts and We The People pay the piper his due…in this case, the Fed, through the IRS. It’s a really slick set-up!!

Taking a bunny trail here, I almost puked when I heard the latest silicone covered poison from that noxious juvenile twit, Alexandria Ocacio-Cortez, when she put out her satin covered speech about taxing the highest earners to the tune of 70% or more percent. If that donkey’s backside fell and cracked her head open, nothing would flow out except fortune cookie slogans and losing lottery numbers. “AOC” is the new glorified “Obama” (not his real name) produced by the ever more hideous Open Society operation of destroyers and hyper inflated media flatulence. THIS time, they have a plastic savior who sits down to pee…the Feminazi’s and morally bankrupt, toxified, emasculated pretenders, who shamefully, must still stand when they take a leak, must be rejoicing like the inhabitants of Animal House at homecoming. I wonder if some of those toxic males have taken up sitting down to eliminate, just to feel like they have atoned for their “maleness”.

But, one of the MOST immoral, unaccountable, uncontrolled, completely corrupted entities in the entire universe is the MEDIA, who spews the non-stop, regurgitated BS straight from hell itself: THE PROPAGANDA of the Communist Leftists in our own damn government!

When Paul wrote to the Corinthians, he said, “Be not deceived: evil communications corrupt good manners.” (1 Cor 15:33) In studying the chapter, I found that he had paraphrased Menander, a heathen poet. There was some consternation by the citizenry about quoting a corrupt writer, but Paul’s intention was to show how dangerous the conversation of evil people has on the lives and practices of those who listen, and the influence of bad principles thus communicated are when such ideas are absorbed by the populace. Paul was reminding the Corinthians (who weren’t all that enlightened or principled) that wicked communications and writings would lead people into the pits of hell if they weren’t warned of the dangers of such writers.

Attached to Gill’s commentary was a nod to Titus 1:10-12, which says, “For there are many unruly and vain talkers and deceivers… Whose mouths must be stopped, who subvert whole houses, teaching things which they ought not, for filthy lucre’s sake. One of themselves, even a prophet of their own, said, the Cretians are always liars, evil beasts, slow bellies.” The “prophet” spoken of here was Epimenides, who was a Cretan by birth, from Gnossus; as a ‘fortune teller’ and soothsayer, he was considered a prophet of sorts. The Grecians would say that to lie was to “cretize”…. nothing makes a man more like the devil, or more infamous among men, or more abominable to God.

So next time you speak or write to Nancy or almost ANYONE else in our abysmal morally bankrupt government, federal or state, remind them that WE THE PEOPLE voted for the person we believed would provide for our safety and security, BECAUSE HE SAID HE WOULD, and we KNEW he wasn’t “one of them”. Hillary Clinton would have turned us over to the Communist UN in less time than it takes to write her another check for that OTHER criminal enterprise, the fake humanitarian Clinton Foundation. (I’m gonna barf)

We The People voted for a wall, be it cement, steel or electrified concertina (which I favor) with technological surveillance and deterrence wherever necessary because of terrain. So when those mush head politico’s who lollygag and loiter around Washington do NOTHING but soak up The People’s money for themselves, their evil kiss-up sycophants and their innumerable misanthropic foreign dependents, say the “wall” is immoral, what they are REALLY saying is that WE THE PEOPLE are INMORAL…The “people” running our “government”, fighting OUR duly elected president every inch of the way, kicking and screaming at the top of their lungs, through the mouthpieces they have anointed in the “Preferred Media” to do their bidding, hate us, our freedom and mostly our audacity, to elect someone THEY didn’t approve of…We The People must be punished for going against “The Global Directive”…the Enemy within.

Well, we’re sick of them and their dreams of turning our country in a Socialist/Communist nightmare. We declared independence from the last dictatorship which enslaved us to their aristocratic whimsies, 242 years, 6 months and 24 days ago. We will NOT be cowed or shamed into surrendering our virtuous Constitution and Bill of Rights because “they” are having a crisis of identity…

The ENEMY WITHIN is the definition of immorality and we reject him and his operatives of misery completely. He was a liar in the beginning and he is still a liar today.

Lies = deception=delusion=death. God is watching and He is taking notes. As a Christian I am not called to violence, but to prayer. People say prayer is a weakling’s way out of taking action. Believe me, I AM taking action…with every breath I can, when a door is opened for me to bear witness to the consummate Evil killing our country. A bad tree cannot bear good fruit, but it seems that it’s parasitic worms have infected our Good Tree with the intention of murder…like they do to unborn human babies in New Y0rk.

May God forgive our poor use of His blessings and gifts in this nation of plenty. But may He also, provide for our protection from the Adversary who slinks about, stalking the weak and downtrodden, seeking whom he may devour…Make no mistake: Satan has stood up and shown his face in America.

E-Mail Alice Byrd: alliebyrd77@1791.com

Convention Of States Project, Mark Meckler And The Great Deception

By Judi Caler

Playing the victim

Mark Meckler, president of Convention of States Project (COSP), sidesteps the arguments of his conservative opposition. That’s most likely because Meckler’s responses aren’t logical, and his adversaries’ arguments ring true to Republican state legislators whose votes Meckler needs on his Article V convention applications.

Instead, Meckler deceives Republicans by playing the victim to leftist, globalist billionaire George Soros. Since April 2017, COSP operatives have spread the false narrative that Soros has declared war on them. But in fact, backers of COSP are on the same side as Soros in their quest to rewrite our Constitution at an Article V convention AKA “constitutional convention,” “con-con,” or “convention of states.”[2]

What seems to have triggered the “George Soros is against us” fabrication was a letter signed by over 200 national, state and local leftist organizations released by Common Cause on Good Friday 2017. The letter urged state legislators to oppose efforts by convention proponents asking Congress to call an Article V convention, and to rescind all previously passed Article V convention applications from their states.

After the Good Friday letter was released, Meckler sprang into action. He accused Soros of being behind the effort against him, implying the left-leaning groups were receiving Soros money for the purpose of defeating COSP. No one pushed back. So convention operatives became more and more brazen with their false claim. By July 2017, former US Senator Jim DeMint, who is on Meckler’s payroll, declared with conviction on Red-eye Radio[3] that “George Soros and all of the liberal groups” had signed the Good Friday letter. Not true, but COSP’s purpose was served. Who would bother to verify it?

In fact, in addition to Soros, there are hundreds of progressive groups that didn’t sign the letter. The Left, as well as the Right, is split on this issue; and Soros money is widely distributed among leftist organizations. Conspicuously missing as a cosigner of the Good Friday letter is Wolf-PAC, the radical group that is leading the national charge from the Left in promoting an Article V convention. Move to Amend (MTA) is a coalition of hundreds of radical leftist groups formed to promote an amendment to the US Constitution to overturn the Citizens United decision. Most MTA-affiliated groups don’t oppose the convention method[4] of amending the Constitution and, therefore, didn’t sign the Good Friday letter.

Like Meckler’s globalist backers from the phony Right, Soros is linked to promoting Article V convention applications all over the country from the radical Left, with his money on Wolf-PAC and its media arm, Young Turks. HERE Soros is given credit for Wolf-PAC’s 2014 success in Vermont, the first state to ask Congress to call an Article V convention, ostensibly to overturn the Supreme Court’s Citizens United decision and to limit political speech. And that effort continues today.[5] Wolf-PAC and Young Turks were both founded by Cenk Uygur; Young Turks has been identified as part of Soros’s Media Consortium.

At times COSP adds other progressive bugaboos to the mix, including Hillary Clinton, former Attorney General Eric Holder, and anyone else that might elicit a knee-jerk reaction of revulsion in diehard Republicans. HERE COSP ally and talk show host, Mark Levin, dissects a Hillary Clinton recording. First, Levin announces that Clinton is worried about a “convention of states.” He then cuts to 20 seconds of Clinton alluding to a “constitutional convention.” Ironically, COSP operatives also claim to be opposed to a “constitutional convention” which they falsely claim is different than a “convention of states.” Levin had to put words in Clinton’s mouth and defy his own twisted logic in order to set up Clinton as an archenemy of COSP to “prove” to Hillary-loathing Republicans that Levin is on the side of goodness and truth.

Meckler has added the “Soros-is-against-us” mantra to his repertoire, appearing to believe it himself. Meckler often invokes George Soros rather than answering hard-hitting objections to an Article V convention. For example, when cornered on Fox News’ Steve Hilton show by conservative pundits Jason Chaffetz and Tomi Lahren on July 29, 2018 (at 5:24), Meckler goes for the jugular with an emotional, albeit false assertion: “I would ask Jason and Tomi if they understand who they’re standing with. Every single radical leftist Marxist communist group in America has stood against us. Soros, Hillary Clinton personally has spoken out against us…” Meanwhile COSP claims they have a “non-partisan solution to a bi-partisan problem.” Go figure.

In this deceptive video, amid ominous background music, COSP contends that Soros-funded organizations have been “caught on camera” lobbying legislators to oppose Article V convention applications. Laughably, COSP’s “proof” of a supposed conspiracy against them is two individual presenters from two liberal organizations in two states; each of whom used similar language testifying against COSP legislation. That’s likely because COSP has been introducing largely identically-worded applications[6] in almost every state for the past five years! You can be sure that in those states where hearings were held, testimony supporting COSP applications would sound like an echo chamber if spliced together as well.

Committee hearings are often recorded and archived online by legislatures. This promotes public access and transparency in government. It is ludicrous to associate public testimony with the phrase “caught on camera,” which is reminiscent of treachery and hot mics.

Misrepresenting support

At the same time, COSP claims that all conservatives support an Article V convention. On the same Fox/Hilton show (at 6:04), Meckler falsely stated, “every major conservative figure in America — scholar or television personality–has spoken out [for an Article V convention].” But Meckler fails to mention his impressive conservative opposition: Campaign for Liberty, Eagle Forum, Freedom First Society, John Birch Society, Gun Owners of America, National Association of Gun Rights, Oath Keepers, Phyllis Schlafly Eagles, and more. He also fails to mention eminent jurists and scholars and the brilliant men who framed our Constitution, including four U.S. Supreme Court Justices.

A word about endorsers

COSP hasn’t been able to win their arguments with truth and logic. But they’ve managed to convince dozens of well-known politicians, pundits, and public figures to endorse their cause. The endorsements are then used to induce the rest of us to jump on the bandwagon. The endorsers generally know little to nothing about our Constitution. And we don’t know if their endorsements are a result of the bandwagon effect, paid advertising, money in their pocket, or something else. COSP bankrolled former US Senator Tom Coburn for $240,000 in 2016 alone. Tens of millions of dollars from undisclosed sources have flowed into the coffers of the convention lobby from globalists pushing a convention where our Constitution is at risk. We need to educate ourselves on the issue so as not to be fooled by paid endorsers echoing the party line. Their views don’t hold a candle to those of our Framers.

Phony petitions

In order give the impression of widespread citizen support, COSP has been collecting signatures on petitions for years through its pricey computer software. Two Idaho legislators have called attention to petitions they’ve received, digitally “signed” by some constituents who, when contacted, said they never signed. Representative Priscilla Giddings called this practice “hi-tech fraud.” Representative Dorothy Moon called it “dirty tricks.” COSP apparently accumulates signatures for life (or longer): in 2016, a South Dakota state senator received a petition from his dead neighbor! Meckler claims to have an “army of 3.7 million.” By way of comparison, China’s army is 2.7 million, and China has four times our population! Where are all the dedicated COSP soldiers? It isn’t difficult to join Meckler’s army, as some grassroots opponents have found after being inadvertently added to COSP’s mailing list; their email addresses may have been harvested as they explored the COSP website doing opposition research.

Misleading polls

With great fanfare, COSP rolled out the results of Moore Information’s 2018 “public opinion” polls to “prove” that an overwhelming majority of statewide voters[7] favor COSP’s application.

Two-thirds-plus respondents, depending upon the state polled, said they favored a “convention of states,” a term the poll failed to define. In Iowa, the result jumped 36.7% in favor of a convention in just the few minutes between the first and fourth questions! COSP wasn’t shy about disseminating survey results in speeches, interviews, and well-placed articles disguised as news items in states debating COSP legislation.

Published polls, paid for by clients with agendas, generally yield the results the client wants. Otherwise, the polls, owned by the client, wouldn’t see the light of day. Poll results are determined by the questions asked, among other factors. Garbage in, garbage out.

Respondents to the COSP-commissioned poll were first asked their opinion (favor/oppose) on whether their state should join other states in calling for a “convention to propose constitutional amendments that limit federal power.” Next, they were asked their opinion of a “constitutional amendment to limit federal spending.” Then they were asked their opinion about “placing term limits on members of Congress and/or federal judges.” Finally, respondents were asked their opinion of their state “calling for a convention of states to propose constitutional amendments that limit federal spending, limit federal power, and establish term limits for members of Congress and/or federal judges.”[8] (Emphasis mine).

But these are trick questions!

The poll questions conceal the fact that Delegates to an Article V convention can’t be limited or bound by subject. Delegates to a convention will have more power than state legislatures, Congress or the President.[9] They can write their own rules. And they’ll be able to propose (or not propose) any amendments they like; or rewrite or replace our Constitution, if they so choose. So, respondents were surveyed using irrelevant questions akin to a magician’s trick of drawing audience attention to one thing (the subject of the amendments) while distracting it from another (the dangers of a convention). In addition to omitting the risks of a convention, the questions omit that our problems arise from long-standing violations of our Constitution–and that we can’t fix violations of our Constitution by amending our Constitution. Poll results most certainly would have been flipped had these caveats been incorporated into the questions.

How can a few short, flawed multiple-choice questions fed to random voters measure informed opinion and ardent support for a complicated, relatively unknown issue like an Article V convention? Are those who responded favorably part of Meckler’s “army” too?

Clearly COSP’s poll was intended to influence public policy by swaying legislators’ votes and public opinion, rather than to measure where voters stand on this important issue. COSP’s treating the results as authentic is misleading at best.

Smear Tactics

Those who can’t defend their stance on its merits resort to smear tactics when desperate. On April 26, 2016, at a California legislative hearing, Meckler vilified the John Birch Society (JBS): “…decades ago [JBS] was chased from reasonable discourse for issues of racism and antisemitism. So, I think (their) arguments are long discredited.”[10]

Meckler said on Mark Levin’s show and archived here during March, 2018, that the conservative Iowa Faith and Freedom Coalition, which opposes a convention, has “…lost their way. They’re sending out these horrible, dishonest emails slandering the movement, repeating the lies of the left.”[11]

Until 2014, Meckler attempted to disparage Eagle Forum’s Phyllis Schlafly in her later years by implying she was senile; he also claimed that Schlafly had no support from “legitimate scholars” for her opposition to an Article V convention. Meckler, whose credentials are no match for Schlafly’s, later changed his tune, apparently after conservative pushback. Today Meckler showers Schlafly with praise and claims her view on the con-con was her only mistake.

Meckler and his operatives repeatedly pressure those hosting conservative events to cancel national speaker and Article V convention expert Joanna Martin J.D.,[12] possibly COSP’s most formidable living conservative opponent. COSP defames Martin’s character by falsely claiming she is a white supremacist affiliated with the Aryan Nation. On Sept. 29, 2018, three Texas Convention of States co-directors emailed an urgent call to action for COSP lemmings to bombard the First Baptist Church in Dallas with calls demanding that Martin’s next-day event be cancelled.[13] In another instance, Ms. Martin, who had been invited to debate COSP at the prestigious South Carolina Tea Party Coalition Conference held January 20, 2018, was cancelled after Meckler refused to debate her, demanded that Martin not be allowed to speak, and insisted that he be allowed to appear on the stage alone, without Martin.

COSP engages in “Ritual Defamation” of their opponents in order to prevent the public from hearing the truth about COSP’s false claims. The purpose of ritual defamation is to bully opponents into silence, intimate others from associating with opponents, and to shut down open public discussion of issues. If they can stop the debate, they won’t have to win the debate.

Birds of a feather

All the while, Meckler has befriended progressive activist and Harvard professor Lawrence Lessig since 2011 when they co-chaired the Conference on the Constitutional Convention (ConConCon) at Harvard. The intended purpose of the two-day event was to bring the Right and Left together in asking Congress to call a constitutional convention. Lessig was identified by Breitbart as having served on Soros-financed boards.

Ulterior motives

It is worth noting that George Soros is bankrolling the Constitution 2020 movement,[14] and that Eric Holder is associated with pushing for the same “progressive” Constitution. Holder sat on the board of the American Constitution Society, a Soros-funded group and the main organization behind the movement to ensure a more progressive constitution.[15] Soros needs a convention to propose a Marxist Constitution with a “new and improved” Bill of Rights. Convention of States Project, on the other hand, is backed by globalist billionaires Charles and David Koch whose aim may be to get a convention in order to propose a new Constitution compatible with moving the United States into the North American Union. Short of a takeover by a foreign power, the easiest way to impose a new Constitution is through an Article V convention.

Four Pinocchios

If critical thinking and the Constitution were still taught in our public schools and colleges, COSP would have been awarded “four Pinocchios” for the past several years for their whoppers[16]and stopped in their tracks long ago.

A “convention of states,” AKA “constitutional convention,” poses a very real threat to our Republic. Sadly, it’s an obscure, complicated issue that few ordinary citizens understand. And too many state legislators, who should know better, have accepted COSP’s myths at face value, sponsored their legislation, and voted accordingly.

Just about every political issue conservative Americans care about depends upon our keeping the Constitution we have and not risking it at a convention. Instead of sponsoring COSP applications, state legislators need to reject all Article V convention applications from their states and rescind those that have passed previously. Given COSP’s trail of deception, how can we possibly trust them with our Constitution?

There is enough documentation linked to this article and endnotes to educate you and your state legislator on the dangers of an Article V convention. The more people learn about it, the more they oppose it. All they need is an open mind. Read, learn, and share. Fool me once!

E-Mail Judi Caler: judicaler@hotmail.com

[Bio: Judi Caler lives in California and is Article V Issues Director for Eagle Forum of California, and President of Citizens Against an Article V Convention.]

Endnotes:

When 2/3 of the States (34) pass applications (resolutions) asking Congress to call an Article V convention, Congress is to call a convention.
Since nothing in the Constitution places subject limitations on a convention or its Delegates, any convention called by Congress would be one convention for all.
The Rick Roberts Show with Jim DeMint, WBAP News-Talk 820 AM at 11:24, posted July 5, 2017.
There are 2 ways to amend the US Constitution per Article V: 1) Congress proposes Amendments and sends them to the States for ratification; or 2) When 2/3 of the States (34) apply for it, Congress is to call a convention to propose Amendments that are then sent to the states for ratification. The second method has never been used.
Wolf-PAC applications for a convention were pending and rejected in at least 17 states in 2018 alone: CO, HI, IA, LA, MA, MD, ME, MO, NE, NM, NY, OK, PA, SC, WA, WI, & WV.
The American Legislative Exchange Council (ALEC) wrote the model legislation from which COSP’s state applications are derived, hence the similarities. ALEC is heavily financed by corporations and consists of corporate and legislative members who meet in secret to shape public policy in state legislatures nationwide.
Voters’ opinions were polled in KS, NE, SD, IA, MN and other states where COSP applications were pending using IVR (AKA robocalls).
The final question reflects the language of COSP’s Article V convention applications.
Delegates to an Article V convention, as sovereign representatives of The People, have the inherent right “to alter or to abolish” their “Form of Government,” as expressed in the Declaration of Independence, paragraph 2.
California Assembly Judiciary Committee hearing: go to: http://www.calchannel.com/video-on-demand/; page 104; Assembly Judiciary Comm., April 26, 2016; video at 1:51:58.
Mark Meckler interviewed on the Mark Levin Show, posted on March 19, 2018; video at 1:20.
Retired litigation attorney Joanna Martin writes and speaks nationally under the nom de guerre Publius Huldah.
Texas Convention of States co-directors Tamara Colbert, Shelby Williams, and Paul Hodson falsely claimed in an email blast that Huldah [Martin] “has a background [with ties to the Aryan Nations and anti-government groups] that could jeopardize Pastor Jeffress and the positive reputation of the church.” The event was cancelled, but not before Ms. Martin had traveled long hours to be there.
org.
“George Soros Assault On U.S. Constitution,” by Aaron Klein, WND.com, March 27, 2011.
Here are a few whoppers: a) we have two Constitutions (one being a compilation of Supreme Court decisions). b) a “constitutional convention” is different than a “convention of states.” c) The framers added the convention method to Art. V after George Mason asked the question, “Are we so naïve that we believe a govt that becomes a tyranny will propose the right kind of amendments to restrain its own tyranny?” More COSP-generated myths are HERE (See pg. 2) and HERE.

Making Sense Of The 2018 Mid-Term Elections

By Lloyd G. Pearcy

(The Outcome is Better Than You Think!)

I have been a political junkie for 70 years, beginning with the Truman-Dewey election of 1948. The recent mid-term election was the second most disappointing and, also, the second most surprising of my life! The most disappointing and surprising was the election of 2012.

Early in the evening on election night I told my wife, “In my gut this election feels exactly like the 2012 election”. Upon further reflection, I realized the 2012 and 2018 elections have several things in common:

Both elections occurred two years following historic conservative movements: The Tea Party emergence of 2010 and the Trump miracle of 2016;
In both campaigns, attendance at Republican campaign events was massive whereas Democratic crowds were sparse;
In both campaigns Republican rallies were characterized by spontaneous enthusiasm whereas Democrat events were rehearsed and mechanistic. (the “enthusiasm gaps”);
In both elections the polls indicated Democrat victories at the federal level;
In both elections there was massive voter turnout;
In both elections a significant Democrat “victory” was apparent almost from the time the polls closed.

As it turns out, these two elections were darkly similar in one other attribute, which I will explain later!

On a personal level there was one other eerie similarity: Heading into both elections I was supremely confident of a Republican tsunami; and I fell into crushing despair with both outcomes. And, on both occasions I briefly suspected God of abandoning the patriotic movements He had providentially started two years earlier! In 2018, three prophets that I respect (Mark Taylor, Hank Kunneman and Charlie Shamp) had strongly prophesied an unprecedented Republican victory.

So, how do we make sense of the 2018 mid-terms and why is the outcome better than we think?

President Trump gained power and leverage via the 2018 election.

This election tilted the balance of power in Trump’s favor! Here’s why:

At Trump’s inauguration on January 20, 2017, the House of Representatives was composed of 246 Republicans and 194 Democrats. The Senate was composed of 52 Republicans and 48 Democrats. (I include the two independents (Bernie Sanders and Angus King) as functional Democrats). But, only 19 days after Trump’s inauguration, there were only 51 Republican Senators. And at least 6 GOP Senators were RINOs at best!

So, from 2017 onward, the GOP had a strong majority in the House and a de facto minority in the Senate. Trump presciently routed all the Congressional investigations of the deep state through the House of Representatives. But, knowing the GOP would likely suffer losses in the House in 2018, Trump began in early 2017 to re-constitute the Senate. John McCain died. Lindsey Graham had a born-again political epiphany. RINOs Bob Corker and Jeff Flake were persuaded to retire.

After the dust settles from last week’s election, Republicans should end up with a 53-47 advantage in the Senate, depending on the outcome of the brazen Democrat attempt in Florida to ethereally materialize thousands of votes several days after the election. This calculation also assumes Republican Senator Cindy Hyde-Smith will win the runoff election in Mississippi later this month. And of course, Republicans always have the safety net of Vice President Pence’s tie-breaker vote.

Going forward the Congressional investigations and exposures of deep-state tyranny will simply shift from the House to the Senate! Meanwhile, Senate confirmation of judges and cabinet members is now assured! That is why the recent election shifted power in Trump’s favor.

The 2018 election was a red tsunami and the Democrat “majority” in the House may be short-lived!

Earlier, I noted that the 2012 and 2018 elections “were darkly similar in one other attribute. . .” In both elections Republican victories were negated by massive election fraud! But there is a watershed difference between 2012 and 2018. This time Republicans have a leader who will fight election corruption.

Neither God nor the Christian prophets failed us! God still works in mysterious ways. And the prophets accurately forecasted the real, not the fraudulent, election results.

It appears that President Trump anticipated the Democrat predilection for fraud and embedded a brilliantly camouflaged entrapment in the 2018 election. The day after the election, Q-Anon, Trump’s unofficial mouthpiece that bypasses media censorship, hinted that “honeytraps” were embedded in the 2018 election procedures and mechanisms. Q also hinted the newly elected Democrat majority in the House may be short-lived. As Lenny Kravitz famously said, “It aint over til it’s over.”

On April 17, 2017 Trump appointed a Presidential Commission on voting fraud. Later he abolished the Commission due to lack of cooperation on the part of various Secretaries of State. He then assigned the investigation of election fraud to the Department of Homeland Security. Throughout the 2018 campaign he repeatedly promised his audiences, “If you will vote we will make sure your votes count.” Maybe he used the 2018 election to entrap the vote cheaters and later use the proof to nullify the election and/or prosecute criminally.

Over the past year Q-Anon has posted several thousand cryptic messages to the American people. One recurring phrase in recent posts says, “FISA will bring down the House.” FISA is an acronym for Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act. A secret FISA court authorizes warrants. This was the process used by the FBI and Justice Department to spy on Trump both before his election and after his inauguration. It is the disclosure of these FISA applications and warrants that the FBI, Justice Department and deep state have been fighting. It is widely expected that when the American people learn all the FISA secrets the Democrat Party and even deep state itself may collapse.

I follow several savvy people who interpret Q Anon postings. Several have commented on the phrase “FISA will bring down the House”, I assumed that Q-Anon was using the phrase in its generic sense, i.e., to defeat the enemy. But several patriots interpret the phrase to mean that the FISA information will be released and, along with proof of voter fraud in 2018, the apparent Democrat control of the House will be set aside! Again, “It aint over til it’s over.”

Election fraud comes in many forms, including voting by dead people, multiple-voting cheats, busloads of paid phony voters, etc. Sometimes voting machines are pre-programed to record votes for Democrats even if the Republican lever is pulled. Other times corrupt election officials brazenly fabricate ballots! Sometimes mail-in ballots are sent to Democrat operatives rather than the registered Republican voter. When the real voter appears at the polls on election day, they are told they have already voted by mail. They are allowed to cast a “provisional ballot.” However, it is the fraudulent, mail-in ballot that is counted and given priority in the event of a recount.

Election mischief also takes the form of fraudulent voting by illegal aliens. The Department of Homeland Security estimates that the number of illegal aliens in the U.S. between 2012 and 2018 hovered between 11 and 13.5 million persons. Multiple studies estimate the number to be two to three times higher. A survey in California indicated that 13% of illegal aliens admitted to voting. Another study indicated the actual percentage may be double that.

Election fraud starts long before election day! Corrupt election officials tenaciously resist all mechanisms designed to insure the integrity of elections, such as voter identification. There is little or no oversight of the voter registration process! About half the states outsource the updating of voter-registration lists to native workers foreign countries.

Trump can accomplish his full agenda even with a Democrat majority in the House.

It is no coincidence that the day following the election AG Sessions submitted an undated letter of resignation at the request of President Trump. Recall that Sessions recused himself from the Mueller investigation on the flimsy theory that a conflict-of-interest had arisen because he had talked with a Russian diplomat while a member of the Senate Armed Services Committee. The recusal allowed Rod Rosenstein, a career-long Clinton lackey, to oversee the investigation led by Mueller, another career-long Clinton lackey. By Sessions’ resignation the conflict of interest becomes moot and his successor replaces Rosenstein as Mueller’s boss.

The Sessions recusal was strategic! It gave the deep state a sense of security because two of their most trusted operatives oversaw the Trump investigation. And the President embellished the ruse by publicly criticizing Sessions to the point that the Democrats and media rushed to the defense of Sessions. I believe Jeff Sessions is a hero! Yes, it appears that Trump effectively fired him by “requesting” his resignation. But it was part of the plan from the beginning! And Trump’s parting message to Sessions was that the country will never forget the sacrifice he made for America!

The timing of the Sessions resignation indicates that Trump was waiting for the mid-term election before launching the final take-down of the deep state. Keep in mind that Trump has all the evidence.

All telephone calls, texts, wires and other communications by every person on the planet since the inception of the Patriot Act in 2001! They are all stored in the NSA Data Center in Utah.

All those computer records that Hillary erased from her servers;

All the information on Anthony Weiner’s computer that reportedly includes graphic video of Hillary torturing and killing a young girl in a ritual sacrifice to Satan;

All the phone calls and transmissions concerning Benghazi;

All the information on Obama’s phony birth certificate, his identity, and his multiple Social Security numbers;

All electronic communications pertaining to the transfer of uranium to Russia;

All the data on the criminal machinations of the Clinton Foundation!

All these months during which the media was obsessing over the Mueller investigation and Sessions was “doing nothing”, U.S. Attorney Huber and his army of investigators and lawyers have been busy processing more than 60,000 indictments. They have no doubt been aided in their work by their “stone’s throw” proximity to the NSA Data Center in Utah.

I love the political-activist sisters who call themselves “Diamond and Silk.” They said it best: “All Trump’s enemy’s think this is a game of checkers. But Trump is playing chess!”

E-MAIL: lgpearcy@comcast.net

Working Diligently To Destroy Our Nation: A View From The Street Level

By Alice Byrd

I am not famous; I am not rich; I am barely getting by most times. I have no fancy degrees, I have never worked for anyone prestigious; I am Jane Average…I am the ordinary person you pass on the street, who never gets a second glance. In short, I am no one. But I am also everyone…everyone who doesn’t feel like they have a voice any more. Everyone who toils day after day to keep the lights on and the dog supplied with biscuits. Everyone who has been passed up for a promotion, because of Affirmative Action; Everyone who has had to pay higher taxes because the bleeding heart liberal Progressives in BOTH parties who INSIST that our south of the border invaders and the insidiously dangerous sleeper “refugees” from “worn torn countries” get a free support system to live on so they will VOTE for all the Santa’s in Congress in the next election…and the next election…and the next election.

I have monitored social media for quite awhile now. The conservatives in this country are seething mad. There is a small minority of the populace that are to the point of drawing blood, and I am not talking about doing it in a medical clinic. I caution them with vigor every time I read something about going to the farthest extremes of retribution; but there is a palpable frenzy on the right that almost out matches the malevolent anarchy of the left. So far, the scene has remained in check…but it will only take the smallest spark to ignite the horror of what we refuse to contemplate willingly.

There is another segment of our conservative population who are prepping for what they consider to be inevitable, but praying to God above, that it doesn’t. Our nation shows the deep and barely healed battle scars of too many internal skirmishes with Evil…and Evil it is. REAL Evil. Tangible Evil, and it’s growing in intensity. The Socialist Left has given birth to a population of useful dependents, those who will unleash, at the mere suggestion of some nebulous infraction by the “right”, a virulently destructive brand of chaos, calamity and anarchy. Socialism has been disguised as a form of utilitarian Utopia that everyone benefits from. I can assure you, it is a deception straight from the raging fires of Hell itself.

“ The dependence thus formed can easily deteriorate into addiction” Sam Vaknin in “After The Rain”

Does everyone know the definition of addiction? Well, let me share some of the lesser known components of addition. The following is from ASAM (American Society of Addition Medicine):

“ Addiction is a primary, chronic disease of brain reward, motivation, memory and related circuitry. Dysfunction in these circuits leads to characteristic biological, psychological, social and spiritual manifestations. This is reflected in an individual pathologically pursuing reward and/or relief by substance use and other behaviors.” The frontal cortex of the brain and underlying white matter connections between the frontal cortex and circuits of reward, motivation and memory are fundamental in the manifestations of altered impulse control, altered judgment, and the dysfunctional pursuit of rewards (which is often experienced by the affected person as a desire to “be normal”)

Other factors that can contribute to the appearance of addiction, leading to its characteristic bio-psycho-socio-spiritual manifestations, include:

Cognitive and affective distortions, which impair perceptions and compromise the ability to deal with feelings, resulting in significant self-deception; Distortion in meaning, purpose and values that guide attitudes, thinking and behavior;

Most people think of an addiction as ‘out of control’ substance abuse, meaning drugs or alcohol. But there are additional, equally destructive addictions known to the medical and psychiatric community. Additions like gambling, sexual perversions and/or excesses which would include addiction to pornography, shopping, activities that involve high risk danger (adrenaline junkies) eating addictions (extreme obesity), denial of nourishment addictions (anorexia, bulimia), video gaming, addiction to social media and personal devices, setting fires (pyromania), stealing/theft (kleptomania) exercising/body building, and more. The DSM-IV-TR list these as pleasure center exciters (ie, brain function). Pavlov proved that repeated exposure to certain stimulus would produce predictable results in the responding actions of subjects under study, through systematical conditioning of the study subject (person, dog, monkey, etc). Identify a Desire – produce a Reward to satisfy the Desire. Viola! An addicted subject.

I say this, because there is also an addiction to POWER; Our current poisonous crop of dysfunctional politicians, mostly on the left, but to include some powerful career politicians on the right, more than adequately display this sordid trait in a heinously destructive fashion. The 3 most prominent motivators of our perpetual political dynasty are money, power and control. Money buys power, and power assures control. The more money someone amasses, the more power they can demand and obtain…Control of the masses through psychological and emotional indoctrination, hinges on perceived or actual promised reward of socio-economical benefit to those who will continually support that ‘politician’ and (his/her) perpetual dynastic survival…Control by the Powerful. The constant enlargement of the dependent class receiving economic benefits, insures the continual re-election of a grand balcony full of Santa Claus’s: the Economic Patrons, Your Personal Politicians.

As we have seen, that addiction to “benefits” causes the thoroughly indoctrinated populace to continually protect their benefactors, so that they don’t lose the “goodies” those benefactors provide. But, there is a cost to the individual ‘voter’ (subject) for that loyalty to their personal Politician…

what it costs people/voters/subjects who mindlessly “re-elect” their benefactors, term after term, after endless term renewals, is the ‘subject’s’ unique individuality, their previously intact moral compass and code, their individual honor and, ultimately, their very souls. That is how evil works. It pretends to be your friend, your benefactor…and in the end, Evil eats you up and spits you out. That is what it does. It doesn’t like you, it doesn’t love you; it doesn’t want to protect you, it doesn’t want to provide for you…everything evil does is an illusion. Evil only wants to USE you for it’s own ends…and that “end” is complete destruction of everything good, everything fair and equitable, everything that brings peace to a soul.

I taped and then watched the entire hearing of the Senate Judiciary Committee’s GROTESQUE display of visceral acrimony by the Democrats, which they smugly titled a “job interview”; This “job interview” apparently necessitated the “testimony” of Dr. Christine Blasey-Ford. I actually watched with an open mind. As a woman, I felt it my obligation to hear the “side” of a woman who claimed she was physically assaulted by (someone). It didn’t matter WHO did the assaulting, but in this case it was a deeply respected man who worked extremely hard his ENTIRE life to achieve the highest pinnacle of dignity and honor as a judge, a man, a father, a husband and a worthy son, not to mention his life long advocacy FOR women. To say I was appalled by her weak recollections, her often bewildered facial expressions and the artful, contrived whimpering in her dialogue is a monumental understatement. It was pointed out to me by a woman I respect deeply, that it is quite possible she was under the influence of a sedative, due to her anxiety disorder and the fact that she was going to be put on display by the relentlessly hateful Democrat members of the SJC. I was truly torn between feeling great sorrow for Dr. Ford and disgust for her willingness to destroy a man’s life.

Dr. Balsey-Ford’s “testimony” seemed to be a recitation of cleverly rehearsed information, possibly enhanced with suggestions by the virulently radical feminist-activist attorney Dr. Ford was brazenly maneuvered toward by none other than Diane Feinstein’s staffers; Ms. Debra Katz. Attorney Katz is a women’s rights and social justice activist, a substantial donor/activist for candidates including the campaigns of Barack Obama, Hillary Clinton, as well as an activist for extreme left liberal causes such as MoveOn.org, which is a fully funded subsidiary of The Open Society, the malicious socialist steam engine driving the entire train of George Soros’ malevolent agenda. Ms. Katz is known as supremely clever, “steely”, meticulous and skillful. She chooses her cases very carefully, with a “keen” eye to future influence in Washington’s thoroughly litigious/legislative activities. She’s a powerful attorney who seeks to influence the direction of social justice toward the very hard left, and having Judge Kavanaugh at the SOCTUS would most likely hinder people like her. Kavanaugh is a serious threat to the goals of the socialist left in our nation. Want my opinion? ‘GREAT!!’

Then, as if that wasn’t good enough, Dr. Ford was led to and acquired another legal representative, by recommendation of that same collection of extremely partisan activist operatives, the legal ventriloquist, Michael Bromwich, who previously assisted in the Iran-Contra investigation, and most recently represented the disgraced liar Andrew McCabe, former FBI Deputy Director. Bromwich’s political bent is well known. He proudly advertises his K Street “strategic consulting and PR firm”, The Bromwich Group, as a firm that offers independent monitoring, crisis management, strategic advisory, public affairs, and law enforcement consulting services.

Immediately prior to founding his firm, he was the first Director of the Bureau of Ocean Energy Management under Barack Obama (not his real name) and previously served as Inspector General for the DOJ under William Jefferson Clinton (I’ll bet it was really crowded under Clinton, considering he was and still is a PROVEN predator and premier debaser of women. Bromwich apparently wasn’t concerned with Clinton’s violent and predatory behavior against women) Ironically, Bromwich serves as a member of the Advisory Board of the Quattrone Center for the Fair Administration of Justice at the University of Pennsylvania Law School. How quaint.

When congenially asked by AZ prosecutor Rachel Mitchell, “who was paying” for Blasey-Ford’s legal representation, Dr. Blasey-Ford, who was seemingly confused by the entire procedure from front to finish, said I her child-like voice, she didn’t really know, but that she wasn’t paying them…Mr. Bromwich immediately informed the gathering of vultures, Blasey-Ford’s legal team was providing their services “pro-bono”…I don’t buy it! SOMEONE IS PAYING those attorney’s…and I will bet my last $1 it is Daddy Soros Warbucks (The Open Society) or the Clinton Foundation….through surrogates….of course. The Shadow Government learned a long time ago from Deep Throat…hide or destroy the paper trail and never let anyone know how you’re spending your moolah. Use donkeys if necessary.

I want to take a moment here to mention the source of organization and funding for these protestors at the prior Kavanaugh hearings…you now, the one that took 31+ hours to complete? Would it surprise you to know that these protestors were paid by groups directly beholden to and financed by Mr. Soros? Well, on her program Tuesday before the Faustian Farce of Thursday, Laura Ingraham…

“noted that the Women’s March has taken the lead in organizing opposition to Kavanaugh’s confirmation. “We are organizing an impactful, non-arrest, direct action to make sure that the Senate knows that #WeBelieveChristine and demand that they #CancelKavanaugh and vote no on his confirmation,” the group said. Ingraham pointed out that the Women’s March counts Planned Parenthood and the Natural Resources Defense Council as their premier partners, and both groups — which have actively opposed Kavanaugh since his nomination was announced — are associated with far-left billionaire donor George Soros. “According to an extensive study by the Media Research Center, 100 of the 544 Women’s March partners have received a total of … $246,637,217 from Soros at last count,” Ingraham said, noting that Planned Parenthood and the Natural Resources Defense Council are among those partners.”

That tells me all I need to know, and who pulls Di Fi’s and Chucky Schumer’s puppet strings. What did I say about money and power??? Uh huh!

Why is Judge Kavanaugh such a threat? Because he is an ardent constitutional originalist, devoted to and passionate defender of the Constitution and it’s organic written text. He is a professorial scholar who inspires his students with his love for our Constitution, never failing to balance it with the wisdom and arguments of the Federalist Papers; I am confident that he could probably cite them chapter, page and verse if asked. Make NO MISTAKE, that is what this whole Kabuki Theater of the Absurd is all about…keeping the train of Socialism on it’s tracks in our country, protecting abortion on demand, invalidating the 2^nd Amendment, followed closely by invalidating the 1^st Amendment, as if it isn’t already heavily restricted by the government’s institutionalized censorship Triumvirate: Google, FaceBook and Twitter and eventually destroying altogether, our national heritage, our homogenous national identity, our Constitutional foundation and our precious Bill of Rights…

AND, the other reason Judge Kavanaugh is viscerally hated by the left is his faith in God, his devout Catholic religion, his morality (which is something Progressives detest in anyone) and his personal pro-life beliefs. As a judge, he has indicated that many of the historical cases of the SCOTUS are what’s called stare decisis, or “settled law”. He doesn’t have to agree with a SCOTUS decision, to stand by it or uphold it. Personal opinions and bench activism are NOT something IMPARTIAL JUDGES engage in…well, not REAL impartial judges, at any rate. Obviously, that doesn’t apply to the aging dragon on the Court, “RBG”…(almost sounds like the latest head-banger band, right?)

The lack of civility from the Leftist hacks on the committee, the ruthless, intolerable villains Corey Booker, Kamala Harris, Maize Hirono, Dick Durbin, Chris Coons and the Stolen Valor fraud, Richard Blumenthal, was shocking, but not altogether unexpected. Richard Blumenthal knows a little bit about false information: he lied about serving in the military in Viet Nam…and was exposed as a liar while serving in the Senate. He got re-elected, though, by the woefully uninformed, economically addicted, robotic “voters” in his state, by constantly supplying gov’t program freebies to his constituents. Addicting one segment of a constituency to government largesse, stolen from other American Taxpayers, certainly goes a long way to insuring one’s political survival. It’s a den of Liars and Thieves in the 10 mile square septic tank known as Washington, DC.

There is virtually NO HONOR left there. There is virtually NO MORALITY left there. There is practically NO VIRTUE left there. There is NO true Constitutional Law left there. It is a mirage, a hologram, an illusion.

I’m not sure, but I would LIKE to believe (perhaps inadvisedly so) that the outrage displayed by Senator Lindsey Graham was sincere and genuine. After that outburst by Senator Graham, the other Republican’s on the dais were given some cover to finally come out and express their disdain (or so they said) for the profoundly vulgar, insulting, graceless, wholly abusive treatment Judge Kavanaugh received through the wicked behavior exhibited from the Philistines on the Left. Diane Feinstein needs to be put out to pasture, where she can graze on the billions she and her husband have raked in off the backs of the American Taxpayer. She underhandedly (although my hunch is that she put her head together tightly with Charles Schumer, one of the most disgusting semi-human bastions of slimy politics in history) devised a strategy to thwart the confirmation of Kavanaugh, should the need arise. Then, the need arose. They shamelessly exploited a very damaged woman, Dr. Christine Blasey-Ford, exposed her to humiliation, derision and threats from unhinged zealots, laid bare the irreconcilable discrepancies in her narrative (even though they tried to stage manage it with the activist attorney’s, Katz and Bromwich) and will ultimately discard her on the side of some back road of forgetfulness, her usefulness completely spent in their despicable pursuits.

The ONLY thing these dinosaurs of distemper care about is their political lives, their political agenda’s, their offshore bank accounts, their elite conclaves and their cloistered, remote Ivory Towers of self indulgence lined with mirrored halls where they can admire the opulent vision of their stratospheric ego’s.

Isaiah wrote “Woe unto them that draw iniquity with cords of vanity, and sin as it were with a cart rope: Woe unto them that call evil good and good evil; that put darkness for light, and light for darkness; that put bitter for sweet, and sweet for bitter! Woe unto them that are wise in their own eyes, and prudent in their own sight! Woe unto them, that are mighty to drink wine, and men of strength to mingle strong drink: Which justify the wicked for reward, and take away the righteousness of the righteous from him! Therefore as the fire devoureth the stubble, and the flame consumeth the chaff, so their root shall be as rottenness, and their blossom shall go up as dust: because they have cast away the law of the LORD (Isaiah 5: 18, 20-24)

In his wisdom, and in the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, Solomon wrote in Proverbs, “These six things doth the LORD hate: yea, seven are an abomination unto him: A proud look, a lying tongue, and hands that shed innocent blood, A heart that deviseth wicked imaginations, feet that be swift in running to mischief, A false witness that speaketh lies, and he that soweth discord among brethren. (Prov 6: 16-19)

One day, those who are working diligently to destroy our nation, our freedoms, our liberties, our Constitutional foundations and our God given natural rights in the pursuit of security, joy, tranquility and harmony will find out what REAL wrath looks like…and they will be learning that lesson everyday, for the balance of eternity.

Please pray for both Dr. Ford and Judge Kavanaugh and their families…they need and deserve it for what they have been put through.

E-Mail Alice Byrd: alliebyrd77@1791.com

Political Correctness: Just One Tool In The Arsenal Of Sustainability

by Kathleen Marquardt

“tt its worst, political correctness is nothing different from Orwell’s Newspeak – an attempt to change the way people think by forcibly changing the way they speak.” —Urban Dictionary

“Every child in America entering school at the age of five is mentally ill because he comes to school with certain allegiances to our founding fathers, toward our elected officials, toward his parents, toward a belief in a supernatural being, and toward the sovereignty of this nation as a separate entity. It’s up to you as teachers to make all these sick children well by creating the international child of the future.” Chester M. Pierce, Harvard psychiatrist, speaking as an expert in public education at the 1973 International Education Seminar.

The “Dear Hillary” letter, written on Nov. 11, 1992 by Marc Tucker, president of the National Center on Education and the Economy (NCEE), lays out a plan “to remold the entire American system” into “a seamless web that literally extends from cradle to grave and is the same system for everyone,” coordinated by “a system of labor market boards at the local, state and federal levels” where curriculum and “job matching” will be handled by counselors “accessing the integrated computer-based program.”

Tucker’s plan would change the mission of the schools from teaching children academic basics and knowledge to training them to serve the global economy in jobs selected by workforce boards. Nothing in this comprehensive plan has anything to do with teaching schoolchildren how to read, write, or calculate.

Twenty-seven or eight years ago, I was interviewed by a reporter at the Sacramento Bee about my articles challenging the thinking of animal rights. The reporter said to me, “But they are politically correct and you are not.” I agreed, saying that if anyone ever called me politically correct, it would be time to slit my throat.

Why do I bring this up now? Back then I didn’t realize where p.c. was going; now it is full-force tyranny. Am I exaggerating? Few people who do not back socialist-leaning thought are allowed to speak on our campuses of ‘higher learning’, many sporting bumper stickers pro Trump or Christianity or pro life have their cars keyed or spray painted. You don’t hear about that happening when one has a coexist bumper sticker.

Political Correctness has become a tool, one of many in the arsenal of global tyranny. It is a tool that could not have been used 40 or 50 years ago; most people still had rational, thinking brains. Since my interview with the Sacramento Bee, the road to hell – or global government – or the death of Western Culture — has gotten so steep we may not be able to stop it or even slow it down.

Do I exaggerate? You tell me. Besides that loss of free speech on college campuses, we have social justice dictating what can, can’t, and must be done. Many campuses require you to intuit someone’s arbitrary choice of gender so that you may properly address them (it would take a perfect clairvoyant to achieve this). Let’s move on to the important stuff – academic learning, or the lack thereof.

College students used to take a liberal arts degree in their undergraduate work to give them a well-rounded base. Now that and most other true academic learning has been ditched for social justice studies, sustainable studies, gaming studies – anything that is anti Western Culture, anything that makes one unemployable, anything that dumbs down the next generations.

Textbooks are full of misinformation, propaganda and lies. Classic literature is banned for using outdated words. Books are ignored or shunned for promoting morality, literacy, reason, common sense, and civility. And while our institutes of higher learning preach, “question authority”, they don’t actually teach questioning anything but Western Culture and its values. They certainly don’t teach students to question the professors’ authority. No longer do students debate tough issues; no one wants to take the side of the non-politically correct.

How did we get from the Declaration of Independence to the State of Political Correctness? One major contributor was the book, The Ideal Communist City, (a design for No Child Left Behind, Common Core and all the other aliases of behavior modification of children) said here in public education, “The best opportunity for contact among children of preschool age occurs in the nursery, which is the best setting for developing the child’s imitative powers and individual activities. He expresses his inclinations most freely here, and his egocentricity is least harmfully repressed. The positive value of group activity, of course, is fully realized only when it is organized and directed by educators who have benefited from advanced social training.”

Or look at this from the BSTEP program our government (Department of Health, Education, and Welfare) hired Michigan State University to design. “A small elite will carry society’s burdens. The resulting impersonal manipulation of most people’s life styles will be softened by provisions for pleasure seeking and guaranteed physical necessities. Participatory democracy in the American-ideal mold will mainly disappear. The worth and dignity of individuals will be endangered on every hand. Only exceptional individuals will be able to maintain a sense of worth and dignity.”

Let’s not overlook UNESCO, here, “As long as a child breathes the poisoned air of nationalism, education in world-mindedness (one-world order) can produce only precarious results. As we have pointed out, it is frequently the family that infects the child with extreme nationalism. The school should therefore use the means described earlier to combat family attitudes that favor jingoism (nationalism). We shall presently recognize in nationalism the major obstacle to development of world-mindedness.” UNESCO publication #356, “In the Classroom: Toward World Understanding”

It took only about half the lifetime of our country to get us here.

In 1918, Mary Parker Follett wrote, in The New State, group organization – the solution of popular government, “The training for the new democracy must be from the cradle – through nursery, school and play, and on and on through every activity of our life. Citizenship is not to be learned in good government classes or current events courses or lessons in civics. It is to be acquired through those modes of living and acting which shall teach us how to grow the social consciousness. This should be the object of all day school education, of all night school education, of all our supervised recreation, of all our family life, of our club life, of our civic life.

“When we change or ideas of the relation of the individual to society, our whole system of education changes. What we want to teach is interdependence, that efficiency waits on discipline, that discipline is obedience to the whole of which I am a part.. . . when we know how to teach social discipline, then we shall know how to ‘teach school.’ The object of education is to fit children into the life of the community.” P.363

So, according to Follett, our lives must focus completely on losing our individual rights and work to subordinate any freedoms we might consider to the cosmic one-ness, the group. The thought of that (if there are thinking minds left) would drive most of us to suicide.

John Dewey, the reformer of the education system, said, “I believe that the school is primarily a social institution. Education being a social process, the school is simply that form of community life in which all those agencies are concentrated that will be most effective in bringing the child to share in the inherited resources of the race, and to use his own powers for social ends. I believe that education, therefore, is a process of living and not a preparation for future living.”

“Humanist Manifesto” (1933) co-author Dewey calls for a synthesizing of all religions and “a socialized and cooperative economic order.”[1]

America cannot last under this. Our country is based on Western Culture, Judeo/Christian Values, the Rule of Law, and other rational, reasoning

social institutions. As we eradicate morality, common sense, values, attitudes, and beliefs, we become no different than the animals. Look at Venezuela. Do we want that at a magnitude of the nth degree? If not, now is the time to wake up, stand up, and speak out. We don’t have much time left. Look at the streets of San Francisco, Chicago, Nashville, New York, Los Angeles. Is this what we want to call our civilization?

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com

[BIO: Kathleen Marquardt is Vice President of American Policy Center. She was founder and chairman of Putting People First, a non-profit organization combatting the animal rights movement. Her book, AnimalScam: the Beastly Abuse of Human Rights, was published by Regnery in 1993. Kathleen is on the board of SARE, Stop Animal Rights Extremism and has been in the freedom movement since 1989.]

Footnotes:

[1] Deanna Spingola, The New World Order, Programming the Masses

ANTIFA Protesters Show Up At Phyllis Schlafly’s Eagle Forum

By The Honorable Allen B. Clark

Antipathy to Antifa

I recently attended in St. Louis Mo. (September 13 to 16, 2018) the annual Council meeting of the Phyllis Schlafly Eagles. It was a wonderfully uplifting event with attendance by many patriotic Americans and even Members of Parliament from Poland and Germany. There were terrific speakers and panel participants on a myriad of issues confronting our beloved United States of America. A modest personal identification is in order, hopefully to establish my credentials and credibility. I served as a Military Intelligence officer in the Army’s Fifth Special Forces in Vietnam.

On June 17, 1967 my life was changed dramatically when my Green Beret outpost was attacked by a regular Army North Vietnam battalion with a heavy rocket and mortar barrage in which, while helping organize counterbattery fire, and for my actions receiving a Silver Star for Gallantry in Action, I sustained a wound from a mortar shell that resulted in amputation of both my legs below my knees. As an aside, I would note they were armed with Chinese Communist AK-47s, their weapon of choice. In the attached photo I myself held one of these Communist weapons, a war trophy retrieved off a battlefield by someone else.

On the last full day of the meetings I was returning to my room, when I observed on some ground off the hotel property and next to a highway a group, which I had heard was with the infamous “Antifa.” I had seen videos of their frequent violent actions in property destruction, burning of the national colors of the country I had sworn to serve, and desire for anonymity by wearing face masks. Deciding to witness for myself what they were all about, I walked in my typical halting gait up the modest slope to where they were.

I was astounded what was happening with these people in my country on a public street! The first protestor I encountered I asked, as a former military guy, “Who is in charge?” One answered, “No one.” Then I walked up to an unmasked “protestor,” holding up the flag of the United Soviet Socialist Republics with its “Hammer and Sickle.” I first asked him, “What are you protesting?” Then, idiotically and sarcastically, he answered, “Beer. They are serving beer and alcohol at the event.” I commented, “I do not drink.” Then I asked the flag holder, “Why are you holding up a Communist flag?” He answered, “It is not the Communist flag. Their flag is red. This is the flag of the country with which we were allied in WWII to fight the Nazis in WWII.” (Good rehearsed retort to my question). I told him as a Vietnam veteran it bothered me in my country for someone to be holding up a flag of a country under communism that sent weapons to North Vietnam to be used against American soldiers. I told him they were our allies a long time ago and times changed.

Then my attention was directed to another masked “protestor,” to my left. To my utter amazement and disgust, along with several others, he was wearing a t-shirt that had emblazoned across it “Marxist.” Having just studied “Marxism,” the rise of the workers in the Bolshevik Revolution, and, having heard a panelist speak of the 200 million deaths under Stalin’s brand of Communism, I was taken aback. (Do not let these proponents and supporters of “Antifa” confuse the issue, in this “old soldier’s” mind and “young patriot’s soul,” Marxism, Leninism, socialism, and communism all want the same result, the subjugation of the people and the loss of individual freedom). Then this Marxist asked me why we went to Vietnam. I answered, “I am not totally sure on this, but I am doing some research to answer that.” I told him the reasons for the Vietnam War are a separate issue from the sacrifice of our veterans.

Then another chimed in that he was an anarchist. They were barraging me, but as a long-ago college debater, I selectively listened and addressed what I picked up on. The “beer” guy interjected again something about beer. I commented, “Many veterans like beer.” (Another reason for us not to support these guys! They are protesting our drinking habits! The beer drinkers of America must understand one of the planks of Antifa. Perhaps they like Russian vodka.)

Then I asked the flag holder why he did not wave the American flag? He said it was his right to do so because it was a free country. (Of course, if Marxism, prevailed, he could not carry Old Glory). I then redirected a question to the “masked man” why he wore a mask. He replied it was for their protection because they had protestors at their homes and said that could happen to me. I said it better not, because I knew too many Special Forces men and SEALS! Then as they were prone to do, one changed their line of attack once more, “Did you know there was a German in our conference?” (True). Then in a twisted sense of logic said, “The Germans in the (far right) protests in Chemnitz were raising their arms in the Nazi salute.” (Implying of course that our distinguished and gracious German visitor was in that group also raising his arm in the Nazi salute). I said I did not agree with that. (Naturally it is a recognized technique of the enemies of our society to draw conclusions in circuitous logic without factual backing). When I mentioned this comment to our German participant, he shrugged it off. He is no Nazi.

He and the also distinguished Polish visitor care about the preservation of the Christian roots of their civilization based on Roman law and Greek philosophy. Next, I told the masked Marxist, “You live in America and you wear that shirt!” Upon this I had enough. For whatever reason, my better angels prevailed, and I shook hands with about three of them in front of me and said, “God bless you.” If they stay on this track, they are going to need some blessings from God, because all they deserve from people like me is total disgust and disdain. I then returned to the safe confines of the line of protection of our Men in Blue outside the hotel.

[Author’s conclusions: These young people (I only faced maybe five of the twenty there) are either playing a game, or have been radicalized by liberal professors, or are paid protestors, or more dangerously, truly believe in Marxism and the socialistic direction of Russia. It decidedly was an interesting exercise. Besides interrupting me (and then I asked if he would extend the courtesy to me of allowing me to finish my words), at no time was I physically confronted by them, nor felt any fear. They reminded of the young men in my first platoon I led in 1963, but these guys needed education, short haircuts and shaved faces!]

Allen Clark Captain, United States Army (Retired)

Constitution Day September 17, 2018

E-Mail Allen B. Clark: greenbrt2@aol.com

[BIO: “The Honorable Allen B. Clark, a 1963 graduate of West Point, was retired as an Army captain in 1968 after a fifteen month hospitalization at Brooke Army Medical Center in San Antonio. He was wounded in an enemy mortar attack on June 17, 1967 at Dak To Special Forces camp near the Tri-Border area in Vietnam’s Central Highlands. He has endured twenty surgeries with approximately 150 stitches and his bout with Post Traumatic Stress caused in 1968 a fourteen week stay in a closed psychiatric ward. By the grace of God Allen was healed in the mid-1970s and has been antidepressant free with no further psychiatric treatment needed. In the action in which he was wounded he received the nation’s third highest award, a Silver Star for Gallantry in Action and a Purple Heart.

He has served at the national Veterans Affairs Department as an Assistant Secretary for Veterans Liaisons and Program Coordination and Director, National Cemetery System, both requiring U.S. Senate confirmation votes. He was recognized in 2011 as the Outstanding Veteran by the Texas Department Disabled American Veterans. In 2018 he was recognized by the Greater Dallas Military Foundation with its Patriot of the Year Award at their annual gala. His lay ministry to veterans is at www.combatfaith.com. He has authored two books, Wounded Soldier, Healing Warrior and Valor in Vietnam: Chronicles of Honor, Courage, and Sacrifice. His third book with expected publication on Veterans Day 2018 is Soldiers’ Blood and Bloodied Money. His email is greenbrt2@aol.com.”]

Con-Con Lobby’s New Strategy Exposes A Tangled Web

By Judi Caler

Oh, what a tangled web we weave, when first we practice to deceive! —Walter Scott

Overview

2018 proved to be a horrible legislative year for the convention lobby. It measures its success by the number of State Legislatures it cajoles into passing applications[i] asking Congress to call a constitutional convention (con-con) pursuant to Article V of the US Constitution.

Fear of a “runaway” convention is the biggest obstacle to state legislators’ voting for Article V convention applications. So, in order to get their votes, the convention lobby misled legislators into believing convention Delegates can’t run away and propose “unauthorized” amendments or rewrite our Constitution. They said the convention will be controlled from start to finish by the very legislators whose votes they needed!

Thus, the con-con lobby contrived the false narrative that Congress can’t call a convention until it receives similar or identical applications from 34 states (two-thirds); that the Delegates would be limited to the subject/s listed on the state applications; and that an Article V convention is different than a “constitutional convention,” where our Constitution can be replaced.

To bolster these false claims, front groups for the globalist agenda have been pushing a number of applications on different subjects, as if each special interest group were applying for its own convention, e.g. to propose a balanced budget amendment (BBA); congressional term limits; overturning Citizens United, etc. State legislators, for the most part, believed what the convention lobby told them and voted for their state’s application when they agreed with the subject cited in the application.

But the convention lobby hit a wall in 2018 and failed to convince any new States Legislatures to pass applications.[ii] Article V convention applications now generate massive pushback from the grassroots of both parties, and state legislators are no longer easy targets for what convention operatives are selling. So, some operatives are testing a new strategy. They are ignoring their own deceptive talking points for allaying legislators’ fears of a runaway convention; they are reinventing how Congress should count to 34; and they are saying that enough states have passed applications already to trigger a convention!

The convention lobby is betraying the state legislators who believed them and cast their votes accordingly. Convention proponents now appear to have a multi-pronged approach with contradictory spins, depending upon their audience. They are appealing to Congress to call a general convention based on assorted, existing applications; and to state legislators to pass still more “limited” applications or possibly affirm applications from decades, even centuries ago–whatever works!

Background

Article V provides that when two-thirds of the States (34) ask Congress to call a convention to propose amendments to the Constitution, Congress shall call a convention. The power to “call” the convention is delegated to Congress; and Art. I, §8, last clause, gives to Congress the power to make all laws necessary and proper to carry out that power. The Constitution doesn’t permit States to dictate how Congress goes about “calling” the convention or what Delegates may and may not do at the convention. The only power the States have is to ask Congress to call the convention. See this Chart.

Our only precedent for an “amendments convention” is the Federal Convention of 1787 which was called by the Continental Congress “for the sole and express purpose of revising the Articles of Confederation.” But instead, the Delegates ignored Congress’s limiting instructions (and the limiting instructions from their States) and wrote a new Constitution – the one we have today.

Opponents point out that Delegates to an Article V convention, as sovereign representatives of “We the People,” would have the inherent right to throw off our Form of Government, as expressed in the Declaration of Independence, para 2. And in Federalist No. 40 (15^th para), James Madison invoked “the transcendent and precious right of the people to abolish or alter their governments” as justification for writing a new Constitution at the federal convention of 1787.

Moreover, we don’t know who the Delegates would be or how they’d be selected! Why wouldn’t they be susceptible to the same bribes, threats and temptations as members of Congress and State Legislatures? The framers and other wise men have warned that convention Delegates can’t be controlled.[iii] It is because of these acknowledged dangers that the con-con lobby constructed its false narrative.

Major players pushing the con-con

Five groups have had significant success pushing Article V convention applications at State Legislatures in the last five years. Each of these groups claims passage of their legislation in 34 states to be their goal.[iv] They also claim a convention called by Congress on their behalf would necessarily be limited to the subject of their group’s application. The first four groups are from the phony right:

Convention of States Project (COSP) is the most heavily funded of the groups, with tens of millions of dollars in undisclosed contributions, including major funding by the globalist Koch Brothers[v] of Texas. COSP applications passed in 12 states between 2014 and 2017. But in 2018, COSP’s Article V convention legislation was rejected by at least 18 states[vi] and hasn’t passed in any state since May 12, 2017. COSP’s ostensible purpose is proposed amendments addressing three subjects: fiscal restraints, limiting the power and jurisdiction of the federal government, and congressional term limits.
Balanced Budget Amendment Task Force (BBATF) claims to have 28 states under its belt. In 2018, BBATF legislation was rejected by at least six states and passed in [vii] BBATF’s ostensible goal is an amendment to the US Constitution requiring a balanced federal budget.
Compact for America (CFA) proposed its own balanced budget amendment which passed in five states between 2014 and 2017. CFA’s amendment is pre-written, balances the budget by authorizing Congress to impose a national sales tax and a value-added tax, and is pre-ratified by states that choose to join their compact. CFA appears to be losing steam and introduced their legislation in only Oklahoma in 2018 and failed.
US Term Limits applications ask Congress to call a convention to propose a congressional term limits amendment to the US Constitution. Although this resolution technically passed in three states, the previously-passed COSP applications from those same states incorporate similar language, making all US Term Limits’ successes thus far redundant.[viii]
And from globalist George Soros[ix] and the radical left comes Wolf-PAC, promoting an Article V convention ostensibly to propose an amendment for “free and fair” elections and overturning the Citizens United decision. Wolf-PAC legislation passed in five states between 2014 and 2016; but was rejected in at least 15 states[x] in 2018 and hasn’t passed in any state since June 17, 2016.

Hundreds of Applications

There have been hundreds of Applications for an Article V convention since our Constitution was ratified in 1788, yet Congress has never called a convention. COSP uses this fact to assure state legislators that Congress counts the applications by subject, and a convention would be limited to the scope of the application. From the COSP website,

“We have never had a Convention because we have never had two-thirds of the States agree on the subject matter. State legislatures control the subject matter. Just as the calling of the Convention is subject to the subject matter limitation, all stages of the Article V process are likewise prohibited from going outside this limitation.”[xi]

But it is up to Congress to decide which applications to count and how to count them. Perhaps Congress never had what they consider “active” applications from two-thirds of the States. Congress didn’t start a formal process for keeping track of Article V convention applications until 2015. Moreover, whatever way Congress chooses to count applications has no bearing on the Delegates’ plenipotentiary powers to throw off the Constitution we have and set up a new one.

Up until 2018, half-truths and misleading arguments, along with a multi-million-dollar propaganda campaign, netted the convention lobby some degree of success. But by January, 2018, their legislation came to a grinding halt at Legislatures nationwide due to grassroots opposition, and convention operatives were forced to rethink their strategy.

Natelson’s new way to count to 34

Enter Rob Natelson, the convention lobby’s go-to guru, who announced in 2010 that the words “constitutional convention” would no longer cross his lips.[xii] Natelson redefined an Article V convention as a “convention of the states,” thus implying that State Legislatures will control the convention and thus can prevent a “runaway” convention.

Similarly, on May 9, 2018, in 9,000 mind-numbing words, Natelson audaciously told Congress how to count to 34.[xiii] If he can no longer convince state legislators to jump aboard a sinking ship, perhaps he can convince Congress that the ship already made it to port!

To wit, Natelson defines “plenary” or “unlimited” applications as those existing applications that don’t mention a subject in their “operative” (Resolved) clauses. Many of these ostensibly unlimited applications are peppered with references to averting the civil war (1861) or the direct election of senators, the latter which Congress addressed with the 17^th amendment (ratified 1913). Natelson treats these “plenary” applications as wildcards in a game of rummy and says they should be added to any group’s count. Natelson found 6 wildcards to add to his BBATF count and voila! Natelson declares BBATF 97% of the way to its goal– just one state short of 34.[xiv]

Natelson concludes that Congress should count all “plenary” applications on its way to 34, but that the convention called would be limited to the subject of the narrowest application counted. His scheme would double COSP’s wins, triple that of Wolf-PAC, quadruple CFA’s, and boost US Term Limits by a factor of 8! Natelson gives any new group promoting a con-con on any subject, e.g. the definition of marriage or repeal of the Second Amendment, 15 wildcards right out of the gate –propelling them almost halfway to the finish line!

In fact, Congress can count applications however they like. So Natelson’s method qualifies as one way for Congress to count. What is shameless on Natelson’s part, however, is that his convoluted scheme contradicts the snake oil sold to state legislators to pass pro-convention legislation. For years, COSP and Natelson have been adamant that applications need to be identical or similar to aggregate.

ACF’s inconvenient truth

On the heels of Natelson’s attempt to resuscitate the con-con movement comes a “white paper”[xv] dated June 15, 2018, from the American Constitution Foundation (ACF), a new group that admits they are “focused on a strategy to trigger a Congressional call for an Article V convention…prior to the Nov. 2020 national elections.” ACF appears to be still another group of apologists for the con-con movement with ties to BBATF, COSP and other Koch-funded organizations.[xvi] Or they may be a front group for all major players.

ACF’s white paper is an admission, long asserted by those opposed to a convention, that an Article V convention can’t be limited by subject:

“ACF contends Congress can only call a general convention for proposing amendments, irrespective of the subject or set of subjects specified in applications. This would be a plenary convention by nature…and is commonly referred to as a general convention or a constitutional convention[xvii]^,[xviii]…”

For purposes of counting applications, ACF counts only applications that don’t specify an exclusive purpose for calling a convention.[xix] Interestingly, ACF counts COSP applications as aggregating for a plenary or general convention, since one of its subjects, the “‘power and jurisdiction’ is what the Constitution is all about”!

Thus, ACF admits that a congressional call can’t limit a convention by subject, and Delegates can’t be limited by the scope of the application. It then follows that any convention called would be a convention for all factions, and Delegates could propose any amendments or write a completely new Constitution.[xx] This clearly puts Soros and the Kochs on the same team.

Conveniently, ACF’s own aggregation study counts 37 states with valid applications and concludes that Congress already has sufficient applications to call the convention. ACF agrees with opponents that convention Delegates can propose any amendments irrespective of the subject of the application. But because ACF fails to consider the Fundamental Act of our Founding, the Declaration of Independence, it denies that a new Constitution could result.[xxi]

ACF says that the limited-by-subject narrative: 1) isn’t supported by evidence; 2) contributed to the convention lobby’s legislative failures; and 3) empowered their opposition.[xxii] That may be, but proponents used that narrative to deceive legislators into thinking they could control Delegates in order to win legislators’ “yes” votes on the applications. And now that con-con applications are failing, ACF, like Natelson, is test-driving an alternative way to get to 34 with already-passed applications.

But ACF realizes that catapulting themselves over the finish line overnight doesn’t fit the old narrative, and it will take some convincing for Congress and state legislators to believe a convention has been triggered already.[xxiii]

A Slippery Slope

Might convention operatives be going down a slippery slope here? They’ve spent 5 years and untold millions of dollars convincing state legislators that an application limited by subject is the first line of defense in preventing a “runaway” convention.

And now, with State Legislatures blocking their applications at every turn, operatives are desperate to trigger a convention any way they can. So, they are contradicting one of their most widely-believed deceptions and admitting that a convention can’t be limited by the scope of the application. This makes hundreds of previously-passed applications available for counting to 34. And there may be as many ways to count as there are applications!

Will this reversal backfire? Might more legislators realize that if the grassroots opposition was correct about Article V conventions being unlimited, they might also be correct about State Legislatures being unable to prevent a runaway convention[xxiv] or Delegates having the inherent right to abolish our Form of Government?!

A Tangled Web

The con-con is on life-support, but convention operatives are cunning, heavily funded, and not about to give up easily. Their massive propaganda machine rolls on to convince legislators that their constituents give a rip about an Article V convention. They work through fake news and, seemingly, anything that money can buy, like a big payroll, pricey software, misleading surveys, petitions,[xxv] endorsements from celebrities with no expertise on our Constitution, former US Senators with a knack for leaning on state legislators, lobbyists, internet trolls, media promotions and appearances, hype, hoopla, and more.

Despite huge losses, convention operatives are doubling down in their fight against truth and logic. They are testing a politically premature victory shout in order to induce Congress to call a constitutional convention before state legislators discover they’ve been duped and rescind applications en masse. The major players, entrenched in falsehoods, are unlikely to embrace a general convention publicly.[xxvi] But it is telling that none have disavowed the new spin either.

We now have some convention proponents and possibly all opponents agreeing that conventions can’t be limited by subject. This alone should be a wake-up call for legislators who have been deceived into supporting Article V applications.

Rescission is the key

It is only because of 2016 and 2017 rescissions of all their previously-passed Article V convention applications that Delaware, Maryland, New Mexico and Nevada are not on anyone’s list of states with valid Article V applications.[xxvii] And know your history! The balanced budget amendment (BBA) movement isn’t new. By 1983, 32 states had passed applications asking Congress to call a convention to propose a BBA. This, too, was a globalist movement to replace our Constitution using a “conservative” issue to snare Republican votes.[xxviii] It was only because 16 State Legislatures rescinded their applications between 1988 and 2010 that the scheme was thwarted for a generation.[xxix]

ACF has gifted us with enough information to expose the real agenda[xxx] and motivate a grassroots rescission effort from both sides of the political aisle in Legislatures across America. If enough Legislatures rescind all their previously-passed Article V convention applications and reject new applications and unfaithful delegate bills,[xxxi] Congress will be left with nothing significant to count. Rescission is the key to saving our Constitution, and State Legislators hold that key. They need to use it while they can.

[Bio: Judi Caler lives in California and is Article V Issues Director for Eagle Forum of California, and President of Citizens Against an Article V Convention.]

E-Mail Judi Caler: judicaler@hotmail.com

Footnotes:

[i] Article V convention applications are passed by State Legislatures as bills or resolutions.

[ii] Except redundant applications. See subheading: Major players pushing the con-con: 4) US Term Limits.

[iii] See Brilliant Men flyer.

[iv] When states pass CFA bills, they are right then and there ratifying the amendment which delegates massive new taxing powers to Congress. So, CFA seeks 38 states, the number of states needed to ratify an amendment.

[v] Nancy Thorner, “Koch Brothers’ Money Funds Pro-Con Con Agenda,” Illinois Review, 19 May 2017

[vi] HI, IA, ID, KS, KY, MD, MN, MS, NC, NE, NH, SC, SD, UT, VT, WA, WV, & WY.

[vii] BBATF passed applications in 16 states between 2010 and 2017 and counts 12 similar applications passed between 1976 and 1983. But in 2018, BBATF applications were rejected by KY, ME, MS, SC, VA & WA.

[viii] US Term Limits (USTL) passed its application in FL (2016), AL (2018) & MO (2018). Those states previously passed COSP applications asking Congress to call a convention to, among other things, limit the terms of office for federal officials and/or members of Congress. USTL failed to pass in at least nine states in 2018: AZ, GA, MD, ME, MS, NH, SC, TN, & VT.

[ix] Bruce Parker, “Soros in Vermont: Leftist billionaire behind state’s call to keep money out of politics,” Watchdog, 6 May 2014.

[x] CO, HI, IA, LA, MA, MD, ME, MO, NE, NM, OK, SC, WA, WI, & WV.

[xi] Michael Farris, “Answers to the 16 toughest Article V questions” COSP website #4a, retrieved 31 Aug. 2018.

[xii] Robert G. Natelson, “The State-Application-And-Convention Method of Amending the Constitution: The Founding Era Vision,” 16 Sept. 2010, 10.

[xiii] Robert G. Natelson, “Counting to Two Thirds…,” Federalist Society Review, 9 May 2018, Vol. 19.

[xiv] In getting to 33, Natelson accepts 27 of BAATF’s count of 28 and adds 6 “wildcard” states that hadn’t already passed a BBA application.

[xv] American Constitution Foundation, “White Paper on an Article V General Convention of States, 15 June 2018, 1.

[xvi] https://www.amconfdn.org/our-team/

[xvii] American Constitution Foundation, White Paper, 1.

[xviii] American Constitution Foundation, White Paper, 2. Unlike Natelson who uses Newspeak, ACF uses the term “Constitutional Convention” for a convention called under Article V.

[xix] Ibid., 1.

[xx] James Madison said it best: Letter to Turberville, 2 Nov. 1788. “…a General Convention…would be courted by the most violent partizans on both sides…[and] would no doubt contain individuals of insidious views who under the mask of seeking alterations…might have a dangerous opportunity of sapping the very foundations of the fabric [of our country].”

[xxi] Declaration of Independence, para 2.

[xxii] American Constitution Foundation, White Paper, 7 (conclusion).

[xxiii] Ibid.

[xxiv] Publius Huldah, “delegate laws cannot control Delegates,” 16 Sept. 2017.

[xxv] Idaho Rep calls COSP petitions “high-tech fraud,” Rep. Priscilla Giddings: Should Idaho Support a constitutional convention?, Gem State Patriot News, 16 Dec 2017.

[xxvi] US Term Limits is the only group to date that publicly acknowledges they could be at 25 states (instead of three) “based on one legal interpretation.”

[xxvii] Although in an Aug. 13, 2018 ARTICLE, Natelson makes a silly case for discarding rescission resolutions from 7 states because their terminology doesn’t conform to the false narrative.

[xxviii] “The Ford Foundation’s Pursuit of Globalism: The Con Con Connection,” Patriot Coalition

[xxix] Larry Greenley, “Save the Constitution by Rescinding Article V Convention Applications” The New American, 12 Jan. 2016.

[xxx] To get a new Constitution, the con-con lobby needs a convention. Which Constitution will be proposed at the convention? George Soros wants a socialist Constitution by 2020; the Koch Brothers appear to want a constitution moving the United States into the North American Union; the Ford Foundation commissioned the Proposed Constitution for the Newstates of America which forms a dictatorship.

[xxxi] Delegates, as Sovereign Representatives of the People, are not answerable to State Legislatures (which are “mere creatures” of the state constitutions) or to Congress (which is a “mere creature” of the federal Constitution). Therefore, delegate laws cannot control Delegates; they are designed to give legislators a false sense of security in voting for Article V convention applications.

What Has The Supreme Court Done For Conservatives?

By Robert W. Peck

A review of the Masterpiece Cakeshop case and the performance of the Republican majority court.

I’m not a negative nitpicker determined to find fault, but I am committed to putting things in proper perspective, comparing them to fixed, objective standards and timeless truths. That includes giving an honest assessment of the Masterpiece Cakeshop case recently decided by the U. S. Supreme Court, and of the performance of the court in general.

Though the court found in favor of the side that the Christian right had hoped for, it did so in a manner that was not actually a victory for religious liberty and freedom of conscience. In fact, the decision actually serves to cement the idea that homosexuals have a “right” to be served by individuals and businesses, even when providing those services violates the personal convictions of the service provider.

The Case of the Wedding Cake

We’re talking about the case of Jack Phillips, owner of Masterpiece Cakeshop, who declined to provide a cake for a so-called “same-sex wedding,” as doing so would have violated his religious convictions. The “aggrieved couple” who requested the cake, appealed to the Colorado Civil Rights Commission which dismissed Phillips’ religious concerns as irrelevant and ordered him to bake the cake. The case made its way to the U. S. Supreme Court which found in Phillips’ favor, but not for the reasons the Christian right had hoped.

Supreme Court rulings are only binding on the parties joined in the case. Decisions of the court do not constitute law as the U. S. Constitution vests all legislative power in Congress. Therefore, the ruling itself is of little consequence to anyone but the parties named in the case.

However, the written opinions of the justices, explaining why the court decided the case the way it did, have a far-reaching effect. Court opinions are looked to as establishing a precedent for other courts to follow in the future; not that courts must follow such precedents, but, right or wrong, they usually do.

In the case at hand, though the court found for Mr. Phillips, it did so on the basis that the Colorado Civil Rights Commission had been inconsistent in its application of the state’s anti-discrimination law. The commission had allowed pro-homosexual bakers to decline to produce anti-homosexual/pro-traditional marriage cakes with scripture verses on them which the bakers found offensive, yet it disallowed Phillips’ objections to producing a pro-homosexual, same-sex wedding cake. The commission gave different weight to the secular objections of the pro-homosexual bakers than it did to Phillips’ religiously based objections.

The Supreme Court overturned the Civil Rights Commission, not for the sake of protecting Phillips’ right of conscience to decline to engage in activities that violated his beliefs, but because the Colorado commission failed to be even-handed in its weighing of secular versus religious objections voiced by the various bakers who had declined to bake cakes with messages they found offensive.

In other words, if the Colorado Civil Rights Commission had ordered the pro-homosexual bakers to bake the anti-homosexual cakes, all indications are that the Supreme Court would have upheld the commission’s order that Phillips produce a pro-homosexual, same-sex wedding cake. That’s not a victory for religious liberty or freedom of conscience.

The Precedent

Presented with the opportunity to assert the inherent right of all men to worship and serve their Creator according to conscience and to never be compelled to act in violation of their religious convictions, the Supreme Court, very clearly and purposely, declined to set such a precedent.

Instead, the majority opinion (joined by all the Republican appointees to the court except Justice Thomas who only concurred in part) actually declared that the Constitution and laws can and must be used to protect the “dignity” and “civil rights” of homosexuals, indicating the right to receive same-sex wedding related services on equal terms with heterosexuals. The opinion went on to quote from the Obergefell decision which declares a First Amendment protection of “religious organizations and persons” to “teach the principles . . . central to their lives and faith,” then stated that such protections do not allow, “business owners and other actors in the economy and in society to deny protected persons equal access to goods and services.”

That phrase, “protected persons,” points to a key problem at the root of this whole issue – the fact that both the legislative and judicial branches of government have carved up our society into various special groups and protected classes of persons, then endowed each with various special rights. There is properly only one class of persons, all of which are created equal, and which share one set of rights with which they are endowed by their Creator. Until that eternal truth is recognized and enshrined by the court, conservatives will never get the judicial rulings they hope for.

The court did acknowledge a need not to show “undue disrespect to sincere religious beliefs,” yet, “without subjecting gay persons to indignities when they seek goods and services.” Those two things being impossible to do simultaneously, since Christianity and sodomy are in direct conflict, the court consciously chose not to determine how those disparate objects can be achieved, and, instead, kicked the can down the road for a future court to decide. Nevertheless, if that future court looks to this court’s opinion for guidance, it most certainly will not recognize a right for Christian business owners to opt out of providing services on the basis of those services violating the business owner’s religious convictions.

So, the precedent that this Republican majority court chose to set is that:

Religious liberty with regard to acting on objections to sodomy is only assured to churches and for purposes of teaching religious doctrine, though all others may express objection through freedom of speech.
Religious liberty and freedom of conscience do not extend into the public arena to grant privilege to individuals to act on their convictions by denying certain services in the course of engaging in business enterprise or plying a trade.
Government may compel persons to act in violation of their conscience, but when considering objections to such forced compliance, government must give equal weight to both secular and religious reasons for objection.

For those who doubt my assertion as to the precedent set by this case, or that it will be used in requiring others to violate their convictions in the future, only three days after this Supreme Court decision was handed down, an Arizona court ordered two Christian store owners to make wedding invitations for a same-sex couple and actually quoted a portion of the Masterpiece Cakeshop opinion in its ruling. So, the precedent is set; sodomy must be accommodated; religious conviction is no excuse (see the article here).

The Republican Majority Court

I stress the fact that this is a Republican majority court because, for as long as I can remember, I, as a Constitution Party member and supporter of any Biblically and Constitutionally sound candidate regardless of party or supposed “chance to win,” have been told that we must compromise and come together around the Republican we are told can “beat the Democrat” because they will make conservative Supreme Court appointments.

Given the complaints by conservatives about the judiciary, and the constant dire concern for who will make the next Supreme Court appointment, it might surprise you to learn that the U. S. Supreme Court has had a majority of Republican appointees since 1972 (with the exception of 2016 when an unfilled vacancy left the court at equilibrium for a year). In fact, from 1976 through 2009, Republican appointees held a 7-2 majority and even an 8-1 majority for a few years in the early 1990s.

So, what kind of progress has the conservative cause made under the Republican majority court?

1973 – Roe v. Wade: In a 7-2 decision, the Republican majority court ostensibly “legalized” abortion as a constitutionally protected right. Abortion was prohibited by law in every state until 1967.

2003 – Lawrence v. Texas: The court, with a 7-2 Republican majority at the time, voted 6-3 to strike down Texas’ anti-sodomy law, effectively invalidating the anti-sodomy laws that were still in effect in 13 other states. Sodomy was a felony in every state until 1962.

2012 – National Federation of Independent Business v. Sebelius: The court upheld the Affordable Care Act, aka, Obamacare, as being constitutional, effectively conferring on the federal government the newfound power to require Americans to purchase specific private sector products, i.e., health insurance.

2015 – Obergefell v. Hodges: State-level bans on so-called “same-sex marriage” were deemed unconstitutional, resulting in all states now supposedly being required to allow, and recognize, same-sex marriages, despite the U.S. Constitution granting the federal government no jurisdiction in the matter of marriage and the 10th Amendment reserving such matters to the states and the people.

2018 – Masterpiece Cakeshop, Ltd. v. Colorado Civil Rights Commission: The court affirmed the right of homosexuals to obtain same-sex marriage services on an equal footing with others, effectively extending the Obergefell decision that required states to recognize same-sex marriage, into the private realm of requiring individuals and businesses to recognize the same without exception for religious conviction.

Yes, I understand that a Democrat-controlled court would have sought to plunge the country deeper into depravity faster, but the intellectually honest among us owe it to ourselves to take a dispassionate look at the performance of the court and endeavor to put its performance into Biblical and Constitutional perspective.

Losing What We’ve Compromised to Keep

For as long as I can remember, the right has been supporting candidates and a party that do not actually represent the Christian-constitutional-liberty values of traditional conservatism. Conservatives have been asked to compromise their values at every election in the name of beating the Democrat. The right no longer has a vision of victory, but merely of avoiding defeat.

One of my spiritual mentors once said, “What you’re willing to compromise in order to keep, you’ll lose.” If you don’t believe it, just look at that list of Supreme Court decisions again. It tells the story of decades of the right compromising at the ballot box in order to beat the Democrat and get Supreme Court appointments, only to have that very court take away what the right was trying to keep.

It’s actually the spiritual law of sowing and reaping that we’re running into here (Gal 6:7). We’re sowing compromise at the ballot box, and, in return, we’re justly reaping compromised leaders who give away everything we were trying to keep. God and His spiritual laws are not mocked. The right has been on the wrong side of a lot of spiritual laws; this is just one example.

Is there hope for the Christian right?

Yes, of course, if we REPENT!

I have long contended that the problem in America is not the liberal left, but the spiritual-political state of the Christian right. Correcting that begins with recognizing the error of our ways and determining to get ourselves back in line with God – that’s what 2 Chronicles 7:14 is really about.

The church needs repentance, revival, and a spiritual awakening to the reality of God. We need an outpouring through the Holy Spirit of the manifested presence of God that brings a holy reverence, awe, and wonder at the glorious, splendor and excellence of a holy, almighty God. Then, when we, in the fear of the Lord, become fully committed to Him, He will have a people to whom He can show Himself strong (2 Chr16:9).

Meanwhile, remember, you can’t compromise your way to victory.

[Bio: Robert Peck began his political activism in the 1990s, first with the Ross Perot independent Presidential campaign, followed by the Republican revolution of 1994, then the Pat Buchanan Presidential primary bid of 1996, which lead to his acquaintance with former Nixon administration official and Constitution Party founder, Howard Phillips. It was through Phillips, and involvement in the Constitution Party, that Bob was introduced to the principles of Christian Constitutionalism that have come to shape his political views. Website: https://robertpeck.net/]

E-Mail Robert Peck: rwpeck59@gmail.com

Mark Meckler Tells State Legislators What They Need To Hear To Get What He Wants

By Judi Caler

Mark Meckler, President of Convention of States Project (COSP), has spent much time and money over the past five years lobbying state legislators to support an Article V convention. Meckler says the only way to rein in an abusive federal government is with amendments; and the only way to get the amendments is at an Article V convention.

Article V of the U.S. Constitution provides that Congress is to call a convention if 2/3 of the States (34) apply for it. States “apply” by submitting to Congress resolutions passed by their Legislatures.

In order to procure Legislatures’ approval on such resolutions, Meckler flatters state legislators by suggesting they are the wise ones who can be trusted to smack down the feds at an Article V convention. He also promises that legislators will have total control over the Delegates and can keep them from running amok and proposing “unauthorized” amendments or a new constitution.

So, imagine how surprised state legislators nationwide would be to learn that Meckler declared on Iowa radio recently that legislators aren’t to be trusted at an Article V convention, and that we shouldn’t trust any legislator anywhere!

In the segments that preceded Meckler’s appearance, host Simon Conway was livid that the Republican-dominated Iowa House didn’t have the votes to pass the “heartbeat” bill; [1] and that leadership was refusing to bring the bill to a vote so that constituents could at least hold their representatives accountable.

Meckler’s first question was from a listener who texted,

Q: “[Our legislators] won’t pass a heartbeat bill (and) you want me to trust them with a convention?”

Meckler answered,

“If you think you have to trust [legislators] with a convention, you don’t understand how a convention works. A convention is all about the people. All the states come together. And then it has to go out for ratification to all the states. So, the idea that you have to trust a legislator or a few legislators–the whole point is we need to step away from the legislatures [or legislators] in the convention. Don’t trust any legislator anywhere. Look, the Founders didn’t expect us to trust legislators. That’s why they gave us Article V.” [2]

Meckler’s response was consistent with derogatory remarks [3] by Robert Kelly, now COSP general counsel, in referring to state legislators.

But the Mark Meckler legislators know flatters them at hearings and expounds on their power under Article V. At a Nebraska committee hearing [4] on February 25, 2015, Meckler said,

“…There’s not a lot of common sense in D.C. But when you travel around the country, it’s amazing, the common sense, and especially in a Legislature like this.You guys are inside. Maybe you don’t see it. I see it as an outsider. You guys are citizen legislators. That’s what the founders intended. They expected you guys to be running things. They trusted the common sense of the average person….” [p.49]

“Delegate selection, how the delegates are treated, what the authority of delegates is, is up to every state. And as an important part of that process, by the way, you’re going to limit delegate authority… According to standard law of agency… you have the right to limit any [delegate’s] authority to act on your behalf. If they act outside the scope of that authority, you have the right to say that they’re not acting within their authority and their authority has no actual legal effect under any law…So you guys have very strong control over your delegates before…and during deliberations in the [Art. V] convention.” [p.47]

So, when pinned down by ordinary citizens, Meckler says we shouldn’t trust state legislators with an Article V convention. And when talking to legislators, he butters them up by telling them they are so sensible that the Framers trusted them with the power to control Delegates to such a convention!

But the Truth is that the only power state legislatures are granted under Article V is to ask Congress to call a convention. Period.

Yet COSP tells state legislators that they will control the Delegates. COSP says this because legislators wouldn’t vote for Congress to call an Article V convention if they didn’t think state legislators could control the Delegates.

COSP operatives are creative in their insistence that Delegates can be controlled. They use arguments and techniques that defy our founding documents, logic, and even the dictionary. For instance,

They sponsor “Faithful delegate” bills which are designed to give a false sense of security to legislators who think such bills will prevent a runaway convention.
They write “Understandings” into some COSP applications to do the same as above [see linked pp.1-2; (1) through (12)].
They promote pre-planning conventions to hammer out convention “rules” that Delegates can ignore.
They wrongly equate Agreements or Compacts among the States (Art. 1, Sec. 10, last clause) with an Art. V convention.
They use Newspeak to deny their “convention of states” is the same as a “constitutional convention” where our Constitution can be replaced.
They stage a 3-day “simulated convention” to “prove” that an Article V convention called by Congress won’t run away and write a new Constitution.

It’s about time state legislators learn that COSP uses flattery and makes false claims simply to induce them to vote for COSP applications for an Article V convention.

The push for an Article V convention is heavily bankrolled by the Koch Brothers and George Soros. If there is such a convention, a new constitution with its own new mode of ratification is sure to be offered. Will it be a constitution which moves the United States into the North American Union? Or will it be a constitution which transforms us into a Marxist dictatorship?

State legislators must reject all resolutions asking Congress to call an Article V convention. They must also rescind all outstanding applications from their states. Once a convention is convened, it will be too late to stop a new constitution with a new and easier mode of ratification from being imposed.

E-Mail Judi Caler: judicaler@hotmail.com

[BIO: Judi Caler lives in California and is Article V Issues Director for Eagle Forum of California, and President of Citizens Against an Article V Convention. ]

Footnotes:

[1] Iowa’s “heartbeat” bill would ban most abortions at the baby’s first detectable heartbeat.

[2] News Radio 1040 WHO, Des Moines, Iowa; Simon Conway Show, April 9, 2018, at 20:35.

[3] On Mar. 15, 2014 at a debate in Yorktown, VA, staff attorney Robert Kelly, representing COSP, refers to state legislators as “scumbag politicians.”

[4] Transcript, Nebraska Government, Military and Veterans Affairs Committee, Feb. 25, 2015

If Trump Is King Cyrus, Then What Does it Say About The American Church

By Robert Peck

During the 2016 Presidential election, a number of Christian personalities began making a comparison between the ancient Persian King, Cyrus, a heathen king who God used to release the Jews from their Babylonian captivity, and Donald Trump as a potential modern-day deliverer of American Christians. It seems that idea is still in vogue, at least in some circles.

I recently read an article about Israeli Prime Minister, Benjamin Netanyahu, likening President Trump to King Cyrus. That article referenced another article and both referenced various Christian personalities who are all keeping the Cyrus appellation alive. I’m not claiming special prophetic revelation on the matter like some have intimated, but I do find myself compelled to comment on the applicability and significance of drawing a parallel between President Trump and King Cyrus.

First of all, before using the King Cyrus analogy, I believe we should all consider, and make clear, whether we mean:

Donald Trump is a direct parallel to King Cyrus, being to American Christians what the ancient Persian King was to the exiled Jews, and that this scriptural reference is being used in correct context with the same spiritual events and principles applying to the church in America today as applied to Israel of old, or;
Cyrus is proof that when God’s people get so screwed up and so out of touch with Him that He cannot deliver them out of the hand of their enemies through their own judges, prophets, kings, etc, then God is able to use a heathen; an unbeliever; an outsider to loose his people from their oppression so they can return to serving their God like they were supposed to be doing in the first place, or;
As things were better for the Jews under Cyrus, things are better for Christians under Trump, so, Trump is “kinda sorta” like Cyrus in that things are kinda sorta better for Christians, though Trump and Cyrus really are not at all the same thing.

If we mean “A,” a direct parallel, as those touting the notion seem to be indicating, then for Donald Trump to be the deliverer of modern American Christians, it would mean we first must be in captivity. For the parallel to fit, it would mean being in captivity to a godless government of heathen people because we, the church, like ancient Israel, forsook our God, rejected His many warnings, and ultimately suffered the just judgment.

Interestingly, God said it was His own people who “sold themselves” into the Babylonian captivity for their iniquities (Isa 50:1 and 52:3). If the parallel fits, and if the church in America has been suffering in captivity under the oppression of heathen rule, then it is because we “sold ourselves for our iniquities.”

But if Trump is the deliverer, then who have the oppressors been? Most on the Christian-conservative-right would say, “the liberal Democrats.” However, a couple years ago I did some research and discovered that over the past 20 years, Republicans had held 57% of the control of our federal government – 68% if you count the Supreme Court. At that time, Republicans held complete control in 23 of the union states as compared to only 7 for the Democrats. That number is now 26 Republican states to 8 Democratic.

So, anyone who contends that Trump is delivering Christians in America from godless, heathen political rule, is saying that the Republican Party and it’s elected leaders are the church’s godless, heathen oppressors since they have held the majority of the political power. Though I should add that if the numbers were reversed, I’m sure we would find the Democrats to be godless, heathen oppressors too.

Something to keep in mind is that though King Cyrus released the Jews to return to their homeland to rebuild the temple and renew their prescribed form of worship under the old covenant, the full nation of Israel was never restored and only a portion of the Jews actually returned. The area that the repatriated Jews inhabited existed primarily as a self-governing region within various heathen kingdoms from that time until Jerusalem’s ultimate demise under the Romans in 70AD. So, if the current affairs are a direct parallel, then it doesn’t bode well for the church or the nation.

Therefore, if we are saying that Trump is a deliverer of the modern American church in true parallel to ancient Israel and King Cyrus, then rather than adulation for Mr. Trump, and jubilation for ourselves, the church should be hanging its head in shame and morning with our face to the ground as we come to the horrific realization that we, the church, have forsaken our God, played the harlot, sold ourselves into the captivity that we’ve been suffering under, and have even been using the ballot box to authorize by our own hand the godless, heathen oppressors who have ruled over us.

On the other hand, if we mean option “B,” then we have just about as much cause for shame. Option “B” means that we, the church, are so backslidden, so out of touch with God and His ways, and have been so deaf to His voice and His warnings that God has had to go outside the church to find someone that He can use to loose His people from their oppression. That’s pretty bad. If this is the case, then God may be using Mr. Trump as a stop-gap measure to provide us a temporary reprieve that the church should be using as an opportunity to repent, turn back to God, and receive His loving correction as we turn from the horrific folly that we evidently have engaged in to get ourselves into such a predicament.

Finally, if we mean option “C,” that President Trump is just “kinda sorta” like Cyrus in that he may not be Christian, but we think God might use him anyway to kinda sorta make things a little better for us, then we’re really just grasping at theological straws with the whole Trump/Cyrus thing and need to admit it and stop using scripture out of context to fabricate some new doctrine.

Personally, I don’t believe the church in America has fallen to the same depths of depravity and desolation as ancient Israel – serving idols, sold into captivity, and the temple lying in ruin. However, neither have we been the shining city on a hill that we ought to be.

So, how do I view the church and Mr. Trump? Glad you asked. I view the church as the foolish girl who’s loving father has instructed her what kind of boys to date and what kind of man to marry. But, instead, she has dated and run after all the wrong boys for all the wrong reasons of money, popularity, and position and ended up marrying someone who doesn’t fit the criteria admonished by her father and now she’s using her father’s words out of context to try to make herself feel good about what she’s done. Nevertheless, a father with unending love for his daughter will, as much as the daughter and son-in-law allow, work with and through that son-in-law to provide his daughter the best life she can have. In that way, I believe God quite likely is working with and through President Trump for the sake of the church.

And please let me make clear that I am not belittling or reviling President Trump by referring to him as a heathen or an unbeliever. For the Cyrus analogy to fit, he would have to be a heathen, i.e., an unbeliever, or one outside of God’s covenant people, and that’s precisely why the Cyrus comparison was chosen in the first place. Nevertheless, some now claim to be privy to the fact that Mr. Trump has prayed a salvation prayer, which would please me just fine as God wants all men to be saved and to come to the knowledge of the truth, including President Trump, former President Obama, and Hillary too.

Ultimately, either the Trump/Cyrus parallel fits and is a grievous indictment as to the horrific state that the American church has fallen into, or, it’s kinda sorta just a bunch of theological hokum set to a scriptural tune so we can all feel good about what we’ve done. Either way, repentance is in order and the church in America would do well to do what the Israelites failed to do – return to wholehearted devotion to our God before we sell ourselves into captivity, and trust Him enough to just do what He says is right.

E-Mail Robert Peck: rwpeck59@gmail.com

Putting Mass School Shootings Into Perspective

Robert Peck

When a shocking tragedy like the recent Parkland, Florida mass school shooting takes place, the media keeps it in the headlines for days. Television inundates our senses with sights and sounds that reinforce the human emotion of the calamity while the drama is relived in front of our eyes day and night. The media milks an event like this for all the ratings it’s worth, keeping it in the news-cycle for up to a week, or at least until the next natural disaster or political scandal comes along.

Our senses can easily become overwhelmed by the relentless rehearsing of the story and its horrific details, all presented in a manner calculated to elicit an emotional response rather than rational thought. If we’re not alert, and diligent to exercise critical thinking, we can quickly lose perspective and join Chicken Little in believing that the sky really is falling, that mass shootings are sweeping the land, and that if the government doesn’t do something quick, “we’ll all die!”

Mass public shootings (properly called “mass murder,” unless you’re trying to sensationalize a particular aspect of the incident) are indeed a terrible thing that we should be working to prevent. But how much of the American landscape does the phenomenon of mass shootings really take up as opposed to the amount of news headlines it’s given?

Before we start passing new laws, giving up our rights, or consent to being strip searched at every checkpoint, perhaps we should put the matter into perspective and ask exactly how many children are actually being killed by mass shootings as compared to the various other threats to their lives. We want to stop all evil and protect every child, but it would be wise to know where to focus our attention and direct our efforts so as to have the greatest effect and save the most lives.

Actual Risk of Death Due to Mass Shootings

According to a report by the Congressional Research Service, about 20 people per year were being killed in mass public shootings in the early 2000s, a number that rose to an average of 37 per year in the period of 2009-2013. Since that report, my research indicates that we’ve averaged 60 deaths per year over the past four years. This is for all mass public shootings, which includes workplace, school, restaurant and other public places. A listing of each mass shooting from 1982 to 2018 reveals that 14 percent of those shootings took place at schools (including colleges), giving us an expected annual average of fewer than 10 deaths per year coming from school campuses.

To put these numbers into perspective, in a country of 327 million people, 60 killed per year in all mass public shootings is 1 per 5.5 million. To look at it another way, that’s one person killed per year from among the entire population of Minnesota, or about the same as are killed by lightning each year (51).

While every life matters, so does the truth, and the truth is that the excessive amount of media attention given to mass shootings is creating a very skewed perspective as to the role that they actually play in our society.

The sensationalizing of mass shootings has created a public perception of our country being awash in an ever-rising tide of murder and mayhem reigning in our streets and on school campuses. However, the truth is actually just the opposite. Homicide rates in the U.S. have decreased dramatically over the last couple decades, from over 9 per 100,000 in the early 1990s to only 4.5 in 2014.

At the same time, the number of guns in America increased from 242 million in 1996 to 357 million in 2013. The number of new guns being introduced into the population nearly quadrupled during the same period, from 4.4 million per year to 16 million. While guns may be a preferred weapon of mass murders, the sheer number of guns present in our society obviously is not driving the homicide rate as the two statistics are moving in opposite directions.

Mass Shootings Compared to Other Threats to Children

Though I was not able to find a single definitive document directly comparing the rate of mass school shooting deaths to other leading causes of death among school-age children, I did manage to find the following facts that help provide context for this discussion.

Auto Accidents – The Centers for Disease Control (CDC) reports that over a 10 year period more than 9,000 children ages 12 and younger were killed in car crashes. If we factor in teens and college students, most of which are beginning to drive and have higher accident rates, I expect the number could reach as high as 20,000, or an average of 2,000 per year, as compared to an average of 10 per year killed in mass school shootings. Again, every life is precious, but as opposed to panicking with fear over mass school shootings, it would make 200 times more sense (mathematically speaking that is), to fear putting the kids in the car for a drive to Walmart, or to school for that matter.

Suicide – Suicide is the second leading cause of death in the 15 to 24 year old age group, coming in at over 5,000 per year. That’s 500 times more deaths by suicide than by mass school shootings. Some of the leading causes of teen suicide are listed as, “being bullied, social rejection, relationship breakup, academic failure in school and grade retention.” Bullying generally takes place at school and most social activity and relationships also tend to be related to school activities for this age group. Academic issues of retaining grades is directly a school matter. I expect that as many as a thousand of the 5,000 annual teen suicides could be to some degree school related. As compared to the number of students killed in mass shootings each year (average of 10), teen suicides arising from school-related issues alone is an outright holocaust taking as many as a hundred times more lives.

Drug Overdose – In 2015 there were 772 drug overdose deaths among teens ages 15 to 19. That’s 77 times more killed in this very small age group, spanning only five years, than are killed in all mass school shootings. While not all drug use is the product of school attendance, school is certainly a leading place where children become exposed to drugs, discover connections for obtaining drugs, and sometimes experience peer pressure to try drugs. One addiction treatment center states that “nearly 44% of high school students know a classmate who sells drugs.” If death by mass shootings in schools is “a problem,” then, by comparison, death by drug overdose among students is “an epidemic.”

Gang Violence – The National Gang Center shows gang-related homicides at 2,363 in 2012 as compared to an average of only 60 annual deaths for all mass public shootings. Though school-age children would only account for a portion of those deaths, yet the teenage years are where gang involvement tends to begin. Seattlepi.com reports that, according to a CDC study, “45 percent of high school students have gangs or gang members on their campuses,” a number that drops to 2 percent for private schools, though it is thought that increased parental involvement plays a part in that. Though public schools certainly are not making themselves a target of gang violence on purpose, it seems obvious that the threat to the lives of children arising from gang-related activity on school campuses far surpasses that of mass shootings by many magnitudes.

Sports Injuries – According to Youth Sports Safety Alliance statistics, 1.3 million children were admitted to emergency rooms with sports-related injuries in 2012. From 2008 through 2013, an average of 45 children per year died of sports-related injuries. Even sports programs, most of which presumably originate on school campuses, appear to be killing more than four times as many kids as mass school shootings.

Sexually Transmitted Disease – 6,721 Americans died of HIV/AIDS in 2014. As of 2015, youth ages 13 to 24 accounted for more than 1 in 5 new HIV diagnoses. An estimated 44 percent of those living with the disease are believed to be unaware. By extrapolation, we can expect to lose 200 per year to this disease from among this age group as future annual deaths – and this is only one of the potentially fatal STDs. Sexual promiscuity, much of it originating on high school and college campuses, is killing at least 20 times more of our youth than mass shootings. Yet I don’t hear the same cries to ban sexual promiscuity that I do to ban guns, but that’s a matter of hypocrisy that will have to be addressed another time.

Transit to and From School – A reported 815 students die each year, and 152,250 are injured, during travel to and from school. Those numbers do not include extracurricular activities like traveling to sporting events or marching band competitions, which would likely put the total over a thousand. This is an amazingly small number of deaths considering the total number of children transported to and from schools every day. Nevertheless, transporting kids to and from school, and school-related activities, is killing a hundred times more children each year than are mass shootings. Yet no one is clamoring to “ban the buses” as that would clearly be irrational.

Now that we have some context for the subject, we can easily see that mass school shootings are among the least of the threats that children face. Nevertheless, we certainly want to take whatever appropriate actions we can to protect children from the rare, and rather unpredictable, mentally deranged and demonically tortured individuals who are driven to commit mass murder.

However, if saving lives is really the main focus, then there are much greater opportunities in areas like suicide, drug abuse, gang violence, and the spread of sexually transmitted disease. These deaths are much more preventable than are those caused by the extremely infrequent mass murder perpetrated by a random psychopath, and these activities are killing hundreds, or possibly even thousands of times more children.

Nevertheless, mass school shootings, like all threats to children, ought to be addressed.

Currently, the public is looking almost exclusively to the federal government to address the problem of school shootings. However, the federal government has no jurisdictional authority in this area. The U.S. Constitution does not grant the federal government any power over schools or education and it prohibits the federal government from interfering with gun ownership. Therefore, any actions taken by the federal government on these topics are without the force of law, or as the American Founders put it in the Declaration of Independence, they are “pretended legislation.” To be lawful, any actions taken to address schools, school shootings, guns, or school violence in general, must come from the states and/or communities.

Frankly, in light of the above listing of the ways children are being killed, the numbers of children being killed by each, and the degree to which each is associated with schools and school-related activities, I find myself questioning whether it might just be the government schools themselves that are the greatest danger to children.

E-Mail Robert Peck: rwpeck59@gmail.com

[BIO: Robert Peck began his political activism in the 1990s, first with the Ross Perot independent Presidential campaign, followed by the Republican revolution of 1994, then the Pat Buchanan Presidential primary bid of 1996, which lead to his acquaintance with former Nixon administration official, and Constitution Party founder, Howard Phillips. It was through Phillips, and involvement in the Constitution Party, that Bob was introduced to the principles of Christian Constitutionalism that have come to shape his political views.

Bob has been publishing political commentaries since 2008, facilitated local presentations of the Institute on the Constitution educational course, participated in organizing various political events and campaigns, and has served in the Constitution Party at both the local, state and national levels. Bob is a landlord in Spokane Valley, Washington, where he enjoys hikes in the woods and sometimes riding his motorcycle the long way home from church over the mountains and across the plains.]

School Shooting: Causes And Cures

By Cynthia Davis

Everyone wants enhanced safety. However, the ideas for how to achieve this goal have thrown this Country into a quandary.

Most news is focused on symptoms, not the real problems. To find the right answers, we must look at the root cause. Some people blame guns, psychotropic drugs, and lack of law enforcement.

However, I have not heard anyone talk about what schools teach students. My daughter was required to read “The Most Dangerous Game” about someone who hunted other human beings. Many other books she was required to read in other years were just as bad.

The blatant disrespect of human life or the glamorization of heinous or shameful behavior plants seeds of pathological behavior and creates emotional scars that may never heal.

Every experience forms a conscience for either good or evil. We must recognize what we’re doing when we teach any curriculum that indelibly damages the conscience. So many schools are trying to not talk about anything religious, yet moral standards are religious because they all originate from one’s worldview. When will the schools take responsibility for their part in debasing the character of the students by mainstreaming evil?

We should never accept this as normal! There is only a finite amount of time in each class. Every time a teacher assigns an immoral book, it removes time that could be spent on true classics.

Schools used to teach virtues like courage, honesty, brotherly love and the dignity of our humanity. What happened to all the good literature that used to teach children useful lessons that would make them a success in life instead of this mental pollution forced upon them as a requirement for graduation? Many of these books actually teach racism and enlarge the cultural divide.

Whatever happened to Robinson Caruso, Little Women, Moby Dick, Frankenstein, Ben Hur, C. S. Lewis, John Milton? Students need stories that nurture the soul, spur hope, inspire greatness, unity, compassion, love for our fellow-man and an acute awareness of right vs. wrong.

Public educators used to spend classroom time teaching students good character and encouraged them to aspire to make their lives count and to make the world a better place. We must use every opportunity to promote a more free and virtuous society.

[BIO: Cynthia Davis is a former state legislator. She is a radio host and author of Home Front – a blog offering hope and analysis at the intersection of family and government.]

Contact Cynthia Davis

Website

E-Mail Cynthia David: homefront@cynthiadavis.net